V^ c^ If /,.. */&& R ^ SPSSa >£ £&* s <1 \^ / « L— <- ,- >^fi vv" hBmj^»ME 4. wffimm Una 1 ' *>:' i V , dextral side. I3IJ-A.TB I. \S> . $f '{'*?'"&'• f. ^ PI. ±. I. Platyceras laciniosum. - /: v>. Platyceras proclive. a, lateral view. />, portion of the stria.- enlarged; three diam. 3. Platyceras membraitaeeutn. 4. Pentamerella compressa. (!, dorsal side. 5. Spirifer asperata, dorsal valve. a, inner side of a portion of a ventral valve showing the narrow foramen. />, portion of a; enlarged five diam. 6. Crania dentata, a, dorsal valve enlarged four diam. 7. Crania gracilis. a, dorsal valve enlarged two diam. 8. Crania pannosa. a, profile. • b, young individual. 9. Avicula undosa. 10. Conularia tnultipuncta. a, portion of the surface enlarged ten diam. II. Conularia bi/urca. a, surface enlarged four diam. 12. Conularia transversa. 13. Ceramopora orbiculata . a, enlarged three diam 14. Rhinopora curvata. a, two rows enlarged three diam. 15. Stomatopora recta. a. profile of three cells enlarged three diam. 16. Stomatopora parva. 17. Chatetes expansus. 18. Tubercutopora inflata. a, end of branch. b, enlarged section of cell showing the fibrous envelope. PLATE II . wtSfesSlpH^ ipll^JlF 8k |P ■ Dp aifeJLJss. ■£~J yttp JJ/nouc/(>s!-o,XJt >/. mM-^,--' II. FOSSILS FROM THE WATERLIME GROUP NEAR BUFFALO, N. Y. BY JULIUS POHLMAN, M. D. The Waterlime group near the city of Buffalo continues to yield specimens of fossils in various states of perfection. The numbers are few, but as the fauna of the group is very limited, each additional fragment found aids us in a more correct under- standing of the interesting crustaceans which seem to have been the only representatives of animal life at that period of the geo- logical history of our continent. Fragments of Pterygotus have been found at long intervals here, as well as in England, but none have been in a satisfactory state of perfection, and it is there- * fore with pleasure that I record the finding of the first specimen complete enough, to clearly illustrate the different parts and their proportions. The specimen under consideration presents the dorsal side of the carapace and eleven body segments. At first sight we must admit that it bears a very close resemblance to Eurypterus, and it may be a difficult matter to distinguish between fragments of the bodies of the two genera if the surface markings, which are apparently characteristic of Pterygotus, have been obliterated. Viewed as a whole, the most striking difference between Pterygotus and Eurypterus, is the comparatively small carapace of the former. In the latter the average length is equal to the length of four or five of the anterior body segments, but in Pterygotus it is a little shorter than the length of the first three segments. The feet are in every respect considerably smaller in Pterygotus than the corresponding organs of Eurypterus. The whole body of the specimen is covered with small scales, which assume a pustulose character on the two posterior segments. 2 A As the special characteristics of the Pterygoti are unknown, and not desiring to multiply species, I refer the specimen to P. Buffaloensis, Pohlm. (B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iv, p. 17), because its corresponding parts seem to be identical with it. PTERYGOTUS BUFFALOENSIS. Pohlm. The carapace is smooth and semi-elliptical, with a proportion between length and width of about seven to ten. The eyes are marginal, project beyond the outline of the carapace, and have the appearance of the eyes of insects. A small tubercle situated centrally is visible, but not very distinct. The carapace is three and three-quarters inches wide and two and five-eighth inches long. The body segments are somewhat imbricating and all of the same length, about one and one-half inches in this specimen. As in the Eurypteri the segments increase in length posteriorly, this is a good mark of distinction between the two. The thoracic portion of the body is almost as wide again as the base of the carapace, and measures in the maximum seven and one-half inches. From here the body gradually narrows toward the head and toward the tail, where the eleventh segment has a width of two and one-half inches. The anterior and posterior lateral angles of the five anterior segments are rounded; those of the remaining segments are more pointed. The specimen has been subjected to a heavy lateral pressure, which has caused a displacement of the appendages and a com- pression of one side of the thoracic portion of the body, which gives to the dorsal side the appearance of being much narrower than it really is; but the exact dimensions were obtained, when after careful manipulation the anterior half of the fossil was removed from the stone, and a fine exposure of the ventral side of the animal became visible. (Fig. 1, Plate 3.) The compression has affected only the one lateral half, and left the other side in its natural state. In addition to this four anterior feet and one swimming foot were exposed. The views expressed by Prof. Hall, Palaeontology of New York, Vol. iii, p. 401, that the number of the body segments of 25 Pterygotus would be found to correspond with those of Eurypt- erus, notwithstanding the figures of Profs. Huxley and Salter, are corroborated by this specimen. The dorsal side shows the first and second segments clearly separated, but the ventral side has them soldered together so firmly that not the faintest trace of an articulation is visible, and the specimen with eleven ventral seg- ments has twelve on the dorsal surface. This first ( and second ) thoracic segment of the ventral side contains in the longitudinal median line of its anterior half a small, irregularly rhomboidal shaped plate of about one-half inch in width, which has its most acute angle pointing anteri- orlv along the median line, where it connects by a small suture with the anterior margin of the segment, which at this point forms a small indentation. The posterior part of this little rhomboidal plate contracts suddenly with a curve at about the middle of the segment ; the two sides do not connect, however, but elongate from here into a narrow strip of about 1-16 inch, and gradually part again to 3-16 inch, when the posterior margin of the double segment is reached, where they unite with a light curve. Underlying this long, narrow portion of the appendage is another part bounded by suture lines, which begin at the lateral angles of the small rhomboidal plate and extend down in a slightly curved line to the point where the appendage connects with the posterior margin of the segment. There are no termi- nal processes with the exception of a small triangular extension which extends beyond the segment posteriorly. The posterior part of the appendage has a smooth surface ; the rhomboidal plate is scaly like the whole segment. The second ( or third ) ventral segment is also composed of two parts which overlap each other in the middle. The scale-like markings on the ventral side are more abund- ant and coarser than on the dorsal side. The anterior feet are not as perfect as could be desired, but there is enough to aid us in our determination. All the feet are very much thinner than the corresponding organs in Euryp- terus, although otherwise similar and in having eight joints. 26 Of the first anterior foot, this specimen shows only two joints rather indistinctly ; the second is represented by six joints ; the third by seven ; the fourth is complete, and exhibits eight joints and a terminal spine like Eurypterus. The first three feet are alike in structure and strength ; four short basal joints, of which the second, the longest, is only about twice as long as its width, measure together one inch in length. The fifth and sixth joints of the second foot are each one inch long ; the fifth is 3-32, and the sixth 1-16 inch broad. The first six joints of the third foot are like those of the second foot ; its seventh joint has a length of 7-8 inch and a width of a little less than 1-16 inch. The fourth foot is more strongly developed than the other three ; its basal joint is strong and almost oblong, about 5-8 inch long and 7-16 inch wide; it carries on its interior margin several long, strong teeth. The second joint is a little shorter than the first and tapers a little exteriorly ; the third is very short, only half as long as wide ; the fourth is as long as the second, but only half as wide and tapers toward the outer end ; the fifth joint is a trifle longer, increases again at its exterior end to the width of the interior margin of the fourth ; its length is a little more than 3-4 inch ; the sixth joint is almost twice as long as the fifth, 1 3-8 inches, and throughout half as wide as the exterior margin of the fifth ; the seventh joint is only 3-4 inch long and but little more than half as wide as the sixth ; the eighth joint is about two-thirds as long as the seventh and correspondingly narrower. The terminal spine is triangular and about one-third as long as the eighth joint ; it has for its base the whole width of this joint, and tapers gradually to a sharp point. The total length of the fourth foot is 5 3-8 inches. The swimming foot has been displaced, but shows eight joints very clearly. (B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iv., p. 17.) Its basal margin is armed with strong teeth, which decrease in size posteriorly ; the rhomboidal plate is, like the whole appendage, comparatively smaller than that of Eurypterus ; the second and third joints are short and strong ; the fourth and fifth are almost twice as long as the preceding ones and articulate to each other by strong 27 processes ; the sixth joint is articulated to the fifth in the same manner, and surpasses it a little in length ; the seventh joint dilates somewhat, is as long as the five preceding joints together, and has on its exterior margin a triangular indentation with the apex a little anteriorly ; this is formed by the prolongation of the joint anteriorly, and by a triangular piece attached by a soldered suture line posteriorly ; into this indentation the ovate shaped palette is articulated. No terminal palette is present. The surface of the first joint is covered with scales, and assumes a pustulose character on the second and third joints. Length of the whole swimming foot is 6 1-4 inches. A fragment of a chelate antenna is exposed on the ventral side, and although it demonstrates clearly that it really was the largest of all the appendages of the genus Pterygotus ( B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iv., p. 17,) we are as yet in the dark about its place of attachment to the body. Length of whole specimen 15 inches ; greatest width 7 1-2 inches. Found in the Waterlime group near Buffalo, N. Y. PTERYGOTUS BILOBUS, Huxley and Salter. A fragment consisting of eight posterior segments, and the tail has been found, which presents no special characteristics of the body' excepting the equal length of the segments. The inter- est lies in the caudal appendage. Although the tail of this specimen differs in its proportions as well as in size from that of the above named species, as figured in the Palaeontology of New York, Vol. in., p. 424*, it can well be referred to it for the present. This tail is ovoid, and has a length of 1 3-4 inches and a width of 3 1-4 inches. It is divided in the middle of its poste- rior margin by a deep indentation of about 1-2 inch. A line which divides the tail into two lobes for two-thirds of its length can be seen from this indentation running anteriorly. Length of the whole specimen 13 inches. There are no sur- face markings ; the segments are too fragmentary for a detailed description, but they show that the animal must have been com- 28 paratively broad, for the posterior segment has a length of 1 1-2 inches by a width of 3 inches. Found in the Waterlime group near Buffalo, N. Y. CERATIOCARIS ACUMINATUS, Hall. This was apparently the rarest genus of all the fauna of the Waterlime group. Besides the few fragments described in the Palaeontology of New York, Vol. iii., p. 420*-423*, and in this Bulletin, Vol. iv., p. 19, no discovery of this remarkable crus- tacean has been recorded in America. The present specimen (Fig. 2, Plate 3) is perfect, and presents in a lateral view a close resemblance to the figures of the specimens found in England. The carapace of this species is described by Prof. Hall as fol- lows : "Carapace somewhat rhomboid-ovate ; width a little less than one-half the length ; posterior articulating margin less than half the greatest width in the middle. From the postero-basal margin the outline is gently curved downward for about three- sevenths of the length, and then turns more abruptly upwards and forwards, the anterior end terminating in an acuminate process. The lateral margin is marked by a narrow raised border. Dorsal margin slightly curved for three-fourths of the length, the ante- rior fourth being more abruptly bent downward to the pointed extremity. Surface strongly striated concentrically." The median line which divides the carapace into two halves, can be seen in this specimen from the posterior margin of the carapace to within 1-2 inch of the anterior acuminate process. There are no ocular spots visible. The body shows five segments and the caudal appendage. The first and second of these articulations are slightly imbricat- ing and of almost equal size, 3-8 inch long and one inch wide, with slightly rounded angles. The third articulation is twice as long, tapering slightly posteriorly ; the fourth is 5-8 inch long and 7-8 inch wide at its anterior, and 3-4 inch wide at its poste- rior margin. The fifth articulation is the longest ; it is about oblong, 1 1-4 inches long and 5-8 inch wide. The first and second articulations show a surface-marking of delicate obliquel)r running striae. The other articulations are apparently smooth. 29 The ventral margins of the two posterior segments are sharply- defined, but those of the anterior three are blurred and indis- tinct, and have the appearance of a possible attachment of appendages. Part of one foot is visible, resembling closely the swimming feet of the Eurypteri ; it is partially covered by the carapace, and consists of a large ovate shaped joint, whose equal margins terminate exteriorly in an indentation, which holds a small terminal palette similar to that of the Eurypteri. The caudal appendage consists of three spines, a large one in the middle and a smaller one on each side. The largest is two inches long and about 3-8 inch wide at its base, tapering from here into a sharp point. It seems that this large spine was triangular in shape and grooved or hollowed on its ventral side for the reception of the two smaller ones, which appear as if they had been hinged to the posterior margin of the fifth seg- ment underneath and on each side of the large spine by a small rounded articulation. The two smaller spines are 1 3-8 inches long ; they are widest, 3-16 inch, at about one-third from their anterior end. From this widest part they taper to a sharp point posteriorly, and curve down to a blunt rounded margin anteriorly, which portion is partially covered by the large spine. The posterior part of the latter is delicately striated longitudinally. The two smaller spines are without markings. Length of the whole specimen 8 1-2 inches, length of carapace 3 1-2 inches, greatest width of carapace, 1 7-8 inches. Found in the Waterlime group near Buffalo, N. Y , and pre- sented to the museum by Mr. Herbert U. Williams of this city. • EUSARCUS, Grote and Pitt. This genus was established, (B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iii., pp. 1-2,) upon a specimen without tail and a partially broken carapace. Since that time I have found several specimens, more or less complete, which show that a new genus is not admissible here, and that it must be classed with the' Eurypteri, because the lead- ing characteristics of the genus, as given by Dekay, are present, "a terminal joint prolonged into a sublinearor lanceolate triang- 30 ular spine with serrated edges," and " eyes reniform or oval, placed within the margin of the carapace." The species is well named, as the whole shape bears a striking resemblance to that of a scorpion. Hereafter Eusarcus scor- pionis should be known as EURYPTERUS SCORPIONIS, Grote and Pitt. Carapace almost straight in front ; broadly rounded at the lateral anterior angles ; sides slightly curved for about two- thirds of the length of the carapace, at which part it attains its greatest width. The remaining posterior third of the lateral margin in a slight curve decreases the posterior width of the carapace a trifle; the posterior margin has a slight curve inwardly in its middle third, and forms almost right angles with the lateral margin. The length and width of the carapace are in propor- tion as five to seven. The eyes are not very well defined in my specimens, but seem to be semi-oval; they are larger than in any other species of Eurypterus, and are placed near the margin of the carapace in the broadly rounded anterior lateral angles. The distance from the margin is less than the width of the eyes themselves. (Fig. 3, Plate 3.) There are no surface markings on the carapace. The first seven segments of the body form a large ellipse, of which the fourth is widest, and the seventh contracts very remark- ably, so that the eighth is only about one-fifth as wide as the fourth. The ninth, tenth, eleventh and twelfth segments are only a trifle narrower than the eighth, but increase in length poste- riorly, so that the twelfth is nearly twice as long as wide. Indeed, the four posterior segments are as long as the eight others together. The surface of the specimen is very distinctly nfarked with small triangular pustules, distributed very irregularly. The tail spine has a slight curve, which is a distinct character- istic of the species, as all other Eurypteri have a straight caudal appendage. It is about one-third longer than the posterior seg- ment. The feet in all the specimens are not complete enough to admit of any detailed description. 31 EUSARCUS GRANDIS, Grote and Pitt, Was based upon a larger fragment of Eurypterus scorpionis. Now it happens that I have five fragmentary specimens of different sizes, ranging in length from 4 1-2 inches to about 32 inches, but here the difference ceases. All other characteristics are alike, and it plainly shows the fallacy of basing a new species on size only. All the different specimens simply show different stages of growth, and Eusarcus grandis has to be dropped entirely from the Waterlime fauna, because it represents merely a more nearly full-grown specimen of Eusarcus {Eurypterus) scorpionis. All the specimens were obtained from the Waterlime group, near Buffalo. In the same beds which yielded the above described Crustacea, I found a number of small plant remains, which were submitted to Prof. Lesquereux, Columbus, O., who kindly sends the fol- lowing description : ON FRAGMENTS OF A SPECIES OF MARINE PLANT FOUND IN THE WATERLIME GROUP NEAR BUFFALO. The plant is represented by a large number of small fragments irregularly deposited upon slabs of limestone, as if they had been spread around by the waves. The fragments are black, their texture transformed into a carbonaceous substance, all flat or flattened by compression or maceration, with borders parallel, distinct and regular. They are evidently remains of marine Algae and referable by their characters to the order of the Eloridece and to the genus Chondrites as established by Sternberg. Chondrites St. — Fronds cartilaginous (in living plants), filiform, sometimes robust and subcaulescent, dichotomous in their pri- mary divisions, with branches and branchlets sometimes subpin- nate, cylindrical, generally compressed and flattened in the fossil state. To this genus, which includes part of the old genera Eucoides and Gigartinites of Brongniart, are referred now all the fossil Algae with frond cylindrical, generally filiform, many times dichotomous, rarely pinnatified or irregularly branching, with 32 smooth surface and without articulations. These characters are common to a large number of marine Algae of the present epoch, especially to species of Chondrus. But the relation of fossil to living plants is based on a mere superficial likeness ; for the living Algae are now grouped and classified according to the characters of their organs of reproduction, rather than by the appearance, size and form of their fronds and branches, the only parts which remain observable in fossil plants of that kind. Chondrites graminifortnis. Sp. nov. — Fronds brittle, with few dichotomous branches in acute angle of divergence, all exactly linear by compression, more or less flexuous, generally broken in short fragments ; surface covered with thin, smooth, coaly pellicle. These fragments are numerous and very distinctly traced in black upon the grayish-white and colored slabs, 1 to 1^ mill, broad, mostly short, from \ to 3 cm. long, the longest fragment preserved being a curved branch 5 cm. long. They are spread upon the stone in every direction and in such a way that the primary divisions of the frond cannot be recognized. For all the fragments are simple, or with only a branchlet diverging in a very acute angle near the top of a few ot them. The species has, by the form and mode of division of the branches, the character of Chondrites setaceus, Heer, a jurastic species of Switzerland (Oxfordian), from which it differs merely by the greater width of its branches, which are at least twice as broad. The general appearance, mode of ramification, and text- ure are the same. The species, as it is, may be easily represented to the mind by the description and without figures. If, however, better speci- mens should ever be obtained, it would be worth while to have it figured carefully, especially to have a representation of the basilar part of the frond. Fossil remains of true marine plants are of rare occurrence ; for a large number of those which have been described as such represent tracks or burrows of worms or of other marine animals. These, however, are never covered by a carbonaceous layer. PLATE XII. III. NIDIFICATION OF BIRDS ON THE ST. CLAIR FLATS. REV. J. H. LANGILLE. An idea of the extent of St. Clair Flats may be formed from the length of the several channels which radiate from the mouth of St. Clair River to the distance of some seven or eight miles. These are bordered with flooded marshes, which sustain a heavy growth of sedges, cat-tails, rushes, and coarse marsh-grass. Some of these marshes are dry in summer, and there are several islands with trees and arable land; the whole being cut up and inter- sected by numerous small channels. Here, in the marsh-grass, and for the most part over the water, is the breeding place of a considerable number of our water-fowls. The most characteristic bird of the place in the breeding sea- son is the coot, Fulica americana ; the nests of which abound in nearly all parts of the flooded marshes, especially in those parts extending out into the lake. In every direction the birds maybe seen swimming, wading and flying ; while their loud cooing and clattering noise is almost incessant night and day. These birds are quite shy about leaving the nest. Though the latter are gen- erally open to view for some distance among the broken-down sedges and cat-tails, the birds manage to leave them before they are seen, running on the water with flapping of the wings for some distance, then either taking flight for a short distance, or swimming at ease. Often while diverting itself on the water, and always when rising, this species makes a loud splashing noise, reminding one of its Western common name, " the splatterer." The nests on the flats are invariably floating, or raft-like struc- tures, generally built over water from eight to eighteen inches deep. They are mostly built of the dried leaves of the cat-tails, 34 when completed being often lined with fine dried grasses or the finer leaves of sedges. They are about a foot in diameter, some eight or ten inches high, with a finely-formed depression in the center, and often have a sort of inclined plane for entering the nest on one side. The color of the eggs is such as to be almost indiscernible from that of the nest at a distance. One of the next most common birds in nidification is the com- mon, or Florida gallinule, Gallinula galeata ; the nests of which are almost precisely like those of its near relative, the coot, except that they contain more of fine material, consequently are more compactly built and better edged up. They are also placed farther in from the lake, and more in the seclusion of grassy marshes and thick rush-beds of the shallow channels. The eggs, from eight to fourteen, about the same in number as those of the coot, are perceptibly smaller, and more tinged with a warm brown in the ground color ; the marking being of more irregular, larger, and lighter, or reddish brown, spots, much of it resemb- ling the color of iron rust. The gallinule is still shyer than the coot in leaving its nest, and its voice bears quite a resemblance to that of the guinea-fowl much of the time, to which it adds a peculiar note, something like a musical shake on a reed instru- ment. The eggs of both the above species are laid late in May or early in June, and the young are black in the down ; the coots having a little light rust-colored down about the head. Both leave the nest as soon as they are hatched. Perhaps the next most common water bird in these parts in the breeding season is the red-headed duck, Fuligula ferina var. americana. Along the deeper channels, flocks of males may be seen feeding and sporting at their leisure, interspersed with an occasional female, or a blue-bill. The " squawk " of this species is quite frequent, and characteristic; and the "meow" of the male is precisely like that of a vigorous full-grown cat. A graceful, stately bird it is as it rides upon the waters ; and as a diver after its food, it is surpassed by few of its kind. The female, which, like the rest of her kind, bears the duties of nidification alone, 35 generally rises from her nest while one is yet some distance off, but almost always advises one by her peculiar squawk as she leaves, and generally alights in the water in full sight. The nest, tied to the tall sedges or cat-tails, is built on the water of coarse material, generally lined with the leaves of the sedges ; and, like the nests of the water-fowl in general, is made more complete as incubation advances, often containing quite a little down and feathers as the hatching approaches. The eggs, generally eight or ten, but sometimes fourteen or fifteen, are large, quite elliptical, with strong, smooth shell susceptible of a fine polish, and of a uniform, rich brownish tinge. They are laid late in May or early in June, and the young are olive green, with the cheeks and under parts bright yellow. Next to this species in numbers breeds the dusky duck, Anas obscura. It generally seeks out the dry grounds, a clump of bushes, the high hummocks, or the accumulation at the side of an old log lodged in the marsh, or even the hollow or decayed side of such log. The nest is of the finer material of the spot, mostly dried grasses, is sunk into the ground, well edged up, and in the advance of incubation, well filled with the dark-colored down peculiar to the bird. The eggs, from six to ten, are oblong- ovate, smooth, generally of a brownish or reddish, often of a greenish tinge. The young are very dark olive-green, lighter on the cheeks and under parts. Owing to the shallow water fre- quented by the species, the eggs are generally much soiled, and the bird does not leave the nest till nearly trodden on, then ris- ing almost straight into the air. Nearly equal in numbers are the nests of the mallard, Anas boschas. They are placed and constructed like those of the dusky duck, sometimes, however, over water or on a muskrat- house, and contain about the same number of eggs, which, however, are rather smaller and of a more delicate greenish tinge. The young are like those of the best marked of our domestic duck. Both these last species breed early, commonly during May. The mallard especially is greatly attached to her nest, and will 36 9 make great demonstrations of distress when startled even from her eggs. Not infrequent in this locality is the nest of the ruddy duck, Erismatura mbida, the birds being quite common about the channels. The nests are generally very slight, often scarcely more than a matting together of the tops of the marsh-grass over the water, with a few additional grasses woven in ; some- times, however, the nest is well made of fine grasses, especially if incubation be advanced ; sometimes it is but a slight placing of debris in a decayed cavity of a floating log, the arrangement being so imperfect that the eggs may roll out. These eggs are peculiar enough for a duck. Larger than those of the larger ducks, nearly white and somewhat granulated, they might easily pass for the eggs of some of the smaller wild geese ; especially as the duck can scarcely ever be caught on the nest, but stealthily dives from it like a grebe, before the hunter can detect it. These ' eggs may be found as late as July. The males in the high colors and strong markings of the breeding season are pretty objects as they float leisurely about with their large tails straight up and fully expanded. The flight of this bird is generally low over the water, and its wings are nearly as broad as those of the coot. The nest of the blue-winged teal is occasionally found on the Flats, and rarely that of the blue-bill or even that of the can- vass-back or the shoveller. Very common, indeed, in the more open parts of the flooded marshes are the queer nests of the dab-chick, Podilymbus podiceps. They consist of a rounded or cylindrical pile, half floating, half stationary, in about a foot or eighteen inches of water, about fifteen or eighteen inches in diameter, built of soaked rushes and debris in general, well slimed through with Algae, extending dome-like about three or four inches above water, and having a slight depression to receive the eggs — a nasty, filthy thing indeed for a bird's nest. The eggs, some five to seven, are a little smaller than those of the gallinule, and slightly rough or gran- ulated, greenish white, often finely waved with green when clean, but are soon wretchedly soiled from the nest, especially 37 as the bird covers them nearly up on leaving it, which she does so slyly as never to be seen. The young ones just hatched, little black creatures, striped narrowly and lengthwise with white, white underneath, and marked with reddish about the head, will scramble from the nest before they can be seen ; and notwith- standing their distinct peeping, are found with difficulty among the sedges and rushes. Now if you will hide away, you may hear the mother call the little ones with a gentle clucking, and see them gather around her on the water, perhaps mounting on her back or hiding under her wings. She will even dive with them under her wings on an emergency. A very conspicuous bird about the Flats, and one breeding in considerable numbers, is the black tern, Hydrochelidon lariformis. Arriving about the middle of May, its black body, with silvery wings and tail and white crissum, appears in constant flight. Its nest is a crude arrangement of bits of rushes, sedges or debris in general, on a floating board or slab, or on an accumulation of debris anchored among sedges and rushes ; the whole affair being often thoroughly soaked through with water. The dark greenish drab eggs, two to three, heavily spotted and blotched with black or dark brown, conform so closely in general effect with the nest and surroundings that they are by no means read- ily detected. The bird has an almost constant note, softer and more musical than that of the common tern ; but when the breeding places are approached — for like other birds of its kind, it breeds in community — it becomes very noisy, and may be a great nuisance when one is intent on observing other birds. The common tern and Forster's tern spend the summer here in moderate numbers, laying their eggs on the muskrat-houses, in the absence of those sandy and rocky shores which are their usual accommodation. The eggs are almost indistinguishable, those of Forster's tern being, perhaps, a little the larger. The birds are fairly distinguishable by their voices, that of Forster's tern being hoarser and in a lower tone than that of the com- mon tern. In color, too, they are in some respects the counter- parts of each other ; the tail of Forster's tern being light silvery 38 gray and the under parts white, while in the common tern the under parts are gray and the tail is white. In flight they are commonly seen together. June is the breeding month of the terns above mentioned. From my tent on Dickenson's Island, last May, I first heard the note of the king rail, Rallus clegans, in that locality. All night it could be heard in some four different places in the near vicinity, and the note was scarcely ever silent through the day. It proved to be breeding very commonly around all the sedgy ponds, but was so exceedingly shy that only an occasional glimpse of it could be had. Once in a great while would this stately bird step out, for a few moments, into full view. The nest is hid away in a perfect thicket of coarse dried marsh-grass, Still standing with its curled and drooping withered leaves of the previous year. About a foot in diameter and about eight or ten inches through, from the rim to the bottom, which rested on the water, and about three or four inches deep inside, it was well built of the dried leaves of the marsh-grass, the rim being well laid. The whole was tied to the coarse standing culms of dried grass, and was thickly and elegantly arched over with the dried and drooping leaves. The bird adhered closely to the nest, making it easy to identify the nine to eleven roundish-ovate eggs, so finely tinged with a warm reddish brown, and sparsely spotted with reddish brown and lilac. As a consequence of its close adherence to the nest, it not infrequently becomes a prey to the marsh hawk, which also breeds on these marshes. The dainty little nest of the Carolina rail, Porzana Carolina^ so finely arched over and tied to the marsh-grass on or over the water, is rather common on the Flats. The bird is exceedingly wary, and can scarcely be seen about her nest, leaving you to identify her six to twelve light brown eggs, heavily but sparsely spotted with dark reddish brown and lilac. The young are jet- black, with a little tuft of reddish down under the chin. The vocal performance of this species is a quaint, coaxing strain of several syllables, which are at once striking and pleas- ing. 39 A very common sound, coming in every direction from among the bleached tracts of sedges, standing from the previous year like large fields of ripened grain, is the boom of the bittern, heard throughout the morning and evening. Every now and then the bird is seen in its elegant flight, or standing like a stake among the rushes. Though well hidden away in the thick sedges its nest is frequently found ; consisting of a slight matting together of the green marsh-grass over the water, so frail that one can scarcely conceive how it can contain the eggs ; or flatly, but substantially built on the water among the sedges, not unlike that of the coot. Very reluctantly indeed does it leave its three to five clear drab-colored eggs, sometimes sitting so closely that it may almost be touched before leaving its treasures. The nearly callow young, with erect and branching tufts of yellow down, are odd-looking enough. The least bittern and the Virginia rail no doubt breed spar- ingly on the Flats ; and the night heron, constantly seen there in summer, sometimes in large flocks, no doubt breeds in woods not far away. The maniac call and the merry laugh of the loon are common sounds along the channels throughout the Flats ; and its nest is often found arranged on the tops of the muskrat-houses. The large greenish-drab eggs, with dark brown spots, are generally two in number. On the higher marshes the bobolinks are most abundant and musical ; while throughout the sedges and marsh-grass the long-billed marsh-wrens and the red-winged blackbirds and the swamp sparrows abound, breeding in immense numbers. Their spring melodies, too, are very agreeable amidst the numerous and harsher notes of the water-fowl. On a tall tree on the Island and in full sight from the tent, was a nest of the white-headed eagle ; and the woods resounded with the songs of our most delightful birds of the forest. IV. NONAGRIA SUBCARNEA, N. S. D. S. KELLICOTT. The larvae of two species of Nonagriinae occur abundantly as borers in Typha latifolia growing in the vicinity of Buffalo. One is that of Sphida oblujuata, G. and R., the other that of a species which, I believe, has not been described. I have known and observed these larvae for several years, but have not yet made out the differences in the earlier stages of growth with much certainty. The adult caterpillars, however, are distinguished with ease, either by their structure or by their habits, so I shall describe only the adult of the one which I have called Nonagria subcarnea, and compare it with that of S. obliquata; also with that of N. typhce of Europe, one of which Mr. A. R. Grote has been kind enough to furnish me. This larva attains a length of 55 mm.; it is cylindrical, slender, naked, smooth and somewhat shining. The color is rather light; the skin in some examples is decidedly carneous, in others smoky, particularly on the thoracic rings. The lines are almost obsolete; the piliferous spots are small and round; a weak chestnut hair arises from each. The anal and thoracic shields are slightly cor- neous, brown and shining. The thoracic rings are strongly folded transversely. The spiracles are narrowly elliptical, even slit-like, with the rings shining black. The hemispherical head is light in color, mottled with ocherous. The differences between this larva and that of N. typhce are ample for its ready separation. It is less stout than typhce; the spiracles are more narrow and longer; the epicranial suture is much longer, the fork not extending so far up on the head; and the color of the head of typhce appears to be quite uniformly brown, while this one is mottled. It may be separated from the larva of S. obliquata by its light, often carneous hue, that species being darker or quite black; the 41 brown thoracic shield of obliquata is divided in the middle line by a sharply defined white line; the last pair of spiracles of obliquata are larger than the rest and placed subdorsally, while those cor- responding in subcarnea are placed laterally. Other characters presenting differences are the following: The proplegs in sub- carnea are longer than in obliquata; the hooklets of the former are arranged more nearly in a straight line, in the latter in the form of a horse-shoe, toes inward; the true legs of the former are col- ored like the skin; in the latter they are dark with bands at the joints. A microscopical study of the mouth organs discloses marked differences. Late in July and early in August both larvae are found together, often in the same plant; they are now of about the same age and size; their mode of life up to this time has been similar, but from this point they take very different routes. Obliquata continues its larval life in the Typha until autumn, when it leaves its plant and crawls into old wood, the earth, or under loose bark of trees, hibernating as a larva. In May it pupates in a light cocoon, giv- ing the moth about the beginning of June. Not so subcarnea; in July and August the larvae prepare pupa-cells near the surface of the plant, always leaving a thin layer of epidermis unbroken over its place of exit; it pupates with the head uppermost. The pupce vary in length from 30 mm. to 40 mm.; the color is light brown; the anal ring ends in a thin, emarginate, horizontal plate; there are a few weak anal hooklets; the dorsal median line of the thorax is occupied by a strong ridge; the clypeus is pro- longed into a stout, blunt spine. Figure 1 represents the pupa in side view. The imago escapes, leaving the pupa-shell in its place; in order to get out of the cell to expand its wings, it has to break up the membraneous covering of the place of escape; this it does by its very stout, frontal spine. The Moth ? expands 45 mm.; reddish-gray, recently hatched specimens are often decidedly flesh-colored; the head, thorax and palpi are usually darker or fawn; the abdomen, of the shade 42 of the wings or lighter. The discal spot on the primaries is black and distinct in most examples; there are two well defined black dots between the discal and the base of the wing; one in the place of the orbicular and the other marking the intersection of the basal line and subcostal vein; the subterminal line is in- dicated by dots in the veinules; there is a row of black marginal lunules; fringes usually lighter than the wings. The secondaries have the same hue as the primaries, the discal is blackish; in some specimens.a faint mesial line appears, in others it is obsolete; mar- ginal lunules as on the primaries; fringes concolorous or lighter than the wings. Beneath the discals on both wings are dis- tinct; also the marginal lunules; on the primaries from the base to the discal dots there is a reddish wash; beyond this a smoky space. All the wings above are often dusted with black scales. The $ expands 38 mm. The color is darker than that of the S ; the markings are similar. The palpi of both sexes are rather slender, horizontal, and ex- tend to the tip of the clypeal spine; the slender terminal joint is clothed. The very stout clypeal spine (Fig. 3) is concealed by the long dense hairs of the front, which thus presents a cone of broad base and rounded apex. The ovipositing apparatus of this moth appears worthy of special description and illustration. It is rather complicated as it is in those of its congeners known to me, but differs sufficiently to be of in- terest; moreover, the manner in which the eggs are placed is known, which lends additional interest to the structure which is made to accomplish so nice a piece of work. Figure 2 exhibits the strangely modified terminal rings of the ? abdomen. Of the three modified joints, the last is the short tubular ovipositor proper, usually concealed within the first of the three. The first piece (a) is chitinous, and supports the rest of the ap- paratus; the second piece articulates with the first at the upper side. On the lower face are two broad teeth (d) pointing back- 43 wards; between the teeth there begins a deep groove extending obliquely upwards to the anal opening; the chitinous borders (e) of this groove are dentate. The second ring is also chitinous; the basal part (b) is broad, concave below; the piece terminates in a narrower thin part, forked at the end with the rounded tips turned downwards; these two black lobes may be seen without removing the anal tufts; on the under side of the basal part there is a deep groove (g) beginning just above the anus. By means of this apparatus the eggs are placed for the winter. They are arranged one after another, varying in number from a few to a hundred or more, in a tube formed by rolling over the margin of a withered dry leaf of the food plant. It appears that as the eggs are extruded and placed a little way back from the margin (about one-third the width), the same is then folded over the eggs and firmly cemented down, thus forming and fill- ing the tube. The eggs thus covered with the leaf and cement appear to pass the winter under the snow, and more or less under water, unharmed. I have not been so fortunate as to see the moth in the act of oviposition, although a number were kept for many days with Typha in an aquarium. I found, from time to time, many of the eggs, but visits paid by day or by night failed to discover the manner of the work. The eggs are white, obscurely ribbed, short, cylindrical; the length equals .5 mm., and the width .875 mm. The shells are not very firm, so they are sometimes deformed by the pressure of the tightly drawn cover. Since the larva of this moth bores the same plant as N. typha of Europe, it seems appropriate to compare the two species. The moths agree closely in size; typhce. is slightly larger ( 8 40 mm. ? 48 mm., Guenee); the ground color differs and the veins are not marked with white as in typhce; the discal dots are not so plain on under side of hind wings, and much more distinct in fore wings; the secondaries are concolorous, while in typhce they are lighter than the primaries, with the outer third darker; the first and second joints of the palpi of the latter are more heavily 44 clothed, and extend considerably beyond the clypeal spine. The differences in the spines appear in figures 3, 4, 5. There are other obvious differences. A comparison with JV. cannte, which it approaches in character, exhibits plain differences. According to Herrick Schaeffer, carina has broad fore wings with acute apexes, the intra- veinular marginal spots are wanting, and there are two spots marking the intersection of the inner line \ with the median and submedian veins; in subcarjiea — -^-^ the primaries are not broader than in typJnv, and °' the apexes are not more acute, the marginal spots are present, and the inner line is not marked by two spots; again, the hind wings are concolorous, while in canna they are not. The differences between this moth and N. sparganii are not so obvious. They agree very well in size; the shape of the primaries are quite closely alike, also the intraveinular marginal spots as well as those upon the veins indicating the marginal line; in sparganii the secondaries are darker, scaled towards the outer half, the inner half being lighter than the pri- Y\%. 4 maries; there are spots at the origin of veins, three and four, sur- rounded by four black dots (H. S.); in subcarnea this character does not appear, while the hind wings are of uniform shade. Sub- carnea is certainly very closely allied to sparganii. I have rarely found Sparganum bored by a larva apparently identical with the one from Typha; I have taken the same also in Scirpus. I introduce here figures showing the wide differ- ences in the frontal prolongations of subcarnea (Fig. 3), 'typka (Fig. 4) and N. subflava (Fig. 5). These characters, it seems, afford good points for comparison and separation of species, for they prove to be quite constant, at least in the first. The spine of subflava is scarcely bilobed; it was not seen to be so until magnified by an inch objective. I have to acknowledge my obligations to Mr. J. A. Lintner for assistance and advice in the study of this moth. V. HYDREOMENA TRAVERSATA, N. S, D. S. KELLICOTT. Head, thorax and abdomen dark gray above, with the third, fourth and fifth abdominal rings edged posteriorly with white. Base of the primaries blackish; basal line dentate, quite black, not oblique as in trifasciata, Californiata and others; beyond this there is a well-defined red band, more or less bordered with white; outside the red the wing is again black, becoming whitish before the median, black, slightly zigzag line, which is not oblique; be- tween this and the extradiscal line the wing is white; this median band is as wide on the inner margin as on the costa; the latter line at first slightly wavy, reaching the first branch of the median vein, follows it half way from the intersection to the outer edge, then continuing to the inner margin, nearly parallel to the outer margin, forming two deep scollops between the branches of the median and two smaller ones between the latter and the inner vein; on the front of the wing, beyond the extradiscal, there is a black patch succeeded by a red one, which, following the line, becomes a mere band in the inner half of the wing; the submar- ginal space is whitish, with three well-defined black triangular spots on the subapical space, and the edge of the wing occupied by a black line. The posterior wings dull white, smoky towards the base, and the posterior edge lined with black; there is a single blackish band, much curved outwardly, on the branches of the median vein. The discal dots small, round, black, plainest on the fore wings above, and on the hind wings below. The fringes of both wings somewhat tawny and checkered by a darker shade at the veinules. Beneath, the secondaries have the same shade as above, with the single dark band more distinct; the primaries smoky throughout, except a large, pale, ash subapical spot cor- responding with the red one above. The male expands 36 mm. Taken at Petoskey, Michigan, July, 1882. 46 The ornamentations of this moth appear to be sufficiently dis- tinct to separate it from any other species or variety. In size it agrees with Californiata; the primaries have the outer edge less oblique, and the apex less produced. The discal dots are wholly different. It differs from all that approach it in ornamentation, in having the median white band as wide on the inner edge as on the costa, and having the basal and median lines not oblique — that is, they reach the inner edge as far from the base of the wing as on the costa. The specimens taken were fresh, and no shade of green was perceptible. The palpi are rather shorter than usual, pointed; the apexes approximated and turned down- wards. SYNGAMUS TRACHEALIS. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. Fig. 1 — Adult male and female Syngamus, (enlarged 133 diameters). A, male; B, female, show- ing the head, oesophagus and intestine In the female may be seen the uterus and ovarian tubes filled with eggs. Fig. 2. — Embryo of Syngamus removed from the earthworm and kept fo; 24 hours in an incubator, in the blood serum of a calf, at 105° Fahrenheit. About moulting the first time, (enlarged 200 diameters). Fig. 3. — Smallest pair of Syngami ever seen; male .035 and female .055 inch in length. Found on the external wall of the oesophagus of a chick, (enlarged 172 diameters). Fig. 5. — Egg of Syngamus immediately after passing out of adult female, (enlarged 318 diameters). Fig. 6.— Embryo of Syngamus as found in the earthworm. Length .0118 inch, breadth at middle .00078 inch, (enlarged 200 diameters). Fig. 7. — Embryo emerging from the egg, tail first, not a common occurrence. Body constricted in passing out through the valvular opening, (enlarged 318 diameters). Fig. 8. — Egg in the mulberry state, (enlarged 318 diameters). BULLETIN OF THE Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. volume v. NO. 2. THE GAPE WORM OF FOWLS (Syngatnus trachealis): THE EARTHWORM {Lumbricus terrestris), ITS ORIGINAL HOST. ALSO, ON THE PREVENTION OF THE DISEASE IN ^ FOWLS CALLED THE GAPES, WHICH IS CAUSED BY THIS PARASITE. . /*> * '/;« Chamberlain. "Pentstemon lasvigatus, Solander. {P. Digitalis, Nutt.) Evans, Erie County, June, 1884, Mr. Etnil Chamot. Angola, Erie County, June 19, 1886, Miss Mary A. Fleming. Spon- taneous in a garden in Buffalo. Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B. Evans, upon the authority of Mr. Edward C. Townsend. *Veronica BrxBAUMii, Tenore. Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B. Evans, on the authority of Mr. Edward C. Townsend. Gerardia pedicularia, L Sandy woods near Clifton, Niagara Falls. Macoun. (Cat. Can. Plants ) • Verbena augustifolia, Michx. Port Colborne, Ontario. (Cat. Can. Plants ) *Isanthus caeruleus, Michx. Westminster, near London, Ontario. Miss Crooks. (Cat. Can. Plants,) Pycnanthemum incanum, Michx. Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.) Prof. Macoun intimates a doubt of the identification of the plant. Lophanthus scrophulariaefolius, Bentham. Slopes of Queenston Heights. Macoun. (Cat Can. Plants.) *Cedronella cordata, Benth. Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B. Evans, on the authority of Mr. Edtvard C. Townsend. *Lamium album, L. At Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.) *Lithospermum canescens, Lehm. Sandy soil near London, Ontario. Bttrgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.) *Onosmodium Virginianum, DC. Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.) ^Symphytum asperrimum, L. Established near the Parade, Buffalo. 94 *Hydrophyllum appendiculatum, Michx. Around London, Ontario. Burgess and Saunders. (Cat. Can. Plants.) *Polemonium caeruleum, L. Discovered at Portage, Livingston County, 1886. Mr. John F. Cow ell. Phlox paniculata, L. Abundant and native in one locality near Salamanca, Cattar- augus County. 1885. Convolvulus spithamaeus, L. Common on gravelly soil in the vicinity of London, Ontario. Saunders and Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.) :fSolanum rostratum, Dunal. Cattle yards at East Buffalo, 1883. Waste places near the foot of York street, Buffalo, 1885. Mr. John Chamberlain. Solanum Carolinense, L. Cattle yards at East Buffalo, 1883. Still continuing near Fort Erie, Ontario, 1885. *Physalis Virginiana, Mill. Common at Niagara Falls. Macoitn. Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logic. And of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.) *Halenia deflexa, Grisel. Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logic And of London, On- tario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.) Asarum Canadense, L. Under this name two species seem to us united. Both belong to our region. One plant, the more common here, is much more robust than the other. Leaves larger and cordate. Flowers nearly twice as large, with awl-shaped appendages in the sinuses op the calyx. Blossoming three weeks earlier than the other. The smaller plant has reniform leaves, considerably less in size. Flowers usually wanting the appendages. We have seen both plants in cultivation, side by side, for several years, and the differences have proved constant. *Aristolochia Sipho, L'Her. Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B. Evans, on the authority of Mr. Edward C. To7vnsend. 95 Amaranthus . The undetermined species, mentioned in the Supplement to our Catalogue, was observed by us growing near Denver, Colo- rado, in 1883, and with it A. bliloides, Watson. *Celtis occidentalis, Towne. •Small trees, probably of this species, were pointed out to me near Lockport, Niagara County, by Dr. E. N. S. Ringueberg. (May 22, 1886). It was stated that they had never been ob- served in flower or fruit. The leaves, which were immature, seemed to approach those of C. Mississippiensis \ Bosc. Possibly the specimens may prove of that species. Morus rubra, L. On the same day (May 22, 1886), Dr. Ringueberg called my attention to a specimen of the Red Mulberry, growing very near his Celtis. Comptonia asplenifolia, Solander. Indian Falls, Genesee County, June 20, 1885. Buff. Nat. Field Club. Epipactis Helleborine, var. viridens, Irm. Another station in the city of Buffalo has been discovered by Mrs. Mary B. Moody. Corallorrhiza innata, R. Br. Machias, Cattaraugus County, May 19, 1886. Buff. Nat. Field Club. Cypripedium acanle, Ait. Abundant near Springville, Erie County, Buff. Nat. Field Club. Sisyrinchium Bermudiana, L.. var. albidum, Gray. In crevices of the rocks on the shore of Lake Erie, at Point Abino. 1883. Chamslirium luteum, Gray. Plentiful at Angola, Erie County, June 19, 1886. Buff. Nat. Field Club. Smilacina trifolia, Desf. Sphagnous swamps near Springville, Erie County, and at Alden, Erie County. Buff. Nat. Field Club. Erythronium albidum, Nutt. Abundant at Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County, May 16, 1885. Buff. Nat. Field Club. 4 96 -Pellaea gracilis. Hook. Crevices of rocks, Foster's Flats, Niagara River. Macoun. (Canadian Filicineae.) *Aspidium Boottii, Tuckerman. Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Lojie. (Canadian Filicineae.) Camptosorus rhyzophyllus, Link. At Lockport, but scarce. May 22, 1886. Abundant at Indian Falls, Genesee County. Buff. Nat. Field Club. -Aspidium Lonchitis, Swartz. Found sparingly at Foster's Flats, Niagara River. Macoun. (Canadian Filicineae.) *Physcia adglutinata, (Flk.) Nyl. Miss Mary L. Wilson. "Sticta quercizans, iMichx.) Ach. Portage, Genesee County. Miss Wilson. Pertusaria multipunctata, (Turn.) Nyl. Miss Wilson. rCladonia delicata, (Erhr.) Fl. Miss Wilson. ^Cladonia pulchella, Schwein. Miss Wilson. ^Biatora decipiens, Fr. Niagara Falls. Miss Wilson. *Lecidea plaustica, Tuckerman. Miss Wilson. *Buellia Schaereri, (DeNot.) Mass. Miss Wilson. ^Buellia petraea, (Flot.) Tuckerman. Miss Wilson. -Calicium subtile, Fr. Miss Wilson. *Calicium albo-nigrum, Nyl. Miss Wilson. Marsilea quadrifolia, L. Introduced near Lewiston, Niagara Co., and at other places. THE THICKNESS OF THE ONONDAGA SALT GROUP AT BUFFALO, N. Y. BY JULIUS POHLMAN, M. D. A well drilled by the Buffalo Cement Co., at Buffalo Plains, affords interesting material for a study of the thickness of the Onondaga salt group, as well as of the sudden thinning out or remarkable dip of the Niagara limestone. As about 500 feet of this well were drilled by means of a diamond drill, and the cores carefully preserved, the record gives unquestionable data, and shows the development of the different formations in Erie Co. in the greatest perfection. Beginning at a spot where the rocks of the waterlime group, suitable for the manufacture of cement, had been removed, and which is 70 feet above the level of Lake Erie, or 643 feet above tidewater, the drill encountered the following strata : 1 — 25 feet, shale and cement rock in thin streaks ; 25 — 30 feet, tolerably pure cement rock; 30 — 43 feet, shale and cement rock in thin streaks; 43 — 47 feet, pure white gypsum; 47 — 49 feet, shale; 49 — 61 feet, white gypsum; 61 — 62 feet, shale; 62 — 66 feet, white gypsum; 66 — 73 feet, shale and gypsum, mottled; 73 — 131 feet, drab colored shale with several layers ot white gypsum, measuring 18 feet in all; 131- — 133 feet, dark colored limestone; 133 — 137 feet, shale and limestone; 137 — 140 feet, dark colored compact shale; 14(i — 720 feet, gypsum and shale, mottled and in streaks; 72(> — 725 feet, limestone; 98 723 — TOO feet, soft red shale; 760 — 785 feet, white solid quartzose sandstone, very hard; 785 — L305 feet, soft red shale. At 1305 feet the drill was stopped. Permanent water was struck at 4:3 feet; gas, of fair quality as well as quantity, at 452 feet; salt water, leaving on evaporation about 12 per cent, of salt, was found at 555 feet. A shaft, 20 feet square, was sunk on the premises later, for the purpose of determining the feasibility of mining the gypsum, but the rush of water through the gyp- sum layer at 4M-4 7 feet, was so strong that a pump with a capacity of 2000 gallons per minute failed to make any impres- sion upon it, and the attempt was abandoned. The average dip of the rocks from the north to the south, in this vicinity, is about 20 feet to the mile. The top of the Niagara limestone, ten miles north of Buffalo Plains, is about 21 feet above the level of Lake Erie, or -593 feet above tidewater; hence, as the drill started at 7<> feet above the lake level, Niagara limestone ought to be found at a depth of about 250 feet; but in fact the drill penetrated down to 1305 feet .in the soft red shale, characteristic of the lower part of the Onondaga Salt Group, according to Hall, demonstrating that the Niagara lime- stone, if present, has between Niagara Falls and Buffalo, a dip of at least 130 feet to the mile. Mr. Bennett, the president of the Cement Co., has promised to deposit the core of the drill in the museum as soon as it is established in the fire-proof building of the Buffalo Library. BULLETI N OF THE Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. volume v. NO III. The Mills Collection of Fresh-Water Sponges David S. Kellicott, Ph. D. The fresh-water sponges in the collection of the lamented Henry Mills were placed in my hands many months ago with the understanding that a representative set of specimens would be selected and prepared for the Buffalo Society of Natural Scien- ces. After what may seem an unnecessarily long delay, I sub- mit, at my earliest convenience, the specimens with a record of such date as I am able to gather. In as much as all the species as yet identified from the vicinity of Buffalo prove to be repre- sented, I have added such facts as have come to my know- ledge, concerning the discovery, occurrence and distribution of each species, thus making an annotated list of the fresh -water sponges thus far discovered in this neighborhood. The region about Buffalo bay and the Niagara river afford almost ideal conditions for the life and growth of fresh-water animals. Its richness is even yet scarcely appreciated. The outlet of the American fresh-water ocean remains at almost a constant level. It is not like so many lesser American rivers, a mere thread of heated water in summer and a flood of tilt jn winter and spring, Neither storm nor season greatly dis* 100 turbs its clearness of destroys its purity; and owing to its mass its temperature changes slowly and the range is moderate. There are also deep passages, once portions of the river-bed, now almost land locked, but still sufficiently open to the river to admit fresh water and maintain a constant level. Aquatic life in these channels is phenomenally luxuriant for a North American station in latitude 430. Again there are small rivers or creeks entering the main river, the estuaries of which are deep, quiet, and supplied from above with swamp and land drainage, whilst their constancy is assured by that of the Niagara. These are teeming with a vast variety of micro- scopic plants and animals from early summer to December. These conditions are especially favorable to the growth of sponges and here they are found in remarkable abundance. Whilst the number of species recorded compares favorably with any explored locality in the world, the abundance of representa- tives is, according to my experience and the testimony of others, quite unsurpassed. The specimens of this collection were obtained by Mr. Mills, by personal exploration of our own vicinity, and also in Iowa, Wisconsin, Florida and Ohio, and by exchange from other localities. They were preserved by drying. Every example has been re-examined to confirm determinations already made or to determine such as were not labeled. In most cases the fol- lowing method proved rapid and satisfactory. A row of watch glasses, each with a few drops of carbolic acid, were placed on the work-table and a selected fragment of a sponge placed in each with proper numbering to prevent confusion. After a short interval examination could be commenced. This was done by transferring material to ordinary slides and examining in the acid. The statoblasts were soon sufficiently transparent to permit a determination of the structure by a one-fourth inch objective. The following genera are represented: Spongilla, Mcyaiia, Hctcromcycnia, Tubella and Carter ins. All are represented by one or more species in Western New York. A brief key to the genera is here introduced to aid any intending students of local forms. 101 Key to Genera. i. Statoblasts or gemmules surrounded by smooth or spined acerate or cylindrical spicules only. Spongilla. 2. Statoblast surrounded by equally birotulate spicules, all of one type, resting by one rotula on the chitinons coat. M eye ma. 3. Same with birotulates of two types, i. e., at least shafts of unequal length. Heteromeycma. 4. Same as Meyenia except the birotulates have unequal rotulse, the larger resting on the chitinous coat. Tubella. 5. Same as preceeding genera except the foramen is a prolonged tube with its distal extremity expanded into a more or less funnel-like expansion bearing one or more cirrous appen- dages on its margin. Carterius. SPONGILLA. 1. S. lacustris, Linn. Monograph*, p. 186. This exceedingly variable and widely distributed species ap- pear to be found but sparingly at Buffalo. It should be looked for in shallows along the Niagara and other streams, even where there is considerable flow. It also occurs in ponds and has the habit, unlike most species, of growing fully exposed to the sun's rays, upon suitable supports or even upon the bot- tom sending its long bristling fingers up into the passing water. In such situations it is usually green and easily overlooked among aquatic vegetation. The specimens are as follows: 1. Mass of branches, 5/x3/x2/, green. Fox Lake, Wisconsin, Sept. 1886. Collector Henry Mills. 2. Similar branches, Fox River. Same date. 3. Speci- men incrusting twigs, colorless. Bear Creek, Iowa Sept.. 1883 Henry Mills. There are also two varieties of S. lacustris represented, viz : paupercula, Bk. A small quantity from Cochituate Lake, Boston; and mutica, Potts, described from an ordinary ex- ample of lacustris in which the crust and gemmule spicules are wanting. From Edward Potts. Locality Philadelphia. -Monograph Fresh-Water Sponges by Edward Potts, reprinted from Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Set. 1SS7. This admirable treatise must necessarily afford the basis for all future work on American fresh water sponges. 102 S. aspinosa, Potts. Monograph, p. 184. One specimen, locality Absecnm Creek, N. Jersey. S. fragilis, Leidy. Monograph, 197. There are numerous characteristic specimens from different localities, as the species is every where in North America. I have not specially described each. It is very abundant about Buffalo. It may be of interest to note that it was the first North American sponge described (1S51) and the second found in the Niagara, at least so far as the record of the local societies attest (October 1879). Certainly none awakened any greater interest and enthusiasm than the beautiful crusts of gemmules found on stones of the pier at Black Rock. Strangely enough this same form seems to have kindled the fire in the mind of Mr. Potts. In the Monograph p. 199 he says, "In 1878 or 1S79 my attention was first attracted to the subject of fresh-water sponges by the discovery of a few gemmules, resembling a rust colored incrustation upon a stone from Lansdowne run, Philadelphia." A trivial circumstance surely, but one that led to researches that advanced science and soon demonstrated the wonderful richness of this type of life in America as compared with the scientifically explored parts of the old world. Among the specimens of this species are several marked "compound form." They differ from the ordinary form which has a layer of close-set statoblasts or possibly seven successive layers, representing growth during as many years, the sarcode and spicules dropping away each fall. In this variety the gem- mules occur in groups of two, three, four or more, bound together by a compact "cellular crust," often conspicuous; the forami- nal tubes protrude slightly from the periphery. These masses are held loosely in the substance of the sponge, often surmount- ing a layer of ordinary forms cemented firmly to the support. Examples growing on weeds are wholly of the compound variety. Mr. Potts has made the reasonable suggestion that the normal type, cemented firmly to permanent supports, main- tains the species from year to year in the same place; the other is dispersed on the breaking up of the sarcode, thus dis- tributing the same. MEYENIA. M. fluviatitis. Monograph, p. 219. This is one of a few species occurring in the greatest abun- dance about the Niagara and its tributaries. Those from the river generally agree very well with the type whilst those from ponds and streams show much variation. The variations con- sist in smooth or micro-spined spicules, thicker "crust" in the 103 gemmule, more numerous birotulates, longer or shorter shafts of birotulates etc. There are several forms marked "variety" but none has been found belonging strictly to the named varieties. The species grows on all sorts of supports but is found more frequently on aquatic plants in deep clear water than other forms. 2. M. Millsii, Potts, Monograph, p. 225. Many small pieces collected by Mr. Mills in Sherwood Pond, DeLand, Fla. March, 1S84. These fragments are same as those described, hence may be considered "type". It is an elegant species. 3. M. Everetti, Mills. Monograph, p 230. Specimens, compacted masses, the long ropes or fibres of sponge found on plants. Collected by Francis Wolle, Gilder Pond, Mount Everett, September 18S2. It is an extremely interesting species owing to the fact that it has birotulate dermal spicules. \. M. Leidyi, Carter. Monograph, p. 212. Several good specimens. Schuylkill River, Philadelphia. 5. M. plumosa, Carter, variety Palmeri, Potts. Monograph p. 234. Two examples evidently from the describer of the species and hence of the type. Locality, Colorado river, Lerdo, Sonora, Mexico. This sponge was found on rocks and over- hanging trees at a level that rendered it impossible that it should have been submerged more than a few months in the year. 6. M. crateriformis, Potts. Monograph, p. 228. One specimen on bark, Niagara River. It was marked "variety," but on comparison I find no difference between it and that found at Columbus, O., which agrees well with the original description. I think the specimen is normal. Pleiomeyenia was described by Mr. Mills in the Proc. Am. Soc. of Mic. VI — p. 147 as a new genus; the destinctive character was the arrangement of the birotulates in two or more series about the statoblast. Three species were descri- bed viz: Calumeticus, Walkeri and spinifera. The first two are in the Collection, both type specimens ; the former from Calumet River, 111., the second from Ischua Creek, Erie Co., N. Y. Other specialists have not admitted the validity of the genus and the species have been made synonyms of. 6. M. Miilleri, Lieberkiihn. Monograph 224. Specimens as above. 104 HETEROMEYENIA. i. H. Ryderi, Potts. Monograph, p. 242. Specimens from St. Augustine, Fla., collected by Mr. Mills. 2. H. repens, Potts. Monograph, p. 237. Specimen on aquatic plant from shallow pond on border of Black Creek, Canada. Collected by the writer. TUBELLA. 1. T. Pennsylvanica. Potts. Monograph, p. 251. Specimens from Delhi, ()., Philadelphia, and other localities which are unknown. It proves to be a wide spread form. One large rust colored piece was taken from a water main, Philadelphia. It is interesting on account of its strange habitat. CARTERIUS. 1. C. tubisperma, Mdls. Monograph, p. 263. Numerous typical examples from the Niagara and from dis- tant localities. Very abundant at Buffalo growing on rocks or piers, often on the bottom of shallow bays. This was the first species of sponge found at Buffalo. The writer's note book contains a drawing of a statoblast made the day of the "find" and dated October 11, 1S79. 2. C. latitenta, Potts. Monograph, p. 264. Excellent specimens from Scajaquada Creek 1SS6. There is much variation in the distal expansion of the tube and in the fibres arising from the same. 3. C. tenosperma, Potts. Monograp/i, p. 265. Small example from Scajaquady Creek. It thus appears that all the species of the genus thus far found in America occur at Buffalo. LIST OF THE MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA Of Buffalo anoZ Vicinity. By Edward P. Van Duzee. The list herewith submitted although confessedly far from complete includes all the species of Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Micros, known by our local collectors to have been captured in this city and its immediate vicinage. A radius of fifteen miles from Buffalo will include the localities from which nearly all the material here recorded has been derived. A few species, taken at a somewhat greater distance have been included to bring the range of the list into accord with that adopted by Mr. David F. Day in his List of Plants of Buffalo and Vicinity. All the localities mentioned in the present list appear on the map published in Vol. IV of this Bulletin to accompany Mr. Day's paper. The Author's part in the preparation of this list has been merely that of compiler and co-contributor. Our local collectors have without exception exhibited their interest in the work by furnishing full lists of their captures with many valuable notes, and have very generously placed their entire collections at the Writer's disposal for study and comparison and by this means a number of synonymical errors have been avoided that might otherwise have seriously impaired the value of the list. The collectors who have supplied the bulk of the material and to whom the value of the list is consequently due are as follows: Prof. David S. Kellicott, material taken in and about Buffalo; Mr. Alva H. Kilman, material taken at Ridgeway, Ont. , a station near the shore of Lake Erie about thirteen miles west of Buffalo; Mr. Philip Fisher and Mr. J. P. Will, material captured largely at electric lights in this city or bred from larvae taken in the surrounding towns; and the collections of the Author made mostly at Lancaster, about ten miles east of Buffalo. A few valuable notes have also been added by Mr. Wm. Mueser of this city. In addition to the above all accessible literature likely to contain notes on local forms has been carefully exan> 106 ined and all species accredited to localities within our limits have been included in the list with the proper references. This has proved no inconsiderable part of the compiler's task and has resulted in the addition of many interesting species largely from the labors of Mr. A. R. Grote. Except in the case of the more common and widely distrib- uted species the locality or localities of capture have invariably been given, followed by the surname or initials of the collector. The authority has also been affixed to all notes on the life-history or habits of the species, and wherever the occurrence here of a species has already been recorded in print the reference is appen- ded if known to the Author. When the publication of this list was first suggested it was the intention of Prof. Kellicott to undertake its compilation, but unfortunately his removal from our city rendered this inconve- nient and the labor of its preparation necessarily devolved on another. Although losing in value by this change of author- ship it is hoped that the list has suffered little in the mere quan- titive enumeration of our species, thanks to the hearty co-opera- tion of our local collectors. The list as here presented enume- rates 773 species representing 336 genera, and includes all the Lepidoptera known to have been captured within our limits with the exception of the families Tortricidae, Tineidae, and Ptero- phoridae, or the Micro-Lepidoptera, our collections of which are still too meagre to warrant their inclusion at the present time. It is hoped a list of these may be published later with such addi- tions as may be made to the present list. The Author takes pleasure in recording here a few personal acknowledgements; first of which is his indebtedness to Mr. A. R. Grote to whose kind attentions and personal instructions he owes such measure of success as he may have attained in his entomological studies, and to whom he also owes the determina- tion of most of the material taken by him at Lancaster. He has likewise been placed under deep obligations to the following students of this order for assistance in the determination of material: Prof. J. A. Lintner, Prof. J. B. Smith, Rev. Geo. A. Ilulst, and Prof. D. S. Kellicott. To these and to the local col- lectors before mentioned as well as to all who have assisted him with notes or specimens he wishes to express his sincere thanks. 107 Tn the arrangement of the speeies the following authorities have been taken as a guide : In the Rhopalocera Mr. Edwards' List of the Butterflies of N. Am. ; in the Heterocera Prof. Grote's Check Lists of 1S82 and 1890, with the exceptions of the Sphingids and Agrotids, where Prof. Smith's Monographs have been used, and of the Phycidae where the arrangement of Mr. Hulst has been adopted. ORDER LEPIDOPTERA. Rhopalocera. FAMILY PAPILIONIDyE. PAPILIO, Linn. 1. P. Ajax, Linn. a, Winter form telamonides, Feld. b. Summer form marccllus, Bd. This species is occasionally seen on the streets of Buffalo or at the park, and. more rarely in the surrounding towns, Lancas- ter and Buffalo, E. P. V. ; "Lockport, abundant ovipositing on the expanding leaves of paw-paw, May 1886," Kellicott; Ridge- way, Ont., Kilman; Sturgeon Pt. near Angola, Emil Chamot; Buffalo, Mceser, (see Can. Ent. XII p. 264.) 2. P. Philenor, Linn. Very scarce, Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman and Moffat, (Can. Ent. XII p. 264.) 3. P. Asterias, Fabr. 4. P. Troilus, Linn. Locally not uncommon, Lancaster, larvae on spice bush, E. P. V. ; "on lake shore near Angola," Emil Chamot; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 5. P. Turnus, Linn. Common, especially on the wooded highlands south of Buffalo. Larvae on lilac and Populus momlzfera, E. P. V. ; "Bred on ash," Kellicott. 6. P„ Cresphontes, Cram. • Occasional. First taken at Lancaster, Aug. 1882 ; one exam- ple has an expanse of 5 7/10 inches, E. P. V. ; "Larvae on Xantho.xylum Americanwif\ Kellicott. (See Bui, Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., IV, p. 30.) 2 108 PIERIS, Schrank. 7. P. Ilaire, Godt. Accidental. Lancaster, one example taken Sept. 22, 1S80, E. P. V. (Can. Ent. XXI p. 39.) 8. P. Protodice, Bd.-Lec. Formerly abundant, now rare if not extinct here. In 187S this species abounded on the lake shore at the Tift farm and . elsewhere. Larvae on charlock. i). P. napi, aberrent virginiensis Edwd. Ridgeway, Ont., one example, Kilman. 10. P. napi. Summer form oleracea-mtiva Harr. Formerly abundant and generally distributed, now appar- ently extinct here. Last seen at Lancaster about 1S77. ti. P. rapae, Linn. This imported pest has quite displaced the two preceding native species here, as elsewhere. First taken at Lancaster in 1875. 12. P. rapae, var. nov-anglice Scudd. Buffalo, Fischer. COLIAS, Fabr. 13. C. Philodice, Godt. Abundant everywhere ; the albinic form rare. Larvae on the garden pea. TERIAS, Swains. 14 T. lisa, Bd.-Lec. Apparently accidental, One example taken by Mr. Fischer at Buffalo Plains, (Can. Ent. XVII p. 180.) FAMILY NYMPHALIDyE. DANAIS, Latr. 15. D. Archippus, Fabr. ARGYNNIS, Fabr. i(>. A. Cybele, Fabr. 17. A. Aphrodite, Fabr. Less abundant than the preceding. iS. A. Atlantis, Edw. Rare. Buffalo, Fischer and M5. O. leucostigma, Abb. & Sm. PARORGYIA, Pack. 166. P. Clintoni, G. & R. "Buffalo, Aug. 24. 18S0," Fischer. 167. P. parallela, G. & R. Lancaster, two examples taken at rest, E. P. Y. EUCLEA, Hubn. 165. E. querceti, H.-S. Not uncommon. Lancaster, larva? on willow, pear, maple, blue-beech &c, E. P. Y. ; Buffalo, Fischer. 169. E. ferruginea, Pack. "St. Catherines Ont." (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. Ill p. 33S). 120 PHOBETRON, Hubn. 17". P. pithecium, Abb. & Sm. Rare. Lancaster, larva' on apple, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway Ont; Kilman. (Can. Ent. XVI pp, [80 & 200.) LIMACODES, Latr. 171. L. Scapha, Harris. Occasional. Lancaster, larva- on bine beech, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway Ont., Kilman. 1 72. L. Y-inversa, Pack. Not a rare species. 173. L. fasciola, H.-S. 1 74. L. flexuosa, Grote. Ridgeway Ont.., Kilman. 175. L. Gaesonia, Grote. Not uncommon at Ridgeway Ont., Kilman. ADONETA, Clem. 176. A. spinuloides, H.-S. Rare. Lancaster. E. P. V. ; Ridgeway Ont., Kilman. (Can. Ent. XXX, p. 178.) ICHTHYURA, Hubn. 177. I. inclusa, Hubn. Taken commonly at all stations. 17S. I. inversa, Pack. Ridgeway Ont., Kilman. 170. I. Albosigma, Fitch. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, "Bred from Populus tremuloides. The larva maturing early in Jidy spins a slight web between two leaves so that cocoon and pupa closely resemble those of a Catocala," Kellicott; Ridgewav, (bit.; Kilman. APATELODES, Pack. 180. A. Angelica, Grote. Rare. Ridgeway, Ont.; Kilman, (Can. Ent. XVII, p. 34.) DATANA, Walk. 181. D. ministra, Drury. 182. D. Angusii, G. <& R. Not common. Lancaster, E. P. V. 183. D. integerrima, G. & R. Ridgewav, Ont.; not uncommon, Kilman. 1S4. D. contracta, Walk. Buffalo, Fischer. 121 NATADA, Walk. 185. N. gibbosa, Abb. & Sm. Occasional. GLUPHISIA, Boisd. 186. G. trilineata, Pack. Locally abundant. Buffalo, at electric light, Fischer, Will, &c. NOTODONTA, Ochs. 1S7. N. stragula, Grote. Not common but widely distributed. Larvae on Salix nigra, E. P. V. iSS. N. basistriens, Walk. Rare. Buffalo, one example, Fischer. LOPHODONTA. Pack. 189. L. Georgica, H.-S. Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. PHEOSIA, Hubn. 190. P. rimosa, Pack. Rare. Lancaster, larvae on Symphoricarpus raceniosus, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer. NERICE, Walk. 191. N. bidentata, Walk. This is also a rare species. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. EDEMA, Walk. 192. E. albifrons, Abb. & Sm. Common. Larvae destructive to the maple, basswood &c, at Lancaster, E. P. V. SEIRODONTA, G. & R. 193. S. bilineata, Pack. Rather rare. Lancaster, June, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. • CEDEMASIA, Pack. 1 94. O. concinna, Abb. & Sm. The red-humped larvse of this species are frequently encoun- tered on the apple and various forest trees although the moths are of rare occurrence. SCHIZURA, Doubld. (= Ca'/odasys Pack. ) 195. S. ipomeae, var. cinereofrons, Pack. Rare. Buffalo, Fischer. • 196. H. unicornis, Abb. & Sm. Not uncommon, Lancaster, larvae on rose, basswood &c. , E. P. V. ; Buffalo, "bred on apple, willow, honey-locust and linden", Kellicott. 1 22 JANASSA, Walk. [97. J. lignicolor, Walk. Occasional. Buffalo, Fischer; Aurora, Miss A. M. Crawford ; Ridgeway ( >nt. , Kilman. HETEROCAMPA, Doubld. 198. H. guttivitta, Walk. Not uncommon 109. H. Manteo, Doubld. Less abundant than the preceding. Buffalo, "One female on oak," Kellicott. 200. H. marthesia, Cram. Buffalo, "one pair taken on an ash tree, Aug. 1883," Kellicott. 20T. H. unicolor, Pack. Buffalo, "bred from larvae feeding on buttonwood," Kellicott. CERURA, Schrank. 202. C. borealis, Boisd. Rare. Buffalo, Fischer. 203. C. occidentalis, Lintn. More abundant than its congeners. 204. C. cinerea, Walk. Rare. Buffalo, Fischer. The species of this genus are most frequently taken at light. PLATYPTERYX, Lasp. 205. P. arcuata, Walk. Not uncommon in ravines and damp woods at Lancaster, E. P.V. 206. P. genicula, Grote. "Pt. Abino and East Aurora, June," Kellicott. ACTIAS, Leach. 207. A. Luna, Linn. This is hardly a common species here although a few ex- amples are captured each season. TELEA, Hubn. 208. T. Polyphemus, Cram. Common. CALLOSAMIA, Pack. 209. C. Promethea, Drury. The larvae of this species are not uncommon on spice bush. They may also be found on willow and lilac. 210. C. angulifera, Walk. Very rare. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. (See. Can. Ent. XVI, p. 119 & 1 7U- ) 123 PLATYSAMIA, Grote. 211. P. Cecropia, Linn. Common at all stations. HYPERCHIRIA, Htfrn. 212. H. Io, Fabr. Also a common species. EACLES, Hubn. 213. E. imperialis, Drury. Very rare. A single example of this splendid moth was captured in the village of Hamburgh about July 1st. iSyo and is now in the possession of Mr. Frank Walker of that place to whose kindness I am indebted for a knowledge of its occur- rence. Prof. Kellicott reports: "One larva on Goat Island, Niagara Falls, and one moth taken at North Collins by Mr. Henry Clipperton of Buffalo." ANISOTA, Hubn. 214. A. Stigma, Fabr. Buffalo, Fischer. 215. A. senatoria, Abb. & Sra. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilmah. 216. A. Virginiensis, Drury. Not rare. Lancaster. Larva? on blue-beech, E. P. V., Buf- falo, &c. DRYOCAMPA, Harris. 217. D. rubicunda, Fabr. Common. CLISIOCAMPA, Curtis. 218. C. Americana, Harris. 219. C. distria. Hubn. GASTROPACHA, Ochs. 220. G. Americana, Harris. Rare. Lancaster, May, E. P. V.; Buffalo, Fischer; Ridge- way, Ont., Kilman. TOLYPE, Hubn. 221. T. velleda, Stoll. Occasional. Lancaster, at light and at rest on apple, E. P. V. Buffalo, Fischer ; Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman. 222. T. laricis, Fitch. Very rare. Buffalo, one example at electric light, Fischer. PRIONOXYSTUS, Grote. 223. P. robiniae, Peck. Generally distributed but not common, (Bub Buff, Soc. Nat. Sci, IV, p. 30.) 4: 124 224- P. querciperda, Fitch. "Buffalo, from branches of black oak growing on "The Cir- cle." Kellicott. HEPIALUS, Fabr. 225. H. auratus, Grote. Very rare. Lancaster, a single example taken at rest on a bush of wild gooseberry, July 23rd, 188S, E. P. V. (Can Ent. XX, p. 100.) 226. H. argenteomaculatus, Harris. "Certainly occurs along the shore (if Lake Ontario eastward of Buffalo, wherever A Inns incana abounds," Kellicott; Ridge- way, Ont. Kilman. 227. H. quadriguttatus, Grote. Lancaster, one specimen at light, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Mceser. FAMILY NOCTUID/E. LEPTINA, Gucn. 228. L. ophthalmica, Guen. Occasional. Lancaster, taken on the wing in meadow-land E. P. V. 229. L. latebricola, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont. two examples, Kilman. Determined by Prof. J. B. Smith. THYATIRA, Ochs. 230. T. pudens, Guen. Lancaster, one example at rest about July 1st, E. P. V. PSEUDOTHYATIRA, Grote. 231. P. cymatophoroides, Guen. Lancaster, July, at sugar, E. P. V. 232. P. cymatophoroides, var. expultrix, Grote. June and July, at sugar. HABROSYNE, Hubn. 233. H. scripta. Gosse. June, at sugar. ARSILONCHE, Led. 234. A. Henrici, Grote. May, at sugar and light. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. 1, p. 12.) RAPHIA, Hubn. 235. R. abrupta, Grote. Buffalo, Fischer. 23d. R. Frater, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, at rest, E. P. V. 125 DEMAS, Steph. 237. D. flavicornis, Smith. Buffalo, July, one example at electric light, Fischer. CHARADRA, Walk. 23S. C. deridens, Guen. Lancaster, at rest, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. AUDELA, Walk. 239. A. acronyctoides, Walk. "Western N. Y.", Grote. (Hy. Bui. VI, p. 227.) PLATYCERURA, Pack. 240. P. furcilla, Pack. Buffalo, July, one example, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. FERALIA, Grote. 241. F. jocosa, Guen. "West Seneca," Kellicott. MOMAPHANA, Grote. 242. M. Comstocki, Grote. Rare. Portage Falls, May 30th, 1885, one example at rest, E. P. V.; Buffalo, Kellicott. (Hy. Bui. VI, p. 569.) DIPHTHERA, Hubn. 243. D. fallax, H.-S. Buffalo, Fischer, Kellicott. APATELA, Hubn. 244. A. occidentalis, G. & R. June and July, common at sugar. Larvae on apple and rasp- berry, E. P. V. 245. A. morula, G. & R. Lancaster, July, at sugar, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. 24ft. A. lobeliae, Guen. June and July, at sugar. 247. A. vinnula, Grote. August, at sugar. 24S. A. Harveyana, Grote. Lancaster, June, occasional at sugar, E. P. V. 249. A. spinigera, Guen. Buffalo, Kellicott. 250. A. lepusculina, Guen. 251. A. innotata, Guen. Lancaster, Aug. , at sugar, rare ; Buffalo, at electric light, abundant in 1888, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman, 126 252. A. Americana, Harris. Not uncommon, June, at sugar and at rest. 253. A. dactylina, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. 254. A. luteicoma, G. & R. Buffalo, Fischer. 255. A. subochrea, Grote. Lancaster, May and June, at sugar, E. P. V. ; Buffalo and St. Catherines Ont., Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sei. II, p. 574-) 256. A. noctivaga, Grote. Lancaster, May and June, common at sugar, E. P. V. 257. A. superans, Guen. June and Jvdy, at sugar. 258. A. connecta, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, July, on sugar, E. P. Y. ; Buffalo, Fischer. 259. A. ovata, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. 260. A. hamamelis, Guen. Lancaster, at rest on beech trees and at sugar, July, E. P. Y. 261. A. retardata, Walk. (= dissect a, G. & R.) Lancaster, June and July, not uncommon on trunks of maple trees, E. P. Y, ; Ridgeway, Ont. Kilman. 262. A. sperata, Grote. Common, May to August, at sugar and light. 263. A. xyliniformis, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 264. A. oblinita, Abb. & Sm. Lancaster, May to Aug. , at rest and sugar, larva; on smart- weed, E. P. V. 3 HARRISTMEMNA. Grote. 165. H. trisignata, Walk. PACHYCERMA, Grote. 2<>h. P. Cora, Hubn. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. POLYGRAMMATE, Hubn. 207. P. Hebraicum, Hubn. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. MICROCCELIA, Guen. 2u8. M. fragilis, Ouen. Rare. Lancaster. July and Aug.. at light and sugar, E. P. Y. 127 269. M. diphteroides, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 270. M. diphteroides, var. obliterata Grote. Lancaster, June, not uncommon on siigar, E. P. Y. BRYOPHILA, Tr. 271. B. lepidula, Grote. Jul}' and Aug., at sugar. 272. B. teratophora, H.-S. Occasional. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V. CHYTONIX, Grote. 273. C. palliatricula, Guen. Buffalo, Will. RHYNCHAGROTIS, Smith. 274. R. rufipectus, Morr. Rare. Lancaster, Aug., one example taken, E. P. V. 275. R. brunneicollis, Grote. Occasional. At sugar. 276. R. cupida, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, Sept., at sugar, E. P. V. 277. R. alternata, Grote. August, at sugar. ADELPHAGROTIS, Smith. 27S. A. prasina, Fabr. Occasional. Lancaster, July, at sugar and light, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. PLATAGROTIS, Smith. 279. P. pressa, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott EUERETAGROTIS, Smith. 280. E. sigmoides, Guen. Buffalo, Fischer. 281. E. perattenta, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. SEMIPHORA, Steph. 2S2. S. elimata, Guen. Buffalo, Kellicott. 283. S. Catherina, Grote. St. Catherines, Ont., Norman. (Can. Ent. VI, p. 117.) AGROTIS, Tr. 2S4. A. Ypsilon, Rott. Very common throughout the season, especially in late autumn on corn stalks in the field, also at sugar. 128 PERIDROMA, Hulm. 285. P. occulta, Linn. Buffalo, Fischer and Mceser. * 2S6. P. saucia, Hubn. Common. NOCTUA, Linn. 287. N. baja, Fabr. August, at sugar. 288. N. Normaniana, Grote. Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 289. N. bicarnea, Guen. Scarce. Lancaster, on flowers and at rest, Aug., E. P. V. Ridgeway, Out, Kilman. 290. N. C. -nigrum, Linn. Very abundant everywhere throughout the season. 291. N. perconflua, Grote. Buffalo, at electric light, Fischer. 292. N. Eriensis, Grote. "Erie Co." Grote. (Hy. Bui. IV, p. 172; Smith, Monog. Genus Agrotis, p. 84.) 293. N. plecta, Linn. Rare, but generally distributed. 294. N. haruspica, Grote. Not uncommon. July, frequently taken at rest under boards and loose bark, also at sugar. 295. N. clandestina, Harris. Common at sugar and at rest under boards. FELTIA, Walk. 296. F. subgothica, Steph. Very common at sugar and on flowers, especially of the golden rod and Helianthus, July to Sept. 297. F. jaculifera, Guen. (= tricosa, Lintn.) Buffalo, Will. 298. F. herilis, Grote. With subgothica but less abundant. 299. F. gladiaria, Morr. Rare. Lancaster, Sept. 1S83, one example, E. P. V. 300. F. venerabilis, Walk. Common on golden-rod, Sept. This species feeds by day more frequently than its congeners. 301. F. volubilis, Harvey. Seasonally common. June, on sugar. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. II, p. us.) 120 POROSAGROTIS, Smith. 302. P. muraenula, G. Sz R. "Eric Co." Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. Ill, p. 73.) 303. P. Rileyana, Morr. Occasional. Lancaster, on golden-rod, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. CARNEADES, Grote. 304. C. plagigera, Morr. Buffalo, Fischer. 305. C. scandens, Riley. Rare. Lancaster on flowers, E. P. V.; "Erie Co." Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. Ill, p. 73.) 306. C. pitychrous, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 307. C. Bostoniensis, Grote. Buffalo, Fischer. 30S. C. messoria, Harris, (= rcpentis, G. & R.) Buffalo, Kellicott, Fischer ; Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman. 309. C. insignata, Walk. (= decolor, Morr.) Rare. Lancaster, Aug., on sugar, E. P. V. 310. C. tessellata, Harris. Common, Aug. to Sept., on sugar. 311. C. redimicula, Morr. Not common. Lancaster, on sugar, Sept. 1st, 1881, E. P.V. ANYTUS, Grote. 312. A. sculptus, Grote. Occasional. Lancaster Sept. , E. P. V.; Buffalo, Fischer. MAMESTRA, Ochs. 313. M. nimbosa, Guen. Buffalo, Kellicott. 314. M. imbrifera, Guen. Rare. 315. M. latex, Guen. Not uncommon. June, at sugar and at rest. 316. M. adjuncta, Boisd. Occasional. July and Aug., at sugar. 317. M. lubens, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. 318. M. legitima, Grote. Not rare. Lancaster, at sugar, June; larvae on Calendula, E. P. V. ; Buffalo,"at electric light, Fischer, 130 ;i- > 353. H. idonea, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 354. H. remissa, Hubn. Rare. Lancaster, one example, E. I'. V. 355. H. finitima, Guen. Common. May and June, at sugar. 356. H. impulsa. Guen. Occasional. Lancaster. June, at sugar. E. P. V. ; Buffalo. 357. H. mactata, Guen. Rather rare. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V. 358. H. miselioides, Guen. Another uncommon species. Lancaster, July, at sugar. E. P. V. : Buffalo, Fischer. u<). H. modica, Guen. Common. August, at sugar. 300. H. vulgivagata, var. fractilinea, Grote, Occasional. Lancaster, Aug.. E. 1'. V. DIPTERYGIA, Steph. 361. D. scabriuscula. Linn. Common at sugar, June and July. HYPPA, Dup. 302. H. xylinoides, Guen. Very common everywhere, June to Aug. ACTINOTIA, Hubn. 263. A. ramosula, Guen. Not an uncommon species at light and sugar. June. OLIGIA, Hubn. 364. O. chalcedonia, Hubn. Buffalo, Fischer. J65. 0. chalcedonia, var. arna, Guen. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V. 36b. 0. versicolor, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, one example at sugar. E. I'. V, PERIGEA, Guen. 367. P. luxa, Grote. Lancaster, [une. E, P. V. 133 LAPHYGMA, Guen. 368. L. frugiperda, var. obscura, Riley. ( )ccasional. PRODENIA, Guen. 369. P. lineatella, Harvey. Buffalo, Will. 370. P. flavimedia, Harvey. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V. TRIGONOPHORA, Hubn. 37T. T. periculosa, Guen. Taken occasionally at rest. 372. T. periculosa, var. V-brunneum, Grote. Rare. BROTOLOMIA, Led. 373. B. Iris, Guen. Lancaster, June, not infrequent at sugar and at rest, E. P. V. EUPLEXIA, Steph. 374. E. lucipara, Linn. Occasional, June to Aug., on sugar and flowers. HELOTROPHA. Led. 373. H. reniformis, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V. 376. H. reniformis, var. atra, Grote. Lancaster, Aug. 30th, 1878, one example on sugar, E. P. V. Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman. 377. H. sera, G. & R. Common. GORTYNA, Hubn. 378. G. immanis, Guen. Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 370. G. nictitans, Esp. Common, July and Aug. 350. G. nictitans, var. erythrostigma, Haw. 351. G. inquaesita, G. & R. Rare. Lancaster, at rest, E. P. V. 352. G. rigida, Grote. Very rare. Lancaster, one example, *E. P. V. 383. G. cataphracta, Grote. Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 3S4. G. rutila, Guen. .Occasional, 134 385- G. cerussata, Grote. Buffalo, Fischer. $86. G. necopina, Grote. Lancaster, three examples, at rest, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer, three examples. 587. G. nitela, Guen. Not common. Lancaster, one example at light, Sept. 23rd, [876, E. P. V.; Buffalo &c. 3SS. G. nitela, var. nebris, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, one example, bred from potato. E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer. OCHRIA, Hubn. 3S9. O. Buffaloensis, (irote. Buffalo, Kelhcott. ACHATODES, Guen. 390. A. zeae, Harris. Buffalo, bred from elder stalks in numbers, Mr. O. Reinecke ; on electric light, Will; Golden, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman ; Jamestown. Dr. Waterhouse; SPHIDA, Grote. 391. S. obliquata, G. . 11(1. ) MORRISONIA, Grote. 41 ?. M. evicta, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, one example, E. P. V. 41(1 M. evicta, var. vomerina, Grote. Also of rare occurrence, Lancaster. May, at light and sugar, E. P. V. CHCEPHORA, G. & R. 417. C. fungorum, G. & R. COSMIA, Led. 41 5. C. paleacea, Esp. Rather rare. Lancaster, Aug. 9th 1S7S, one example at light; E. P. V.; "Chautauqua Co. , X. Y.," Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. II, p. [60, Orthosia infumata.') PARASTICHTIS, Hubn. 411^. P. discivaria, Walk. Lancaster, July, at sugar, E. P. V. ; "St. Catherines, Ont.." Grote. (Bid. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. II,]). 143, Tceniosea genttlis.) 420. P. discivaria, var. perbellis, Grote. "St. Catherines, Ont.," Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. II, ]>. 144, Tceniosea perbellis.) ANCHOCELIS, Guen. 421. A. digitalis, Grote. Buffalo, Will. ORTHOSIA, Ochs. 422. O. ferrugineoides, Guen. Common. 423. O. ferrugineoides, var. bicolorago, Guen. At times very abundant on sugar. 424. O. euroa, < 1. & R. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. EPIGLiCA, Grote. 425. E. decliva, var. deleta, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, two examples in late autumn, E. P. Y. XANTHIA, Tr. 420. X. togata, Esp. Buffalo, one example, Will. 13? EUCIRRGEDIA, Grote. 427. E. pampina, Guen. Occasional. SCOLIOPTERYX, Germ. 42*. S. libatrix, Linn. Common from May to November. SCOPELOSOMA, Curtis. 42<). S. Graefiana, Grote. Lancaster, occasional among dry leaves in late autumn, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Out, Kilman. 430. S. Moffatiana, Grote, Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 43 1 . S. ceromatica, Grote. Lancaster, Oct., E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 432. S. devia, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, March and April, on sugar, E. 1'. V. 433. S. Morrisoni, Grote. Our most abundant species of Scopelosoma, March to May. Occurs at sugar and among dry leaves and standing corn in late autumn, also in early spring around sap-troughs and other paraphenalia of a sugar-bush. 434. S. tristigmata, Grote. Occasional with the preceding, April, May and Oct. Some deeply colored examples recall S. ceromatica. 435. S. Walked, Grote. Rather rare, Lancaster, April and May, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, March, David F. Day. (Bui. Ruff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 192.) 43(>. S. vinulenta, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, July, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. LITHOPHANE, Hubn. 437. L. disposita, Morr. Common. On sugar, dowers &c. 43S. L. petulca, Grote. Not uncommon. Lancaster, on sugar, K. P. V. 43<). L. ferrealis, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, May, on sugar, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. • 440. L. signosa, Walk. Rare. Lancaster, April, on sugar, E. P. Y. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 441. L. Bethunei, G. & R. Common. 442. L. semiusta, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont, Kilnian. 443 L. antennata, Walk. Common on sugar and at light. 444. L. laticinerea, Grote. Not uncommon. Lancaster, April, on sugar, E. P. V. 445. L. unimoda, Lintn. Lancaster, one example taken March 12th 1878, E. P. V. 44(1. L. Baileyi, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, one example taken on sugar, Sept.. E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. 447. L. pexata, Grote. Lancaster, two examples taken on sugar, April Sth [878, E. P. V. CALOCAMPA, Steph. 44^. C. nupera, Lintn. Occasional at sugar and among standing corn in late au- tumn. April and Oct. 440. C. cineritia, Grote. Lancaster, one example taken March 12th [878, E. P. V. 450. C. curvimacula, Morr. Common with C. nupera, also on sunflowers, goldenrod, &c. LITHOMIA, Hubn. 451. L. germana, Morr. Rare. Lancaster, at sugar, Sept., E. P. V. XYLOMIGES, Guen. 452. X. confusa, Hubn. Rare. Lancaster, one example taken at rest. May 17th 1876, E. P. V. This specimen was determined by Mr. Grote, but the name is not in his later lists. CUCULLIA, Schrank. 453. C. convexipennis, G. & R. Buffalo, Kellicott, Fischer. 434. C. asteroides, (luen. Common on flowers, especially of the lilac, phlox, and valer- ian. June and July. 4 = 5. C. intermedia, Speyer. With the preceding but less common. 45O. C. Speyeri, Lintn. Occasional on (lowers. Lancaster, Sept., E, 1'. V. 139 MARASMALUS, Grote. 457- M. Histrio, Grote. Lancaster, one example, E. P. V. INGURA, Guen. 45s- I. Oculatrix, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, July, E. P. V. ALETIA, Hubn. 459. A. argillacea, Hubn. This species generally appears in considerable numbers about October 1st at sugar and especially around the electric lights in Buffalo; last season (1890), however, none were re- ported. (See Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 170; and IV, p. 61 ; Ent. News II, p. 12). TELESILLA, H. & S. 460. T. cinereola, Guen. Common at sugar, light &c. , especially at Lancaster, July, and August. HABROSTOLA, Ochs. 461. H. urentis, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, Aug., Buffalo, at electric light. E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. PLUSIA, Fabr. 462. P. ^Erea, Hubn. Not uncommon. 463. P. aereoides, Grote. Lancaster, July, one example, E. P. V. 464. P. balluca, Geyer. Rather rare. Lancaster, Aug., on phlox; abundant in spring of 1876 on flowers of the golden current, E. P. V. ; Buf- falo, Will; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 465. P. contexta, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, three examples taken on sunflowers &c. June and August, 1884, E. P. V. 466. P. thyatiroides, Guen. Very rare. Buffalo, one example taken at rest Sept. 14th 1889; Lancaster Sept. 21st 1890, one example at light, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 467. P. biloba, Steph. Occurs occasionally on lilac, flowering cherry, &c, also at electric light. June and July. 46S. P. precationis, Guen. Of plentiful occurrence throughout the season on flowers and at light. Three examples taken at sugar, E. P. V. 6 140 469. P. mortuorum, Guen. Rare. Lancaster and Buffalo, at rest, E. P. V. ; larva.' on caraway. 470. P. viridisignata, Grote. Very rare. Lancaster, two examples taken at rest, E. P. V. 471. P. simplex, Guen. Common everywhere, June to August. DEVA, Walk. 472. D. purpurigera, Walk. Rare. Lancaster, June, E. P. V. CALPE, Tr. 473. C. Canadensis, Beth. Larvae not uncommon on meadow-rue. PLUSIODONTA, Guen. 474. P. compressipalpis, Guen. Apparently a rare species. PLAGIOMIMICUS, Grote. 475. P. pityochromus, Grote. Buffalo, Will. HELIOTHIS, Hubn. 476. H. armiger, Hubn. Occasional. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, at electric light, Fischer, Will. PYRRHIA, Hubn. 477. P. umbra, Hubn. Lancaster, July, E. P. V. 478. P. angulata, Grote. Occasional. RHODOPHORA, Guen. 479. R. florida, Guen. Seasonally quite plentiful in flowers of Oenothera biennis on the pods of which the larva; feed. (See X. Am. Ent. I, p. 30). LYGRANTHCECIA, G. & R. 450. L. marginata, Haw. Taken occasionally at light, August. 451. L. Spraguei, Grote. I have taken this rare little species at Lancaster in August. TARACHE, Hubn. 452. T. erastrioides, Guen. On grass. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 141 4S3. T. candefacta, Hubn. Common in meadows, Sept. 484. T. terminimaculata, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, on weeds in open woods, E. P. V. ; Ridge- way, Ont., Kilman. CHAMYRIS, Guen. 485- C. Cerintha, Treits. Not uncommon at light, sugar, &c. July. EUHERRICHIA, Grote. 486. E. monetifera, Guen. Buffalo, Fischer. 487. E. mollissima, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, June, on sugar, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. EUSTROTIA, Hubn. 4S8. E. albidula, Guen. Quite common and generally distributed. July. 489. E. concinnimacula, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, May and June, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 490. E. synochitis, G. & R. Not uncommon. 491. E. muscosula, Guen. Common at sugar, flowers &c. 492. E. apicosa, Haw. With the preceding and equally abundant. 493. E. carneola, Guen. Another common species. June and Jul)-. GALGULA, Guen. 494. G. hepara, Guen. Occasional, July and Aug. 495. G. subpartita, Guen. Buffalo, Fischer. DRASTERIA, Hubn. 496. D. erechtea, Cram. Very abundant everywhere in meadows. 497. D. erechto, Guen. With the preceding, than which it is even more abundant. Erechtea prefers the damper fields while the present species commonly selects a dryer location such as an upland meadow or pasture. 142 EUCLIDIA, Hubn. ,,,-.. E. cuspidea, Hubn. An inhabitant of deep woods. There it may be found through | une and July resting on the ground among dry sticks and leaves, where, by its peculiar ornamentation, it finds excellent protection. When disturbed it has the short uncertain flight characteristic of the foregoing species. It is not common. MELIPOTIS, Hubn. 499. M. limbolaris, Geyer. Rare. Lancaster, in deep woods, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman; "Buffalo," Grote. (Can Ent. XIII, p. 91). CATOCALA, Schrank. 500. C. Epione, Drury, Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman; 501. C. lachrymosa, Guen. Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 502. C. retecta, Grote. 503. C. flebilis, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 304. C. Robinsonii, Grote. 505. C. obscura, Strk. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman; Buffalo, Fischer, (Can. Fnt. XVIII, p. 178.) 506. C. insolabilis, Guen. Buffalo, Kellicott. 507. C. residua, Grote. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Kellicott. 508. C. relicta, Walk. Not common but generally distributed. Aug. to Oct. 509. C. Amatrix, Hubn. Common. (See Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat, Sci. IV, p. 62). 310. C. cara, Guen. 511. C. concumbens, Walk. 512. C. unijuga, Walk. Occasional. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Kellicott. (Can. Ent. XIII, p. 38). 513. C. Briseis, Edw. Rare. August. 514. C. parta, Guen. Common. July to August 143 5i5- C. coccinata, Grote. Buffalo, Fischer. 51(1. C. ultronia, Hubn. Not uncommon on sugar, July. 517. C. Ilia, Cram. Occasional. July 4th, &c. 518. C. Ilia, var. Uxor, Guen. Buffalo, Fischer. 519. C. cerogama, Guen. Common. In Can. Ent. XVII, pp. 133 & 134, Mr. Fischer has described two varieties of this species (C. aiivel/a and C. Eliza) taken at Buffalo. 520. C. neogama, Abb. & Sm. Very common everywhere. 521. C. subnata, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. 522. C. Piatrix, Grote. 523. C. palaeogama, Guen. 524. C. palaeogama, var. phalanga, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 525. C. habilis, Grote. Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 526. C. nebulosa, Edw. Buffalo, Fischer. 527. C. antinympha, Hubn. Buffalo, Fischer. 528. C Clintoni, Grote. Buffalo. Fischer. 529. C. polygama, Guen. 530. C. crataegi, Saund. Lancaster, July. Not infrequent on sugar, E. P. V. ? . C. amasia, Abb. & Sm. Taken at Rochester, N. Y. and probably to be found within our limits (Can. Ent. VI, p. 25). 531. C. similis, Edw. Buffalo, Kellicott. 532. C. praeclara, G. & R. Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway and Caledonia, Ont. ; Kilman. 533. C. arnica, Hubn. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 144 ALLOTRIA, Hubn. 534. A. elonympha, Hubn. Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgway, Out., Moffat. (Can. Ent XII, p. 264), PARTHENOS, Hubn. 535. P. nubilis, Hubn. PHOBERIA, Hubn. 536. P. atomaris, Hubn. Lancaster, May nth 1SS1, one example found Hying by day in a pasture, E. P. V. PARALLELIA, Hubn. 537. P. bistriaris, Hubn. ( >f common occurrence in or near woodland. June and July. PANOPODA, Guen. 53S. P. carneicosta, (iuen. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 539. P. rufimargo, Hubn. EREBUS, Latr. 3 |u. E. odora, Linn. Taken at rare intervals in and about this city. Buffalo and • Angola, Emil Chamot ; Buffalo, among bananas, "Will ; "Niagara Falls", Bethune. (See Can. Ent. XVIII, pp. 79 & 180; Ent. News II, p. 30). THYSANIA, Dalm. ; |i. T. Zenobia, Cram. Accidental. Buffalo, Emil Chamot; Ridgeway, Out., Kil- man. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 240). ZALE, Hubn. 542. Z. horrida, Hubn. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. HOMOPTERA, Boisd 543. H. Edusa, Drury. Common. May and Aug. 544. H. Edusa, var. Saundersii, Beth. Lancaster, E. P. Y. 545. H. Edusa, var. lunata, Drury. 540. H. minerea, (iuen. Buffalo, Kellicott. YPSIA, Guen. 547. Y. undularis, 1 >rury. Buffalo, Lancaster, at sugar. K. P. V. 145 HOMOPYRALIS, Grote. 54S. H. discalis, Grote. Lancaster, one example taken at light, E. P. V. 549. H. tactus, Grote. Frequent at sugar and light. Aug. SPARGOLOMA, Grote. 550. S. sexpunctata, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 551. S. umbrifascia, Grote. Buffalo, one example, Will. BROTIS, Hubn. 552. B. vulneraria, Hubn. Accidental. Buffalo, one example taken at electric light, Fischer. (Can. Ent. XVIII, pp. 72, 136). PSEUDAGLOSSA, Grote. 553. P. lubricalis, Geyer. Very abundant on sugar and elsewhere near woodland. June and August. 554- P. scobialis, Grote. "Buffalo, June and July, common", Grote. (N. Am. Ent. I, P- 95). HELIA, Hubn. 555. H. borealis,, Smith. Buffalo, Will. EPIZEUXIS, Hubn. 556. E. aemula, Hubn. Common at sugar, July. 557. E. americalis, Guen. Common on sugar near the borders of woods. July and Aug. MEGACHYTA, Grote. 55S. M. lituralis, Hubn. Lancaster, July, E. P. V. LITOGNATHA, Grote. 559. L. nubilifascia, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman ; "Buffalo", Grote, (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 86). CHYTOLITA, Grote. 560. C. morbidalis, Guen. Very abundant in pastures and open woods, July. ZANCLOGNATHA, Led. 561. Z. laevigata, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. 146 562 Z. ochreipennis, Grote. Buffalo. Kellicott and Will. 563. Z. cruralis, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. =,64. Z. minimalis, Grote. Buffalo, Will. PHILOMETRA, Grote. 5(15. P. longilabris, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. 566. P. serraticornis, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman; Buffalo, Kellicott. RIVULA, Guen. 567. R. propinqualis, Guen. Lancaster, two examples taken at light and sugar, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. PALTHIS, Hubn. 568. P. angulalis, Hubn. Common, July. 560. P. asopialis, Guen. Occurs less frequently than the preceding. PHALENOPHANA, Grote. 570. P. rurigena, Grote. Not uncommon. RENIA, Guen. 571. R. discoloralis, Guen. Buffalo, Kellicott. 572. R. centralis, Grote. Buffalo, Kellicott. 573. R. larvalis, Grote. Lancaster, July, E. 1'. V. =;74. R. flavipunctalis, Geyer. Buffalo, Will. 575. R. Belfragei, Grote. Not uncommon in open woods. BELEPTINA, Guen. 576. B. caradrinalis, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, near woods, E. P. V. HYPENA, Fabr. ^77. H. Baltimoralis, Guen. Lancaster, June, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilnnm., 147 573 579 5 So. 58i 5S2 533 534 535 536 H. bijugalis, Walk. Lancaster, E. P. V. H. abalienalis, Walk. Occasional. May and June. H. achatinalis, Zell. Lancaster, E. P. V. H. profecta, Grote. H. deceptalis, Walk. Lancaster, E. P. V. H. perangulalis, Harvey. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. H. vellifera, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. H. evanidalis, Rob. Common. H. scabra, Fabr. Common everywhere. EULINTNERIA, Grote. 587. E. bifidalis, Grote. Not uncommon. May and June. FAMILY GEOMETRID^. CHCERODES, Guen. 5S8. C. clemitaria, Abb. & Sm. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 589. C. transversata, Drury. Common. July to Sept. TETRACIS, Guen. 590. T. crocallata, Guen. 591. T. lorata, Grote. METANEMA, Guen. 592. M. quercivoraria, Guen. Buffalo, Kellicott. 593. M. inatomaria, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 594. M. carnaria, Pack. Not Common. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V., and elsewhere. CABERODES, Guen. 595. C. confusaria, Hubn, 148 ENNOMOS, Tr. 596. E. alniaria, Linn. Not infrequently taken at rest on trees and fences. Sept. and Oct. EUDALIMIA, Hubn. 597. E. subsignaria, Hubn. Occasional. SELENIA, Hubn. 598. S. Kentaria, G. & R. Buffalo, Kellicott ; Ridgeway, Ont, one example of the large variety decribed by Packard on page 526 of his Monograph. taken April 29th 1890 by Mr. Kilman. AZELINA, Guen. 599. A. Hubnerata, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, June, at light, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, < >nt., Kilman. ENDROPIA, Guen. 600. E. serrata, Drury. Lancaster, Aug., at light, E. P. V. 601. E. effectaria, Walk. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 602. E. bilinearia, Pack. Lancaster, E. P. V. 603. E. textrinaria, G. & R. Portage Falls, May 30th 1888, E. P. V. 604. E. marginata, Minot. Lancaster, one example, May, E. P. V. 605. E. hypochraria, H. & S. Occasional. 606. E. duaria, Guen. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. THERINA, Hubn. 007. T. fervidaria, Hubn. Common in woods. 60S. T. seminudaria, Walk, (= bibulariay G. & R.) Buffalo, Kellicott. METROCAMPA, Guen. 609. M. margaritata, Linn. Occasional in deep woods. Aug. ANAGOGA, Hubn. 610. A. pulveraria, Linn. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 149 SICYA, Guen. tin. S. macularia, Harris. Not rare among rank vegetation in ravines at Lancaster and elsewhere. July. . ANGERONA, Dup. 612. A. crocataria, Fabr. Common. July to Sept. NEMATOCAMPA, Guen. 613. N. filamentaria, Guen. PLAGODIS, Hubn. 014. P. serinaria, Pack. "A series taken at Portage in' May 1883, showing a gradation from the ordinary form to P. rosaria, G. & R.," Kellicott. (115. P. rosaria, G. & R. Not infrequent. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. Ill, p. 131). 616. P. Keutzingaria, Guen. var. Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman. f>i 7. P. phlogosaria, Guen. Occasional. Lancaster, April, E. P. V. diS. P. alcoolaria, Guen. HYPERETIS, Guen. 619. H. amicaria, H.-S. APLODES, Guen. 620. A. rubromarginaria, Pack. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 621. A. mimosaria, Guen. Moderately abundant. June. SYNCHLORA, Guen. 622. S. rubivora, Riley. Buffalo, Kellicott. NEMORIA, Hubn. 623. N. subcroceata, Walk. "Abundant on dunes at Pt. Abino, June 7. 1SS6", Kellicott. EUCROSTIS, Hubn. 624. E. chloroleucaria, Guen. A common species in open woods. Also taken at sugar and light. Aug. DYSPTERIS, H. & S. 625. D. abortivaria, H.-S. Lancaster, June, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 150 EPHYRA, Pup. 626. E. pendulinaria, Guen. EUPHANESSA, Pack. 627. E. mendica, Walk. Common. ACIDALIA, Treits. 628. A. insulsaria, Guen. "Buffalo", Grote. (Packard's Monog, p. 335; also Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. I, p. 3.47: and Can. Ent. Ill, p. 103; —persi»iilata). "Riflgeway, Ont. From pupa found spun to leaves of Ta.\ us, Aug.", Kellicott. 629. A. nivosata, Guen. Common in open woods and weedy copses. July. 630. A. inductata, Guen. Common. Aug. and Sept. 631. A. quadrilineata, Guen. Not uncommon. Lancaster, Aug. and Sept., E. P. V. 632. A. enucleata, Guen. (>33- A. ordinata, Walk. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. ASTHENA, Hubn. f>34. A. lucata, Guen. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 635. A. albogilvaria, More. Moderately abundant. STEGANIA, Guen. 636. S. pustularia, Guen. Rather rare. Buffalo and Lancaster, E. P. Y. DEILINIA, Hubn. (137. D. erythremaria, Guen. Lancaster, June 6th 1S7S, E. P. V. CORYCIA, Dup. 638. C. vestaliata, Guen. Common, June. 639. C. semiclarata, var. albata, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. EUMACARIA, Pack. 1 140. E. brunnearia, Pack. "Buffalo, larva' on wild red cherry", Kellicott. (See Can. Ent. XVII, p. 32). 151 SEMIOTHISA, Hubn. 641. S. bisignata, Walk. Lancaster, May and June, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. 642. S. enotata, Guen. ("43. S. granitata, Guen. "Portage Falls, June," Kellieott. PHASIANE, Dup. (144. P. mellistrigata, Grote. Occasional. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; "Buffalo", Grote. (Bill. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 12). MARMOPTERYX, Pack. 645. M. strigularia, Minot. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. THAMNONOMA, Led. 646. T. wavaria, Linn. Rare. Lancaster, in deep woods, E. P. V. C47. T. subcessaria, Walk. Buffalo, Kellieott; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 64S. T. coortaria, Hulst. Lancaster, one example taken July 13th 1888, E. P. V. Kindly determined for me by Rev. Geo. D. Hulst. LOZOGRAMMA, Steph. (149. L. lactispargata, Walk. Of rare occurrence. Lancaster, E. P. V. 650. L. detersata, Gnen. Buffalo, Kellieott. 651. L. defluata, Walk. Lancaster. June 27th 1878, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Kellieott. EUFITCHIA, Pack. 652. E. ribearia, Fitch. Abundant and somewhat injurious. CARIPETA, Walk. 653. C. divisata, Walk. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Aurora, July 12th 1890, Miss. A. M. Crawford. FIDONIA, Tr. 654. F. truncataria, Walk. Local. East Concord, May 18th 1889, not uncommon on the borders of a bog flying about low bushes of Andromeda and V actinium. 152 655- F- notataria, Walk. Not uncommon around swampy spots in deep woods. May and June. LYTHRIA, Hubn. (1;(). L. chamaechrysaria, ('.rote. "Buffalo", Grote, (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 13); "Lar- va' on honey locust," Kellieott. HjEMATOPIS, Hubn. 057. H. grataria. Fabr. CATERVA, (note. 658. C. catenaria, Diary. Buffalo, Fischer and Will. ASPILATES, Treits. 659. A. Lintneraria, Pack. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman ; Buffalo, Will. CLEORA, Curtis. 660. C. pulchraria, Minot Not uncommon on trunks of Conifer a-. HEMEROPHILA, Steph. ()()i. H. unitaria, H. & S. CYMATOPHORA, Hubn. (>()2. C. umbrosaria, Hubn. Lancaster, Aug. 1SS3, one example, E. P. V. 003. C. larvaria, Guen. Buffalo, Kellieott. 664. C. humaria, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., June, E. P. V. 665. C. pampinaria, Guen. Common in woods. July. 666. C. crepuscularia, Tr. Buffalo, Kellieott. TEPHROSIA, Boisd. 667. T. Canadaria, Guen. Buffalo, Will. 663. T. cribrataria, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. PARAPHIA, Guen. 669. P. deplanaria, Guen. Lancaster, a single example taken in July 1SS2, E. P. V. 153 BISTON, Leach. 670. B. ursarius, Walk. Rare. Lancaster, April 18th 1SS2 at light, also in late autumn, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. EUBYJA, Hubn. 671. E. cognataria, Guen. Not rare. Lancaster, larvae on apple, E. P. V. 672. E. quernaria, Abb. & Sm. Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman. HYBERNIA, Latr. 673. H. tiliaria, Harris. Quite common in late autumn flying by day in orchards and woods. Lancaster, Nov., Buffalo, Oct,, abundant at light, E. P. V. PHIGALIA, Dup. 074. P. strigataria, Minot. Lancaster and Buffalo, April, E. P. V. OPEROPHTERA, Hubn. 675. O. boreata, Hubn. This late autumnal species may be found flying about the borders of woods and copses through the month of November, and like the Hybcrnia tiliaria will brave a temperature but little above the freezing point. It is more common than its belated companion and like that species is a day-flyer. HETEROPHLEPS, H.-S. 676. H. Harveiata, Pack. Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. 677. H. triguttaria, H.-S. Common in damp woods and ravines. Aug. BAPTRIA, Hubn. 678. B. albovittata, Guen. Occasional, June. LOBOPHORA, Curtis. 679. L. geminata, Grote. Rare. Lancaster, April 10th, Concord, May iSth, E. P. V. 680. L. anguilineata, Grote. Lancaster, May, taken on the wing in woods, E. P. V. 6S1. L. vernata, Pack. Buffalo, May, E. P. V. ; also taken by Prof. Kellicott at West Seneca early in April. 154 TRIPHOSA, Curtis. T. indubitata, Gro.te. Of rare occurrence. Lancaster, Nov. 1SS2; Buffalo. Nov- - 1 st 1890, at rest. E. P. V. HYDRIA, Hubn. C>83- H. undulata, Linn. Not uncommon at light and on the wing in woods. June to Aug. PHIBALAPTERYX, Steph. 684. P. latirupta, Walk. Common. Aug. 685. P. intestinata, Guen. Lancaster, Aug, 1S82, one example taken, E. P. V. ANTICLEA, Steph. GS6. A. vasaliata, Guen. Lancaster. June 7th 1878, E. P. V. RHEUMAPTERA, Hubn. OS7. R. ruficillata, Guen. Common, June, (see Packard's Monograph, p. 153). 6SS. R. intermediata, Guen. Buffalo, Will; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 6S9. R. lacustrata, Guen. Common at rest on barns, fences &c. and in open woods. 690. R. unangulata, Haw. Lancaster, April 17th 1S78, E. P. V. 691. R. hastata, Linn. Infrequent. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman; Buffalo, Grote, (Packard's Monograph, p. 165). OCHYRIA, Hubn. 692. O. ferrugata, Linn. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 693. O. designata, Hubn. Of frequent occurrence with Rheumaptera lacustrata and ruficillata. May and June. 094. O. munitata, Hubn. With the last but less abundant. PETROPHORA, Hubn. 695. P. diversilineata, Hubn. Common, July to Sept. 155 (>. P. hersiliata, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 697. P. truncata, Hubn. var. Lancaster, Sept., E. P, V. ; Buffalo, Will. HYDRIOMENA, Hubn. 698. H. trifasciata, Borkh. Buffalo, June 16th 1S88, E. P. V, 699. H. traversata, Kellicott. One example taken at Lancaster in 18S3 and evidently distinct from trifasciata was shown to Prof. Kellicott and by him doubtfully determined as identical with his traversata. EPIRRITA, Hubn. 700. E. perlineata, Pack. Occasional. Lancaster, April 20th, 1S78, E. P. V. PLEMYRIA, Hubn. 701. P. fluviata, Hubn. Common. April to August. 702. P. multiferata, Walk. Abundant in most localities from May to Sept. GLAUCOPTERYX, Hubn. 703. G. cumatilis, G. & R. Occasional. Lancaster, June, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will, Grote. (See Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. VIII, p. 462). EUPETHECIA, Curtis. 704. E. miserulata, Grote. Not uncommon. 705. E. absynthiata, Linn. Common on trees 111 open woods. April and August. FAMILY PYRALID^. , ASOPIA, Treits. 706. A. farinalis, Linn. 707. A. costalis, Fabr. 708. A. olinalis, Guen. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. . 709. A. himonialis, Zell. Lancaster, July, about Phytolacca, E. P. V. 710. A. squamealis, Grote. "Buffalo," Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 172; II, p. 229 and Havden Bui. IV, p. 672). 8 156 CORDYLOPEZA, Zell. 711. C. nigrinodis, Zell. "Near Buffalo," Grote, (Ilayden Bui. IV, p. 073). SCOPARIA, Maw. 712. S. centuriella, S. V. Buffalo, not uncommon in 1890, E. P. V., Will, &c. 713. S. libella, Grote. Moderately abundant everywhere on tree trunks, July &c. BOTIS, Schrank. 714. B. octomaculata, Linn. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. "Buffalo." Grote. (Hy. Bui. IV. P- 675). ( 715. B. generosa, G. & R. Lancaster, June, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will. 710. B. signatalis, Walk. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 717. B. sumptuosalis, Walk. Lancaster, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 71S. B. Harveyana, Grote. Buffalo, September, at light. 7 19. B. badipennis, Grote. Ridgeway. Ont, Kilman. 720. B. socialis, Grote. Lancaster, July, larva; on Etwnymus, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman; Buffalo, Will. Grote. (My. Bui. IV, p. (.78.) 721. B. marculenta, G. & R. Buffalo, Will. 722. B. submedialis, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 723. B. gentilis, Grote. Not uncommon. Sept. 724. B. quinquelinealis, Grote. Buffalo, Will. 725. B. fissalis, Grote. "Buffalo," Grote. (Hy. Bui. VI. p. 273). 72^). B. ditritalis, Guen. {==feudalis Grote). Buffalo, Will. 727. B. terrealis, Treits. Lancaster, May, E. 1' V. 157 728. B. venalis, Grote. "Buffalo," Grote. (Can. Ent. X, p. 24, and Ily. Bui. IV, p. 680). 729. B. illibalis, Hubn. Buffalo, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 730. B. plectilis, G. & R. Lancaster, June, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman. 731. B. adipaloides, G. & R. Taken occasionally by all our local collectors. 732. B. subolivalis, Pack. Lancaster, at times not uncommon about Antennaria plantaginifolza, upon which its larva; live, E. P. V. * 733. B. niveicilialis, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. EURYCREON, Led. 734. E. chortalis, Grote. Buffalo, Will. NOMOPHILA, Hubn. 733. N. noctuella, S. V. Common everywhere, especially about street-lamps, in Sept. MESOGRAPHE, Hubn. 736. M. stramentalis, Hubn. Not uncommon and widely distributed. June to August. CROCIDOPHORA, Led. 737. C. tuberculalis, Led. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; "Buffalo," Grote (Can. Ent. X, p. 28.) 735. C. serratissimalis, Zell. "Buffalo," Grote (Can. Ent. X, p. 28,; Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, pp. 173-174, subdentalis). PANTOGRAPHA, Led. 730. P. limata, G. & R. Not common but generally distributed. BLEPHAROMASTIX, Led. 740. B. ranalis, Guen. Buffalo, Will; Ridgeway, Ont., July, Kilman. EUDIOPTIS, Hubn. 741. E. hyalinata, Linn. Buffalo, one example, Mceser. 158 DESMIA, Westw. 742. D. maculalis, Westw. Common. July. 743. D. subdivisalis, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. CINDAPHIA, Led. 744. C. bicoloralis, Guen. Lancaster. Aug., E*. P. V. OLIGOSTIGMA, Guen. 745. O. albalis, Rob. Buffalo, Will; Squaw Isd., Niagara River, E. P. V. HYDROCAMPA, Guen. 746. H. genuinalis, Led. Lancaster, July 31st 1S7S, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway. Ont., Kilman. CATACLYSTA, Hubn. 747. C. fulicalis, Clem. Lancaster, June, extremely abundant among willows near the creek, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway. Ont., -Moffat. (Can. Ent. XVII, p. 31), and elsewhere. SALUDA, Hulst. 74-. S. asperatella, Clem. Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. ACROBASIS. Zell. 74<). A. demotella, Grote. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. DIORYCTRIA, Zell. 750. D. abietella, S. Y. Buffalo, July 10th 1888, E. P. V. PINIPESTIS, Grote. 751. P. Zimmermani, Grote. Pine Hill, Cheektowaga. C. D. Zimmerman; Buffalo and Gowanda, Kellicott; See further Hy. Bui. VI, p. 589: Can. Ent. IX. p. 161: X. p. 20. XI, p. 114; and XII, p. 59; and Tr. Am. EntSoc. XVII, p. 137. MEROPTERA, Grote. 752. M. pravella, Grote. Lancaster, June 14th 1S70, E. P. V. ZOPHODIA, Hubn. 753. Z. grossulariae, Pack. (— Da/: nun a turbalella, Grote). Lancaster, E. P. V. 159 EUZOPHERA, Zell. 754. E. semifuneralis, Walk. Lancaster, July 3rd, E. P. V. VITULA, Rag. 755. V. Edmandsii, Pack. Buffalo, June 13th 188S, E. P. V. HONORA, Grote. 756. H. oblitella, var. undu'latella, Clem. "Niagara Falls", Clemens, (see Hy. Bill. IV, p, don and Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XVII, p. 187). PLODIA, Guen. 757. P. interpunctella, Hubn. Common everywhere, especially about feed stores and flour- ing mills. PEORIA, Rag. 75S. P. haematica, Zell. Lancaster, E. P. V. ARGYRIA, Hubn. 759. A. nivalis, Drury. Lancaster, not uncommon through July and Aug. and else- where, E. P. V. CRAMBUS, Fabr. 760. C. Girardellus, Clem. Ridge\vay( Ont. , Kilman. 761. C. Leachellus, Zinck. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 762. C. agitatellus, var. alboclavellus, Schl. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 763. C. bipunctellus, Zell. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 764. C. laqueatellus, Clem. Lancaster, E. P. V. 7(15. C. erinactellus, This name was given me many years ago by Mr. A. R. Grote for an insect taken by me at Lancaster, but, as I fail to find it in any list, it is probably the result of a clerical error on my part in copying his manuscript. 766, C. topiarius, Zell. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 707. C. exsiccatus, Zell. Common. July and Aug. 1G0 768. C. caliginosellus, Clem. Lancaster, Sept., E. P. V. 769. C. fuscicostellus, Zell. Lancaster, one example, E. P. V. 77(1. C. ruricollelus, Zell. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. 771. C. vulgivagellus, Clem. Common. Lancaster, Buffalo, &c. Sept. Frequently taken about the city street lamps. SCHCENOBIUS, Dup. 772. S. Clemensellus, Rob. Buffalo, Will; Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman. GALLERIA, Fabr. 773. G. cerella, Linn. During the printing of the present list four species Of Macro-Lepi- doptera have for the first time been taken within our limits and these are now added to make the list complete to date, .Sept. <>th, 1891. 24J4. Phyciodes Batesii, Reak. Gowanda, June 24th 1891, E P. Y. 68 J^. Nisoniades Icelus, Lintn. > Gowanda, June 24th 1891, E, P. Y. 1701,. Isa inornata, G. & R. Buffalo. July 1 89], Ottomar Reinecke. 332 'i Mamestra desperata, Smith. Buffalo. Fischer. Index of Generic Names. Achatodes Acidalia Acrobasis Actias Actinotia Adelphagrotis Adipsophanes Adoneta Aegeria Agrotis Aletia Allotria . Alypia Ampelophaga Amphion Anagoga Anchocelis Ancyloxypha Angerona . Anisota . Anticlea Anytus . Apatela Apatelodes Aplodes Arctia Argynnis Argyria Arsilonche . Asopia Aspilates Asthena Audela Azelma . Baptria Bembecia Biston Blepharomastix Bleptina Botis Brotis '34 Brotolomia • i33 150 Bryophila . 127 158 Caberodes ■ '47 122 Callimorpha 118 132 Callosamia 122 127 Calocampa 138 135 Calpe 140 120 Caradrina . 135 116 Caripeta • 151 127 Carneades 1 29 139 Cataclysta ■ 15S 144 Caterva 152 116 Catocala . 142 "3 Ceratomia 114 "3 Cerura 122 14S Chamyns 141 136 Charadra ■ 125 in Choephora . 13b J49 Choerodes • M7 123 Chrysophanus ill 154 Chytolita • MS 129 Chytonix 127 125 Cindaphia • 158 120 Clemensia 117 [49 Cleora • 152 118 Clisiocampa 123 108 Coelodaays 121 159 Colias 108 124 Cordylopeza . • 156 155 Corycia 150 152 Cosmia . • 136 150 Crambodes 135 125 Crambus • 159 148 Cressonia . 115 153 Crocidophora • 157 "5 Crocigrapha 136 153 Crocota . . 117 157 Ctenucha 117 146 Cucullia ■ 138 156 Cymatophora 152 145 Danais . 108 9 164 I >atana Deilinia . Deiliphila Demas Desmia Deva Dianthoecia I Hlophonota Dioryctria Dipterygia Diphthera Drasteria Dryocampa Dyspteris Eacles Ecpantheria Edema Ellema . Endropia Ennomos Ephyra Epiglsea Epirrita Epizeuxis Erebus Eubyja . Euchsetes . Eucirroedia Euclea Euclidia Eucrostis Eudalimia Eudamus Eudioptis Eudryas Eueretagrotis Euntehia Euherrichia Eulintneria Eumacaria Eupethecia Euphanessa Euplexia Euprepia Euptoieta Eurycreon Eustrotia Euzophera Eatna l 2< l Feltia • '?" Feralia 113 Feniseca '-5 Fidonia [58 Galgula 140 Galleria 130 Gastropacha . 114 Glaucopteryx 158 Gluphisia 132 Gortyna 125 Grapta . 141 Habrostola 123 Habrosyne 149 Hadena 123 Haematopis . 119 Halisidota 121 Harmonia 114 Harrisimemna 14S Helia ■ 148 Heliophila ISO Heliothis I 36 Helotropha 155 Hemaris ■ M5 Hemerophila. ■'44 Hepialus 153 Heterocampa 119 Heterophleps • 137 Homohadena 119 Homoptera 142 Homopyralis 149 Honora . 148 Hybernia 1 12 Hydria . '57 Hydriomena 117 Hydrocampa 127 Hypena 151 Hyperchiria 141 Hyperetis . 147 Hyphantria [50 Hypoprepia '55 Hyppa . 150 Ichthyura . • 133 Ingura 11S Isa . tog Janassa '57 Junonia '4' Laphygma • '59 Leptina "5 Leucarctia I2S 125 1 1 1 151 141 I do 123 155 J2I 1 33 UM) I 39 T24 I3t 152 119 Il6 I20 145 '34 14" 133 "3 152 T24 122 153 131 144 '45 159 153 154 155 158 146 123 '49 119 "7 132 120 139 160 122 i ro 133 124 11S 165 Limacodes Limenitis Lithomia Lithophane Litognatha Lobophora Lophodonta . Lozogramma Lycsena Lycomorpha Lygrantruecia Lythria Macronoctua Mamestra . Marasmalus . Marmopteryx Megachyta Melipotis Melitsea Meroptera Mesographe Metanema Metrocampa Microccelia Momaphana Morrisonia Natada Nemetocampa Memoria Neonympha Nephelodes Nerice Nisoniades Noctua Nola Nolaphana . Nomophila Nonagria Notodonta Ochria Ochyria Oedemasia Oligia Oligostigma Oncocnemis Operophtera Orgyia Orthodes Orthosia 1 20 Pachycerma no Palthis . . 13S Pamphila 137 Panopoda M5 Pantographa 153 Paonias 121 Papilio 151 Parallelia 1 1 1 Paraphia 117 Parastichtis 140 Parorgyia . 152 Parthenos • 131 Peoria 129, 160 Pei-idroma • 139 Perigea 151 Petrophora • 145 Phalenophana . 142 Phasiane 109 Pheosia . 15S Phibalapteryx 157 Phigalia • 147 Philampelus , 148 Philometra . 126 Phoberia 125 Phobetron . • 136 Pholisora 121 Phragmatobia • 149 Phyciodes 149 Pieris . no Pinipestis 130 Plagiomimicus 121 Plagodis 112, 160 Platagrotis 12S Platycerura • "7 Platypteryx 135 Platysamia ■ 157 Plemyria 134 Plodia . 121 Plusia i34 Plusiodonta • 154 Podosesia 121 Polygrammate • 132 Porosagrotis 158 Prionoxystus • 131 Prodenia 153 Protoparce . 119 Pseudaglossa 135 Pseudothyatira • 136 Pyrarrieis 126 14'' I 12 144 157 I[5 I07 M4 152 I36 119 144 159 128 [32 154 146 151 121 154 153 113 146 M4 120 112 118 109, 160 10S 153 140 149 127 125 122 123 155 159 139 140 116 126 129 123 133 "4 145 124 no 166 Pyrophila Pyrrharctia I'vrrhia . Raphia Renia Rheumaptera Rhodophora Rhynchagrotis Rivula Saluda Sannina Sarrothripa Satyrus Scepsis Schizura Schoenobius Sciapteron Scolecocampa Scoliopteryx Scoparia Scopelosoma Selenia Semiothisa Semiphora Seirodonta Sicya . Smei'inthus Spargoloma Sphida Sphinx Spilosoma 135 Stegania * . 1 [8 Synchlora 140 Tamiocampa 124 Tarache 146 Telesilla , . '54 Telea 140 Tephrosia . 127 Terias 146 Tetracis 158 Thamnonoma 116 Thecla 117 Therina no Thyatira " . "7 Thyreus 121 Thyris 160 Thysania "5 Tolype 135 Tricholita 137 Trigonophora 156 Triphosa 137 Triptogon . 148 Troehilium 151 Utetheisa 127 Vanessa 121 Vitula 149 Xanthia "5 Xylomiges 145 Ypsia 134 Zale . .114 Zanclognatha 119 Zophodia 150 149 135 140 '39 122 152 10S 147 151 1 1 r 14S 124 "3 116 '44 123 131 133 154 "5 115 11S 109 159 136 138 144 144 145 158 BULLETIN OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. VOLUME V. NO. IV. A LIST OF THE HEMIPTERA Of Buffalo and. 'Viciriity. By Edward P. Van Duzee. The publication of faunal lists constitutes a very important element in the literature of entomology as in that of other branches of Natural History. They form the basis of our studies on the geo- graphical distribution of the species and throw much light on the origin of our fauna and its relation to that of other countries and zoo-graphical regions. But few local lists of the Hemiptera have as yet been published in this country hence the distribution of many of our species is still largely a matter of conjecture . Of the more important contributions of this character may be mentioned Dr. Harris' Catalogue of the insects of Massachusetts and Dr. Fitches' List of the Homopterous insects of the State of New' York, published in 1S51. Mr. Uhler's List of the Hemiptera from West of the Mississippi River can hardly be classed as a local list but it is extremely valuable for the copious notes on the distribution of many of the species then mentioned. From 1885 to 1891 M. L'Abbe Provancher published Vol. Ill of his Faune Entomologique du Canada ; but, although a work of consider- able magnitude, it has little value, owing to the many erroneous determinations it contains and its author's limited knowledge of this group of insects. Within the last few years several local lists of more or less value have appeared, devoted, in part at least, to the Hemip- 168 tera. These, in the order of their publication, are : — List of Ilemip- tera from the Muskoka Lake Region of Canada by the present writer: A List of the insects of New Jersey by Prof. J. B. Smith; Fauna Ottawaensis, Hemiptera, by Mr. W. H. Harrington; and a Catalogue of the Hemiptera of Iowa by Prof. Herbert Osborn. The latter is the most extensive and valuable local list of Hemiptera yet published in this country although Mr. Harrington's list is probably the more complete enumeration. Two other recent lists deserve notice here: Mrs. Slosson's notice of the insects taken on the summit of Mt. Wash- ington, and Mr. Cockerell's list of insects from the sub-alpine region of Custer Co., Colorado, both of which include a few Hemiptera. The present list enumerates all the described Hemiptera to and including the Jassoidea known to inhabit the vicinity of Buffalo, N. Y. The limit of 70 miles, adopted by Mr. David F. Day in his Catalogue of the Plants of Buffalo and Vicinity, has been followed by the author in the present list as it was in his list of our local Lepidoptera pub- lished in 1 89 1, but nearly all the species have been captured within a radius of 20 miles from this city. Most of the material here enum- erated and the notes appended are the results of the author's own labors through a period of nine years of collecting with the special object of obtaining a complete representation of our hemipterous fauna. Still many species have been added through the efforts of other local collectors and friends of the author all of which indebted- ness is duly acknowledged in the annotations. But a special acknowledgement is due Mr. Alva H. Kilman of Ridgeway, Ont., who has very generously turned over to the writer all of the Hemiptera taken by him from the unusually rich collecting grounds near his home. These, as will be seen, have added largely to the value and extent of the list. It has been deemed inadvisable to include here the Psyllium. Aphidae and Coccidae as but few of our species are known and any list in these families would be extremely fragmented This is cer- tainly the largest and probably the most complete local list of Hemip- tera yet published in this country. In addition to the 378 species here enumerated not less than 25 species have been taken that are as yet undescribed and consequently cannot be included. These with a few forms still undetermined can be published later as a supple- mental list together with such species as may be added by future collecting in this vicinity. In the annotations the. aim has been to give the known dates of capture or periods of general occurrence, the comparative abundance 169 of the species at this locality and any observed peculiarity of its habitat. Where a published statement exists of the occurrence of any species within our district the reference has been appended. Except in the case of a single species ( Helicoptera opaca, Say J all the material used in the preparation of this list has been carefully examined by the author and it is believed that errors of determination have been mostly eliminated. Still should it fall far short of its intended perfection in this and other respects it is hoped it may prove of value to entomologists in general as well as to our local collectors. CATALOGUE OF HEMIPTERA. Suborder Heteroptera. FAMILY SCUTELLERIDAE. EURYGASTER, Laporte. i. E. alternatus, Say. May to October. Widely distributed but never abundant in our district. Generally taken on swamp grasses in pastures and uncultivated fields. CORIMELAENA, White. 2. C. atra, Am. and Serv. May to July. Common, the youn^ may be found through July. 3. C. nitiduloides, Wolff. Rare. Colden, Aug. 1S86. Ridgeway, Ont, May 30, 1891. 4. C. pulicaria, Germ. A common species everywhere throughout the season. Very abundant at times on strawberry blossoms in May, and with the young on raspberry and blackberry bushes through July and August. Also taken hibernating under boards early in April. FAMILY CYDNIDAE. AMNESTUS, Dallas. 5. A. spinifrons, Say. Rare. Swept from weeds in a low swampy meadow at Ridgeway Ont. in May. 6. A. pusillus, Uhler. Occasional in April and May. 170 CANTHOPHORUS, Muls. and Rey. ;. C. cinctus, Pal. Beauv. July to vSept. May be taken in low weedy fields and along fence rows. Not common. FAMILY PENTATOMIDAE. PERILLUS, Stal. S. P. circumcinctus, Stal. Occurs on coarse weeds and on bushes and trees in July and August. Also taken in January hibernating in dead leaves and grass. PODISUS, H. Sch. (,. P. cynicus, Say. Occasional on willows and other trees and bushes in July, August and Sept. One specimen taken by Mr. Kihnan at Ridgeway measures 20 mm. in length. I once found a large individual of this species with its beak deeply inserted in a fully grown larva of Platysamia cecropia which it seemed to imagine it could hold by bracing itself and pulling back with all its strength ! The caterpillar did not appear at all disturbed and possibly the bug might have eaten its fill without inflict- ing serious injury on its victim. "» 10. P. spinosus, Dallas. Common. May to Sept., and in January hibernating. 11. P. modestus, Dallas. May to September. Sometimes abundant on trees infested with scale-insects and plant lice. PODOPS, Laporte. 12. P. cinctipes, Say. May to Sept. Swept from swamp grasses in low weedy pastures. December under leaves at the park. BROCHYMENA, Am. and Serv. 13. B. arborea, Say, Sept. Occasional on trees especially of birch. Taken hiber- nating early in April. 14. B. quadripustulata, Fabr. July and Sept. Lancaster, on hickory and american aspen. NEOTTIGLOSSA, Kirby. 15. N. undata, Say. May to Sept. COSMOPEPLA, Stal. 16. C. camifex, Fabr. Generally abundant everywhere throughout the season but like the next they seem especially fond of the mullen. I once observed a remarkable gathering of these pretty insects on a wild columbine at Ridgeway Ont., on the 31st of May. They were present in such number as nearly to cover the plants and were pairing, which was apparently the object of the meeting. 171 MORMIDEA, Am. and Serv. 17. M. lugens, Fabr. May to Sept. Common on mullens. EUCHISTUS, Dallas. iS. E. fissilis, Uhler. Common from May to Oct. When pairing in May they, like many other Hemiptera, are covered with a white bloom. 19. E. servus, Say. May to Oct. A more southern form quite rare here. 20. E. tristigmus, Say. Abundant everywhere in trees, bushes and coarse weeds from May to Sept. 21. E. variolarius, Pal. Beauv. Occurs here from April to November, but in early summer when fissilis and servus are most abundant this is rarely seen. Late in autumn it frequently appears in large numbers and may be found resting on the trunks of maple and elm trees on our city streets, sometimes when the weather is fine, as late as the last of November. I have even found it when there was snow on the ground, as is the case with the squash-bug, Anasa tristis. E. variolarius is a relentless foe to the Pulvinaria innumerabilis and with the Chrysopa larvae do much to keep this pest of the maple in check. 22. E. ictericus, Linn. June to Sept. Generally rare but taken in numbers at Cheektowaga, June 26, 1893, on a low swampy meadow. COENUS, Dallas. 23. C. delius, Say. Common in dry fields and pastures throughout the season. In September last I found a dozen or more individuals gathered on a bruised sweet apple, the juice of which they were eagerly imbibing. PENTATOMA, Oliv. 24. P. juniperina, Linn. Occasional on various trees and bushes especially willows and junipers. May to Oct. Young in July and August. PERIBALUS, Muls. 25. P. limbolarius, Stal July to Sept. Rather scarce. THYANTA, Stal. 26. T. custator, Fabr. One nymph taken in April 1887 transformed to an imago on May 1. Very rare here. 172 NEZARA, Am. and Serv. 27. N. hilaris, Say. This large handsome species is not uncommon on various trees where the larva? may be found in July and August. They reach maturity about .Sept. 1. BANASA, Stal. 28. B. dimidiata, Say. Rare. August and Sept. On birch and other trees. 29. B. calva, Say. Common on cedar everywhere. June to Sept. A beautiful insect when fully colored. ACANTHOSOMA, Curtis. 30. A. cruciata, Say. Ridgeway, Ont., one example taken by Mr. Kilman. FAMILY CORIID^E. ANASA, Am. and Serv. 31. A. tristis, DeGeer. The "Squash-bug." A common and injurious insect. Frequently found on warm sunny days in late autumn resting on fences and out- buildings about which it hibernates. ALYDUS, Fabr. 32. A. eurinus, Say. Common in dry fields in July and about flowers of the gol- den-rod later in the season. Frequently taken immature in June. These insects have the quick jerky flight of many wasps for which they might easily be mistaken. 33. A. conspersus, Montd. Occurs with eurinus but is somewhat the more abundant form here. This recently described species may be distin- guished from eurinus by its dotted membrane and gener- ally paler colors. 3 |. A. quinquespinosus, Say. Rare. Taken at Niagara Falls about Aug. 1, by Mr. Kilman. PROTENOR, Stal. 35. P. Belfragei, Hagl. Occasional. Lancaster; several swept from rank grass near a spring in August. Fort Erie, Ont.. July 4, 1891, immature. NEIDES, Latr. 3d. N. muticus, Say. Common in weedy fields and pastures. The summer brood appears about Aug. 1. Taken in winter hibernating. JALYSUS, Stal. 37. J. spinosus, Say. Lancaster, one example swept from a swampy meadow, August i SS7. 173 CORIZUS, Fallen. 38. C. punctiventris, Dallas. May to August. Common. 39. C- nigristernum, Sign. May to Oct. Abundant in fields and pastures. Reaches maturity about June 15. FAMILY LYG.-EID/E. NYSIUS, Dallas. 40. N. thymi, Wolff. May to August. ORSILLACIS, Uhler. 41- O. producta, Uhler. June to Sept., common. The characters of this genus and species seem never to have been published, BELONOCHILUS, Uhler. 42. B. numenius, Say. Rare. Buffalo May 12, 1889. Colden, August 1886, on golden-rod. ISCHNORHYNCHUS, Fieb. 43- I. didymus, Zett. Common throughout the summer. It appears on the wing on warm days early in April and is one of the last to resort to its hibernaculum on the approach of winter. CYMUS, Hahn. 44- C. augustatus, Stal. May to Oct. Very abundant everywhere in damp fields and pastures especially on the various species of Carex on which the young subsist. Taken in moss in January. (See Psyche Vol. V, p. 27,) 45- C. claviculus, Fallen. With the preceding, but less abundant. 46. C. sp.? One example, closely' allied to liiridus if not a variety of that species, occurred while sweeping weeds at South Buffalo, August 2, 1886. BLISSUS, Burin. 47. B. leucopterus, Say. The "Chinche-bug." Very abundant in dry hay fields and pastures, at times doing serious injury, but not yet found on the cultivated cereals here. It hibernates in moss and rubbish and may be found active from earl)? spring till late autumn. (See Can. Ent. XVIII, p. 209.) 174 GEOCORIS, Fallen. 4;- G. borealis, Dallas. Rather rare. Buffalo, September, taken in moss, Ridgeway, Ont, July. 4<> G. limbatus, Stal. June to August. Moderately abundant on damp spots in meadows and grain fields. OEDANCALA, Am. and Serv. 50. O. dorsalis, Say. May to August. Common, especially on sedges in swampy pastures. Young in July. (See Psyche V, p. 27.) CROPHIUS, Stal. 51. C. disconotus, Say. Rare. Colden, one example swept from golden-rod August 14, 18S6. I once took it in numbers on golden-rod at Kinzua Bridge, Pa., in Sept. LIGYROCORIS, Stal. 52. L. sylvestris, Linn. June to Sept. Common. 53- L. constrictus, Say. Rare. Hamburgh, August 3. 1S90. Ridgeway, Ont., July. Clarence, Sept., 4, 1892. MYODOCHA, Latr. 54. M. serripes, Oliv. Buffalo, June, one example found in a basket of strawberries. May have been brought from Ohio. HERAEUS, Stal. 55. H. plebejus, Stal. Rare. Lancaster, Sept. Elma, June. Also found con- cealed in moss in January. PAMERA, Say. 56. P. basalis, Dallas. Taken occasionally from May to August. CNEMODUS, H. Sch. 57. C. mavortius. Two examples, swept from grass at Lancaster in Oct. 1885. SALACIA, Stal. 58. S. pilosula, Stal. May and Sept. Taken at Buffalo, Lancaster and Ridgeway Ont. Also sifted from moss in January. TRAPEZONOTUS, Fieb. 59. T. nebulosus, Fallen. Rare. September. 175 PERITRECHUS, Fieb. 60. P. fraternus, Uhler. One example from Ridgeway, Ont., and another from Buffalo ; found in December hibernating in dead leaves, by M. C. Van- Duzee. SCOLOPOSTETHUS, Fieb. 61. S. Thomsoni, Reut. May to Aug. Not uncommon among moss and rubbish in fence rows. The long and short winged forms occur together as with Blissus leucopterus, with which it may be found in winter hibernating. Young in July. EREMOCORIS, Fieb. 62. E. ferus, Say. Rare. Golden, July; Jamestown, August. MICROTOMA, Lap. 63. M. atrata, Goeze. (M. carbonaria, Rossi.) Two examples were picked up on the Lake Shore at Crystal Beach after a storm, May 30, 1891. MEGALONOTUS, Fieb. 64. M. unus, Say. Lancaster, Sept. 3, 188S, and one example, swept from weeds at South Buffalo, by Mr. Ph. Fischer of this city. 65- A small Lygaeid as yet undetermined was captured by me at Crystal Beach, Ont., in May 1891 and several other specimens were taken by Mr. Ph. Fischer under a stone, March 30, 1894. PELIOPELTA, Uhler. 66. P. abbreviata, Uhler. Common throughout the season and may frequently be taken by sifting moss and leaves in winter. The short winged form is much the more abundant here. LYGAEUS, Fabr. 67. L. Kalmii, Stal. Very abundant on milk-weeds, especially in Sept. and Oct. 68. L, turcicus, Fabr. A single example of this more southern form was taken at Lancaster, by W. J. Palmer, Jr. FAMILY CAPSID^. A partial list of our local Capsidse appeared in the Canadian Entomologist for April 18S7, to which reference may be made for additional notes on some of the species here enumerated. BRACHYTROPIS, Fieb, 69. B. calcarata, Fallen. 176 TRIGONOTYLUS, Pieb. 70. T. ruficornis, Fallen. June to August. MIRIS, Fabr. 71. M. affinis, Reut. Swept from grass early in May. The summer brood reach maturity about the middle of June and are sometimes very abundant through July and August. LEPTOPTERNA, Fieb. 72. L. dolobrata, Linn. Often appears in immense swarms toward the last of June on grass in hay-fields and pastures. COLLARIA, Prov. 73. C. Meilleurii, Prov. Common. 74. C. oculatus, Reut. Rather rare. June to August. TERATOCORIS, Fieb. 75. T. discolor, Uhler Buffalo. August 29, 1888. RESTHENIA, Spinola. 70. R. insitiva, Say. Rare. 77. R. insignis, Say. Colden, July 31, 1SS9, one example. LOPIDEA, Uhler. 78. L. media, Say. 79. L. confluenta, Say. Lancaster, June, on basswood. DIOMMATUS, Uhler. 80. D. congrex, Uhler, Common. June to Aug. (See Ent. Am. Ill, p. 33.) HADRONEMA, Uhler. 81. H. pulverulenta, Uhler. Occasional. Lancaster, May and July. Colden, August. PHYTOCORIS, Fabr. 82. P. eximus, Reut. June to August. 83. P. tibialis, Reut. 34. P. puella, Reut. Buffalo, Aug. iS, 1SS8, One example. A very delicate and pretty species. 177 85. P pallidicornis, Reut. A large species, rare here but more abundant northwardly. 86. P. scrupeus, Say. Not uncommon on bladder-nut. 87. P. colon, Say. A rare and interesting species. June to Aug. Taken on dog-wood July 10, &c. NEUROCOLPUS, Reut. 88. N. nubilus, Say. On Sumach. Common. CALOCORIS, Fieb. 89. C. rapidus. Very common. MELINNA, Uhler. 90. M. fasciata, Uhler. Rare. Buffalo; July, beaten from Hickory bushes. 91. M. modesta, Uhler. July and August. Not uncommon on pines and a few other trees when infested with aphides (See Ent. Am. Ill, p. 69.) LYGUS, Hahn. 92. L. pabulinus, Linn. 93. L. pratensis, Linn. May to Oct. Common. 94. L. pratensis, var. flavomaculatus, Prov. May to Oct., very abundant. Also taken in winter hiber- nating. 95. L. invitus, Say. Common. 96. L. monachus, Uhler. Rare. COCOBAPHES, Uhler. 97. C. sanguinarius, Uhler. July and Aug. Occasional on maple and other trees. TROPIDOSTEPTES, Uhler, 98. T. cardinalis, Uhler. Rare. Lancaster, taken with the young on ash in June. Elma, June 18. POECILOSCYTUS, Fieb. 99. P. basalis, Reut. Very common, especially in weedy meadows. POECILOCAPSUS, Reut. 100. P. lineatus, Fabr. Common on wild sun-flowers and other weeds. Reaches maturity about the middle of June. 178 ioi. P. goniphorus, Say. Reaches maturity about a week earlier than lineatus. 102. P. goniphorus, var. F. Reut. Much less abundant than marginalis, which it much resem- bles. May to July. 103. P. goniphorus, var. dislocatus, Say. Not uncommon at times. 104. P. affinis, Reut. June and July. Rare. 105. P. marginalis, Reut. June and July. Moderately common. SYSTRATIOTUS, Doug, and Scott. 106. S. americanus, Reut. June to August. About rank weeds. CAMPTOBROCHIS, Fieb. 107. C. nebulosus, Uhler. July and Aug. On trees, rather rare. 10S. C. grandis, Uhler. June to August. Not uncommon. Occasionally taken at light. ORTHOPS, Fieb. 109. O. scutellatus, Uhler. Rare. no. O. pastinacae, Fall. ? Common on flowers of the Umbelliferae, from May to August. It may frequently be found in winter hibernating under the loose bark of elms and other trees; then the scutellum is often of a bright clear green. CAPSUS, Fabr. in. C. ater, Linn. Attains maturity about first week in June. MONALOCORIS, DalL ii2. M. filicis, Linn. SERICOPHANES, Reut. 113. S. ocellatus, Reut. Rare. June. HYALIODES, Reut. 114. H. vitripennis, Say. Rare. Colden, July; Salamanca, August. A beautiful species. STHENAROPS, Uhler. 115. S. malinus, Uhler. Lancaster, July. Not rare on rank weeds near the creek. 179 ILNACORA, Reut. 116. I. Stalii, Reut. July and Aug. Occasional, with the last. PILOPHORUS, Hahn. 117. P. amcemus, Uhler. July and August. Common on pine trees infested with aphides. 118. P. bifasciatus, Fabr. June to August. 119. P. Walshii, Uhler. Buffalo, one example. MIMOCEPS, Uhler. 120. M. gracilis, Uhler. Occasionally swept from sedges and grasses in low meadows and pastures. June to Sept. (See Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. I, p. 85, 1890.) GARGANUS, Stal. 121. G. fusiformis, Say. July and August. Not uncommon. STIPHROSOMA, Fieb. 122. S. stygica, Say. HALTICUS, Burm. 123. H. bractatus, Say. 124. H. apterus, Linn. June and July. Common. IDOLOCORIS, Doug, and Scott. 125. I. famelicus, Uhler. 126. I. agilis, Uhler. MACROCOLEUS, Fieb. 127. M. coagulatus, Uhler. STRONGYLOTES, Reut. 128. S. saliens, Reut. June. RHINOCAPSUS, Uhler. 129. R. Vanduzei, Uhler. June and July. Rare. Taken at Buffalo, Lancaster and Colden. This pretty species reaches maturity early in July. (See Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. I, p. S2, 1890.) PSALLUS, Fieb. 130. P. variabilis, Illig. Taken in numbers at Lancaster in Aug. 1887. EPISCOPUS, Reut. 131. E. ornatus, Reut. Rare. Two examples captured at West Seneca in July. 180 PLAGIOGNATHUS, Fieb. 132. P. obscurus, Uhler. Very abundant here on ox-eye daisies and other flowers from June to Sept. 133. P. Bohemani, Illig. June to Aug. Beaten in large numbers from a willow bush at Lancaster June 28, 1889. AGALLIASTES, Fieb. 134. A. associatus, Uhler. 135. A. pulicarius, Fallen. 136. A. verbasci, H. Sch. FAMILY ACANTHIID^. LYCTOCORIS, Hahn. 137. L. domesticus, Schill. Rare. Lancaster. DOLICHOMERUS, Reut. 13S. D. Stalii, Reut. Lancaster, one example taken under loose bark in January by Mr. W. J. Palmer, Jr. TRIPHLEPS, Fieb. 139. T. insidiosus, Say. Very abundant from June to Sept. on flowers of ox-eye daisies and other composite. 140. T. latulus, Reut. Several individuals taken at Jamestown, Aug. 2d, 1S89 and one at Lancaster in July. These, especially the Lancaster specimen, have the corium almost entirely pale but otherwise agree very closely with Renter's description. ANTHOCORIS, Fallen. 141. A. musculus, Say. Occasionally taken on the trunks of black willow trees and about osier bushes. This insect is sometimes very active in the bright July sunshine about the trees that form its home. Also taken in February hibernating. ACANTHI A, Fabr. 142. A. lectularia, Linn. The ubiquitous bed-bug. FAMILY TIXGITID^E. PIESMA, St. Farg. and Serv. 143. P. cinerea, Say. Inhabits horsechestnut trees under the loose bark of which it may sometimes be taken in winter. 181 ACALYPTA, Wesjtw. 144. A. sp. One example of an apparently undescribed species of this genus was taken by me at Ridgeway, Ont., May 31st, 1SS6. CORYTHUCA, Stal. 145. C. ciliata, Say. Abundant everywhere on sycamore. In winter they may be looked for under the loose bark on the north-east side of these trees. The insects of this genus are beautiful objects under a lense. 146. C. arquata, Say. (=C. juglandis, Fitch?) July to Sept. Common. I cannot satisfactorily separate the small form that sometimes abounds on the under surface of osier leaves from the larger form occurring on various trees. Both present individuals without the elytral spines, and I can- not make out any constant variation in the form of the scutellar carina as mentioned by Dr. Stal, nor of the arquation of the elytral costa used by Dr. Fitch to seperate his species from that of Say. If this species is divisible I do not think the salient characters have as yet been pointed out. 147. C. sp. Not uncommon on oaks from May to Sept. 148. C. marmorata, Uhler. July to Sept. A pretty little species, sometimes quite abun- dant on bushes in clearings. GARGAPHIA, Stal. 149. G. tiliae, Walsh. Abundant on basswood in July. FAMILY ARADID^. (A list of the North American species of this family, by Dr. Bergroth, appeared in the Trans. Ent. Soc. of Wash., Vol. II, pp. 332-338, Dec. 1892.) ARADUS, Fabr. (Dr. Bergroth has kindly determined my material in this difficult genus but as the specimens have not yet been returned I can give but few dates. The localities are from his notes and are correct.) 150. A. 4-lineatus, Say. Lancaster, N. Y. and Ridgeway, Ont. 151. A. robustus, Uhler. Colden, East Concord. The latter were taken near the bog swamp, May 18th, 1889. 182 1 52. A. Duzei, Berg. Ridgeway, Ont. (See Trans. Ent. Soc. Wash. II, p. 333-) 153. A. similis, Say. Lancaster. 154. A. crenatus, Say. Ridgeway, Ont. Two of these Ridgeway species were among the material kindly given me by Mr. Kilman but with- out the specimens I cannot locate them. 155. A. lugubris, Fallen. (=>rectus, Say.) Ridgeway, Ont. , Buffalo, on a window in June. Hamburgh, Aug., Golden July 1S86. At the latter locality several individ- uals appeared on the trunk of a small maple tree about 5 o'clock every afternoon. They were very active, leaping and sporting about in the rays of the declining sun as flies of the Tachinidse frequently do. The reflection of the sunlight from their white glassy wings made these little black bugs look like drops of silver as they darted from point to point, and their activity made it next to impossible to capture them or even to trace them with the eye. 156. A. abbas, Berg. Golden. (See Trans. Ent. Soc. Wash. II, p. 334-) ANEURUS, Curtis. 157. A. inconstans, Uhler. Taken under dead birch bark in all stages of development, from February to April. FAMILY PHYMATIDJE. PHYMATA, Latr. 158. P. fasciata, Gray. {=Wolffii, St ulcerosa, Auct.) July to Oct. Common, especially on flowers of the golden-rod. FAMILY NABID^E. PAGASA, Stal. 159. P. nitida, Stal. One specimen taken from under a rotting log at Lancaster, July 12, 1889. CORISCUS, Schranck. 160. C. subcoleoptratus, Kirby. Common everywhere from July to Sept. The young in their earlier stages quite strongly resemble our common black ants and may be found in similar situations on golden-rod and other weeds and bushes. They reach maturity about July 1st but here rarely acquire wings. A single macropterous example occurred to me while sweeping weeds near "the ledges'' at Buffalo Park, June 25, 18S7. 183 [6x. C annulatus, Reut. Rare. At Lancaster it occurred in numbers on rank vegeta- tion along Cayuga Creek, in Aug. 1887. 1O2. C. rufusculus, Reut. May to Sept. Not uncommon. 163. C. ferus, Linn. Abundant from June to Oc'. in meadows and pastjures, in company with rufusculus and punctipes. These insects must hibernate as adults, as I have taken both this species and the next as early as the first week of May. 164. C. punctipes, Reut. May to Sept. Common. Occurs with ferns but seems to prefer damper and more weedy meadows. 165. C. propinquus, Reut. Not uncommon in places on the reeds and water grasses on Squaw Isd. and along the shores of Niagara River below Black Rock, from July to Sept. Occasionally taken on swampy meadows elsewhere. FAMILY REDUVIM:. SINEA, Am. and Serv. 166. S. diadema, Fabr. Common on trees, bushes and coarse weeds from July till late autumn. The odd looking young may be found in June. ACHOLLA, Stal. 167. A. multispinosa, De Geer. July to Oct. Generally much less abundant than the prece- ding, but at one time taken in large numbers from an old oak tree, near Lancaster, in July. PRIONIDUS, Uhler. 168. P. cristatus, Linn. Probably an accidental visitor. A single example was taken in a lumber yard in this city in Sept. 1885 and presented to me by Dr. Julius Poh) man. It may have been introduced with lumber from the South. DIPLODUS, Am. and Serv. 169. D. luridus, Stal. Not uncommon on small trees in May and June. They reach maturity about June 1st. OPSICCETUS, Klug. 170. O. personatus, Linn. Frequently taken about houses, often at light in the evening. The young has the peculiar habit of covering itself with dust so it is well concealed in the corners it inhabits. This insect feeds on vermine and is a desirable tenant of our living rooms and offices. BARCE, Stal. 171. B. annulipes, Stal. Ridgeway, Ont, , Aug. 6, 1887, one example. 3 184 CERASCOPUS, Heinek. 172. C. errabundus, Say. Rare. Lancaster and Ridgeway, Ont., on pine trees in August. FAMILY HYDROBATIDJ:. HYGROTRECHUS, Stal. 173. rf. remigis, vSay. Rare. Colden, July 1885. LIMNOTRECHUS, Stal. 1 74. L. marginatus, Say. July to Sept. Common everywhere on running water. I have taken the young of this species during July and the adult in January. LIMNOPORUS, Stal. 175. L. rufoscutellatus, Latr. Another common species, especially on stagnant water in ponds and ditches. FAMILY VELIID^E. HEBRUS, Curtis. 1 76. H. americanus, Uhler. .Sometimes quite abundant on the surface of the water and on wet slaty rocks in the gorge of Pipe Creek near West Falls, Erie Co., in July and August. It could doubtless be found in similar cool shaded ravines elsewhere in our district. This is an active species and very difficult to capture. The fully winged examples are rarely taken here. 177. H. pusillus, Burm. A few specimens of this neat little species were taken on th« moist sand among rushes along the edge of Cayuga Creek, at Lancaster Village, July 12th, 1889. MESOVELIA, Muls. 17S. M. bisignata, Uhler. September. Taken with the nymphs in "The Bay" at the upper end of Squaw Isd., Niagara River. Very few macrop- terous examples were seen. RHAGOVELIA, Mayr. 178^. R. obesa, Uhler. # Taken by Mr. Frank H. Zesch from a small pool on the borders of Niagara River above the rapids, at Dufferin Island, near Chippewa, Out., Aug. 15, 1894. They were present in numbers and very active, skipping about on the surface of the water. FAMILY SALDID^E. SALDA, Fabr. 179. S. ligata, Say. Taken occasionally along the shores of Lake Erie and Niagara River, from July to Sept, 185 i So. S. littoralis, Linn. Thus far taken here only in the gorge of Pipe Creek, neat- West Falls, in July. 1S1. S. deplanata, Uhler. A single example of this large species was taken Aug. 2d, 1S86, in a swale, by the railroad track at South Buffalo. 182. S. interstitialis, Say. Several specimens of what I take to be this species were captured on the borders of Niagara River, near Buffalo, in Sept. 1886. 183. S. pallipes, Fabr. Abundant from June to Sept. on the shores of Lake Erie and along our inland streams. 184. S. reperta, Uhler. ? Several examples of a little species agreeing very closely with Mr. Uhler' s description of reperta were captured at Col- " den, in July, and at Buffalo the last of August. 185. S. orbiculata, Uhler. Rare, one specimen taken near Buffalo, in 1885. iSn. S. humilis, Say. Not uncommon on low swampy spots in pastures and open woods where the water has dried away, leaving the ground bare and moist. May to July. FAMILY BELOvSTOMATID^E. ZAITHA, Am. and Serv. 187. Z. fluminea, Say. Quite abundant in Black Rock Harbor in Sept. BELOSTOMA, Auctor. 188. B. americanum, Leidy. Rare. BENACUS, Stal. 189. B. griseus, Say. April to Sept. Frequently attracted to the electric lights on our city streets, where its large size makes it an object of interest. FAMILY NEPID^E. RANATRA, Fabr. 190. R. fusca, Pal. Beau v. Rare. A small colony of these curious insects was discovered in a ditch near the "Sinking Bridge" at East Aurora, Oct. 24th, 1S91, by Miss T. Marion Schlegel. It may inhabit similar situ- ations elsewhere in our district. 186 R quadridentata, Stal. A larger and paler species, three individuals of which have occurred to me in fifteen years collecting here. One was taken amona: rubbish in Cayuga Creek at Lancaster, another on aquatic weeds at "the Bay" at the upper end of Squaw Isd. Niagara River, in Sept. 1886; the third was picked up on the sand at Fort Erie Beach, July 9th, 1893, after a storm. NOTONECTA, Linn. 192. N. insulata, Kirby. Taken in ponds at Buffalo Plains, in July. It is not uncom- mon everywhere in stagnant pools, where there is a clayey bottom and the water does not entirely dry away in summer. 193. N. undulata, Say. This is a smaller and more abundant species than the preced- ing with which it may be found through July and August. It is very variable in the extent of its dark markings. (.. N. irrorata, Uhler. Not infrequent in stagnant muddy pools with insulata and undulata. July. FAMILY COKISID.K. CORISA, Groff. 195. C. alternata, Say. Common in Niagara River and in most of the creeks about Buffalo. July and August. 196. C. Harrisii, Uhler. Quite abundant in a pond at Ridgeway, Ont. in Aug. 1886. 197. C. - Excessively abundant in the waters of Lake Erie, Niagara River and especially in the Harbor at Black Rock, in Sept. Also common in many ponds and small streams. I have seen this species flying in swarms along the White's Corner's plank- road at South Buffalo about dusk in the evening. Suborder Homoptera. FAMILY CICADIDJ-:. CICADA, Linn. 198. C. canicularis, Harris The shrill note of this common Harvest-fly, often called "the Locust," is a familiar sound through the heat of the day in July and August. Though most abundant about open sunny woods they are frequently heard in our shaded city streets and at the Park where the empty pupa-cases may often be found clinging to the bark of the trees. y.'<\v.:—Tibicen rimosa, Say, should occur here and I once found at North Collins an empty pupa-case quite different from that of canicularis, and a Cicada's note, strange to me, was heard at the same locality so I have little doubt but this species inhabits the hills of N. Collins and probably elsewhere in our district. 187 FAMILY MEMBRACIDJK. Subfamily Membracina, Stal. ENCHENOPA, Am. and Serv. 199. E. binotata, Say. A common species on thistles and other weeds in July. CAMPYLENCHIA, Stal. 200. C. curvata, Fabr. Common everywhere. Subfamily Smiliina, Stal. ■ CERESA, Am. and Serv. 201. C. diceros, Say. July to Sept. Common on elder bushes. 202. C. bubalus, Fabr. June to Aug. Not uncommon on grape vines and various bushes and trees. I have included under this name only the large bright green form with sharp thoracic horns. The smaller dark hairy form with short abrupt horns is the following: 203. C. taurina, Fitch. Occurs on Willows in .swampy places. At Lime Lake, Aug. 2, 1S87 I took a large series of this species showing a wide va- riation in depth of coloring, some of the males being almost entirely piceous black. I am m some doubt as to the correct- ness of this determination. 204. C. brevicornis, Fitch. July to Oct. Widely distributed but never abundant. This species seems partial to bass wood. STICTOCEPHALA, Stal. 205. S. inermis, Fabr. July and August. Not a common species. 206. S. lutea, Walk. May to Sept. Abundant. Generally taken in the sweep-net from weedy fields and fence-rows. ACUTALIS, Fairm. 207. A. dorsalis, Fitch. Occurs on Clematis virgimana in July and Aug., sometimes in numbers. ENTYLIA, Germ. 20S. E. bactriana, Germ. May to Sept. Abundant everywhere on weeds especially wild sunflowers. E sinuata, Fabr. I have not taken here nor have I seen examples from farther north than the vicinity of New York City. 188 PUBLILIA, Stal. 209. P. concava, Say. May to August. Common on thistles, asters and other weeds. These insects attain maturity about June 15th. 210. P. nigridorsum, Godg. Occasional with the preceding. East Concord, May iS, 1SS9, Hamburgh, June 10, 1891. Lancaster, Aug. 11, iS, 1893, imagines taken in company with the young. 220. T. monticola, Fabr. Rare. Buffalo and Lancaster in July. Ridgeway, Ont. 189 22i. T. ampelopsidis, HarrR July and August. On Virginia Creeper, sometimes abundant. 222. T. coryli, Fitch. Lancaster, July 4th, 1879. Ridgeway, Ont. 223. T. fasciata, Fitch. Occasional on hickory. Ridgeway, Ont., Aug. 7, 1889, Col den, July 2, 1893, scarcely mature. I have included T. unicolor Fitch, as the female of this species. (See Psyche V, p. 391.) 224. T. concava, Fitch. Rare. Lewiston, July 20 1892. Ridgeway, Ont. HELIRIA, Stal. 225. H. scalaris, Fairm. Lancaster, July 1S87, one example. THELIA, Am. and Serv. 226. T. bimaculata, Fabr. Rare. Buffalo Plains on locust. Ph. Fischer. 227. T. Uhleri, Stal. Ridgeway, Ont., one example, A. H. Kilman. 228. T. acuminata, Fabr. Colden and Lancaster in July, Ridgeway, Ont. 229. T. crataegi, Fitch. Rare. Lancaster, 011 thorn bushe?. 230. T. univittata, Harris. Rare. Gowanda, June 25, 1891. 231. T. Godingi, Van 1). June and July numbers taken on wild black cherry and scrub oak at Buffalo Plains. ARCHASIA, Stal. 232. A. galeata, Fabr. Buffalo. Not uncommon on low oak and hickory bushes at "The Plains" in July. 233. A. Belfragei, Stal. Gowanda, June 25, 1891. Three examples beaten from oak bushes on the "Four Mile Level." Subfamily Centrotida, Stal. MICROCENTRUS, Stal. 234. M. caryae, Fitch. August. On hickory trees, sometimes quite abundant. FAMILY FULGORID^E. Subfamily Dictyopharida, Stal. SCOLOPS, Schaum. 235. S. sulcipes, Say. Rather rare. Lancaster in August. Larva; taken July 9th. 190 Subfamily Cixiida, Stal. CIXIUS, Latr. 236. C. stigmatus, Say. Rare. Ridgeway, Out., May 31, 1S86; Colden in July, Levviston, July 20. 23^. C. colcepium, Fitch. May and June. Frequently taken in the sweep-net in weedy meadows. 23S. C. pini, Fitch. Lime Lake, Aug. 3, 1886. Very abundant on huckleberry bushes. Also taken at Lewiston and elsewhere in July. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 7.) OLIARUS, Stal. 230. O. quinquelineatus, Say. May to July. Taken occasionally on low bushes and weeds. 240. O. humilis, Say. July to Sept. Often abundant on grass in dry pastures and meadows. MYNDUS, Stal. 241. M. impunctatus, Fitch. July. Rare. Subfamily DelphaciJa, Stal. MEGAMELUS, Fieb. 242. M. piceus, Van D. Aug. and Sept. Taken at Lancaster, Clarence and Grand Isd., on low damp meadows. PISSONOTUS, Van D. 243. P. marginatus, Van D. One pair taken at Lancaster in September. 244. P. ater, Van D. A smgle female example was taken near the Bedell House, on Grand Isd., Sept. 11, 1892. 245. P. basalis, Van D. Lancaster, July 4, 18SS, one macropterous example. 246. P. dorsalis, Van U. Lancaster and CoHen, one pair taken in July. 247. P. brunneus, Van D. Several specimens have been taken at Clarence and Grand Isd. in September. 248. P. aphidioides, Van D. Colden, July, "Rock City" near Salamanca, Aug. 2. [889. 101 STENOCRANUS, Fieb. 249. S. dorsalis, Fitch. Rather common in swampy places about sedges, the perigy- nia of which it closely mimics especially in the larval state. These insects reach maturity in August and may be taken by sweeping the grasses about their haunts till October, and again in the spring. (Psyche V, p. 28.) KELISIA, Fieb. 250. K. axialis, Van D. Rare. Two specimens swept from grass in a low meadow at Lancaster in Aug. 1886. EURYSA, Fieb. 251. E. nervata, Van D. A stout little insect not uncommon in meadows in June and July. CONOMELUS, Fieb. ? 252. C. tricarinatus, Say. Rare. Lancaster, Aug. 1887. LIBURNIA, Stal. 253. L. ornata, Stal. A single example of this pretty little species was swept from a hay field near the Jammerthal quarries at Buffalo Plains, June 9, 1888. 254. L. pellucida, Fabr. May to Aug. Common everywhere especially among wild strawberry vines. 255. L. puella, Van D. Rare. Lancaster, Aug. 1887. More abundant southward. 256. L. furcata, Prov. ? 257. L. Osborni, Van D. 258. L. lutulenta, Van D. Common. May to July. 259. L. obscurella, Boh. East Concord, May 18, 1889. Colden, July 31, 1889. 260. L. lateralis, Van D. Lancaster. Aug. and Sept. Not a common species. 261. L. Kilmani, Van D. A very pretty species occasionally taken in damp rich copses. Elma, June: Colden, July. 262. L. campestris, Van D. May to August. Very abundant in dry pastures, where Ox- eye daisies abound, in July and August. 263. L. lineatipes, Van D. July and Aug. Not uncommon in dry fields, L92 264. L. foveata, Van D. Portage Falls, May 30th; Lancaster, Aug.; Clarence, Sept. 265. L. incerta, Van D. Buffalo and Cheektowaga ; on grass in June ACHOROTILE, Fieb. 266. A. albosignata, Dahlb. Buffalo, May n, 188S. Rare. East Concord, May 18, 1889, abundant in a swampy field. Subfamily Achilida, Stal. HELICOPTERA, Am. and Serv. 267. H. opaca. Say. I include this species on the authority of its describer and Mr. P. R. Uhler. Say says: "inhabits near Lake Erie" which Mr. Uhler still further localizes as "New York near Lake Erie" so it doubtless occurs within our limits. Subfamily Derbida, Stal. OTIOCERUS, Kirby. 268. O. Degeerii, Kirby. Not uncommon, July to Sept. Generally taken on beech and maple trees. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 159.) 269. O. Stollii, Kirby. One example beaten from oak at Buffalo Plains, Aug. iS, 1S88. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 159.) 270. O. Coquerbertii, Kirby. Not uncommon on various forest trees July to Sept. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 159.) 271. O. Wolfii, Kirby. Lancaster, Sept. 3, 1888. One example beaten from a beech tree. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 176.) 272. O. Signoreti, Fitch. Rare. Lancaster, Sept. 14, 1888. Two examples taken. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 176.) AMALOPOTA, Van D. 273. A. Uhleri, Van D. A beautiful little species several examples of which were taken by myself and Mr. W. J. Palmer Jr. at Lancaster in Sept. 1888, mostly from maple trees. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 178.) 274. A. Fitchi, Van D. One specimen of this delicate little beauty was beaten by me from a hickory tree among the hills west of Colden village, Aug. 28, 1892. Can. Ent, XXV, p. 2S0.) 193 LAMENIA, Stal. 275. L. vulgaris, Fitch. Common everywhere from June to August on willow, thorn, beech and other trees and bushes. Subfamily fssida, Stal. BRUCHOMORPHA, Newm. 276. B. oculata, Newm. Occasional on gi-ass and weeds in August. PELTONOTUS, Muls. 277. P. histrionicus, Stal. Lancaster, Sept. 3, 1S88, taken in numbers in a weedy pasture overgrown with sedges. Not seen elsewhere in our district. THIONEA, Stal. 278. T. bullata, Say. Ridgeway, Ont., three examples taken by Mr. A. H. Kilman. Subfamily Flatida, Stal. ORMENIS, Stal. 279. O. pruinosa, Say. Taken occasionally on basswood, ash and other low trees and bushes in August. FAMILY CERCOPIDyE. Subfamily Aphrophorida, Stal. LEPYRONIA, Am. and Serv. 280. L. 4-angularis, Say. July and Aug. Not uncommon. APHROPHORA, Germ. 281. A. parallela, Say. Common on pines at Ridgeway, Ont. in Aug and occasionally taken wherever the white pine grows. Also taken on hemlocks at Lancaster and Colden in July, and Aug. 282. A. saratogensis, Fitch. Rare. Beaten from pines at Water Valley, near Hamburgh, Aug. 3, 1890 and at the cemetery at Salamanca, Aug. 2, 1889. 283. A. 4-notata, Say. Common about bushes and weeds, especially in deep woods. July and August. CLASTOPTERA, Germ. 284. C. obtusa, Say. Common on weeds and bushes in July and August and occa- sional throughout the season. 2S5. C. achatina, Germ. Colden, Aug. 1886, one example. 104 C. proteus, Fitch. July and Aug. Not common. Taken in large numbers on Cornus stolonifera at Lancaster, July 22, 1889. Super family Jassoidea, Van D. FAMILY ULOPID:K ULOPA. Fallen. 287. U. canadensis, Van D. Rare. Ridgeway, Ont., A. H. Kilman; Grand Isd., near the Bedell House in Oct. 1892, Clarence in Sept. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 301.) FAMILY BYTHOSCOPID^. IDIOCERUS, Lewis. 288. I. pallidus, Fitch. July and Aug. Common on willows especially Salix nigra. Also taken on poplars. 289. I. suturalis, Fitch. July and Aug. Occurs with the last, but is less abundant. 290. I. nervatus, Van D. Lancaster, June 28, 1889, one example. 291. I. alternatus, Fitch. Not uncommon on willows especially Salix glauca. May to August. 292. I. lachrymalis, Fitch. Very rare here. One example was taken by Mr. W. J. Palmer Jr. at Lancaster and another by myself at Hamburgh, July 16, 1893 on Popultts grandidentatus. 293. I. crataegi, Van D. Not rare on thorn bushes in July and August. Th;s is a very active little insect and difficult to capture when beating over an umbrella. (Can. Ent. XXII, p. no.) 294. I. maculipennis, Fitch. July and August. On thorn bushes. Of rare occurrence. 2<)3. I. Pronancheri, Van D. A beautiful little insect taken occasionally from May to Aug. on various low bushes but generally near oak or hickory. (Can. Ent. XXII, p. in.) BYTHOSCOPUS, Germ. 296. B. variabilis, Fitch. Occurs rarely on birch trees from May to July. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 223.) 195 2q7- B. distinctus, Van D. July and Aug. Rather rare. Taken on Populus grandi- dentatus at Buffalo Plains, July 10, 1889: also at Lancaster, Hamburgh, &c. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 224.) 298. B. cognatus, Van D. One pale individual of this northern species was captured at Lancaster, May 31, 1887. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 227.) 299. B. fenestratus, Fitch. Rare. In my synopsis of this genus I failed to properly dis- tinguish between this species and uiinor. Most of the material there enumerated under fenestratus should have been refered to minor. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 225.) 300. B. minor, Fitch. Frequently abundant on birch, iron-wood, &c. June to Aug. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 225.) 301. B. pruni, Prov. One specimen taken near this city. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 226.) 302. B. sobrius, Walk. Many examples were beaten from a birch tree at Golden, July 2, 1893 and a single female was taken at Lancaster, May 31, 1887. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 224.) 303. B. nigrinasi, Fitch. June to August. Abundant everywhere on hornbeam. (Ent. Am, VI, p. 22S.) PEDIOPSIS, Burm. 304. P. viridis, Fitch. Another common species occuring on willows from. June to Aug., and occasionally found on poplars. (Ent. Am. V, p. 170 and Psyche V, p. 239.) 305. P. basalis, Van D. This rare species occured in numbers on low aspen bushes along the shore of Lake Erie, west of Ft. Erie Beach, July 10 to 20, 1893. 306. P. trimaculata, Fitch. Rare. Gowanda, June 24, 1891; Hamburgh, July 16, 1893, on Populus grandidentatus; Colden, July, one brachypterus example. (Ent. Am. V, p. 172.) 307. P. canadensis, Van D. One example beaten from a willow bush at Lancaster, June 27, 1889. (Ent. Am. V, p. 173, Jtavescens, and Can. Ent. XXII, p. in.) 308. P. insignis, Van D. Many specimens were beaten from a small bush of wild plum at Lancaster, July 9, 1S89. (Ent. Am. V, p. 171.) 196 AGALLIA, Curtis. A novella, Say. Common, especially early in summer. May to July. 310. A. sanguinolenta, Prov. June to Sept. Common in fields everywhere. (Ent. Am. V, p. 166.) 311. A. 4-punctata, Prov. May to August with the foregoing species, sometimes very abundant. (Ent. Am. V. p. 167.) FAMILY TETTIGONID^E. Subfamily Tettigoniina, Berg. TETTIGONIA, Geoff. ji2. T. hieroglyphica, Say. Locally abundant. Portage Falls, May 30th; Lancaster, Sept. 3, in a swampy meadow. 313. T. bifida, Say Sometimes quite abundant on a fine matted /uncus growing in open swampy woods and along streams, July and Aug. DIEDROCEPHALA, Spin. 314. D. coccinea, Foist. Common through July and Aug., especially on blackberry bushes. 315. D. mollipes, Say. ^* May to Aug. Very common in damp meadows. 31 r,. D. mollipes, var. producta, Walk. With the last of which it is probably but a variety. Under this name I have placed the smaller dark form with a blackish lateral vitta beneath. 317. D novaeboracensis, Fitch. Locally abundant on damp or marshy meadows in July and August. It may be found in great numbers on Squaw Isd., Niagara River. HELOCHARA, Fitch. H. communis. Fitch. Very abundant in swampy spots and on grass among willows along the borders of ditches and streams, from May till Sept. Pairing takes place toward the last of June when the males are thickly covered with a white bloom. EUCANTHUS, Lep. and Serv. ;, Ki. E. orbitalis, Fitch. Rare. Taken at Lancaster in July and August. 11)7 Subfamily Gypomna, Stal. GYPONA, Germ. 320. G. 8-lineata, Say. Of this beautiful species I have taken but one male and two female examples ; all at Lancaster. 321. G. flavilineata, Fitch {=strtata, Burm?) Under this name I place the large pale form with the elytra reticulated only at apex. It is quite abundant on various plants and trees through July and Aug. 322. G. quebecensis, Prov. This is a smaller, darker green species with the elytra retic- ulated almost to base. I have taken it only on hemlocks, from July to Sept. « 323. G. scarlatina, Fitch. Occasional on hickory trees through July and Aug. PENTHIMIA, Germ. 324. P. americana, Fitch. Occurs rarely on hickory, maple and other trees from May to July. Occasionally it may be beaten from low bushes in deep woods and along their borders. The male was described by Walker as vicaria. FAMILY JASSIPiE-. Subfamily Acocepkalina, Van D. STRONGYLOCEPHALUS, Flor. 325. S. agrestis, Fallen. One example was swept from a swampy meadow at East Concord, May 18, 1889. ACOCEPHALUS, Germ. 326. A. mixtus, Say. Not uncommon on thin fine grass in old meadows and along roadsides and fence-rows where the ground is bedded with moss among which the males are most frequently taken. The females seem to wander farther and may sometimes be captured in the sweep-net. Many males were taken under stones along the roadside at Lewiston in July 1892. XESTOCEPHALUS, Van D. 327. X. pulicarius, Van D. Sometimes abundant in dry meadows from July to Sept. 328. X. fulvocapitatus, Van D. Occurs occasionally with the preceding of which it may be but a variety. It is larger, with a fulvous head and the elytra are more coarsely maculated, L98 Subfamily Jassina, I 'an D. TRIBE DORYDINI, Van D. PARABOLOCRATUS, Fieb. P. viridis, I'hler. Moderately abundant in May and June, on grass in mead- ows, where the vegetation grows rank and thick. Occasionally taken as late as July. PARAMESUS, Fieb, P. vitellinus, Fitch. A rather rare species occurring on witch hazel, poplar and probably other trees from June to Aug. TRIBE DELTOCEPHALINI, Van D. PLATYMETOPIUS, Burm. 331. P. acutus, Say. Common on grass and weeds from June to Sept. Generally they reach maturity about the middle of June or a little later. 332. P. frontalis, Van D. With the preceding but much less abundant. June to Sept. I have taken this most frequently among oak bushes at Park side in this city. (Can. Ent. XXII, p. 112.) DELTOCEPHALUS, Burm. 333. D. configuratus, Uhler. A common meadow insect from May to Aug., probably in- jurious in haj- fields. D. Osborni, Van D. Rare. Five examples of this large species were swept from sedges in a low pasture at Lancaster, Sept 3, 1888. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 304.) 335. D. Melscheimeri, Fitch. May to July. Common. Of this species I have gathered my two hands level full from the sweep-net, taken in a single turn of about fifty yards. This was from a dry meadow near Buffalo Park in June 1889. Considering the small size of the insect, this means an astonishing number of individuals. 33r>- D. Sayi, Fitch. A common little insect everywhere in dry meadows from May to July. 337. D. debilis, I'hler. June and July. Not uncommon among rank grass in low meadows. In this species the disc of the corium is frequently more or less covered by a blackish cloud and there may be another on the clavus and the membrane is often'blackish. It is very near the european D. abdoDtinalis, Fabr. 199 338. D. iminicus, Say. Abundant in hay-fields throughout the season. 339. D. nigrifrons, Forbes. Rare. Lancaster, June and Aug. 1887. TRIBE ATHYSANINI, Van 1). ATHYSANUS, Burm. 340. A. obsoletus, Kirsch. Rare, Lancaster, July 4th, 1888, three examples. 341. A. extrusus, Van D. Portage Falls. May 30th, 1888. (Can. Ent. XXV, p. 283. 342. A. plutonius, Uhler. Occasional, June to Sept. 343. A. Curtisii, Fitch. Not uncommon in dry fields and orchards from June to Sept. EUTETTIX, Van D. 344- E. seminuda, Say. Frequently beaten from bushes and low trees in August. Taken in June at Lancaster and in October at Buffalo on wild black cherry. PHLEPSIUS, Fieb. 345' P. irroratus, Say. June to Oct. Common on bushes and trees. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 71.) 346. P. incisus, Van. D. With the preceding, but rare. Buffalo, Lancaster and Ridge- way, Ont. July and Aug. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 73.) 347. P. humidus, Van D. Not uncommon in damp situations. July and August. Taken in numbers on Sagittaria and Polygonum along the railway ditches at South Buffalo. Aug. 2, 1889. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 76.) 34S. P. fulvidorsum, Fitch. July and August. Rare. Taken at Golden and Lancaster on hemlock bushes and at Salamanca on pine. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 74.) SCAPHOIDEUS, Uhler. 349. S. immistus, Say. Common in damp fields everywhere. Most frequently taken on witch hazel and other bushes, July to Sept. 350. S. lobatus, Van D. Rare. Lancaster, Sept. 7, 1888, W. J. Palmer, Jr. 351. S. auronitens, Prov. Lancaster, July and August, rather rare. 5 200 S- jucundus, Chler. One example- taken at Lancaster in August. THAMNOTETTIX, Zett. T. clitellaria, Say. Sometimes quite abundant on various kinds of vegetation through June and July, and occurs more rarely throughont the season. 354. T. Kennicotti, Uhler. Not infrequently taken on oak and hickory bushes at Buffalo Plains and elsewhere, June to Sept. 355. T. melanogaster, Prov. July to Sept. Occasional on rank grass in moist situations. 356. T. inornata, Van D. Taken at Lancaster with the preceding in July and August. iTrans. Am. Ent. Soc XIX, p 303.) 357. T. Fitchi, Van D. July and Aug. In meadows; rather rare. Fort Erie, Ont, and Colden. N. Y. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 133.) T. perpunctata, Van D. Rare here, but more abundant southward. Taken at Buffalo and Lancaster in Aug. LIMOTETTIX, J. Sahlbg. 35<). L. striola, Fall. July to Sept. Locally abundant in damp meadows. Found in great numbers at the bog-swamp near Clarence. CHLOROTETTIX, Van D. 31.0. C. unicolor, Fitch. June to August. Common on low willows in swampy fields. 361. C. tergata, Fitch. Inhabits swampy meadows, where Cariees abound, sometimes in considerable numbers. July and August. (Psyche VI, p. 309.) JASSUS, Fabr. (Stal.) J. olitorius, Say. Occasional on hickory, basswood and other low trees and bushes in Aug. and Sept. CICADULA, Zett. 3G3. C. variata, Fall. Lancaster, June to Sept., at times not uncommon. Taken at Lime Lake, Aug. 3, 1; 3G4. C. Slossoni, Van D. A single example of this pretty little species was taken by me at Lancaster, July 12. 1889. (Can. Ent. XXV, p. 281.) 201 365. C. ptmctifrons, Fall. One example taken with the last. 366. C.punctifrons, var americana, Van D. Abundant on low willows, June to Aug. (Can. Ent. XXIII, p. 169.) GNATHODUS, Fieb. 367. G. punctatus, Thumbg. Common throughout the season but more abundant in earl spring on the fresh green grass of damp meadows. Subfamily Typlilocybina. GENUS ALEBRA, Fieb. 368. A. aurea, Walsh. Lancaster, June to August. Rare. GENUS EMPOASCA, Walsh. 369. E. albopicta, Forbes. Lancaster; Abundant on weeds in fence-rows in May 1886; taken also in Aug. and Sept. on Apple and other trees. GENUS KYBOS, Fieb. 370. K. smaragdula, Fall. This european species occurred in great numbers on weeping birch at "The Front" in this city from June to Sept. 1889. GENUS TYPHLOCYBA, Germ. 371. T.vitis, Harris. Lancaster, May, not common. 372. T. vitifex, Fitch. Common everywhere on grape vines, from May to Sept. ; also taken hibernating under bark, in April. 373. T. comes, Say. Rare. 374. T. affinis, Fitch. Lancaster, Aug. 10, 1886, on wild grape. 375. T. obliqua, Say. Not uncommon on wild grape vines from May to Sept. 376. T. tricincta, Fitch. Lancaster, Rare; taken from under bark in January by Mr. W. J. Palmer, Jr. 377. T. vulnerata, Fitch. Lancaster, Aug. Also taken in April hibernating under the bark of hickory trees. 378. T. trifasciata, Say. Lancaster &c. June and July, rather rare. 202 T. querci, Fitch. A single specimen taken at Lancaster, July 24, 1889. T. rosae, Harris. Very abundant and destructive on rose bushes, June to Sept. In a large number taken on the 8th of Sept. 1887, the females outnumbered the males as ten to one. (Note: Seven other species of the typhlocybina have been taken within our territory which appear to be still undescribed.) During the publication of this list one species has been added and two others determined so it now includes 381 species representing 195 genera. Of these [23 genera and 198 species belong to the suborder Heteroptera and 72 genera and 1S3 species to the Homoptera. INDEX TO THE GENERA. Acalypta . . . 1S1 Cicadula . ... 200 Hebrus . . . . 184 Acanthia . . i So Cixius . 190 Helicoptera . . 192 Acanthosoma 172 Clastoptera . 193 Heliria ... . . 189 Acholla . . . 183 Cnemodus . . • 174 Helochara . . 196 Achorotile . . , 192 Coccobaphes 177 Herseus . . . • 174 Acocephalus 197 Coenus . . . • 171 Hyaliodes 178 Acu talis . . . 187 Collaria . . . 176 Hygrotrechus . . 184 Agallia . . 196 Conomelus . 191 Agalliastes 180 Corimelsena . 169 Idiocerus . . , 194 Alebra . . . 201 Corisa . . . . 186 Idolocoris 179 Alydus . . . . 172 Coriscus . . . 182 Ilnacora 179 Amalopota . . 192 Corizus . . . 173 Ischnorhynchiis • 173 Amnestus . . . 169 Corythuca . . 181 Anasa . . . . 172 Cosmopepla . 170 Jalysus . . . 172 Aneurus . . . 182 Crophius . . • i74 . 200 Anthocoris . . . 180 Cymus . . . . 173 Aphrophora . . 193 Cyrtolobus . . . 188 Kelisia . . . 191 181 Kybos . . . . 201 Archasia . . . 189 Deltocephalus 198 Athysanus . . • 199 Diedrocephala . 19b Lamenia . . . 193 Atymna . . . 188 Diommatus . . 176 Leptopterna . . 176 Diplodus . 183 Lepyronia . . 193 Banasa . . . , 172 Dolichomerus . 180 Liburnia . . 191 Barce .... 183 Ligyrocoris . . 174 Belonochilus . • 173 Empoasca . . . 201 Limnoporus . . 184 Belostoma . . 185 Enchenopa . . 187 Limnotrechus . 184 Benacus . . . 185 Entylia . . . . 187 Limotettix . ' . 200 Blissus . . . 173 Episcopus . . 179 Lopidea . 176 Brachytropis . , 175 Eremocoris • i75 Lyctocoris . 180 Brochyinena . . 170 Encanthus . . 196 . Lygaeus 175 Bruchomorpha . 193 Euchistus . . • Hi Lygus . . . 177 Bythoscopus . ■ 194 Eurygaster . . . 169 Eurysa . . . 191 Macrocoleus . • 179 Calocoris . . • 177 Eutettix . . ■ x99 Megalonotus 175 Camptobrochis . 178 Megamelus . . 190 Campylenchia . 187 Garganus . . • 179 Melinna 177 Canthophorus . . 170 Gargaphia . . . 181 Mesovelia . 184 Capsus . . . . 178 Geocoris . . ■ 174 Microcentrns . 189 Carynota . . 188 Gnathodus . . . 201 Microtoma . ■ 175 Cerascopus . . 184 Gypona . . . 197 Mimoceps . 179 Ceresa . . . 187 Miris . . . . 176 Chlorotettix . . 200 Hadronema . 176 Monalocoris . 178 Cicada . . . . 186 Halticus . , , 179 Mormulea . 171 204 Myndus . 190 Peribalus . . 171 189 Myodocba . '74 Perillus . . . 170 Sericophanes . 178 ■ Peritrechus . . i75 Sinea .... •S3 Neides 172 Phlepsius . . 199 Stenocranus 191 Neottiglossa Neurocolpus 17<> . 177 Phymata . . Phytocoris . . 182 176 Sthenarops . . Stictocephala 17S 187 Nezara 1 72 Piesma . . . 180 Stiphrosoma . . 179 N<>t(»necta , 186 Pilophorus . . 179 Strongylocephalus , 197 Nysius . . . 173 Pissonotus . . . 190 Strongylotes 179 J Plagiognathus . 180 Systratiotus . . 178 Platymetopius . 19S < )edancala . 174 Podisus . . . 170 Telamona . . . 188 < )li:irus [90 . 170 Teratocoris . . 176 Ophiderma . 188 Pieeilocapsus i77 Tettigonia . . . 196 ( >psiccetus . 183 Pceciloscytus . • 177 Thamnotettix . 200 Ormenis . 1 93 Prionidus . . . 183 Thelia .... 189 ( irsillacis . . • 173 Protenor . . 172 Thionea . . . 193 ( >rthops . . . 17S Psallus . . . • 179 Thyanta . . . Hi ( (tiocerus . . . 192 Publilia . . . 188 Trapezonotus . Trigonotylus , . 174 176 Pagasa . . . I 82 Ranatra . . . 185 Triphleps . . 180 Pamera . . ■ 174 Resthenia 176 Tropidosteptes . 177 Parabolocratus . 198 Rhiaocapsus . • 179 Typhlocyba 201 Paramesus . . 198 Rhagovelia . . 184 Pediopsis . . • IQ5 LTlopa . . . . 194 Peliopelta . . 175 Salacia . . . • i74 Peltonotus . . ■ 193 Sakla .... 184 Xestocephalus . 197 Pentatoma . . 171 Scaphoideus . • 199 Penthimia . . 197 Scolopostetbus . i75 Zaitha . . , . 185 Descriptions of some new North American Homopterous Insects By E. P. VAN DUZEE, Buffalo, N. Y. i. IDIOCERUS, NERVATUS, n. sp. Small, Pale green, sometimes paler and tinged with yellow beneath especially on the face. Pronotum in clearly marked examples showing three longitudinal pale vittse. Basal angles of the scutellum with a blackish spot mostly covered by the pronotum which is there discolored. Elytra hyaline with the nervures very indistinct; the costal, and sometimes one of the discal, pale greenish. Wings hyaline, iridescent, with strong brown nervures which are visible through the elytra as oblique brown lines. Tergum and at times the femora tinged with yellow. Tibiae and tarsi green with brown spines. Length 4-4^ mm. The front is broader in this species than in pallidus, its nearest ally, with its sides more oblique and the apex of the clypeus less abruptly expan- ded. Two last ventral segments of the female of nearly equal length, the ultimate a very little subangularly advanced at the middle, the edge either side nearly rectilinear to the rounded lateral angles. Its form is thus very similar to that of amaemus. In the males the slender plates are much shorter than in pallidus, extending for only about two thirds the length of the pygofers. N. Y., N. J., Mich. Described from one male and four female examples : One pair taken by me at Lancaster, N. Y, June 28th, 1889; a female taken in New York City by Mr. E. B. South wick, another taken at Anglesea, N. J. May 28th, by Prof. J. B. Smith and one from Agricultural College Mich. , received from Mr. G. C. Davis. This species may be recognized by its small size, green color, the dusky basal angles of the scutellum, and the brown nervures of the wings which are plainly visible through the hyaline elytra. This may be the Bythoscopus obsolctus of Walker but it is impossible to decide without an examination of his type. 2. PLATYMETOPIUS LORICATUS n. sp. Small. Dark brown varied with whitish, face entirely pale yellow. Last ventral segment of the male angularly excavated, valve broadly rounded behind. Length, 4 mm. Vertex well produced, subacute, twice as long on the middle as next the eye, the edges before the eyes feebly convexly arquated, the hind edge almost angularly excavated. Front unusually narrow, the clypeus a little indecl at apex. Plates of the nude about as long as the valve, triangu- apex acute, the sides a little eoneavely areuated and fringed with pale slid bristles. Color dark brown tinged with reddish, irrorated and reticulated with pale, vertex with a short white median line at tip and a few longitudinal yellowish dashes forming an angulated broken transverse band before the ives. Pronotum with five obscure pale longitudinal vittae. Scutellum paler, varied with yellow on the middle. Elytra spotted with yellowish along its sutural nervure, the costa broadly whitish and crossed by numer- ous oblique brown veinlets, the disc minutely reticulated with pale along the nervures and marked by about a dozen round white dots in the areoles a few of which are larger. Wings faintly enfumed, iridescent, with strong brown nervures. Face entirely yellow, the front very faintly clouded and minutely irrorated with paler and showing an obsolete pale angular mark at base. Breast and venter nearly black, pruinose, the disc of the plates pale. Femora edged and dotted with pale, the tiba; pale dotted with brown. California. Described from four male examples received Mr. D. W. Coquillett. This. is a smaller and darker species than acutus with the plates and valve much shorter and the face entirely pale yellow. P. frontalis has a shorter vertex, the outer margins of the cheeks arc brown and the form of the genitalia is quite different. 3. PLATYMETOPIUS FUSCIFRONS n. sp. Brown, finely irrorated with pale. Elytra white reticulated with brown, face entirely fulvous-brown minutely irrorated with pale, basal angles of the scutellum orange-fulvous. Vertex shorter and more obtuse than in the preceding species; hind edge but feebly arcuated between the eyes. Pro- notum with an obscure slender pale median line. Scutellum tinged with fulvous and marked with an orange-fulvous spot, edged with fuscous, with the basal angles, the outer edge at base and the apex white. Elytra white the nervures and a few reticulations within the areoles, sometimes coales- cing, brown; Costal area crossed by about ten oblique brown veinlets: commissural nervure yellowish. Front broader than in the preceding species, the edges a little sinuated, clypeus contracted on the nvddle. Face brown, minutely dotted with paler, marked with a pale line behind the eyes and an angular mark on the base of the front. Pleural pieces pale brown more or less invaded with fuscous on their disc. Tergum blackish with a pale margin ; venter brown irrorated with paler. Valve of the male large, sinuated on the sides, the apex broadly rounded. Plates broad and short, but slightly exceeding the valve. rounded_at apex. Pygofers considerably surpassing the plates, obtuse. Last ventral segment of the female short, of nearly equal length across its whole width, feebly sinuated on the middle, with an obsolete median keel below, pygofers stout, obtuse, a little exceeded by the oviduct. Length 4^ mm. . 207 Arizona. Described from one male and two female exam- ples received from the Morrison Collection at Cornell University. These came labelled P. albopunctatus, Fitch, but that is a very dis- tinct species inhabiting the United States east of the Rocky Mountains and now known as P. frontalis, Van D. 4. ALLYGUS COSTOMACULATUS, n. sp. Form nearly of Jassus jucundits, Uhl. Cinerous ; elytra irregularly inscribed and marked with four brown costal spots. Length 6 mm. Head rather tumid, broadly rounded before. Vertex nearly flat, but little longer on the middle than next the eye. Front rather narrow, the sides but feebly arcuated. Clypeus but little expanded apically. Cheeks narrow, scarcely surpassing the lone, outer angles rounded. Last ventral segment of the female feebly produced on the middle of the apical margin, outer angles rounded; pygofers slender, scarcely exceeded by the oviduct. Color cinerous tinged with testaceous and clouded with the same color on the discal areoles of the elytra. Vertex whitish before, marked with two brown points at the tip and another above each ocellus; face testa- ceous ; front with about six brown arcs and a brown basal line, sometimes obscure ; two points on the disc of the cheeks and the antennal pits brown or blackish. Legs and beneath soiled white with some brown areas on the pleural pieces; two bands on the femora, the tips of the tarsal joints and a row of dots at the base of the tibial spines on the posterior pair, piceous. Abdomen testaceous, an irregular cloud on the base of the venter and the middle of the ultimate segment brown; disc of the tergum blackish either side of the middle. Pronotum irrorate with darkpr with a row of brown points on the anterior submargin. Elytra sparcely inscribed with brown pigment lines as in Phlepsius omitting most of the costal region; disc of the clavus with a brown oblique band, costa with four brown spots three of which are near the apex ; nervures brown, the outer branch of the first sector bearing an elongated white spot just beyond the first costal brown point. Wings white iridescent, nervures heavy, brown. Described from two females received from Prof. Herbert Osborn and labelled "Texas Aaron." 5. DELTOCEPHALUS, FUSCINERVOSUS, n. sp. Form of D. fiavocostatus. Brown, varied with pale and black, elytral areoles edged with fuscous. Length 3 mm. Vertex yz longer at the middle than next the eye, apex obtuse, disc convex, pale yellowish, marked with a broad black transverse band before the eyes, behind which is a dot near the eye, a curved line nearer the middle and the impressed line dark brown and behind the polished apex are two approximate black points, Face black with a few short arcs, a broken median line on the front, the disc of the cheeks and lorse and the sides of the clypeus, pale tawny yellow. Pronotum with five abbreviated pale longitudinal vittae, the lateral mere spots, and a few black points on the anterior submargin ; 6 208 .! angles, median and transverse lines of the scutellum blackish. Elytra the areoles bordered with fuscous and the transverse veinlets marked with white. Breast and abdomen deep black, the narrow edges of the abdominal segments and pleural pieces pale. Legs pale, anterior and inter- mi .bate femora twice banded with blackish, the posterior blackish without ; tibiae with a row of black points at the base of the spines. Last ventral segment of the male long, hind edge concave; valve small, transverse, roun- ded behind ; plates long, triangular covering the pygofers, more than three times the length of the valve, margins straight, fringed with stout bristles. Ultimate ventral segment of the female >£ longer than the penultimate, narrowed posteriorly, the hind edge feebly excavated with a minute rounded median tooth, the obtuse lateral angles marked with a tawny spot ; pygofers stout, equalling the oviduct, the narrow inner edge and the base of the stout spines pale. California. Described from a single pair received from Mi". D. W. Coquillett labelled Cicadula fusa'nervosa, Uhler, M. S. This little species agrees very closely both in color and orna- mentation with D. pulicarius, Fallen. It seems to be snbject to considerable variation in the extent of the black markings espec- ially on the vertex but the form of the genitalia is distinctive. 6. DELTOCEPHALUS, CONCENTRICUS, n. sp. Head much wider than the pronotum, very feebly angled before. Ver- tex rounded to the base of the front, but 1-6 longer on the middle than next the eye, disc quite strongly impressed. Sides of the clypeus rectilinear and nearly parallel. Cheeks wide, outer edge deeply excavated below the eye, Pronotum short. Valve of the male a little longer than the last ven- tral segment, triangular, the apex with a shallow excavation either side of an acute median tooth ; plates broad-triangular, apex obtuse ; pygofers long, armed with a heavy brush of stout spines at the apex. Length, 4 mm. Color black, Head fulvous; anterior edge of the vertex with a pale trans- verse band bordered above and below by a heavy black line ; disc with a transverse black spot not attaining the margin of the eyes. Face black ; frontal arcs, sides of the clypeus at base with the apex of the front and the lower half of the lorae, yellow. Cheeks pale with a black cloud below the eyes. Pleural pieces, abdominal segments and the valve at base slenderly edged with yellow. Legs pale yellow ; base of the anterior femora and its inferior edge, three bands on the intermediate and the posterior below, all the tibia' on their inner edge and tips of the tarsal joints, black; spines of the tibia- pale, those of the pygofers black. Pronotum whitish, fulvous on its anterior border, its disc and a few marks before fuscous. Scutellum fuscous, the margins of the apical field and two spots on the basal either side of the middle, fulvous. Elytra whitish tinged with fulvous on the cos ta; nervurcs ooncolorous; all the areoles bordered with fuscous, the apical enfumed. Mountains of N. W. Colorado. Described from a single male example received from Prof. C. P. Gillette, 209 1. ATHYSANUS GAMMAR01DES, n. sp. Female : Deep black ; slender hind edge of the vertex, a transverse band between the ocelli, insinuated above, and the apex of the ovipositor fulvous. Rostrum knees and spines of the posterior tibiae pale. Length 3^ mm. Front convex in both diameters, its length and breadth equal ; clypeus oblong, its sides parallel, base a little elevated, apex and sides depressed. Cheeks broad, strongly angled without where the surface is longitudinally striated. Vertex sloping and broadly rounded before, but little longer on the middle than next the eye. Pronotum broad and short, ]/z longer than the vertex, its surface strongly transversely rugose, and punctured on the anterior margin. Scutellun small, shorter than the pronotum, apex slen- der, acute, sides concavely arquated, surface closely punctured, with two discal impressions. Elytra short, coriaceous, roughly punctured and shageened, together nearly square, their apex truncated, reaching onto the second abdominal segment, Abdomen tapering rapidly posteriorly and tipped with the long exerted oviduct. Last ventral segment short, feebly concave behind, the outer angles cut off obliquely. Described from a single female example captured in Madi- son Co., Kansas, by my brother M. C. Van Uuzee. Another female from Colorado was in a lot received from Prof. C. P. Gillette. 8. EUTETTIX SOUTHWICKI, n. sp. Allied to E. lurzda, but much smaller with the vertex more sloping and the pronotum more strongly concave behind. Length 4 mm. Color deep fulvous-brown blotched with pale on the base of the vertex and the anterior margin of the pronotum. Cheeks loree and clypeus tinged with yellow and duller in color; sutures and a cloud below the eye black- ish; clypeus more than usually expanded at apex. Pronotum with an obscure pale median line and tinged with greenish on the disc as is also the base of the elytra. Apical margin of the scutellum yellow. Elytra bright smoky-fulvous, a little more embrowned at apex; nervures slender and nearly concolorous, those of the clavus marked with brown at apex. Wings smoky, highly iridescent, imparting a coppery tint to the closed elytra. Pectoral pieces blackish on their disc. Venter pale with three longitudinal more or less distinct bands not attaining the sixth segment, the median broader and carrying a yellow spot at base. Plates with a longitudinal line and tip dusky. Disc of the tergum more or less invaded with black. Legs pale with a row of fine black points on the edges of the femora and some larger dots at the base of the tibial spines. Valve broad and short, rounded behind ; plates large, as in lurida, acute at apex, outer edge moderately arquated at base and a little concave near the tip. New York. Described from two male examples taken near New York City by Dr. E. B. Sotithwick who has added much to our knowledge of the New York hemipterous fauna and to whom this species is respectfully dedicated. By its deep rich no olor tliis is quite distinct from any other species yet de- ihed. Were it not for its small size it might be presumed to be the male of marmorata. EUTETTIX SLOSSONI, n. sp. Form and size of lurida to which it is closely allied Face whitish tinged with fulvous on the clypeus and disc of the front; a clash below the lower angle of the eye, a point at the base of the antenna- and a broad transverse band on the base of the front, black, the latter bisected by a pale median longitudinal line. Eyes rufous. Vertex, pronotura and scutellum pale- yellowish, an obscure interrupted band near the base of the pronotum and a few clouds on the basal field of the scutellum fulvous. Elytra whitish hyaline, nervures and broad basal and sutural margins fulvous, deepened in color next the commissural nervure and interrupted by the pale tips of the two claval nervures and a common large oval greenish-white commis- sural spot just anterior to the tip of the clavus; apical areoles embrowned. Wings hyaline, smoky at tip and somewhat iridescenl . Below whitish, pec- toral pieces and base of the venter with a large black spot. Tergum yellow- ish becoming fulvous posteriorly and banded with black on the third, fourth an 1 fifth segments. Pygofers fulvous, nearly equalling the oviduct. Last ventral segment pale, posterior margin excavated either side of an obtuse median tooth almost exactly as in lurida. Length 5^ mm. Described from one female specimen captured at Charlotte Harbor, Florida, by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson to whom I take pleasure in dedicating this interesting form. It is a typical Eutetti* agreeing with lurida in most of its characters. The elytra are marked somewhat as in marmorata but it is smaller. ( The broad black bisected band on the apex of the head will dis- tinguish this from all our other described species of Eutettix. 10. SCAPHOIDEUS LUTEOLUS, n. sp. Form and size of auronitens. Dull fulvous-brown, brighter on the vertex and scutellum ; apex of the head and base of the vertex whitish in the males, tinged with fulvous in the females; anterior edge of the head with about three concentric black lines, one above connecting the ocelli, another on the extreme edge and the other below at the base of the front. Below pale tawny yellow, tinged with fulvous on the face and marked with a few pale arcs toward the base of the front, apex of the scutellum paler, in the female whitish and calloused. Membrane of the el, tra paler with a broad fuscous cloud at apex, the postnodal cell subhyaline, nervu- res fuscous heavily margined beyond the middle. Wings smoky with strong fuscous nervures. Posterior feet banded with fuscous at the tip of the tibia and base of the second tarsal joint. Abdomen in the male black- ish, the segments narrowly edged with pale, last ventral segment and genital pieces pale, the former dusky at apex, tip of the pygofers blackish. The female has the abdomen concolorous with the breast with the seg- 911 tnents narrowly edged with white and with a large black spot at the apex of the last ventral segment. Length 4 mm. Valve of the male large, obtuse. Plates large, oval, tapering to a slender point, much surpassed by the narrow pygofers. Last ventral seg- ment of the female long at the middle, the outer angles retreating ; pygofers slender, surpassed by the thick oviduct. Described from one female taken at Anglesea, N. J., on July 1 6th by Prof. J. B. Smith, and three males captured near New York City, by Mr. E. B. Southwick, on July 6th, and August 12th, 1 89 1. In this species the female is more brightly colored than the male with a pale transverse band on the pro- notum, and the males when fresh have a large pruinose patch on the middle of the costal margin as in Acinopterus acuminattts, Xestocephalus tessellatus and a few other species of Jassidae. 11. SCAPHOIDEUS LOBATUS, n. sp. Form of immistus nearly but with a shorter and broader vertex and longer pronotum, elytra fulvous becoming deep brown on the clavus where there is a lobate ivory-white commissural mark. Length 6 mm. Vertex a little over one half the length of the pronotum. Front pro- portionately broader than in imiiiistus. Color greyish testaceous, whitish above, Vertex faintly washed with brown omitting a white basal area; an- terior edge white bordered behind by a wavy brown line ; anterior submar- gin with a deep brown concentric line. Front pale brown with a few obso. lete whitish arcs ; temples showing a brown dot and a brown cloud covers the antennal depression and invades the cheek outwardly. Pronotum irro- rated with brown, with three nearly obsolete longitudinal pale vittae. Scutellum whitish with four brown marginal points, the basal angles fulvous. Beneath whi'ish, faintly clouded and marked with brown on the incisures of the connexivum. Tergum brown, the lateral margins and narrow edges of the segments pale, Apical one half of the tarsal joints of the hind feet and a row of dots at the base of the tibial spines, dark brown. Elytra fulvous with the nervures and numerous irregular veiulets or pigment-lines, more regular in the costal areole, dark brown ; disc of some of the areoles and a cloud within the apex dark brown; clavus mostly ivory-white with a large irregular fulvous-brown cloud resting on the suture and becoming deep blackish-brown toward the pale commissural nervure where it is bis- sinuate ; this, when the elytra are closed, leaves a white, more or less dis- tinctly trilobate commissural mark which expands over the base of the clavus. Wings smoky, iridescent, with fuscous nervures. Valve of the male small, brown, Plates narrow, their slender recurved tips brown and fringed with long white hairs. Last ventral segment of the female long on the middle, its apical margin feebly sinuated and rapidly retreating either side, median line feebly keeled, extreme tip brown ; pygofers brown, a little exceeded by the oviduct and armed with numerous brown bristles. New York. Described from a fine pair taken at Lancaster, N. Y. and a number of examples of both sexes taken by Mr. E. 219 B. Southwick near Xcw York city. This pretty species is most irly related to 5". intricatus Uhler, from which however it is quite distinct. A pair of the latter, which apparently is a rare species, was captured at Agricultural College, Mich., by Mr. G. C. Davis in Aug. and Sept. 12. THAMNOTETTIX PERPUNCTATA, n. sp. Allied to T. Fitc/ii but smaller and more slender, very similar in color and ornamentation to Deltocephalus nigrifrons Forbes. Length 3% mm. Vertex nearly Mat, % longer on the middle than next the eye, color pale yellow, greenish testaceous on the pronotum, vertex obsoletely cloud- ed with fulvous near the eyes and behind the apex; four dots placed on the anterior edge superiorly, two on each temple and another on each ocellus; antennal pits, sutures of the face, a line on the middle of the clypeus expanded near the apex, and about six arcs on each side of the front, black. In typical examples the black frontal suture is continued around each compartment of the front connecting with more or less of the lateral arcs, or the front may be black with an interrupted median line and about five short arcs yellow. Cheeks with a brown discal cloud. Abdomen and breast black. Connexivum, margin of the tergum and sometimes the narrow edge of the propleura yellow ; tips of the coxae and the legs pale testaceous, the femora sometimes clouded with brown. Pronotum with about five pale vittae sometimes nearly obsolete. Scutellum yellow, at times marked with a brown longitudinal vitta, impressed line black. Elytra pale, subhyaline, sometimes clouded toward the apex and on the tip of the clavus, nervures greenish white. Wings whitish hyaline, highly iridescent, nervures slenddr, browo. Ultimate ventral segment of the female a little concave behind, sometimes with a small median tooth; pygofers acute at apex, hardly exceeded by the stout oviduct. Valve of the male short and rounded, the plates triangular, constricted near their ?pex, edge but feebly arquated at base and fringed with long white bristles. In D. nigrifrons the plates are broader and more obtuse at apex, with the edges rectilinear or sliehtly convex and armed with shorter bristles. This insect, though quite distinct generically from Deltoceph- (i/i/s nigrifrons is difficult to distinguish in its specific characters, the markings are almost identical and the form of the facial and genital pieees differ but little. D. nigrifrons is much the stouter insect and has a broader front and vertex, the latter more con- vex and obtuse before and marked with a transverse brown cloud bet ore the middle in nigrifrons. T/i. Fitchi is a larger inseet with but four black spots on the anterior edge of the vertex. Xew York, X. Carolina, Mississippi. Described from num- erous individuals of both sexes received from Mr. Howard Ewart Weed, taken in Miss. The N. C. specimens were collected on 213 Mt. Balsam, near Asheville, in July, by Mr. J. W. Palmer, Jr. of Buffalo, N. Y. Mr. E. B. vSouthwiek has sent me examples from the vicinity of New York city and I have taken it about Buffalo in August. 13. THAMNOTETTIX AUREOLA, 11. sp. Allied to Th. fiavocapitata but larger with a more pointed vertex. Length 5 mm. Vertex nearly y2 longer on the middle than next the eye. Clypeus a little expanded toward its broadly rounded apex. Color pale whitish yellow, deeper on the abdomen ; vertex fulvous ; eyes rufous, pronotum and scutel- lum deep fulvous-brown; elytra subhyaline, washed with clear greenish yellow at base and bearing on the sutural margin a large ill-defined smoky patch, which may be extended along the suture to the tip and become broken by the turgid yellow apex of the outer claval nervures, nervures of the corium slender, yellowish. Tergum blackish on the disc; beneath and the feet immaculate. Valve obtuse, triangular, the sides a little concave ; plates rather large, subacute, fringed with long white bristles, Wings faintly smoky-hyaline, iridescent, with brown nervures. California. Described from a single male example received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett labelled Thamnotettix aureola, Uhl. It is a beautiful little species quite characteristic of this genus which seems to be well represented on the Pacific Coast. TINOBREGMUS, n. g. Allied to /ass us, Head narrow, short conical, obtuse. Vertex narrow, widened anteriorly, and expanded posteriorly behind the eyes, tumid before. Ocelli on the vertex near its apex. Front rather strongly elongated ; tem- ples very narrow. Eyes large, Clypeus large ; Cheeks long and expanded below ; lorae small and narrow. Pronotum short, wider than the head, the anterior and posterior margins subparallel scutellum very small, scarcely apparant. Elytra abbreviated, reaching the middle of the abdomen, first sector forked before its middle, the inner branch with one transverse nervure connecting it with the second sector, apical areoles five, the outer much larger and formed by the forking of the outer branch of the first sector. Wings rudimentary. Rostrum short, scarcely surpassing the elongated clypeus. Posterior tibia; armed with numerous stout spines. This genus is remarkable for its very small scutellum and its elongated face. The head is narrower than the pronotum and the eyes are angled behind leaving a triangular area either side at the base of the vertex. The pronotum is very short and the base of the front is reflected onto the apex of the vertex leaving the ocelli distinctly superior. This character and the elongated face seem to connect this genus with the Tettigonido- near genus Eucanthus but its true position is probably near Jassus. 214 M- TINOBREGMUS VITTATUS, n. sp. Form of Liburnia vittatifrous Uhler nearly; tawny yellow marked with darker. Length b% mm. Vertex twice as long as its least width, its disc slightly raised above the level of the eyes, shagreened and obliquely furrowed anteriorly, ocelli a little more distant from one another than from the eyes. Front feebly convex, closely punctured, its length three times the width at the extremi- ties, sides moderately arcuated. Clypeus as broad as the apex of the front, slightly widened to the point of the cheek then narrowed to the broad apex which is excavated for two thirds of its width. Lone narrower then the clypeus and about one-half its length. Cheeks about the breadth of the front, widest opposite the base of the clypeus, sides parallel above, surface distinctly wrinkled without. Pronotum shorter than the vertex, the sides rounded, ecarinate, disc obsoletely transversely wrinkled. Pygofers large considerably exceeded by the stout oviduct. Last ventral segment long, feebly keeled, the hind edge subangularly produced on the middle. Hind tarsi elongated, first joint longest, second short. Color jjale tawny yellow. An arcuated spot behind each ocellus and the basal sutures of the front pice'ous; front marked with a broad longitu- dinal vitta on each side in which may be indications of tranverse striae; pronotum with six longitudinal vitta?, the middle pair fulvous, the others piceous. Elytra dusky-fulvous with heavy pale nervures and about four fuscous spots next the apex. Tergum mostly black at base, the four apical segments with an obscure transverse brown band across the middle of each and a common indistinct median line ; genital segments piceous on the sides. Pectoral pieces mostly black which color may be extended over the coxa; and base of the venter. Florida. Described from two female specimens received. from Mr. C. W. Johnson of Philadelphia. XESTOCEPHALUS, n. g. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 29S, Dec. 1889. Form ovate, Head narrower than the pronotum tumid or subcorneal and rounded before, closely punctured, without ruga.-, Vettex sloping, con- vex in both diameters, ocelli on the rounded anterior edge of the head, placed a little superiorly and distant from the eyes. Front very broad above, tapering rapidly to the broad and short clypeus. Cheeks wide; temples very narrow, antenna- crowded close against the eyes, basal joint rather long. Eyes subtriangular, a little excavated against the antenna,-. Elytra almost coriaceous, more or less rugose or punctured, appendix wanting; inner branch of the outer sector united to the second sector by two trans- verse nervures ; apical areoles fi ve, the postnodal large, the second still larger ; anti-apicals three, the outer small and narrow, the middle as large as both the others. Wings forming a narrow margin exterior to the costal nervure, the latter forked at the stigma, the outer branch evanescent, the inner united to tin- outer branch of the adjoining nervure by a transverse veinlet long before the apex ; marginal vein extending only to the inner sector as in efkalus; the four apical nervures either attain the edge of the wing or they end blindly. 215 The three known species of this genus are shiny little creatures of a brown mottled aspect. The termination of the marginal nervure of the wing before the apex and the position of the ocelli will at once show their relationship with Acocephahis, from which genus their tumid punctured head will seperate them. The ocelli are placed more interiorly than is usual in the Acocephalina on account of the encroachment of the vertex onto the base of the front. 15. XESTOCEPHALUS PULICARIUS, n. sp. Brown varied with pale yellowish, Vertex twice as long on the middle as next the eye, marked with a double pale median line which is deflected to either side just before the tip and runs parallel with the anterior edge to the outer angle of the eye. Sometimes this line forms a loop behind the ocellus where it may break and form a dot on the disc : Usually there is a dot at the basal angle of the eye, a line between the ocellus and eye and two concentric wavy lines on the base of the front ; apex of the head ful- vous. Pronotum marked with four dots on the anterior submargin, the outer angles, a dot adjoining and a few obscure marks on the disc. Basa^ field of the scutellum with two median pale vittae, diverging posteriorly, apical field pale, dusky on the disc. Elytra brown marked with one or two whitish spots in each areol except the costal which is subhyaline nearly to its base. These spots frequently become confluent along the inner margin of the corium and at its apex. Face tawny yellow, more or less washed with brown especially on the front and lorae. Beneath and legs tawny, posterior tibiae and base of the venter generally embrowned. Last ventral segment of the female emarginate at the middle leaving a feebly rounded lobe on either side; pygofers triangular, broad at base, the acute tip moderately exceeded by the stout oviduct, Ultimate ventral segment of the male nearly double the length of the penultimate, its posterior edge broadly excavated, Valve scarcely appearant, slightly arcuated behind; plates ligulate at base, tapering beyond the middle to the obtuse apex which is fringed with long, soft white hairs and armed along the inner edge with a few stout spines. Length 2^ to 3 mm. New York, Canada. This pretty little insect is sometimes abundant in August and Sept. about Buffalo in swampy pas- tures where Carex vulpinoidea grows. I have also taken it at Ridgeway Ont. , and Mr. E. B. South wick has sent me two ex- amples captured near New York City in August. The mark- ings of the vertex and pronotum are at times partially obliter- ated but the geminate median line on the vertex and the diver- gent vittae on the base of the scutellum seem to be constant. 16. XESTOCEPHALUS FULVOCAPITATUS, n. sp. A little larger than the preceding with the head clay-yellow or tinged with fulvous, generally immaculate except a brown spot on the lorae and a black cloud beneath the antennae, sometimes the females exhibit an oblique brown dash on either side on the disc of the vertex. Pronotum and scutel- 7 216 Uitn pale brown or tawny yellow. In fully colored examples the former has a blotch behind the eyes and the basal angles of the latter are brown, fre- quently these marks are absent and the apex of the scutellum may be fulvous like the vertex. In this form the elytra are more distinctly marked than in pulicarius. On the corium are two semipellucid spots at base and about six at apex, more or less coalescent ; an oval spot on the base of the anti- apical areoles and two more, sometimes forming a band before the middle, are whitish. Wings milky with the nervures at apex brown as in the pre- ceding species. Abdomen brown with the convexivum, edge of the tergum, apical half of the last ventral segment and narrow margin of the others, pale. Genital characters as in pulicarius. Length y/z mm. New York. Of this species I have taken one male and four female examples at Lancaster, N. Y., in August and September in company with the preceding of which it may prove but a variety. 17. XESTOCEPHALUS TESSELLATUS, n. sp. Pale testaceous. Vertex with dark-brown irrorations which become aggregated either side of the middle; ocelli placed on large pale dots; face brown irrorated with pale in the female, or pale and nearly immaculate in the male. Pronotum testaceous-brown, darker on the disc, irregularly irro- rated with pale and marked with a blackish spot behind the inner angle of the eye. Scutellum pale brown, obsolete'}- dotted with paler, the basal angles and sometimes a line between them partly covered by the pronotum, blackish; the apex pale. Elytra testaceous, the nervures alternated with dark brown and white ; a mark on the base of the clavus, two quadrate spots on the costa including two dots between them, blackish; apex of the elytra paler marked with four large squarish, brown marginal spots. Wings white with pale brown nervures. Disc of the tergum, base of the venter and some clouds on the pleural pieces brown. Apical margin of the last ventral seg- ment of the female feebly concave and minutely notched at the middle; pygofers proportionately a little shorter than in pulicarius and the plates of the male are more strongly narrowed from near the base to a slender point. Valve concealed. Length 4 mm. Charlotte Harbor, Florida, Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson; Mississippi, Howard Ewarts Weed; Texas, "Aaron." Descri- bed from one male and four female specimens. This species is larger than the foregoing and may be distinguished by its irro- rated vertex and pronotum, the blackish basal angles of the scutellum, the testaceous elytra marked with large marginal brown spots, and the varigated elytral nervures. Most of the specimens show a large oval white pruinose spot on the middle of the costal margin of the elytra, but this may be characteristic only of the breeding season. The Pendulum and its Laws of Oscillation. Read before the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Feb. 12th, By Austin M. Edwards. HISTORICAL. History furnishes us with the information that Galileo, in 1542, while in the Cathedral at Pisa, observed the oscillations of a lamp which had been accidentally set in motion. He was struck with the apparent measured regularity of its vibrations and tested this observation by comparing these oscillations with his own pulse. Galileo there invented the simple pendulum as a means of measuring short intervals of time. But for many years the pendulum was used without the clock movement, and astronomers counted the oscillations performed in a given time to measure the periods of celestial phenomena. THEORY. In describing the pendulum, I will first begin with a theo- retically perfect pendulum, which would consist of a heavy molecule suspended at the extremity of a perfectly flexible cord, and oscillating in a vacuum. This ideal pendulum, of course, could not exist, but to demonstrate the simple pendulum, we will use a small metal ball suspended by a silk thread ; if this freely suspended ball is drawn from the vertical and allowed to oscillate, these oscillations will gradually diminish in extent, on account of the earth's attraction, producing what are called long and short arcs. The function of the clock movement proper, besides registering the time and number of oscillations on the dial, is to furnish to the pendulum the small amount of impulse that is necessary to carry the same in its excursion from the vertical line upwards, so it will return each time to the original point of starting, and thus overcome the influence of gravity, and add enough force in its descent towards the vertical to maintain a uniform arc of oscillation to the required number of degrees. The oscillations of the pendulum were thought and 218 affirmed by Galileo to be made in the same interval of time, whether the arcs were long or short That there is a difference, although very slight, between long and short arcs, where the distance passed over is not too great, is nevertheless true; and it was not until 1658 that Huvghens discovered and proved that long arcs required more time than short arcs to perform the oscillations of the same vibrating length of pendulum. I will add here, as the question is often asked, what constitutes the length of a pendulum. It is the distance from the point of suspension to the center of oscil- lation. This point is in theory very near the center of gravity of tlie pendulum ; and it described as being just below the gravity point. In order to describe the center of oscillation more clearly, I will make this simple illustration. If a blow is struck with a club and the impingment takes place beyond the point of concussion, the blow is partial^ inflic- ted on the hand; and the same result is experienced if the impingment takes place between the hand and the point of con- cussion, only in a reversed manner. The full force of the blow is obtained only when the exact 'point of concussion meets the object. Now, it is true that the center of oscillation in the pendulum is identical with the point of concussion in the club, and the time producing qualities of a pendulum depend entirely on the above mentioned oscillating point. LAWvS. I will first call your attention to the laws of motions con- trolling the simple pendulum, and wall refer to the cycloidal pendulum later. First, the pendulum is a falling body, and is controlled by laws governing such a body, and when at rest points directly toward the center of the earth. Next, the square of the time of oscillation is directly at its length, and inversely as the earth's attraction. For instance, a pendulum vibrating seconds at the level of the sea, in the latitude of New York city, would be 39.02 inches, and a pendulum vibrating two seconds in the same location would be the square (of the time) or two seconds, which squared would be four, multiplied by the length of the one second 39.02 pendulum, which is equal to 156.08 inches, something over 13 feel long. This rapid increase in length for a comparatively 219 small change in the time of oscillation has resulted in fixing two seconds as the limit for any precision pendulum, as beyond this point the instrumental errors would be increased in the same ratio and would be difficult to overcome. The great Westmin- ster pendulum vibrates in two seconds, and is probably the most accurately compensated long pendulum in the world. The cor- rection for errors of lateral and cubical dilatation, barometrical error, long and short arcs of oscillation are all reduced to a minimum. As we have said so much about seconds, it might be in order to say there are two kinds, solar and sidereal, and they differ from each other in length. The interval of time we call a second is reduced from the solar day, which is the time between two successive returns of the sun to the same meridian, and this interval divided into 86,400 parts. These solar days are not equal, but are made so by the daily equation of time added to or subtracted from the apparent solar day. The sidereal day is the interval between two successive returns of a fixed star to the same meridian and is 3 minutes, 56.5 seconds shorter than the solar day, and this day divided into hours, minutes and seconds furnishes us with the sidereal seconds. The sidereal day represents the time of the rotation of the earth on its axis, and is the most accurate observation of time that can be made, as it requires no equation, and has not changed as much as one-hundredth part of a second in over two thousand years. Astronomers use astronomical clocks reading 24 hours on the dial, with pendulums vibrating sidereal seconds, and by this time only do they find and locate celestial bodies. MUTUAL ATTRACTION. Another law governing the pendulum is this : The action of gravity or the mutual attraction between bodies varies with their masses, and inversely as the square of their distances. Following from this, a pendulum will vibrate seconds only in a given place. Our standard of measurement is taken from a pendulum vibrating seconds in a vacuum at the level of the sea. It also follows that the further a pendulum is removed from the center of the earth the less it will be attached in its descent toward the vertical. This explains why a pendulum loses on 2-20 being transferred from the sea level to the mountain, or from one of the earth's poles toward the equator, as the earth is a spheroid slightly flattened at the poles. A very interesting experiment can be made to show the influence of mutual attraction between masses. Take two well- regulated astronomical clocks with seconds pendulums, place them side by side, and cause each pendulum to oscillate simul- taneously on the same side of the vertical, the pendulums will oscillate to the right together, and to the left for a time together, then they will change so as to oscillate in opposite directions and will never depart from this motion. Another reason why a pendulum loses on being transferred to the equator, lies in the fact that the rotation of the earth gives rise to centrifugal force at its surface. This, being zero at the poles, gradually increases to a maximum at the equator; and, as it acts in opposition to the force of gravity, it counteracts a gradually increasing pro- portion of this force which shows in the time of oscillation. The rotation of the earth on its axis also has another effect upon the oscillation of the pendulum as you have just seen by the demonstration of the pendulum of Foucault by Prof. Kellicott. The error caused by the tendency of the pendulum to oscillate in one given plane is reduced to a minimum by the use of short ares of oscillation, and is of very little importance in comparison with other errors. CYCLOIDAL PENDULUM. The arcs of oscillation of any ordinary simple pendulum are a part of a circle with the point of suspension as a center. Now, a pendulum producing isochronal oscillations; namely, producing unequal arcs in equal time is called cycloidal because the center of oscillation must describe a cycloidal path during each excursion on either side of the vertical line. This curve is one of the most interesting of any known, both in respect to its geometrical properties and connection with falling bodies, and is described in this manner: // a circle roll along a straight line on its own plane, a point on its circumference will describe a curve which is called a cycloid. The peculiar value of this curve in relation to the pendulum will be better shown by inverting a cycloid curve as we have here illustrated. VD A, 221 The time of a body descending from a point of rest A to the lowest point of the curve at B will be the same from whatever point it start. In other words a pendulum will fall from A to B in precisely the same time it would from C to B, which is about half the distance. Following trom this, a cycloidal pendulum produces unequal arcs in equal t\me, or isochronism. The extreme mechanical difficulty of executing a pendulum that will describe a cycloidal path* during each excursion has lead horologists to originate many ingenious devices to accomplish this end. This pendulum which I show you to-night is constructed so as to cause the center of oscillation to move in a cycloidal path by coming in contact with cycloid cheeks near its point of suspension, but the effects of moisture, friction, dilatation and adhesion of contact against these cheeks would in time give rise to errors as great as those sought to be overcome. We therefore must make efforts in another direction. The best method of to-day for producing isochronism is to cause the arc of oscillation to be as short as possible, and also have the suspension spring of a given length and given strength in proportion to the length and weight of the pendulum. Then we will only have to deal with the molcular arrangement of the spring which is constantly changing, but this error is very small and exceedingly regular. (See Note "A", page 224.) THE BAROMETRICAL ERROR. A pendulum is effected by the density of the atmosphere, but to a degree that would only be of importance in a precision time piece ; where all the errors are reduced to a minimum. An increase of density of the air is equivalent to reducing the action of gravity, while the inertia of the moving body remains the same. The rule is, that the velocity of the pendulum varies directly as the force of gravity, and inversely as the inertia and it follows then that an increase of density diminishes the velocity and shortens the time of oscillation, causing the clock to gain time. The barometrical error can be reduced to within three to four- tenths of a second in twenty-four hours for each inch rise or fall of the barometer. Short arcs of oscillation are also essential in reducing the barometrical error. An apparatus is sometimes attached to the pendulum to assist in reducing this error. 222 THE COMPENSATED PENDULUM. Bodies increase in volume with an elevation of temperature and diminish when it falls. The pendulum then changes its dimensions with every variation of temperature, and the same is the case with all other parts of the machine. The elongation of a body in any one direction by heat, is known as its linear dilatation, and its increase in volume; that is, in all three directions, is the cubical dilatation; this depends on its linear dilatation in length, breadth and thickness. The result to be obtained in a pendulum by compensation is tn so construct the same that the center of oscillation will always be in the same point. It is evident that heat lowers this point and cold raises it, and as we said before, that the time- producing qualities of the pendulum depend on this oscillating point and only by compensation is the desired effect obtained. I will show you two of the best methods of producing com- pensation, and begin first by using two metals. The principle underlying this method is the unequal expansion of different metals in the same temperature. This furnishes us with the first step towards compensation. Let us take a steel rod of the length arrived at by calcula- tion, witli a nut and screw on the lower end, resting on this nut is a brass collar with a groove cut in the top. Here is a rolled and drawn zinc tube of a calculated length and thickness in pro- portion to the main rod. This zinc tube is drawn on over the main rod and rests on the brass collar at the lower end and at the upper end of the zinc tube, and resting on the same is an ir<»n collar, into which is firmlv screwed an iron tube which is slipped on over the zinc tube, and at the lower end of this iron tube is attached the weight or bob. It will be seen that this main rod lengthens with heat, and as it lowers, the zinc tube which surrounds it lowers also but the upper end of the zinc being free and this metal possessing greater linear dilatation, moves upwards on the main rod and with it draws up the iron tube that surrounds the zinc and carries with it the weight or bob. The upward dilatation of the zinc tube is just sufficient to overcome the downward dilatation of the main rod, thus keeping the center of oscillation in the same point. In order to construct a compensated pendulum of this kind it is necessary 223 to have the proper proportions of one metal to the other, and besides this corrections are made from actual tests in different degrees of temperature. The principal objection to this kind of compensation is that metals expand and contract by infinitesimal waves or jumps, probably owing to the molecular friction of the metals, and this is most apparent in zinc, owing to its crystalline formation and this metal is useless unless carefully drawn and prepared before using for the purpose in question. THE MERCURIAL COMPENSATION. This pendulum is constructed in the following manner. A steel rod of the calculated length and diameter is selected, and at its lower end is firmly attached a brass stirrup into which is placed and secured, from one to four glass jars containing mer- cury. If one jar is used, the volume must be sufficient to allow its cubical dilatation to raise the center of oscillation just as much as the longitudinal dilatation of the rod has lowered this point, and if four jars are used, their diameters shall be reduced to the point, that the four will contain the volume of the one jar, and be filled each to the same level as it rose in the single jar. This repre- sents more exposed surface to the changing temperatures, and improves the conductibility of the mercury, causing the compensa- tion to respond more promptly to sudden changes. The four jar compensation is the most difficult to construct, but when well made and carefully adjusted is exceedingly satisfactory, and has the preference in seconds pendulums when greater accuracy is required. THE SEISMIC ERROR. This uncontrollable error is caused by earth waves, and may occur at any time. One peculiarity is, that many hours elapse before this error shows in the time of the instrument. This error may not be suspected until compared by transit observations. The time it takes to develop this error is probably due to the molecular disturbances and re-arranging of particles that is taking place in the mercury used for compensation. The most accurately compensated pendulums have been known to vary several seconds in a day. I remember while in Geneva in 1872 that twice in one summer the standard pendulum of the Cantonal 8 224 rvutory varied, once seven and one-half seconds, and at another time, five seconds in twenty-four hours; at that time it was not well understood what caused these sudden variations in a pendulum having a known daily equation. But later experi- ments have shown this error to be caused by seismic waves. From the simple observation of the lamp swinging- from the roof of the Cathedral at Pisa, more than three hundred and forty years ago has grown the thought included in the foregoing laws. The laws of inverse squares and mutual attraction as shown in the simple pendulum, the properties of the cycloid and cycloidal pendulum, the influence of the linear and cubical dilatation, the intluence of atmospheric pressure on the pendulum, and the centrifugal force from the revolution of the earth on its axis, and by reducing all these errors to a minimum we are furnished with an instrument that performs its work with as much accu- racy as any piece of mechanism ever produced by man. NOTE A. The length of the pendulum rod is just double the diameter of the generating circle. Now, from relations of parts of the cycloid, it is shown that the time of falling down the semi-cycloid , is to the time of fall through the diameter of the generating circle, as a quadrant is to a radius. BULLETIN OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. VALUME V. NO. V. A Preliminary Review OF THE North American Delphacidae. By E. P. Van Duzee. Subfamily Delphacida embraces a large assemblage of small active insects, mostly inhabitants of grassy meadows and pas- tures, where at times they inflict considerable injury by punc- turing the leaves and tender fruit of plants valuable to man. Although individually much smaller than the members of our other sub-families of the Fulgoridse they abundantly compen- sate in numbers for what they lack in size. In most characters they approach very closely to the Cixiida but they can at once be distinguished from these as from all allied groups found in North America by the presence of a large movable spur at the apex ot the posterior tibiae, placed exteriorly to the base of the tarsi. They are strong leapers as their long powerful hind legs armed with numerous stout spines would indicate. Most of our Delphacids, especially in genus Liburnia, occur in two more or less distinct forms : A macropterous or long- winged, and a brachypterous, or short-winged form. These terms are somewhat arbitrary as the developement of the ely- tra and wings may present almost any gradation from a mere 226 rudiment to a length equalling two or three times that of the abdomen. Frequently the long and short winged forms differ eonsiderably in color and proportions, and the sexes are often very dissimilar. Some of the most available characters for distinguishing the genera are the following: — The form of the antenna;, whether flattened or terete, and the proportionate length of the joints; the form of the front and vertex; the number of carinae on the front, pronotum and scutellum ; the point of forking of the median carina of the front, and the direction taken by those on the sides of the pronotum. In the large genus Libumia ex- cellent specific characters are found in the form of the genital segment of the male. When viewed from behind we distin- guish the form of the aperature of the pygofers — The two pieces which, united above and below, form the wall of the genital segment. Dorsally these are notched to receive the anal tube and on the central aspect there is generally a sinus to receive the base of the stiles. These stiles are very variable in form in the different species but usually they are rather slender, curved outward more or less and convergent above toward the anal tube. The inferior wall of this anal tube is frequently produced in a more or less prominent incurved tooth on each side of the median suture. In the females the form of the pygofers varies somewhat as well as the proportions of the oviduct. Thirty-two species and three genera are described as new in the present paper, making the number of species now record- ed from North America, excluding known synonyms, fifty three, representing thirteen genera. Of these fifty three species eleven have not been positively identified by the writer and four were previously described from Europe. No attempt has been made in the preparation of this paper to obtain all the material in this country that is available for study. Had this been done the number of species certainly would have been largely increased. But even in this fragmen- tary form it is hoped that these studies will be of some service as placing on a more systematic basis some of our more common forms. A large field for original work is open here to some student who has the time and perseverance to work out the affinities of these minute insects. 227 The following systematic list is appended better to exhibit the relationship between the species recorded in the ensuing- pages : Copicerus, Schvvarz, irroratus Schwarz, Stenocranus, Fieb. dorsalis (Fitch,) lautus Van D. palaetns Van D. saccharivorus (Westw. ) Kelisia, Fieb. axialis Van D. crocea Van D. Megamelus Fieb. notulus (Germ.) marginatus Van D. piceus Van D. Davisi Van D. Pissonotus Van D. marginatus Van D. ater Van D. delicatus Van D. basalis Van D. pallipes Van D. aphidioides Van D. dorsalis Van D. brunneus Van D. Dicranotropis Fieb. maidis (Ashm.) Phyllodinus Van D. nervatus Van D. Laccocara Van D. vittipennis Van D. zonata Van D. ? obesa Van D. Stobera Stal, tricarinata (Say,) concinna Stal, bifasciata (Pro v. ) Liburnia Stal, ornata (Stal, ) pellucida (Fall.) arvensis (Fitch,) furcata (Prov. ) consimilis Van D. puella Van D. Osborni Van D. laminalis Van D. lutulenta Van D. Weedi Van D. obscurella (Boh.) lateralis Van D. Kilmani Van D. campestris Van D. lineatipes Van D. occlusa Van D. foveata Van D. incerta Van D. Gillettii Van D. Achorotile Fieb. albosignata (Dahlbg. ) Pentagramma Van D. vittatifrons (Uhler) Stiroma Fieb. inconspicua Uhler, Uncertain Species. Delphax vittata Stal, " producta Walk, luteivitta Walk. " unicolor Walk. " pictifrons Stal. 228 Analytical Key to the Genera. Basal joint of the antennae much longer than the second, lami- nate expanded. Asiraea and Delphix (sens strict) (Note: These genera have not yet been recognized from North America.) Basal joint of the antennas little longer than the second joint or shorter. (2) 2. Antenna;, first joint and outer edge of the second, in part, broadly expanded. Copicerus. Antenna? not broadly expanded, sometimes more or less flattened. (3) 3. Lateral carina? of the pronotnm reaching the hind edge or sometimes becoming obsolete a little within the margin. (4) Lateral carinae of the pronotum deflected outwardly be- hind the eyes, not touching the hind edge. (9) 4. Median carina of the front forked at the apex of the head, the lateral carinae of the pronotum attaining the pos- terior edge. (6) Median carina of the front forked some distance below its base, or if forked on the apex of the head the lateral carinas of the pronotum become obsolete before reaching the hind edge. (5) 5. Median carina of the front forked near or somewhat above its middle, the two branches abruptly seperated, then running parallel to near the apex of the head. Dicranotropis. Median carina of the front forked nearer the apex of the head, the two branches but slightly seperated, some- times scarcely distinguished. Face in our species crossed by a transverse piceous band covering most of the clypeus. Apex of the front usually pale. Scutellum in typical species small and the elytra in brachypterous examples polished with the nervures nearly obsolete. Pissotwtus n. gen. 229 6. Front narrow, nearly linear, gradually a very little widened below. Vertex narrow, truncated at apex, produced about one third of its length before the eyes. Stenocranus. Front broader, sides not parallel, (7) 7. Front widest a little above the middle. Apex of the ver- tex rounded, produced a little before the eyes, the carinae becoming obsolete on the apex of the head. Kelisia. Front broadest below, generally much narrowed above be- tween the eyes. Vertex square at tip, the frontal carinae continued strongly distinguished over the apex of the head. (8) 8. Vertex but little advanced before the eyes. Basal joint of the antennae in length subaequal to the second, flattened, obtriangular and oblique at apex ; second joint flatfish or nearly terete, papillate. Front nar- row, sides nearly rectilinear, carina; very prominent. Cheeks broad-triangular. Elytral nervures setige- rous punctate. Stobera. Vertex long, extended well before the eyes Basal joint of the antennae shorter and more slender than the second, terete. Front distinctly widened below Megamelus. 9. Front with one median carina. (10) Front with two median carinae (12) 10. Anterior and intermediate tibiae foliaceous. Insect short and stout. Phyllodinus n.eren. Anterior and intermediate tibiae slightly if at all expanded. 1 1. Front very broad, six sided, with a distinct median carina forked at the apex of the head, either side with one or two rows of pitted granules. Vertex broader than long. Pronotum short, emarginate behind, truncated before, lateral carinae following the contour of the eyes, papillate. Lac coca r a n. gen. 230 Front considerably longer than broad, sometimes almost linear, median carina forked at or near the apex of the head. Vertex nearly square. Pronotum propor- tionately longer and less deeply emarginate behind. Liburnia. 12. Frontal carinae not widely seperated, forming a linear compartment. Scutellum tricarinate. Front, sides of the pronotum and abdominal segments pustulate. Achorotile. Frontal carina; widely divergent, forming an ovate com- partment, broadest above and convex on the middle. Scutellum 5-carinate. Vertex five sided, rounded- conical before. Basal joint of the antennae about one fourth the length of the second. Pentagramma n. gen. GENUS COPICERUS, Schwarz. Kong. Vet. Akad. Nya Handl. XXIII, p. 180, 1S02. Stal. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fi\, Series 3, V, p. 337, 1858. Hemip. Africana, IV, p. 175, 1866. Jeralia, Walk. List of Homop., Supl., p. 85, 1S58. Holatus, Guer., Hist, de L'Isle de Cuba, Ins., p. 429, 1857. COPICERUS IRRORATUS, Schwarz. Kongl. Vet. Akad., Nya Handl., XXIII, p. 181, pi. 6, fig, 2a, 1802. Jeralia singula, Walk., List of Homop , Supl p. 85, 1858. I have recently received an example of this southern form from Mr. Howard E warts Weed labeled "Agricultural College, Miss., Oct. 22nd 1894." Its conspicuous foliaceous antenna; readily distinguish it and its allies from our other North American Delphacida;. The elytra of this speci- men are whitish hyaline marked with setigerous brown dots. The com- missural nervure is white, broadly interrupted with piceous on the middle, and on the corium is a very oblique piceous band from near the apex of the clavus to the outer angle, exterior to which is a brown cloud intersected by the white nervures. Wings subhyaline, clouded at apex, with strong brown nervures. The disc of the thorax is dull testaceous with the sides brown and the abdomen is deep testaceous or ferruginous broadly marked with black. The long black antenna; are expanded on the superior edge only. GENUS STENOCRANUS, Fieb. Fieb. Verh. der Zool -Hot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519, 1866. " Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 83, 1875; II, pi. 7, 1S76. Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. [9, [884. Ashmead, Ent. Am., V, p. 27, 1889. STENOCRANUS DORSALIS, (Fitch.) Delphax dorsalis, Fitch Homop. N. Y. State Cab., p. 46, 1S51. Reprint in Lintner's 9th. Rept., p. 386, 1893. Walker, List of Homop., IV, p. 1136, 1S52, (mention.) Liburnia dorsalis, Van Duzee, Psyche V, p. 28, 1888. Stenocranus dorsalis, Van Duzee, Psyche V, p. 390, 1890. Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. I, pt. 2, p. 127, 1891. Harrington, Ottawa Nat , VI, p 31, 1892. Van Duzee in Lintner's 9th. Rept. p. 410, 1893. Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. igt, 1894. Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895. Delphax unipunctata, Prov. , Nat, Can., IV, p. 319, 1872. Prov., Pet. Faune Ent. du Can., III. p. 224, 1889. This species seems to be common throughout the Northern and East- ern States and Canada and extends its range westward into Iowa and Colo- rado. Here it inhabits damp swampy spots overgrown with carices where it may be found in greatest abundance during August and September, and more rarely in May when the grass is fresh and green. STENOCRANUS LAUTUS, n. sp. Form and size of dorsalis nearly. Brownish fuscous marked with a conspicuous pale yellow vitta from the apex of the head to the tip of the clavus. Front and clypeus deep black with the carinse pale. Elytra ful- vous brown with the costal and about the two outer apical areoles subhya- line ; nervures brown. Inner areoles of the membrane deeper brown or fuscous, and a fuscous cloud may follow the first and second apical nervures. Abdomen black; the lateral margins, narrow edges of the ventral segments, and a medium vitta, pale. Legs slenderly lineated with brown. The de- flexed edge of the pronotum with a brown line. Length 5 mm. In most of its characters this species does not differ from dorsalis. It is, however, a little smaller, darker in color, the elytra are darker, especially on the inner half of the membrane, and the outer nervures of the membrane are conspicuously dark. The small apical areole formed by the forking of the second apical nervure is broader and shorter than in dorsalis, and the abdomen is darker in color. S. dorsalis is of an almost uniform fulvous yellow color with a paler dorsal line, and the elytra are nearly transparent and marked with one straight longitudinal brown line at apex covering the fourth apical nervure. The wings in both species have a few brown nervures toward their apex. From palaetus the present species may be distinguished by the smaller spur, the shorter basal joint of the antenna?, and the markings of the elytra which are quite different. New York, Virginia. Described from two male examples ; One received from Dr. E. B. Southwick, taken near New York City; the other from the National Museum labeled "Virginia, Oct. gth, 1881". The latter bears the name which I have adopted for this species. It was applied by Dr. P. R. Uhler but the description was never published. 23- STENOCRANUS PALAETUS, n. sp. Form and size of dorsalis. Color fulvous yellow above, paler beneath ; median line on the base of the vertex, disk of the pronotum between the lateral carina and apex of the scutellum, whitish. Frontal fovae interrup- tedly black over the apex of the head from the base of the antennae to the middle of the vertex ; face crossed by a brown band below the antenna;, and another crosses the base of the clypeus and extends over the anterior coxa; and pleural pieces. Apex of the front and its median carina interruptedly pale. First joint of the antenna; a little shorter than the second, blackish, the base of the second with a piceous spot. Eyes black. Legs pale, the femora lineated and the tibia.- twice banded with brown. Elytra subhyaline, nervures yellowish, the commissural white with a brown line before the apex of the clavus. Inner sector of the corium and the apical nervures, except the base of the two outer, fuscous; and a smoky cloud covers the amastomosis at the base of the middle apical areole and spreads feebly over the inner area of the membrane. Tergum brownish. Spur unusually large, foliaceous. In this species the vertex is a little more strongly produced than in our northern dorsalis, the hind edge of the pronotum is not so deeply excavated, and the front is more widened apically. Florida. Described from one female received from Mr. C. W. Johnson of Philadelphia. ? STENOCRANUS SACCHARIVORUS, (Westw.) Delphax saccharivora, Westw. Mag. of Nat. Hist., VI, p. 413, 1833. Hab. Granada, W. I. (Westw.) From Prof. Westwood's description and drawings it seems quite likely that this insect is a Stenocranus. His correspondent reported it very de- structive to sugar cane in the island of Granada. GENUS KELISIA, Fieb. Fieb., Ver. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519, 1866. Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 83, 1S75; II, pi. 7, 1876. Sahlbg., Cicadariaj, p. 416, 1871, (Subgenus of Stenocranus.) Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. iS, 18S4. Ashmead, Ent. Am. V, p. 27, 1889. KELISIA AXIALIS, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci. V, p. 191, 1S94. Form of K. guttula; Above piceous brown, beneath pale dull testaceous. A wide yellow vitta extends from near the apex of the vertex to the second dorsal segment of the abdomen. Elytra hyaline with an axial brown vitta. Length 4 m. m. Vertex tinged with testaceous on the anterior margin; entire face tes- taceous, obscurely marked with darker on the front next the lateral carina; ; antenna' yellow, paler toward their tips; eyes rufous; pronotum dark brown from the dorsal vitta to below the lateral margins ; meta-, and mesonotum 233 . piteous brown with a broad median vitta extending onto the two basal segments of the tergum ; lower surface and legs pale dull testateous; meso- notum with a large brown spot; tarsal spines tipped with black; abdomen blackish brown, the sides of the venter varied with testaceous. Elytra hyaline, with a conspicuous brown vitta from the base to the extreme apex following the line of the second sector; first sector and the two first apical nervures white, the others brown or mostly so ; apical nervures four, the interior forked. This species may be distinguished from its european congenors by its glassy elytra marked with a conspicuous longitudinal vitta, by the uni- formly testaceous inferior surface, and the absence of the black spots on the cheeks. Described from two examples representing both sexes, taken at Lancaster, N. Y. in August 1886. KELISIA CROCEA, n. sp. Stenocranus sp. Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I, pt. 2, p. 127, 1S91. General appearance of Stenocranus dorsalis but smaller with a wider front. Length 4^ m. m. Female : Pale yellowish ; a dorsal whitish vitta on the vertex pronotum and scutellum, and a similar one on the face, broadest on the apex of the front. Legs, pleural pieces and the margins of the abdomen paler. Elytra whitish hyaline, with distinct white setigerous nervures. Eyes brown. Male: Color fulvous, at least in fully matured examples, with a paler dorsal vitta covering the middle of the vertex, pronotum and scutellum, in which is a white longitudinal line. Median carina on the front and a lon- gitudinal vitta in each fova, whitish; pronotum paler; tergum usually black with the margins and an irregular spot on the disc fulvous; venter covered more or less by a blackish cloud ; apex of the elytra with a fuscous cloud which is intensified toward the inner angle, and extended somewhat along the sutural margin. Eyes, claws and tip of the rostrum black. Iowa. Described from 5 ,$ and 3 $ examples received from Prof. Her- bert Osborn labeled "Ames, Iowa." In this species the front is broader than in Stenocranus dorsalis; the elytra want the distinct brown line along the second inner apical nervure ; the lateral compartments of the front are whitish instead of black and the insect is somewhat smaller. GENUS MEGAMELUS, Fieb. Fieber, Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519, 1866. Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 82, 1875; II, pi. 7, 1876. Sahlberg, Cicadariaj, p. 411, 1871. Mayr Tabellen, I, p. 18, 1SS4. Ashmead, Ent, Am., V. p. 26, 1889. MEGAMELUS NOTULUS, (Germ.) Delphax notula, Germar, Thom Archives II, p. 57, 1830. Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI, p. 192, 1854. Megamelus notulus, Fieb. Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519, pi. 8, fig. 2, 1866. *34 Fieb., Cicad, d'Europe, III, p. 9, 1 ^ 7S. Sahlberg, Cicadarise, p. 412, 1971. Liburnia notula, Edwd., Trans. Ent. Soc. London., 1886, p. 62. Several specimens that correspond in every particular with material of M. notulus received from M. Lethierry were taken by me along Muskoka River near Bracebridge, Ont in July [888. I have not taken it further south nor has it been recorded from elsewhere in this country. It is evidently rare and probably northern in its range. Note: Since this was written I have taken a pair among the hills at Colden, X. V.. Aug. 16, 1896. So its southern range must be extended at least to Western New York. MEGAMELUS PICEUS, Van D Davis, Bui. 102 Mich. Ag. Exp. Station, p. S, pi. 1, fig. 5, [894. Re- print in Exp. .Station Record, V, p 792, 1894. Van Duzee, Bui. Buff. Soc. Xat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894. l'iccous-black ; base of the .vertex, keels and narrow hind edge of the pronotum, disk of the mesonotum, or at least its carina;, disk of the tergum, especially towards its base and apex, and the edge of the dorsal keel, the genital segments and sometimes the base of the venter, brownish yellow. Face pale shaded to brown above, clypeus deep black. Antenna;, rostrum, tylus and legs pale soiled yellow, the latter lineated with brown. Elytra reaching to the second abdominal segment in the brachypterous form with the apex truncated, piceous-brown or even black, with the apical edge white, more .or less broadly interrupted with black at the middle, nervures strong, granulated. In the macropterous form the elytra extend considerably beyond the tip of the abdomen, about as in Liburnia pellucida; they are smoky with pale granulated nervures, the exterior and interior of which are forked at about three fourths their length. Pygofers of the male cylindrical, on their ventral aspect cut out-for about one half their length and carrying on the base of this incisure a wide and short projection extended into a short conical divergent tooth at each angle; beyond this are the incurved spine-like stiles included between the long slender ventral projections of the plates. Length ?.y2 to 3 m. m. New York and Michigan. Described from many examples of both sexes taken in Western New York on grass in low swampy meadows in August and September, and one female taken on celery at Kalamazoo, Mich., August 26th, 1893, by Mr. G. C. Davis. This description was first published in connection with Mr. Davis' paper ■ in Celery Insects cited above, and reprinted in the Experiment Station Record. MEGAMELUS MARGINATUS, n. sp. Yellowish testaceous above, paler beneath. Frontal fovae with a slender black line next the white carinas; outer submargin of the cheeks, some marks on the pleural pieces, knees and tips of the tarsi dark brown or black. Venter and pronotum sometimes whitish with the sides of the scutellum • wish. Abdomen black, the segments edged with fulvous, the apical 2 35 ventral segment brown at least on its disc. Eyes black with a fulvous border. Antenna? brown. Elytra whitish-subhyaline, nervures distinct, concolorous. Wings white the nervures brown at apex. In the females the median line of the oviduct and pygofers is testaceous, or pale yellow in one example. Length about 3^ m. m. In this species the front is rather wide especially in the female, and the black marginal line about the fovae is quite characteristic. New York and New Jersey. Described from several examples taken by Prof. J. B. Smith at Anglesea, N. J., May 28th, and near New York City and at Ravenswood, N. Y., Aug. 2Sth, 1890, by Mr. E. B. South wick. MEGAMELUS DAVISI, n. sp. Near to M. Piceous but smaller and more slender. Macropterous form: Piceous black. Vertex with the lateral carina- at base and a lozenge-shaped mark on the disc anteriorly, including a black point, pale. Sides, carina;, and narrow hind edge of the pronotum, and hind edge of the mesonotum, marked more or less with pale; ihe lateral carinas of the mesonotum and sometimes the median, marked with fulvous. Face pale; front and clypeus with a black line on either side; a spot below the antenna? another anterior to, and a smaller one above the eye, brown. Basal joint of the antennas with a brown spot beneath which may extend on to the base of the succeeding joint. Abdomen with some fulvous marks beneath and on the basal segments of the tergum. Breast pale, varied with piceous on the disc of the pleural pieces. Legs pale, tibiae more or less distinctly twice-banded and the femora feebly lineated with brown; spur white, very large and foliaceous, oblong, obtuse and brownish at apex, its length less than twice its width. Elytra whitish, somewhat clouded on the clavus; nervures pale, distinct, the costal and commissural darker; base of the clavus and a line at its apex black. Aperture of the pygofers of the male broad, the usual ventral sinus shallow, nearly filled by two stout teeth which become somewhat incurved at apex; the edges of the dorsal pieces touched with yellowish below the short anal tube. A brachypterous male differs in being mostly pale beneath with the black longitudinal line on either side of the front and clypeus distinct; disc of the pro- and mesonotum between the lateral carina; pale yellow with two black points behind the vertex. Tergum, excepting segments four and five, largely pale yellow. Elytra covering the second abdominal segment, trun- cated behind, black with pale nervures. The very young are whitish marked more or less with black on either side of the dorsum and with two brown lines on the front. Length to tip of the elytra 3^ m. m. Michigan. Received from Mr. G. C. Davis ro whom this pretty species is dedicated and who reports it as abundant on water lilies. This is an interesting insect easily distinguishable from all its allies by its large foli- aceous spurs at the base of the hind tarsi. It is intermediate in form and size between M. piceous and M. marginatus but in coloration it is much nearer piceous although the elytra are white and want the setigerous gran- 236 ales on the nervures. In this as in many of our other Delphacids the extent ( >f the pale markings is quite variable in different individuals and the females are proportionately broader than the males. Is not the large foliaceous spur in this species an adaptation of Nature to enable these insects to leap more readily from the surface of the water about which they make their home? GENUS PISSONOTUS, n gen. Head narrower than the pronotum ; vertex hardly prominent before the eyes; front narrow above, much expanded below, the sides arcuated, median carina forked about one third its length below the apex of the head, the two branches subparallel closely approximated for most of their length. Thorax broad across the middle, convex, narrowed anteriorly; pronotum nearly straight across the hind edge, lateral carina? rather widely divergent at their apex a little incurved, hardly attaining the posterior edge. This genus seems to be intermediate between Megamelus and Dicran- otropis. P. marginatus and its allies are highly polished little insects, broadest across the base of the elytra which in the brachypterous examples are small, truncate behind, smooth and polished with the nervures nearly obsolete, and the scutellum is unusually small. P. basalis has a large scutellum and has much the appearance of a Kormus, but the lateral carina- do not follow the posterior curve of the eyes and the front is much wider below with its median carina distinctly forked some ways below the apex of the head. P. aphidioides and its allies are dull brown insects widest across the abdomen, at least in the brachypterous examples which alone are known to me, giving them a strong resemblance to some of the subterranean plant- lice near Rhizobius. All the species have the apex of the front pale, and a broad black band crosses the clypeus and the anterior and intermediate coxae. Some of the species, especially brunneus, bear a strong resemblance to members of the genus Dicranotropis, and it may be necessary to modify that genus so as to include them when their winged forms are known. For the present these may be distinguished by having a broader front with the forks of its median carina closely approximated below the apex of the head. The brachypterous forms of brunneus, aphidioides and their allies have strong pale elytral nervures. The type of this genus is Pissonotus marginatus. i PISSONOTUS MARGINATUS, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1S94. Vertex, pronotum and scutellum nearly equal in length, the former almost square, hardly prominent before the eyes, the latter unusually small with the edges nearly rectilinear and the apex but slightly produced. Elytra short, rarely covering the second abdominal segment, cut squarely off behind, almost coriaceous, shining, the nervures nearly obsolete. Abdomen of the female broadly ovate, in the males more slender. Aperature of the pygofers it the male rather broad, superior wall of the anal tube produced in long incurved tusk-like horns that are nearly parallel and rest with their tips against the indented ventral margin of the pygofers; stiles small, incon- 237 spicuous Color piceous black, head rufous, clypeus black, posterior half of pronotum and broad hind edge of the elytra white. Scutellum and base of the elytra tinged with rufous; breast and legs, except the tibiae and apex of the anterior and intermediate femora, pale ; antennas dusky. The male has the tip of the clypeus and front, antennae, legs and breast soiled whitish yellow. The pale margin of the pronotum is very narrow. The vertex and base of the front are piceous and the elytra are paler, almost rufous. Length about 2}4 m- m- Lancaster, N. Y. July and Sept, Described from a single pair. More recently, June 1896, I took a fine female of this species at Hamburgh, N. Y. 2 PISSONOTUS ATER, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894. Form and size of marginatus. Deep pitchy black, highly polished, Elytra inclined to piceous-brown. Face piceous becoming more or less navescent across the apex of the front and cheeks. Antenna:, legs, breast and disc of the venter soiled honey yellow, anterior and intermediate tibiae and apex of the posterior coxae embrowned. Length 3 m. m. Near Buffalo, N. Y. Described from a single female example taken on Grand Island in Niagara River, Sept. nth, 1892. This species agrees with marginatus in most of its characters and may prove to be but a black variety of that form. Since the above description was prepared I have taken a pair of this species at Hamburgh, N. Y. on the nth of July. To the characters given I can only add that the base of the tergum shows indications of the paler markings characteristic of the brown forms of this genus and the legs are more deeply colored approaching piceous on the knees. The male is deep black becoming a little pitchy on the elytra and head. The genital segment is long; aperture of the pygofers more strongly constricted a little below the middle and somewhat narrower than in marginatus, and the impressed portion of the ventral wall is slightly elevated at either angle and produced in a minute sharp tooth which is not noticeable in its ally. In both sexes the elytra are highly polished with the nervures indicated by raised points, more conspicuous in the male, in which, also, the apex of the elytra is touched with white at either angle. This is without doubt quite distinct from marginatus. It may be recog- nized by the narrower front with the median carina prominent for its whole length. In marginatus this carina becomes obsolete over the apex of the head. 3 PISSONOTUS DELICATUS, n. sp. Form of P. marginatus, but smaller with the front a little narrower. Color pale honey-yellow; face marked with the usual piceous band which covers the base of the clypeus and crosses the anterior coxae. Apical mar- gin of the elytra white ; apex of the front whitish ; knees, tips of the tarsi, a streak on the outer surface of the anterior and intermediate tibiae, and the extreme point of the oviduct dark brown. Length 2^ m. m. California. Described from a single female specimen received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett and captured near Los Angeles. 23« 4 PIS50NOTUS BASALIS, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894. Macropterous form. Allied to marginatus but differs in having the scutellum much larger, about as in Liburnia pellucida which this species much resembles. It is however a much stouter insect than the latter and the hind edge of the pronotum is straight. Front narrower than in P. mar- ginatus, the median carina distinct. Color piceous black, hind edge of the pronotum broadly white, extreme tip of the scutellum and narrow apex of the front yellowish ; front, cheeks and vertex rufo-piceous, breast from the apex of the anterior coxae to the base of the abdomen, and the coxai, femora, and hind tibiae honey-yellow; tarsi whitish at base, the base of the tergutn obscurely marked with paler. Elytra and wings whitish-hyaline, smoky at base and slightly clouded at apex. Marginal nervure brown, the others nearly concolorous. Antenna; soiled honey-yellow. Length 3^ m. m. Described from one female taken at Lancaster, N. Y., July 4th. 188S. A male from Columbus, Texas, in the National Museum collection apparently belongs to this species. It differs from the female described above in having the face piceous black with a white band across the apex of the front and cheeks, three or four transverse marks and two marginal dots on the basal half of the front, the narrow base of tne vertex and a broad band on its apex including two dots, white. The base of the tergum is also marked with yellowish. Pygofers much indexed below, the aperture broadly ovate, the margins angularly produced inwardly on either side above the middle, forming a blunt tooth. 5 PISSONOTUS PALLIPES, n. sp. Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1S95. Allied to basalis but smaller and more slender. Head brownish ful- vous; eyes, basal joint of the antennae and base of the clypeus piceous, the latter polished. Pronotum piceous, the short median carina with a whitish mark, the lateral with a slender pale line. Scutellum piceous-black, the short abrupt tip whitish, the edges narrowly fulvous at base; carina? paler in the female. Elytra whitish hyaline the marginal nervure and a cloud on the shoulder brown, discal nervures faintly yellowish. Abdomen piceous black, base of the vertex, edges of the genital pieces of the male and' the margin of the plates in the female, paler or yellowish. Legs whitish, line- ated with brown, tips of the claws brown. Breast whitish marked with a broad piceous band which crosses the base of the coxie and clypeus. Geni- tal segment of the male long, the aperture rather narrow, the sides produced interiorly in a rounded lobe slightly incurved over the base of the small stiles. Length about 3 m. m. California, Colorado. Described from one pair received from Prof. C. I'. Gillette, taken among the mountains of North Western Colorado, and two females taken near Los Angeles, California, by Mr. I). W. Coquillett. These latter differ from Prof. Gillette's specimens in having the head darker or almost piceous with a pale band adjoining the base of the clypeus, the the vertex also wants the whitish marks. ^39 This species may be distinguished from basalis by the piceous pronotum marked with whitish on the carinas, the shorter scutellum with its abrupt white apes, and distinct carinas, and the more slender form of the insect 6 PISSONOTUS APHIDIOIDES n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894. Broad oval, widest across the abdomen. Elytra reaching onto the second abdominal segment, the nervures prominent. Color wood-brown inclined to yellowish on the legs and disc of the tergum ; pleural pieces and sides of the abdomen obscurely marked with piceous; pronotum and usual transverse band on the face, wdiitish ; the latter followed by a broad piceous band across the base of the clypeus and anterior coxa;. Cheeks marked with an oval black spot below the antenna?. Front with about three transverse pale lines two of which are nearer the base, the other may be reduced to two points adjoining the wdiitish apical band. Base of the scutellum irrorated more or less with whitish, tibiae and tips of the tarsi brown. Elytra brown, sub-opake, with paler nervures. In one example the vertex is white with the fovai and a dot on either side at apex black, and the base of the tergal segments are brownish yellow. Length 3 to ixA m- m- New York. Described from two female examples, one taken at Sala- manca, August 2nd, 1889, the other at Colden a few days earlier. The latter is a larger and darker specimen bearing a striking resemblance to some of our brown plant lice. 7 PISSONOTUS DORSALIS, n. sp. _ Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894. Closely allied to the preceding. Dull yellowish brown, paler beneath ; broad lateral margin of the tergum, some marks on the connexivum and the base and apex of the pygofers in the female, piceous or blackish. Clypeus deep black with some obscure spots opp >site the pleural pieces indicating a transverse band; claws of the anterior and intermediate feet blackish, front paling toward the base of the clypeus, immaculate above. Disc of the ter- gum quite obviously tinged with yellow. In the male the front, vertex and elytra have a reddish cast with the apical margins of the latter whitish, the nervures concolorous. Aperture of the pygofers in the male broadest below the middle, the stiles short and curved, their slender acute points approxi- mated above, their base surrounded by the long curved ventral prolongation of the outer superior angles of the pygofers. Length about 3 m. m. New York. Described from one pair captured in July, at Lancaster and Colden. This species may be distinguished from the preceding by the paler yellowish dorsum, and the brown, almost immaculate, front. 8 PISSONOTUS BRUNNEUS, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1S94. Allied to P. aphidioides but much smaller. Color piceous brown tinged with rufous on the front; breast soiled yellowish white, marked by the usual broad piceous band which crosses the clypeus and curving backward on either side covers the anterior and intermediate coxae and terminates in a cloud on the post-pleura. Carina.- paler than the adjacent surface, narrow 240 apical margin of the front and outer edge of the cheeks whitish. Elytra fuscous with prominent whitish nervures. Disc of the tergal segments sometimes paler and there may be a longitudinal row of pale spots, more or less continuous, on either side of the middle of the venter, edge of the plates and a line on the oviduct pale. Antennae brown, the basal joint black. Eyes edged with pale. Length 2^ m. m. New York. Described from six female examples, four taken near Buffalo in September, and two from New York City taken by Mr. E. F>. Southwick in June. One of the latter is unusually dark with the pale mark- ings much reduced in extent and the legs black. Superficially this insect resembles Phyllodinus nervatus but the head is narrower than the pronotum, the legs are not strongly flattened, the cheeks are narrower toward their apex and the lateral carinas of the prono- tum do not reach the hind margin. GENUS DICRANOTROPIS, Fieb. Fieber, Ver. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521, i366. Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 91, 1S75; II, pi. 8, 1876. Sahlberg, Cicadariae, p. 469, 1871. Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. 21, 1884. Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., i3S6, p. 92. Ashmead, Ent. Am., Y, p. 27, 18S9. DICRANOTROPIS MAIDIS, (Ashm.) Delphax maidis Ashmead, Psyche, Y, p. 323, 1S90. It is with some misgivings that I refer this species to Dicranotropis. The front is not at all narrowed toward the apex but the sides are sharp and parallel to a point opposite the lower angle of the eyes ; here the median carina is forked, the two branches being well separated and a little diver- gent where they pass over the rounded apex of the head. The general color is fulvous brown becoming darker on the front, pleural pieces and femora. The abdomen is brown with the segments edged with pale and the carinas above are paler. The elytra are more than twice the length of the body, whitish hyaline with yellowish nervures, those at the apex margined with smoky, especially toward the inner angle; and on the commissural ner- vurc just before the apex of the clavus is a fuscous line. Several specimens of this species were in the box received from the National Museum. They are from Florida and Columbus, Texas. Mr. Ashmead's description referred to above is quite accurate and full. GENUS PHYLLODINUS, n. gen. Form short and stout, square before. Head wider than the pronotum. Vertex quadrangular, a little wider than long, passage to the front strongly rounded. Front broad, base and apex nearly equal, the sides feebly convex ; median carina forked opposite the middle of the eyes. Clypeus tricarinate. Cheeks narrow, broad at apex, the edges almost parallel below the inner angle of the eyes. Eyes large, transverse, deeply excavated below. Anten- 241 na? stout, the two basal joints about equal in length. Pronotum short, anterior edge straight between the eyes, posterior very feebly excavated, lateral carina; following the contour of the eyes. Scutellum short. Elytra in brachypterous form with strong reticulated nervures. Anterior and intermediate feet with the posterior coxa; strongly flattened, the femora deeply sulcate within. Posterior tibiae bispinose. PHYLLODINUS NERVATA, n. sp. Eurysa nervata, Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. igi, 1S94. Form oblong, broad and short. Head wider than the pronotum, vertex nearly square, a little transverse, the edges nearly rectilinear, the anterior fova long-triangular, reaching over the rounded anterior edge of the head. Front oblong, a little expanded opposite the lower angle of the eyes; middle keel distinct for its whole length on the front but obsolete on the base of the clypeus. Pronotum shorter than the vertex, the fore and hind margins nearly straight and parallel, lateral carina? much curved. Sides of the large scutellum concave, the lateral carinas straight and oblique; near theb asal angles. Elytra short and broad, covering the fifth abdominal segment, rounded behind. Pygofers of the male compressed laterally, the aperture narrow, forming a rounded pocket below to enclose the short slender curved stiles, which are approximated but do not quite touch at their tips. Wall of the anal aperture square and produced on the ventral aspect, the lower angles acute and nearly touching one another. Femora and tibia? of the anterior and intermediate feet thin and broadly expanded. Length 2% to 3 m. m. Color piceous brown. Vertex pale, a short anterior median line and a row of dots on either side brown ; disc of the pronotum and its carina? pale ; scutellum pale with the basal angles and a double median line brown. Elytra subhyaline, smoky, with numerous heavy ramous white nervures. Front blackish with the carina? and a double row of dots on either side pale. Carina? of the clypeus in part, rostrum, excepting its tip, edges of the femora, and tips of the tibia?, some marks on the pleural pieces, sternum and coxa? below, and the apical joint of the antenna?, pale. Disc of the tergum in the females tinged with reddish with a more or less complete double row of pale spots on either side. Tip of the genital pieces and the oblong plates at the ba<-e of the oviduct in the females whitish. Deflexed sides of the pronotum expanded into a large white plate at the base of the elytra. New York and Canada. Not uncommon near Buffalo on damp weedy meadows in June. Also taken in Welland Co. Out. and at Muskoka Lake in July. This is our largest northern Delphacid. Its square form and brown color with the strongly ramously veined elytra will distinguish it. LACCOCERA, new genus. Allied to Delphacinus and Eurysa. Head large, a little wider than the pronotum. Vertex nearly square or somewhat five-sided, a little surpass- ing the eyes before. Front broad, six-sided, distinctly angled between the eyes; apex but little narrower than the base; passage to the front strongly -4 - angled; median carina distinct, forked at the apex of the head, the lateral c impairments with a few large pustules. Pronotum short, deeply excava- ted behind; lateral carina; strongly curved behind the eyes, pustulate. Scutellum large, distinctly constricted before the apex; lateral carina; but feebly divergent posteriorly. Anterior and intermediate tibiae flattened, not foliaceous expanded; hind tibiae armed, the tarsi short. This genus is, perhaps, nearer to Eurysa Fieb. but the carina.' are more distinct, the passage from the front to the vertex is more acute, the prono- tum is more deeply excavated behind, and the front, vertex and sides of the pronotum and abdomen are ornamented with large excavated pustules. It differs from Phyllodinus in the simple anterior and intermediate tibiae, the form of the front, the more deeply excavated hind edge of the pronotum, the smaller antenna.- with shorter basal joint, and the pustulated ornamenta- tion which recalls Achorotile. Laccocera obesa is hardly characteristic of this genus and may not belong here. Laccocera vittipennis is the type. LACCOCERA VITTIPENNIS, n. sp. Delphacinus, Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895. Head a little broader than the pronotum, blunt before; vertex nearly square, very slightly angled before, the hind edge rectilinear between the eyes ; apical fova; oblong, rounded before and behind. Front parallel above, tapering rapidly below ; median carina strong and distinct throughout, each compartment with about seven pustules, two near the apex, two at base, and three smaller ones along the outer margin above the middle. Prono- tum shorter than the vertex ; deeply and angularly excavated behind, lateral carina? strongly curved, extending over onto the deflected sides and marked by a row of small pustules. Scutellum large, lateral carina; but slightly divergent. Length 4 m. m. Color: Head pale yellowish ; cheeks, clypeus and outer margins of the front, black, carina; and pustules pale; outer apical angles of the vertex with a row of shallow pustules which contain each a black dot. Pronotum whitish, with a dusky cloud below the eye divided by the lateral carina. Scutellum bright fulvous, outer compartments black, edged behind with fulvous; the median carina sometimes pale. Elytra much exceeding the abdomen in length ; whitish vitreus with a broad smoky vitta on either mar- gin at apex, the inner prolonged as a fainter stripe along the sutural margin of the corium to the base; nervures slender, brown. Wings white with brown nervures. Breast yellowish ; coxae and legs black, edges of the femora and the anterior and intermediate tibia.', the basal joint of the hind larsi and the posterior tibia' yellow. Abdomen black, inner margins of the plates of the female whitish, edge of the oviduct and disc of the pygofers fulvous. The front is sometimes blackish to the base, and the pleural pieces may be more or less invaded with black; antenna? black. The male has the head and pronotum soiled whitish with the clypeus and apex of the front blackish; antenna; pale; cheeks and legs fulvous; coxa; and disc of the pleural pieces black. Elytra smoky at base becoming vitreous toward the apex with strong brown nervures. Aperture of the 243 pygofers nearly square above and below, suddenly expanded about the middle at the tips of the long curved dorsal hooks; styles broad, approxi- mate at base, curved outward and becoming nearly parallel and pointed above. New Hampshire, Colorado. Described from three female examples taken on Mt. Washington by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson, and one pair from the mountains of North West Colorado, collected by Prof. C. P. Gil- lette. One of the females from Mt. Washington is more clearly marked than the others ; the pronotum and scutellum are white on the middle marked with black on the sides and the breast is black, otherwise it does not differ from typical specimens. LACCOCERA ZONATUS, n. sp. Delphacinus zonatus, Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895. Brachypterous Male. Deep shining black. Front, vertex pronotum and scutellum tawny yellow or whitish ; face fulvous; feet light orange, the tarsi paler tipped with brown; tergum marked with a transverse band on the second and third segments which may invade the base of the fourth. Elytra short, truncated behind, reaching onto the second abdominal seg- ment, nervures simple, strong. Apex of the ample pygofers broad below with a transverse oblong excavation bounded by an incurved tooth on either side. Styles approximate at base, quite widely spreading, reaching about half way to the anal tube the ventral wall of which is broadly expanded and produced at the outer angles into a long acute tusk-like fulvous tooth. Macropterous female : -Soiled yellowish white ; an oblong spot on either side of the base of the scutellum, a cloud on the pleural pieces, thelineations of the femora and the metanotum, brown. Tergum black, a large spot on the basal disc, a row of about four pustules on either side of the middle on each segment and their narrow edges pale. Elytra and wings well devel- oped, vitreous with strong brown nervures. Length 2^ to 2lA m. rn. In both sexes the head is very large, wider than the thorax; the eyes are large overlapping the pronotum for one half their length. Vertex cut squarely off behind, anteriorly extending for nearly one half its length before the eyes and but little produced at the middle, the edge almost rounded before, carinas distinct, forming a large triangle with its apex at the tip of the head, the contained fovae strongly marked. Front broad, but little narrowed at apex, the middle carina? distinct. Pronotum angularly exca- vated behind for one half its length. On the front are three pairs of pus- tules, one pair placed near the middle of the outer edge and smaller; a row of pustules follows the curved pronotal carina? and there is another below the carinated outer edge of the front, and a smaller pair occupy the outer angle of the vertex. Colorado. Described from a single pair received from Prof. C. P. Gillette. Since the above was written one macropterous and ten brachypterous males have been received from Prof. Gillette. The former differs from the 244 brachypterous form only in having a blackish oblong spot within the basal angles of the scutellum. The elytra are long as in the female but of a pale smoky brown with darker nervures. LACCOCERA ? OBESA, n. sp. Delphacinus obesa, < .illette & Baker, Hemip. of Colorado, p. 69, 1S95. Macropterous female: Allied to vittipennis but broader and stouter with the head narrower than the thorax, the eyes smaller and the elytra shorter and broader at apex. Vertex nearly square, broadly rounded before, not obviously five angled ; basal fovse shorter than in zonatus, more as in genus Delphax, reaching only to the middle, before forming two middle keels which run nearly par- allel over the apex of the head and unite abruptly to form the middle keel of the front. These carina? form three oblong nearly equal compartments on the apical half of the vertex. Hind edge of the pronotum broadly sinu- ately excavated across the middle, including a slight median emargination ; the fore and hind margins nearly parallel. Color soiled yellowish white, fulvous on the scutellum. Eyes, clypeus, its carinas excepted, and the disc of the pleural pieces blackish. Tergum marked as in the female of zonatus. Venter fulvous dotted with brown ; oviduct brown, shorter than the pygofers, the latter pale with a brown dot at the inner apical angle. Length ■$% m. m. Colorado. Described from a single female specimen received from Prof. C. P. Gillette. This is a stouter species than zonatus with which it agrees closely in color and markings. It has the same arrangement of pus- tules on the head and pronotum, but the carina? on the vertex are differently placed. GENUS STOBERA, Stal. Berliner Ent. Zeits. , III, p. 327, 1859. "Caput thorace nonnihil angustius, truncatum ; vertice transverso; fronte elongata, subparellela, marginibus carinatis, medio carina percur- rente, basi ipsa furcata instructa; genis obliquis, triangularibus, haud para- lellis; clypeo tricarinato. Antennae compressa?, capiti transverso cum ocu- lis vix a?quilonga?, articulo ultimo penultimolongiore. Thorax brevis, pos- tice late emarginatus, tricarinatus, carinis lateralibus posterius leviter divergentibus. Tegmina abdomen multo superantia. Tibia? postica? bispi- nosa;. Amblycoti arhne genus." The above is a copy of Stal's description. The characters given below were prepared by me before I had discovered that this genus had already been defined. Allied to Conomelus Fieb. Head considerably narrower than the pro- notum. Vertex short, the carina? sharp and prominent over the apex of the head. Front narrow, ligulate, but little or not at all narrowed at base, sides nearly rectilinear, carime prominent. Cheeks broad triangular, the outer edge a little reflexed. Clypeus long, acutely triangular, distinctly tricarinate. Antenna- stout, reaching onto the base of the clypeus; first 245 joint broadly flattened, narrowed to the base, the apex oblique; second joint larger, subterete, nearly as wide as the first; its surface, except at base and the outer edge of the first joint coarsely papillated. Pronotum deeply exca- vated behind, strongly carinated, the lateral carinae distinctly incurved at apex. Sides of the scutellum strongly concave, the apex prominent, large. P>lytral nervures setigerous-punctate. This genus is near Conomelus Fieb. but differs in the form of the front; the antennae have the same shape but are more flattened, and the carinae are more prominent. The lateral carinae of the pronotum apparently fork behind, sending one branch to the posterior edge and another behind the eye as in Liburnia. Certainly this is the case in our common tricarinata, Say. STOBERA TRICARINATA, (Say.) Delphax tricarinatus, Say. Jl. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Phila. IV, p. 337, 1825. Complete Writings, II, p. 225. Uhler, Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., II, p. 352, 1S76. Van Duzee, Psyche, V, p. 389, 1S90, Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I, pt. II, p. 127, 1892. Conomelus tricarinatus, Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V., p. 191, 1894. Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895. Color pale yellowish white, vertex and scutellum fulvous, apex of the head with a brown band between the eyes and invading the base of the front. A broad black band crosses the apex of the front and cheeks and a more slender one the base of the clypeus. Apex of the clypeus, femora below and the coxae dotted and the tibiae twice banded with black. Antennae and outer edge of the scutellum dusky. Disc of the tergum and ventral segments black. Elytra whitish hyaline, nervures, the marginal excepted, with black setigerous dots. Base of the clavus, an oblique band before the middle, another across the base of the apical areoles which is deflected so as to cover the inner half of the membrane, and a triangular spot on the outer apical angle, brown. Where the apical nervures terminate in the brown cloud they are marked by a white spot one of which is larger. Length about 4 m. m. This is a widely distributed species in North America occurring from Quebec 1o Mississippi and California. In Western New York it is occa- sionally taken in damp situations from May to August. I have also taken it near Ridgeway, Ont and have received specimens from New Jersey, (Smith), Mississippi (H. E. Weed), Kansas, (Snow), Colorado, (Gillette), Iowa, (Osborn), California, (Coquillett), and Virginia, Oct. 3d and 23d, Columbus. Tex., June 6th, (U. S. Natl. Mus.), Mr. Uhler records it from Illinois, Nebraska and Missouri, and Say's specimens were from Missouri. In the mountains of Colorado and California a shorter winged form seems to predominate. The extent of the dark markings is subject to some varia- tion in this species. 2.\(> STOBERA CONCINNA, Stal. Delphax concinna, Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh. XI, p. 246, 1854. Stobera concinna, Stal, Berl. Ent Zeits., Ill, p. 327. 1859. "Fusco-testacea ( t), vel pallida (s); fascia lata frontis genarumque. maculis raarginalibus abdominis parvis, pedibusque pallidis, his nigro-an- nulatis; tegminibus vitreis, fascia obliqua ante medium, fasciis 2 opposite obliquis, una mox pone medium, altera prope apicem, adcommisuram con- junctis, fusis; venis fusco-punctatis. Long, cum tegm. 4^ millim. Patria: Mexico." This probably is not distinct from the preceding but I refrain from uniting them at present on account of Stal's note appended to his later description which reads: "Adset in Museo Berolinensis species e Pensylva- nia S. concinnse maxime affinis et similis." Assuming this note to refer to tricarinata, which is more than probable, it is evident that Dr. Stal con- sidered this a distinct but closely allied species. So that it seems advisable to retain both names until the question can be settled by the study of a wider range of material than is now at my disposal. STOBERA BIFASCIATA, (Prov.) Delphax bifasciata, Prov., Pet. Faune Ent. du Can., Ill, p. 337, 1890. This is without doubt but a slightly immature form of tricarinata. Were it not for Provancher's remark — "son front est blanchatre" I would not hesitate for a moment to place it as a synonym of that species. I have seen unquestionable specimens of tricarinata that agree with his description in every respect except the pale front. GENUS LIBURNIA, Stal. Stal, Hemipt. Africana IV, pp. 170 and 179, 1866. Sahlberg, Cicadaria; p. 422, 1871. Fieber, Cicad. d'Europe I, p. 89, 1875; II, pi. 8, 1876. Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p 51. Delphax, Fieber Ver. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 520, 1866. Amyot & Serv., Hemipt. p. 512, 1843. (in part) Berg, Hemipt. Argent, p. 223, 1S79. Mayr, Tabellen I, p. 20, 1884. Ashmead, Ent. Am. V, p. 26, 1889. Prov., Pet. Faune Ent. du Can. Ill, p. 223, 18S9. Stal in i8M> first restricted the genus Delphax to clavicornis and its allies, on the ground, apparently, that clavicornis was the first species de- scribed by Fabricius under this generic name and therefore should be con- sidered the type ; thus making Delphax synonymous with Asiraca and dis- placing the latter generic name. Many European Hemipterists still retain the name Delphax lor the present genus. But Delphax has long been em- 247 ployed so loosely for most any species of this family that a desire for greater precision would seem to call for the use of Dr. Stal's name even if it were not fully justified by the rules of nomenclature as now most generally understood and adopted. Certainly no exception should be made in this case for the sake of perpetuating Fabricius' name by its application to the larger genus. LIBURNIA ORNATA, (Stal.) Delphax ornata, Stal, Berliner Ent. Zeits. VI, p. 315, 1862. Liburnia ornata, Osborn, Proc. Iowa, Acad. Sci., I, pt. 2, p. 127, 1S91. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Fulvous-brown, brighter above; vertex, pronotum and scutellum with a white median line which is bordered by a slender black line forming a continuation of the black frontal fovse over the apex of the head. Frontal carinae heavy, white. A longitudinal line behind the eye, the pleural pieces and the abdomen black, the latter with some fulvous spots on the margins, and the hind edges of the ventral segments may be pale. Elytra whitish hyaline ; a large spot near the base of the corium and a broad V shaped band beyond the middle having its apex on the inner edge near the tip of the clavus, brown. Nervures on the apical half brown and brown-margined, on the base dotted, concolorous on the brown basal spot. Front and clypeus narrow, ligulate. Vertex rectangular, scarcely prominent before the eyes. Length 4 m. m. This is a widely distributed and pretty species recalling by its orna mentation Stobera tricarinata. Stal records it from South Carolina and New York. Prof. Herbert Osborn has taken it in Iowa in September. Mr. H. E. Weed has sent me specimens from Mississippi and Mr. W. J. Palmer, Jr. of Buffalo has taken it in the mountains of North Carolina in July. About Buffalo it is rare. I have taken one specimen here on grass in June. LIBURNIA PELLUCIDA, (Fab ) Fulgora pellucida, Fab. Ent. Syst , IV, p. 7, 1792. Delphax pellucida, Fab. Syst. Rhyng. , p. 84, 1803. Germar, Mag. der Ent., Ill, p. 212, 1S1S. Burm., Handb. der Ent. II, 1, p. 150, 1835. Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forb., XI, p. 193, 1854. Fieb. Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, tafl. 8, fig. 20, 1866. Liburnia pellucida, Fieb. Cat. der Cicad. p. 5, 1871. Fieb. Cicad. d'Europe IY, p. 4, 1876. Sahlberg, Cicadarige p 436, 1871. Harrington, Ottawa Nat., VI, p. 31, 1892. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Macropterous males: Color black; carinas of the head broadly white; pronotum white clouded anteriorly between the carinae, or the surface may be more or less obscured with blackish; scutellum shining black edged with 248 fulvous; antenna: pale; connexivum and narrow margin of the ventral seg- ments and pleural pieces whitish. Elytra fuliginous; forks of the first and second sectors nearly equal; nervures sparingly punctate; pale at base. Legs pale, femora and outer face of the tibia; more or less embrowned, Pygofers broad, aperture transverse, narrowed dorsally, ventral notch broad, moderately deep; stiles rather slender, acute, very widely divergent, almost horizontal; the pygofers edged with white. In the brachypterous males the disc of the scutellum is sometimes pale and the pale markings on the abdomen are more extended. The brachypterous females are pale brownish yellow, deeper colored on the scutellum and venter; pronotum whitish; tergum and venter some- times marked with black. This insect is apparently indigenous to all the northern countries of the globe. It is found throughout Europe, extending its range in the north from Scandinavia through Russia and Siberia to Kamshatcha, and on this continent has been reported from Alaska, British America, Canada and the Eastern United States generally. About Buffalo it is our most abundant Delphacid, occurring through the entire season, frequently in large numbers Delphax arvensis Fitch is probably only the female of this species Delphax furcata Prov. seems to differ in being larger and having a black oviduct. It may be distinct. A few references for these names follow: LIBURNIA AVENSIS, (Fitch.) Delphax arvensis, Fitch, Homop. N. Y. State Cab., p. 46. 1851. Reprint in Lintner's 9th Rept., p. 3S6, 1893. It seems impossible to positively identify this form. Several examples of what I formerly placed under arvensis have been taken about Buffalo from May to Oct. These I now believe to be the macropterous females of pellucida. They are of a pale soiled yellow color, the elytra are tinged with fulvous with strong fulvous nervures. In some examples there are a few black marks beneath and the front may be more or less obscured. LIBURNIA FURCATA, (Prov.) Delphax furcata, Prov. Nat. Canadien, IV, p. 320, 1872. Prov. Pet. Faune Ent du Can., Ill, p. 225, 1889. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1S94. A larger form closely allied to the preceding I placed under this name in my list <.f the Hemiptera of Buffalo. It agrees with Provancher's description in the size but wants the brown oviduct, This name should, perhaps, be placed as a synonym of the foregoing. LIBURNIA DETECTA, n. sp. Macropterous form: Broad and stout Color soiled whitish; basal angles of the scutellum and beneath, especially in the female, quite strongly tinged with yellow. Face black; a longitudinal line in the middle of each 249 compartment of the front and a shorter one on the cheeks fulvous, carina; white; basal fova; of the vertex pale, base of the scutellum, disc of the pleu- ral pieces, some marks on the base of the vertex in the male, and the claws, blackish. The black on the base of the scutellum is mostly covered by the pronotum but on either side it is extended backward as a black line next to the patagia. Tergum black, the broad margins and a transverse band near the apex whitish in the male, fulvous in the female. Elytra whitish, ner- vures concolorous, the marginal heavy and brown around the apex; the inner apical areoles with a faint longitudinal fuscous cloud. Tips of the last segment of the connexivum black in the female. Length, male 3^, female 4 m. m. The genital characters of the male are similar to those of pellucida; stiles quite broad, widely divergent, their apex rounded and a little twisted. All the pieces black except the edge of the anal tube. New York. Described from one pair received from Mr. E. B. South- wick, taken in New York City. LIBURNIA CONSIMILIS, n. sp. Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1S95. Form and aspect of L. pellucida. Black; all the carina;, the broad pos- terior margin of the pronotum, feet, mostly, and the narrow margins of the abdominal and pleural pieces, white; elytra faintly fuliginous, nervures brown. Length 4 m. m. Macropterous male: Compared with the male of pellucida the vertex is a little longer, the basal fova? distinctly longer, the apical smaller and the posterior margin of the vertex more distinctly emarginate. The front is proportionately a little broader than in that species, the lateral carina; are more distinctly arcuated, the apical joint of the antenna; is smaller, the pronotum is shorter, the hind edge a little more deeply excavated and the apex of the scutellum is broader and shorter. Color black ; carinas of the head and pronotum narrowly white, teguk-s and broad margin of the pronotum white; edge of the scutellum touched with fulvous on its middle; connexivum and narrow margin of the ventral segments and pleural pieces whitish; legs brown, base and apex of the femora tip of the tibiae and the tarsi soiled white, the latter tipped with black. Elytra extending one half their length beyond the abdomen, very faintly smoky, nervures brown; wings white, nervures brown. Genital segment of the male long; aperture similar in form to that of pellucida but smaller with the styles narrower and less widely spreading, ventral notch of the pygofers small. 1 have given a comparative description of this species as best suited to distinguish it from the closely allied pellucida with which it might very readily be confounded, the form of the male genitalia is however very different, the insect is broader and has a wider front and vertex, and the male and female scarcely differ in color. The latter has the femora pale lineated with brown and the elytra are darker with stronger nervures. 25° California and Colorado. Described from three males from near Los Angeles, Calif, received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett under the name of Delphax consimilis, 1'hler, M. S. and one pair taken in the mountains of north west Colorado by Prof. C. P. Gillette. LIBURNIA, PUELLA, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. ngr, 1894. Aspect of the male of L. pellucida but smaller with a double piceous mark at the tip of the clavus. Macropterous form. Male: Black ; carinas of the head and the poste- rior half of the pronotum white; tip of the scutellum, broad margins of the propleuras, antennae, legs, connexivum and narrow margins of the ventral ments, yellowish testaceous, the latter sometimes white. Elytra pellucid white, tip of the clavus and the marginal nervure of the membrane blackish ; discal nervures pale brown, finely granulated. Vertex longer and narrower than in pellucida; front narrower, the sides parallel below the eyes where the width is hardly greater than at the center of the eye. Aperture of the pygofers almost circular, a little arcu- ated below; stiles widened and converging above, the outer angles extended upward and backward toward the anal aperture. Length 2|£ m. m. In the female the yellowish markings are more extended, the front is slightly widened toward the clypeus with its carina? yellowish instead of white; the pronotum is black with the carina; and narrow posterior margin pale yellow, otherwise like the male. Pygofers long and narrow, parallel ; plates narrow, arcuated within, covering the pygofers to the base of the broad oviduct. Length 3 m. m. New York, New Jersey, Mississippi, Iowa. Described from numerous individuals of both sexes. About Buffalo this species is rare but it becomes more abundant southwardly where it seems to replace pellucida. LIBURNIA OSBORNI, 11. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Macropterous form. Resembles L. ornata, Stal in form and size. Color soiled whitish tinged with yellow beneath; scutellum bright fulvous. Elytra white, subhyaline, nervures pale at base, becoming fuscous at apex. Wings white with slender brown nervures. Eyes, ocelli and tips of the tarsi and rostrum black. Length 3 to 4 m. m. The male has a conspicuous oblong longitudinal black spot within the basal angles of the scutellum and a whitish median carina. The disc of the pleural pieces and the abdomen, its margins and a part of the basal and genital segments excepted, are also black, and the front has a darker bor- der within the lateral carina-. In the female the color of the abdomen and breast is bright fulvous like the scutellum and sometimes the metaqotum and disc of the tergum is blackish 251 Apex of the pygofers in the male nearly circular; their surface below exposed by the strongly angled last ventral segment; stiles hook-shaped, approximate at base then curved outward and upward, their apices twisted and parallel and attaining the anal aperture either side of a ventral arcua. tion. Pygofers of the female oblong, oviduct stout, brownish, considerably exceeded by the anal tube. • This is a very clearly marked and pretty species of which seventeen specimens are now before me, all macropterous. Ocean Co. New Jersey in May, Prof. J. B. Smith; Agricultural College, Mich. G. C. Davis; Fair- fax and Ames. Iowa, Prof. Herbert Osborn, to whom this species is respect- fully dedicated. Also taken by me at Lancaster, N. Y. in August 1880. LIBURNIA LAMINALIS, n. sp. Macropterous female : Color bright fulvous yellow ; above marked with a broad brown band behind the eyes which covers the sides of the prono- tum and the basal angles of the scutellum to the lateral carinse. On the pronotum this brown color may be deepened to black anteriorly within the curve of the lateral carinas. Face brown, varied with paler and clouded with blackish next to the outer margin of the checks, on the base of the clypeus and the base and apex of the front. Color paler beneath becoming soiled whitish on the legs and venter; mesopleura with a round black spot; edges of the ventral segments and their stomata brown ; tergum black, the lateral edges and more or less of the apical segment yellowish. Elytra whitish hyaline, the nervures brown, conspicuous, the costal beyond the stigmata heavy and blackish. Anal tube black. Outer edges of the tibiae with a brown line. Oviduct short, not attaining the apex of the pygofers. Macropterous male; Colors paler becoming soiled whitish on the pro- notum. The face is more strongly colored or almost blackish and the base of the tergum bears a pale band. Pygofers white with a large black spot on each side ; stiles and anal tube deep black, the former large, projecting and very conspicuous, with the rounded apex rather broad and obtusely angled within. Length about -$% m. m. In most of its characters this species agrees very closely with Osborni but the stiles of the male are much larger and more conspicuous and their apex is more extended and oblique, and viewed from below they are less divergent. The female of Osborni has the pronotum immaculate. The basal angles of the scutellum are marked with black in the male only. The front in laminalis is narrower, but very little wider toward the base and distinctly arcuated at the apex of the head between the eyes. In Osborni the front is one half wider than in the present species with the sides quite distinctly arcuated and but slightly contracted at the tip of the head and the mesopleural spot is larger and more diffuse. Mississippi. Described from one male and two female examples received from Mr. Howard Ewarts Weed. The females were labeled "Sept. 1892." LIBURNIA LUTULENTA, n. sp. \'an Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. I'rachypterous form ; I )ull testaceous brown, more or less obscured on the pro- and mesonotum, elytra, and edges of the pectoral pieces, especially in the male; postpectus with a large fuscous spot; facial carina; brown- margined; abdomen darker, in the male tioged with rufous, the segments edged with fuscous; femora obscurely lineated with brown; tip of the tarsi and rostrum blackish; antennal seUu black. Vertex quadrate, feebly rounded before, carina? obtuse, evanescent on the forehead, fovse each with a round impressed dot. Front rather broad, narrowed between the eyes and more feebly toward the truncated apex. Pronotum shorter than in lineatipes and rounded anteriorly, not apparently squared as in that species. Fork of the outer sector of the elytra about twice the length of that of the inner. Pygofers of the male short, aperture subtnangular, the sides rounded, hardly notched above, ventral notch fee- ble; stiles narrow, claw-like, approximate at base, slightly divergent above and acute at apex. In the female the genital pieces differ from those of lineatipes only in being proportionately a little narrower throughout. Length 2 m. m. New York. Described from six male and eight female examples, taken at Buffalo, May 4th to July 10th and Portage Falls, May 30th. This insect approaches L.obscurella, Boh. but it is only about one half the size of that species and the form of the front and the characters of the male genitalia are quite different. It is also allied to L. lineatipes. It is not uncommon in spring on grass in damp situations. LIBURNIA WEEDI, n. sp. Macropterous male: Form rather broad and stout. Color soiled brownish testaceous, a little darker on the front and scutellum. Eyes, ocelli and abdomen black, the hind angle of each segment of the latter yellow. Elytra twice the length of the abdomen, whitish hyaline with heavy brown nervures. Genital segment long, aperture nearly round but forming a small notch below; stiles concentric with the outer rim of the aperture, widened and slightly bifurcated above. The genital characters are very obscure in this specimen and are not satisfactorily made out here. Length about 3^ m. m. Mississippi. Described from a single male example received from Mr. Howard Ewarts Weed. This is an obscurely marked species but quite distinct from any other known to me. It has much the color and general aspect of the smaller northern lutulenta. LIBURNIA OBSCURELLA, (Boh.) Delphax obscurella, Bohem., Vet. Akad. Hand1., 1847, P- 53- Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI, p. 195, 1S54. Fieb., Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, tab. VIII, fig. 20 1866. Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. 21, 1SS4. (mention) 253 Liburnia obscurella, Fieb. Cicad. d' Europe, IV, p. 20, 1S76. Sahlberg, Cicadariae, p. 443, 1871. Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1886, p. 80. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Several examples of this plainly colored little insect from Western New York have fallen into my sweep-net as the following dates will show: — Colden, July; Concord and Portage Falls, May. It much resembles our common lutulenta but may be distinguished by its larger size, (full 2^ m.m. to the tip of the abdomen), its narrow front with black fovae, and the elon- gated apical fova of the vertex which brings the fork of the median carina well on to the base of the front. LIBURNIA LATERALIS, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Brachypterous form: Vertex, length and breadth subaequal, carinse prominent and acute on the forehead, basal fovae short and shallow, hardly distinct ; apical fova elongated, extending over the apex of the head. Front rather narrow, sides straight and parallel below the eyes, contracted above. Clypeus slightly tumid and blackish at base with pale carinas. Elytra attaining the penultimate segment of the abdomen, narrowed to the rounded apex, forks of the first and second sectors about equal, middle apical areole much the largest. Length 2 to 1% m. m. Male. Dull pale yellow, obscured on the sides of the pro- and meso- nntum, front and abdomen ochreous; plates and a rather broad vitta on the tergum either side of the middle black ; feet whitish with a slender brown line exteriorly. Pygofers, viewed from the side, with a prominent tooth above, below which the edge is cut out almost to the corner of the last abdominal segment ; viewed from behind the aperture of the pygofers is oval, slightly wider above, with a broad black transverse band below the anal tube; stiles broad, rounded at the apex, slightly concave on the inner margin, reaching the rim of the anal tube just below the prominent lateral teeth. Female. Dull yellowish brown ; front dusky with a row of pale dots between the carinae ; a large spot at the base of the hind legs and the mar- gins of the abdominal segments, especially towards the sides, black. Ely- tra fulvous brown, the extreme edge paler, within which is a dusky line. Pygofers long, a little narrowed at the apex, ventral margin of the anal tube feebly concave ; plates white. New York, Described from one male and three female examples taken at Lancaster on August 24th and September 10th, 1S89. Another female was captured at Colden, N. Y., August 16, 1896. LIBURNIA KILMANI, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Brachypterous form. Vertex quadrangular, carinse obtuse, distinct on the forehead, basal fovae short, dividing carina nearly obsolete ; apical fova 254 long, extending well on to the base of the front. Front wide at the apex, contracted between the eyes, sides almost parallel in the male, in the female widened to below the middle. Antenna? short, reaching the base of the clypeus. Pronotum rather deeply concave behind. Elytra reaching the middle of the abdomen in the female, equalling the abdomen in the male, fork of the first sector longer than that of the second. Length, male 2 m.m., female 3 m. m. Male: Dull brownish yellow, obscured behind the eyes and on the face, with a clearer dorsal vitta from the vertex to the tip of the abdomen. Ab- domen black, connexivum, two apical segments mostly, and the dorsal vitta yellow. Elytra shining black with a narrow pale margin; thighs lineated with brown, the pectoral pieces obscurely spotted with the same color. Pygofers short, truncated, viewed from behind broad, subtriangular, dorsal notch deep, rounded, reaching the ultimate dorsal segment, ventral notch shallow; stiles narrow, pointed, widely divergent, adjoining the ventral margin lying almost horizontal. The female differs from the male in being of a duller color with the black markings paler and less extended The venter is somtimes entirely pale or touched with brown on either side. Oviduct black. Apex of the pygofers truncated, their inner angle slightly exceeded by the stout oviduct ; plates rather short and broad. Macropterous form : Elytra reaching for one third of their length beyond the abdomen; first sector widely forked somewhat nearer the base than the second ; apical areoles seven, very irregular ; nervures punctate. Wings whitish hyaline, nervures fuscous, the second white at base. New York. Described from one male and six female examples taken near Buffalo from June 18th to July 31st. In form and ornamentation this insect recalls genus Dicranotropis to which it is further allied by the elon- gated apical fova of the vertex which extends well on to the base of the front, where, however it is very narrow, but it can hardly be placed in that genus. In dedicating this neat little Delphacid to my friend Mr. A. H. Kilman of Ridgeway, Ont. I desire, in a measure at least, to express my appre- ciation as well of his scientific zeal as of his generosity in placing at my dis- posal the many valuable Hemiptera captured by him in Southern Ontario. LIBURNIA CAMPESTRIS, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Brachypterous f orm, Male: Vertex nearly square, passage to the front well rounded, carina:' feeble, especially on the forehead, fova? sometimes obscure; front rather broad, oblong, scarcely contracted between the eyes, sides feebly convex, apical margin straight; antennae stout; apex of the scutellum abruptly subacute. Elytra narrowed and rounded at the apex, reaching to the ultimate dorsal segment, the sectors equally forked. Pygo- fers viewed from behind broad, rounded below, truncated above, sides a little produced on the middle, the depressed margins rather wide below the 255 anal tube ; dorsal notch broad, reaching the ultimate tergal segment, ventral very shallow. Stiles divergent at base, parallel and somewhat expanded above, apex truncated, hardly attaining the anal tube. Color pale yellow; eyes, antennal setae, the basal angles of the scutellum and a large pleural spot at the base of the posterior and intermediate feet black. Abdomen fulvous or rufous, tergum with a black basal area on each side of variable extent, or black with the margins, dorsal line and hind edge of the two basal segments rufous, venter rarely blackish. Pygofers pale, stiles black. In the female the abdomen is larger and the elytra are shorter than in the male. The oviduct scarcely reaches the inner angle of the pygofers. Color a uniform dull fulvous, paler on the abdomen and legs ; antennal setee and tips of the tarsal spines black ; oviduct obscured. Macropterous male: Elytra extending one half their length beyond the abdomen, hyaline, nervures pale at base becoming brown toward their apex ; apical nervures six, the second and third contiguous at base. Colors rather clearer than in the brachypterous form. Length, male 2 m. m., female il/i m. m. New York, Ontario. Described from numerous examples of both sexes ; Buffalo and vicinity, May to August, Portage Falls, May 31st; Ridgeway and Muskoka, Ont. about August 1st. Mississippi, H. E. Weed; New Hampshire, C. E. Weed; Michigan, Davis. Here this pretty little species abounds in dry pastures especially where the grass is thin and parched during the heat of summer. LIBURNIA LINEATIPES, n. sp. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894. Brachyterous form. Male: Vertex almost square, carinas sharp, fovae distinct. Front rather broad, apex feebly concave, sides a little rounded, the lateral carina; obscurely continued across the base, above which the median carinas is divided on the vertex, below it is continued to the apex of the clypeus. Pronotum and scutellum minutely rugose ; carinae distinct, on the former the lateral carinae approach the hind edge where they become obsolete, median carina of the scutellum abbreviated posteriorly. Elytra short, opake, subquadrate, reaching but little beyond the middle of the abdomen, nervures strong, the apical areoles hardly indicated. Basal joint of the hind tarsi distinctly longer than the two following. Last ventral segment deeply concave on its hind margin ; pygofers with a deep notch below ; aperture ovate, rather small. Stiles large, slightly widened before their conical apex, divergent above toward the anal tube and curved to cor- respond with the sides of the aperture to which they approximate, strongly- ciliated. Color deep black ; narrow edge of the frontal carinae, last joint of the antennae, inferior margin of the eye, pectoral pieces, edge of the con- nexivum, two basal segments of the tergum excepting a large discal spot, and the legs, fulvous or dull honey yellow; femora before with two longi- tudinal brown lines, behind with a dusky cloud; tibiae with a brown line before; anterior and intermediate coxae and the apical tarsal joint and a large spot on the post-pectus black. 256 Female: Entirely pale brownish yellow inclining to fulvous on the abdomen. Frontal carinas margined with brown, tip of the rostrum and antennal joints dusky. Legs marked as in the male. Pygofers broad and short, subquadrate, their apical sinus rather deep; oviduct broad at base, black #nd slightly exceeding the inner angle of the pygofers. Length, male 2 m. m. ; female, 2%. m. m. I believe I have correctly placed the sexes of this species although I have never found them pairing. Though very different in color the form and markings are the same and they have always been taken in company. New York, Ontario. Described from eight male and seven female examples taken near Muskoka Lake, Ont. about the first of August 1SS8 and a single pair captured at Lancaster, N. Y. early in July. This species can hardly be compared with any european species known to me. LIBURNIA OCCLUSA, n. sp. Small; black ; front broad, oval. Length, male 1^, female 2%, m. m. Brachypterous form. Vertex ,large, nearly square, seperated from the front by an obtusely carinated edge ; carina; prominent. Front broad, oval, truncated at the clypeus, width two thirds the length, carina; distinct. Pronotum and scutellum thickly punctured, with an impressed point in each discal compartment, hind margin feebly angularly concave, apex of the scutellum obtuse, not abrupt, transversely rugose. Elytra hardly passing the middle of the abdomen, the two sectors about equally forked, abdomen with a dorsal carina; hind tibiae bispinose. Male: Black; carina; of the head, narrow edge of the dorsal abdominal segments, apical half of the second joint of the antennse, knees and tips of the tibiae and tarsal joints, pale. Pygofers slightly contracted apically, ventral notch deep, narrow, dorsal broad, reaching to the ultimate dorsal segment; aperture rather narrow, subtriangular, the incurved margins broad below, fringed with long pale hairs. Stiles narrow, lanceolate, sub- acute and slightly fringed at apex, but little divergent above; ventral aspect of the anal tube produced each side in an obscure tooth. Female: Piceous black; all the carina;, apical half of the second anten- nal joint, calloused base of the front, disc of the frontal compartments, knees, tips of the tibia; and the posterior tarsi their apex excepted, soiled white or fulvous. Pygofers broad and short, oviduct attaining the apex of their inner margin. ( me macropterous female which seems to belong here has the scutellum large, convex, finely punctured on the sides, with the lateral carina; obsolete and the apex somewhat abrupt. The elytra are a little longer than the abdomen, whitish hyaline, with strong piceous nervures, the fork of the first sector longer than that of the second. Los Angeles, Calif. Described from one male and two female examples received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett (Nos. 191 and 192.) This little species is closely allied to L. lineatipes but aside from the male genital characters, 257 which are quite distinct, it differs in having a broader front and proportion- ately larger vertex, the legs are differently colored, the size is much smaller and the female resembles the male in color instead of being pallid as in that species. LIBURNIA FOVEATA, n. sp. ♦ Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 192, 1894. Pale yellowish, pleural pieces carrying a blackish spot and the femora lineated with brown, the front narrow, black with white carinas. Length iy2 m. m. Front rather narrow, contracted between the eyes, the sides straight below. Hind margin of the pronotum deeply concave. Scutellum short with an abrupt tip. Color soiled yellowish ; front black with white carinas ; vertex with a black puncture in each fova; antennae with a black point on the base of the second joint exteriorly ; rostrum reaching the apex of the intermediate coxae, pale with a black tip; disc of the coxae and a spot on the pleural pieces blackish. Pro- and mesonotum entirely pale in the female, in the male the pronotum has a black line on the anterior margin behind the eyes and a cloud within the posterior angle, and the mesonotum has a black point exterior to the lateral carinas. Abdomen of the male black, genital segment, a dorsal line widened behind and the connexivum whitish, the two basal segments of the tergum yellow with a black median spot. Abdomen of the female pale, more or less broadly clouded with blackish on the venter and sides of the tergum, the connexivum and a dorsal band pale, or at times the abdomen may be entirely pale. Legs pale, lineated with brown, apical tarsal joint black. Elytra narrowed apically, reaching nearly to the end of the abdomen, fork of the first sector slightly longer than that of the second, nervures obscurely granulated. Genital characters. Male: Pygofers viewed from behind nearly cir- cular, marked with a blackish transverse cloud; dorsal notch deep, partially enclosing the anal tube, ventral notch wide and moderately deep ; stiles black, rather broad, nearly straight, suddenly narrowed at the apex, almost reaching the teeth of the anal tube, not widely divergent ; anal tube pro- duced in a blunt tooth at each lower corner. Female: Pygofers long, sides parallel, apex not very oblique, oviduct narrow, not attaining the inner apical angle of the pygofers. New York, Ontario. Described from two male and eight female exam pies taken at Portage Falls, N. Y., May 30th 1888 and Muskoka Lake, Ont. in July of the same year. In the form of the male genitalia this species approaches the european L. distincta as illustrated by Fieber, (Grundz. der Delph. tafl. 8, fig. 23) but the stiles are less divergent and the teeth of the anal tube are shorter In color these species are very distinct. A single macropterous female which I have placed here differs from the female of pellucida in having a longer and narrower vertex, a narrower front with the sides straight below the eyes, the pronotum also is angularly excavated behind and the front is deep black ornamented with the white carinas, and a black spot is always present at the base of the posterior feet. 258 LIBURNIA (?) INCERTA, n. sp. Van Duzee. Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 192, 1894. Allied to L. Bohemani of Europe. Form and color of lutulenta nearly. Short and stout; frontal carina forked opposite the lower angle of the eyes. Length: Male 2, female 3 m. m Male; Dark testaceous brown; front obscurely rufo-piceous, tergum darker brown, the middle of the segments at base yellowish; pectoral pieces and legs soiled yellow. Aperture of the pygofers broad below, the stiles acuminate, widely divergent and curved at apex, lower edge of the anal tube forming a pair of acute incurved teeth which are approximate and gibbous at base. Female larger ; tawny or honey yellow, paler beneath ; tip of the rostrum and oviduct black. New York. Described from a single pair taken from a meadow near Buffalo on the 14th of June 1893. The forking of the frontal carina near the middle of the face recalls genus Pissonotus and the male is colored much as is that of P. brunneus but it is a much stouter little insect and the carina; of the pronotum are curved behind the eyes. LIBURNIA GILLETTI, n. sp. Gillett and Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895. Brachypterous female: Color pale straw yellow marked with black. Carina: of the pronotum and scutellum whitish, sides of the scutellum becoming almost a saffron yellow. Face excepting the carina; and margins deep black ; apical fova and a dot near the outer posterior angle of each basal fova on the vertex, the anterior angles of the pronotum exterior to the lateral carina; and a small dot near the hind margin of the scutellum just within the lateral carina; black. Abdomen black, outer margin and a dorsal line on the tergum, connexivum and pygofers pale yellowish ; slender hind edge of the ventral segments and the stiles whitish. Legs and mar- gins of the coxae and pleural pieces pale, the femora and exterior edge of. the tibia; lineated with black ; anterior, intermediate and tips of the poste- rior tibia; brown. Antenna; yellowish brown with a black annulus on the base of each joint. Elytra oblong, rounded at apex and exceeding the abdomen, obscurely yellowish, subhyaline marginal nervures strong, yel- lowish, discal distinct, concolorous. Oviduct and anal stile black. In many examples there is a blackish dot on the disc of the pronotum either side of the median carina and the pronotum may be minutely dusted with dusky, or there may be a darker longitudinal cloud on either side of the median carina, or the disc of both may be black with the carina; pale and the lateral margins yellowish or even fulvous. The macropterous females in the examples before me have the venter pale with a black discal cloud more or less extended : the sides minutely dotted with brown and bearing a row of black points, one on each segment, and the elytra are quite strongly clouded with smoky toward their tips. 259 The males are of a dead black color with the carina? and sutures slen- derly pale, at least on the face, the legs are more or less lineated with pale and the posterior tibiae and tarsi are pale faintly tinged with brown, with the claws blackish. Apical half of the last joint of the antenna; pale brown. Elytra deep smoky brown becoming more transparent toward their tips, with brownish nervures. In this species the front is oval and rather broad but more contracted between the eyes than in lineatipes. The vertex is truncated at base ; the pronotum is rather deeply and angularly emarginated behind, the scutellum is short with an unusually large and abrupt apex which is rounded at tip and ecarinate, the median carinse becoming obsolete opposite the lateral sinuses. The pygofers of the female are rather small and parallel and in the male the aperture of the pygofers has much the form it has in pellucid i but the stiles are smaller and less divergent above, becoming nearly parallel at their base which is included within the ventral sinus of the pygofers. Colorado. Described from many examples received from Prof. C. P. Gillette including both the long and short winged forms of both sexes. This is a very pretty and interesting species which seems to be quite vari- able in the extent of the black markings on the female. Like pellucida and lineatipes the two sexes differ widely in color. GENUS ACHOROTILE, Fieb. Fieber, Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521, 1866. Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 92, 1875; 88, pi. S, 1876. Sahlberg, Cicadariae, p. 472, 1871. Ashmead, Ent. Am., V, p. 27, 1889. ACHOROTILE ALBOSIGNATA, (Dahlb.) Delphax albosignata, Dahlb. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1850, p. 199. Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI, p. 196, 1854. Delphax fuscinervis, Dahlb., Vet. Akad. Handl., 1852, p. 113. Ditropis albosignata, Sahlbg.. Cicadariae, p. 472, 1871. Achorotile albosignata, Fieb., Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521, 1866. Fieber, Cicad. d'Europe, IV, p. 89, 1876. Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 192, 1894. Numerous immature examples of this species were taken by me about a bog swamp at Concord, N.Y. in May 1SS8, and a few scattering speci- mens elsewhere. An examination of the mature form may show this to be distinct from the European species but it seems to me very unlikely that such would be the result. 200 PENTAGRAMMA, new genus. Form broad, eliptical. Head nearly as wide as the pronotum, promi- nent and tumid before. Vertex broad, heptagonal, rounded at the apex which surpasses the eyes. Face convex, front nearly as wide as long, the two median carina widely divergent forming an oval compartment, approx- imate, parallel and indistinct over the tumid apex of the head; sides of the front broadly rounded, carinate. Cheeks mostly deflexed but with an ob- lique carina below the antenme, forming there a sloping area. Clypeus large, convex, triangular, sides feebly carinate. Antenna? stout, subterete, first joint about one fourth the length of the second, oblique at apex. Pro- notum shorter than the vertex, moderately concave behind, tricarinate, the lateral carina' curved outward under the eyes. Scutellum normal, with five carina. Anterior and intermediate feet flattened, not foliaceous, posterior tibia* a little longer than their tarsi, thickened at tip and armed with three spines on their outer edge. This genus may be distinguished from any other yet characterized by the five scutellar and two frontal carinae and the short basal joint of the an- tenna1. The type and only species now known is Liburnia vittatifrons L'hler, and of this I have seen only females. A study of the males may necessitate some change in the characters given above but they cannot unite it with any genus now established. PENTAGRAMMA VITTATIFRONS, (Uhler.) Liburnia vittatifrons, Uhler, Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., II, p. 351, 1876- IV, p. 510, 1S78. Standard Nat. Hist., II, p. 241, 1S84. This is our most conspicuous described North American representative of this group. It is a large green species approaching one third of an inch n length. The front is brown with a transverse green band, and against the antenna- is a black spot aad a larger one covers the inner disc of the anterior coxae. The antennae and legs are also lineated with brown. Mr. Uhler records it from N. Y., N. J., Illinois, Dakota and Montana. On the Atlantic Coast it is an inhabitant of the salt-marshes. Prof. Herbert Osborn (Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., i, pt. 2, p. 127.) mentions a closely allied insect from Iowa but does not describe it as a distinct species. GENUS STIROMA, Fieb. Fieber, Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521, 1866. Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 8, 1S75; II, pi. 8, 1S76. Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1SS6, p. 93. STIROMA INCONSPICUA, Uhler. Stiroma inconspicua, Uhler, Bui. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., Ill, p. 45«. 'S77- Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 70, 1895. 26 r So far this insect has been recorded only from Colorado. It is unknown to me. Last June I took at Hamburgh, N. Y. a very immature little Delphacid evidently pertaining to this genus. It is pale yellow becoming brownish on the head and pronotum. Eyes and front black, carina; white. The two median carina? of the front are distinct and parallel through their whole length. UNCERTAIN SPECIES. The following species of doubtful position have been described from our territory : Delphax vittata, Stal, Berliner Ent. Zeits., VI, p. 315, 1862. Hab. Carolina, Pennsylvania. Delphax producta, Walk., Homop. British Museum, III, p. 353, 1850. Hab. Jamaica. Delphax luteivitta, Walk. Homop. British Museum, III, p. 354, 1850. Hab. United States. Delphax unicolor, Walk. Homop. British Museum, III, p. 354, 1854. Hab. Hudson's Bay. Delphax pictilrons, Stal, Stal. Ent. Zeit., XXV, p. 50, 1864. (Hemip. Mex. No. 360.) Hab. Mexico. Index to Vol. V. Achorotile, genus 259 albosignata, Dahlb. noticed 259 Allygus costomaculatus,' Van D., described 207 Anas boschas, breeding habits of 35 obscura, breeding habits of 35 Athysanus gammaroides Van D., described 209 Avicula undosa, Ringb. described 18 Birds, Nidification of, on the St. Clair Flats by Rev. /. //. Langille 33 Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of, by E. E. Fish 72 Callocystites tripectinatus Ringb. , described 12 Carterius latitenta Potts, note on 104 tenosperma Potts, note on 104 tubisperma Mills, note-on 104 Ceramopora orbiculata Ringb., described 19 Ceratiocaris acuminatus Hall, described 28 Chaetetes expansus Ringb., described 20 Chondrites sp., noticed 31 graminiformis Pohl., described 32 Conularia bifurca Ringb., described 18 multipuncta, Ringb., described iS transversa Ringb., described 19 Copicerus, genus 230 irroratus, Schwarz, noticed 230 Crania dentata Ringb., described 16 " gracilis Ringb., described 17 pannosa Ringb., described 17 Day, David F. : Second Supplement tu ihe List of Plants of Buffalo and Vicinity 85 Delphacidae, North American: A Preliminary Review of, by E. P. I an Duzee 225 " List of Species 227 Key to the genera 228 Uncertain species of 261 I >. Itocephalus concentricus Van D. , described 208 " fusdinervosus Van D., described 207 Dicranotropis, genus 240 maidis Ashm., noticed 240 Earthworms the original hosts of the gapeworms of fowls 47 Edwards, Austin M. : The Pendulum and Its Laws of Oscillation 117 Erismatura rubida, breeding habits of 36 Eugaster concinnus Ringb., described 8 Eurypterus scorpionis Grote and Pitt, redescnbed 30 26s Eu^arcus Grote and Pitt, not distinct from Eurypterus.. . 29 grandis Grote and Pitt, same as scorpionis 31 scorpionis Grote and Pitt, redescribed 30 Eutettix Slossoni Van D., described 210 Southwicki Van D., described 209 Fish Remains from the Corniferous, near Buffalo. By F. K. Mixer and//. U. Williams S4 Fish, E. E. : Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of Birds 72 Fossil Fishes of the Genesee and Portage Black Shales. Notes on. By H. U. Williams 81 Fossil Fishes from the Corniferous Near Buffalo 84 Fossils from the Niagara Shales, New Genera and Species of: By E. N. S. Ringueberg 5 Fossils from the Waterlime Group Near Buffalo. By Julius Pohl* matt, M. D 23 Fulica americana, breeding habits of 33 Fuligula americana, breeding habits of 34 Gallinula galeata, breeding habits of 34 Gape Worm of Fowls. Paper on. By H. D. Walker 47 Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity. A List of. By E.P. Van Duzee...\t-j " Index to the genera of 203 See Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacidae..225 Heteromeyenia repens Potts, note on 104 " Ryderi Potts, note on 104 Homoptera, Descriptions of New Species of. By E. P. Van Duzee 205 Hydreomena Traversata Kellicott, described 45 Hydrochelidon lariformis, breeding habits of 37 Idiocerus nervatus Van D., described 205 Kelisia, genus 232 " axialis Van D., described 232 " crocea Van D., described 232 Kellicott, D. S. : Nonagria subcarnia n. sp. Note on 40 " Hydreomena traversata n. sp. Note on 45 " " The Mills Collection of Fresh-Water Sponges 99 Laccocera new genus, characterized 241 " obesa Van D., described 244 " vittipennis Van D., described 242 zonata Van D., described 243 Langille, Rev. J. H. : Nidification of Birds on the St. C'air Flats 33 Lecanocrinus excavatus, Ringb., described , n mcisus Ringb., desciibed 10 " nitidus Ringb., described 9 puteolus Ringb., described n solidus Ringb., described 8 Lepidoptera, (Macro-) of Buffalo and Vicinity. List of. By E. P. Van Duzcc ..105 -6 4 Liburnia, genus 246 arvensis Fitch, note on 248 campestris Van D., described 254 consimilis \'an D., described 24Q detecta Van D., described 248 foveata Van D., described 257 furcata Prov., note on 248 Gilletti Van D., descrihed 258 incerta Van I)., desenbed 258 Kilmani Van I)., described 253 laminalis Van I)., described 25l lateralis Van D., de.-cribed 253 lineatipes Van L)., described • 255 lutulenta Van D., described 252 obscurella Boh., note on 252 occlusa Van D., described 256 ornata Stal, note on 247 Osborni Van D., described 250 pellucida Fabr., note on 247 pnella Van D., described 250 Weedi Van D., described 252 Lumbricus terrestris the Host of the Gape Worm of Fowls,....'. 47 Megamelus, genus, 233 Davisi Van D., described 235 marginatus Van D., described 234 notulus Germ., note on 233 piceus Van D., described 234 Meycnia crateriformis Potts, note on 103 Everetti Mills, note on 103 fluviatilis Potts, note on 102 Leidyi Carter, note on 103 Millsii Potts, note on 103 Mulleri Lieb.. note on 103 plumosa var Palmeri Potts, note on 103 Mills, Henry: Collection of Fresh- Water Sponges, Notes on. By />. S. Kellicott 99 Niagara Shales, New Genera and Species of Fossils from. By E ugene N. S. Ringueberg 5 Nidification of Birds on the St. Clair Flats. By Rev./. H. Latigillc 33 Nonagria subcarnea Kellicott, described 40 obliquata, note on jo Onandaga Salt Group, Thickness of at Buffalo, N. V 97 Palaeoniscus antiquus Williams, described 84 reticulatus Williams, described 83 Pendulum and its Laws of Oscillation. By A . M . Edwards 217 IVntagramma new genus, characterized 260 vitatifrons Uhler, note on 260 265 Pentamerella compressa Ringb., described 15 Phyllodinus new genus, characterized 240 nervatus Van D ., described 241 Pissonotus new genus, characterized 236 aphidioides Van D., described 239 ater Van D., described 237 basalis Van D., described 23S brunneus Van D., described 239 delicatus Van D., described 237 dorsalis Van D., described 239 marginatus Van D., described 236 •' pallipes Van D., described 238 Plants of Buffalo, Second Supplement to the List of. By David F. Day 85 Platyceras laciniosum Ringb , described [4 membranaceum Ringb., described 15 " proclive Ringb., described 14 Platycrinus corporiculus Ringb., described 12 Platymetopius fuscifrons Van D., described 206 " loricatus Van D , described 205 Podilymbus podiceps, breeding habits of 36 Pohlman, Dr. Julius: Fossils from the Waterlime Group near Buffalo, N. Y 23 " Thickness of the Onondaga Salt Group near Buffalo, N. Y 97 Porzana Carolina, breeding habirs of 38 Protaster stellifer Ringb., described 7 Ptergotus bilobus Huxley and Salter, note on 27 " Buffaloensis Pohlman, described 24 Rallus elegans, breeding habits of 38 Rhinopora curvata Ringb., described 19 Ringueberg, Eugene N. S. : New Genera and Species of Fossils from the Niagara Shales, 5 Scaphoideus lobatus Van D. , described 211 " luteolus Van D., described 210 Spirifer asperata Ringb. , described 16 Squmaster, new genus, characterized 5 ' ' echinatus Ringb. , described 6 Sponges, Fresh-Water: The Mills Collection of. By D. S. Kellicott . . .99 Spongilla aspinosa Potts, note on 102 " fragilis Leidy, note on 102 lacustris Linn, note on 101 Stenocranus genus 230 dorsalis Fitch, note on 230 " lautus Van D., described 231 palaetus Van D., described 231 saccharivorus Westw. . note on 232 6 266 Stiroraa, genus 260 inconspicua Uhler, note on 260 Stobera, genus 244 bifasciata Prov. . note on 246 concinna Stal, note on 246 tricarinata Say, note on 245 Stomatopora parva Ringb. , described . 20 recta Ringb., described 20 Syngamus trachealis, paper on. By H. D. Walker 47 Thamnotettix aureola Van D., described 213 perpunctata Van D., described 212 Tinobregmus new genus, characterized 213 vittatus Van D., described 214 Tubella Pennsylvanica Potts, note on 104 Tuberculopora new genus, characterized 21 inflata Ringb., described 11 Van Duzee, E. P. : List of the Macro-Lepidoptera of Buffalo and Vicinity List of the Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity .... 167 " " New Homopterous Insects 205 Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacidse 225 Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of Birds. By E. E. Fish 72 Walker, H. D. : The Gape Worm of Fowls; the Earthworm its Orig- inal Host. Also on the Prevention of the Disease in Fowls called "The Gapes" which is caused by this Parasite 47 Waterlime Group near Buffalo, N. Y. Fossils from. By Dr. Julhis Pohlman 23 Williams, Herbert U. : Notes on the Fossil Fishes of the Genesee and Portage Black Shales 81 Xestocephalus new genus, characterized 214 fulvocapitatus Van D., described 215 pulicarius Van D. ,. described 215 tesselatus Van D., described 216 BULLETIN OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES VOLUME VI. From May, 1898, to September, 1899, BUFFALO, N. Y. Published by the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. 1898-1899. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS. . . 1 898* . . DAVID F. DAY, Chairman. F. PARK LEWIS, LEE H. SMITH, [RVING P. BISHOP. ADOLPH DUSCHAK. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS. . . 1899. . . DAVID F. DAY, Chairman. F. PARK LEWIS, JAMES SAVAGE, HENRY R. HOWLAND, ADOLPH DUSCHAK. GEOLOGY AND PAL/EONTOLOGY Eighteen Nile Creek AND THE LAKE SHORE SECTIONS ERIE COUNTY, New York. A HANDBOOK FOR THE USE OF" STUDENTS AND AMATEURS. AMADEUS W. GRABAU, Fellow in Palaeontology, Harvard University; Late Instructor in Palaeontology in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. BUFFALO, N. Y. Published by the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. 1898-1899. PART L, Issued May, 1898: Press of C. L. STERN CO., Buffalo, N. Y. J* PART II., Issued September, 1899: Press of THE MATTHEWS-NORTHRUP CO., Buffalo, N. Y. |Tliis title page to replace the one issued with Part I. ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA. Page xx — Line 2 from bottom, for itinary read itinerary. Page xxiv — Table C. Strophalosia bed : For 5 ft. read .5 ft. For 52' read 59/ For 50. 5/ read 57.5' Transition shales: For 81. 5' read 88.5/ For So' read 87' Pteropod bed: For S2/ read 89/ For 80. 5' read 87.5' Ambocoelia bed: For 88' read 95' For 86. 5 ' read 93. 5' Page 4 — Line 14 from top, for one degree read 0.1 degree. Pages 8 to 32, — Remove ( ) from author's name — except — P. S, etc., Styliolina fissurella, (Hall). P. 14, " Ambocoelia umbonata. (Conrad). P. 16, " Schizobolus truncatus, (Hall). P. 19, " Liorhynchus quadricostatus, (Vanuxem). P. 23, " Phacops rana, (Green). P. 27, " Athyris spiriferoides, (Eaton). P. 27, " Stropheodonta perplana, (Conrad). P. 27, " Atrypa reticularis, (Linn). P. 31, " Mytilarca oviformis, (Conrad). P. 32, " Tropidoleptus carinatus, (Conrad). Page 10— Line 10 from bottom for "pterepod"' read pteropod. Page 11 — Bottom line omit (Fig. i). Page 13 — Line 3 from bottom for "given in it's name" read given it its name Page 19— Line 12 from bottom, for "2,5 degrees" read 0.25 degrees. Page 20— Line 10 from top for "characteristic" read characteristics. Page 21 — Line 3 from top, for Pt. V. read PI. V. Page 24 — Line 6 from top, for "four degrees" read 0.4 degrees. Page 49 — Under reaction 5, for "oxydation" read oxidation. Page 63 — Line 3 Add. Below the Nautilus bed are seven feet of shales, poorly exposed and containing a fauna similar to that of the overlying shales. —Line 4, after Nautilus bed insert: and the seven feet of shale below it, — Line 11, for "immediately" read seven feet. —Line 12, for "fifty feet" read fifty-seven feet. Page 64— Line 26 from top, for "The Strophalosia and Nautilus beds", etc., to end of sentence, read : The Strophalosia bed is seen everywhere in this part of the section, from six to seven feet below the top of the cliff, forming a narrow band; the Nautilus bed is occasionally seen forming the top of the cliff. - Line 22 from top, for "fifty feet" read fifty-seven feet. Page 67— Line 23 from top, before "Nautilus bed" insert: shales below the Page 71— Line 9 from top, for "lamellibranches'' read lamellibranchs. Page 94— Under New Species insert, Cornulites hamiltonice. p. 150. Insert ( ) as follows: P. 129, Craspedophyllum archiaci. (Billings). P. 145, Taxocrinus nuntius. (Hall). P. 167, Fistulicella plana. (Hall). P. 1S4, Orbiculoidea lodiensis. (Vanuxem). P. 1S4, Schizobolus truncatus. (Hall). P. 194, Stropheodonta demissa. (Conrad). P. 196, Stropheodonta perplana. (Conrad). Remove ( ) P. 199, Stropheodonta nacrea. Hall. Page 273— Under figure 19S, for "from Hall" read after Hall. l-.^e 270— Line 8 from bottom, for "Portloch" read Poitlock. Page 292 — Nautilus magister. The very fine specimen illustrated in plate 2S was found by Dr. R. T. Jackson, and presented by him to Yale University Museum. The photograph was obtained through the courtesy of Prot. Charles E. Beecher of Yale University. Page 303 — For "Jones and Hall" read Jones and Holl. Page 333 -Line 17 from top, for "neytonic" read nektonic. Page 346 — Line 2 from top, for "Beel" read Bell. Page 349— Line 23 from top, for "earth worm" read aquatic worm. Line 24 from top, for "Lumbriusc" read Lumbriculus. Page 350 — Line 25 from top, for "bachiopods" read brachiopods. Page 351 -Line 5 from bottom, for ".)/. pkascolinus" read M. phaseolinus. Page 353— Line 4 from bottom, for "Pidium" read Pisidium. Pages 366 and 3(17— for "Ortman" read Ortmann. i 3 A . I O T A M t < ^RD*! On TAR OuTCDOK 0«" Bum » CRESCENT BEACr-1 £ ^ A Pt. A tlNO ^ ^ \ ^ V r ^ <^ Stony Po-nt WOODu»»vn Bc«Ch Bav ViEw C^Ff i .LiMqsro^e R-dqe £u Morse. Creek< ATmOL SPRiNOS C" Avery's Creek,,^ Eb.E Cur J, L*«h ide. Gem iBURCh OnThE E/Ry AKE WAr.AKA" Ctlf^t Old Gorge Idlewoc Idlewood Cl' Eightcen Mile. > r/ 'WANAftAH St urg e o n P- WahAKAM BE.AO Angola Camp _,[ G oOLyMD Dibble Bay_^ A ni o Pt. LAnEVri* IDlE-WOOD LT r- C^ANs/'^** HArfSiS uRG 'Water Valley \ JjlRBY 'Ed Erg Vai 'rSoc AijOOLA fF~L NO ^T^^Ol^i MS N pi. ATI-: 1. Map of the Lake Shore of Erie County. New York, showing the position of the CU! the strata, into a fault. ( Powell t. Compare Plate XVI. IX. FORMS OF FAULTS /■.)! ■ n. Fig. vi. — Gravity, and simple and compound thrust faults. X. but more frequently it is inclined. The angle which the fault plane makes with the vertical in this latter case, is the angle of hade. The overlying portion of the strata, along an oblique fault plane, constitutes the hanging wall of the fault. The underlying portion constitutes the foot wall. If the hanging wall of the fault has slipped down, tension is indi- cated, for the strata now occupy more horizontal space than before, as can be easily tested by an experiment, with blocks to represent the strata. In such a case, the faulting was caused by the action of gravity, which pulled down the hanging wall. Therefore such a fault is called a "gravity fault" and in as much as most faults are gravity faults, thev are commonly called "normal faults" (fig. vi., 1). II however, the hanging wall slips up, a compression is indicated, which shortens the beds, so that they occupy less horizontal space than before. A thrust force is required for the produc- tion of such faults, and they are therefore called "thrust faults." Being of less frequent occurrence than the other class, they are also called "reversed faults" (fig. vi., 2, 3). It is the latter kind which occurs in this vicinity. Related to the disturbances which produced faults and folds, are those which produced joint cracks, i. e. those prominent fissures which traverse all the rocks of this region (see Plates III., XXVI. and XXVII.). One expla- nation of these is, that they originated through the action of earthquake shocks, which traversed the rocks, and pro- duced a series of earth-waves, which in unconsolidated material would produce little effect, but in solid rock would produce these fissures at regular intervals (Crosby). The other well accepted explanation which accounts for these joints is, that by unequal elevation, the beds have become twisted and have been subjected to a torsion strain, and that this has produced the parallel and intersecting joints (Daubree). Both causes undoubtedly co-operate in the formation of these joints, as is well illustrated, when a sheet of glass is twisted and then a shock sent through it by a XI. Fig. vii. — Apparatus for breaking plates of glass by torsion, with an example of the results produced. (Daubree). Fig. viii. — Arrangement of fractures in a large plate of glass which was broken by torsion. (Daubree). Xll. blow given in its vicinity. The glass will break, with the formation of two sets of parallel fractures, which intersect each other at a constant angle in a given piece (figs. vii. and viii. ). Nomenclature.— In the study of the geological formations of any region, it becomes necessary that a classification of the various beds should be made, and that a proper nomen- clature should exist, so that each division and subdivision mav be properly designated. Professor H. S. Williams has discussed the various systems of nomenclature which have been used for stratified rocks, and for a full account the reader is referred to his book.* A brief synopsis, and defini- tions of the various terms employed, are given here. In the first place it must be remembered that we are dealing both with the rocks, and with the time occupied in their deposition. Consequently, a dual nomenclature and classification is necessary, and two kinds of scales must be adopted, namely: the "formation scale" and the "time scale."!" The formation scale of classification takes account of the rock formations only, while the time scale is only concerned with geologic time and its subdivision. The time scale will be considered first. The whole of geologic time is divided as follows : Cenozoic Time — Time of "modern life." M esozoic Time — Time of "mediaeval life." Pal.eozoic Time — Time of "ancient life." Proterozoic Time — Time of "first life." Azoic Time — Time of "no life." Each of these great "Time" divisions is characterized by the progress of life during its continuance, such progress being indicated by the names. •Geological Biology, 1x95. ■ n S. Williams, Dual Nomenclature in Geological Classification. Journal of logy, Vol. II., pp. 145-160. Xlll. The times are divided into eras, which have received locality names, as Devonic era from Devonshire, England, old historic names, as Siluric era, from the old tribe of Silures, or names derived from the lithological character of beds deposited during the era, as Carbonic era, from the coal beds deposited at that time. The division is chiefly based on biological changes,. The subdivision of eras is not a uniform one. The best is that proposed by H. S. Williams,* who would recognize in general an early, a middle and a later period in each era. The terms Eo, Meso and Neo, proposed by him, form suitable prefixes to which can be added the distinctive era name. Thus Eodexonian, Mesodevonian and Neodevonian are proper names to apply to the early, middle and later periods of the Devonic era. Periods are divided into epochs, these latter marking the continuance of a characteristic species and its associates. The name applied to the epoch should be the specific name of the important species, a rule which as yet is not very generally followed. From the nature of the division it follows that it can not hold over very wide areas, and that its length may vary in different regions. The epoch during which the Hamilton shales of New York were deposited — here called the Spiriferoides epoch, from Athyris spiriferoides — can perhaps not be recognized outside of north-eastern United States and portions of Canada. The Stringocephalus epoch of Europe is, in part at least, its foreign equivalent. On the other hand, the Disjunctus and Intumescens epochs ( Table B ) are recognized in Europe, where they are marked by the same species. So too, the Acuminatus epoch, during which the Corniferous limestone of eastern North America was deposited, may be recognized in European geological history as the time during which Spirifer cultrijugatus, the European equivalent of S. acuminatus, existed. *Loc. cit. XIV The term "age" is frequently used in the succeeding pages. It is to be understood as capable of a general application in speaking of divisions of the time scale, whether large or small. The term age, is also used in designating the time occupied in the formation of a particular stratum, or sub- stage, thus: Encrinal age, Moscow age and Styliolina age, or as^e of the Styliolina limestone. ,-v The unit of classification in the formation scale is the stratum. Each stratum comprises a section of the forma- tion, which consists throughout its thickness of the same rock material. Thus the Encrinal limestone is a stratum. Similarly the eight or nine feet of black uniform carbona- ceous Genesee shales form one stratum. The stratum may be subdivided into beds, of which, in a thick stratum, there may be many. The bed may again be divided into layers, of which there may be several in one bed. A rock formation or terrane may consist of a single stratum, or of a number of strata, according to the magnitude of the division under consideration, but all the related strata of that particular division are included in the term formation. Thus the Devonian formation includes all the strata of the Devonian division, and the Genesee formation includes all the -strata of the Genesee division. The smallest division of the formation scale is the stage. This may comprise a number of strata, as in the case of the Hamilton stage. It may be subdivided into smaller forma- tions, as is the case in the example here cited. The names applied to the stages are commonly locality names, but as in the Corniferous stage, the lithological character may furnish the name. The strata comprised within a stage are usually restricted in distribution, seldom covering more than a few hundred square miles of area, and they were all deposited during the continuance of the corresponding epoch. The stages are united into groups, the groups into series, and the series into systems. Groups are local in distribution, their XV. formation depending on the physical conditions which existed during the corresponding period of time at the place where they occur. On this account rock groups commonly receive local names, such names being taken from the locality where the group is best developed, or where it was first studied. A number of local rock groups, known by various names, were deposited during each geological period, each group characterizing a different locality, and indicating different physical conditions during the time and at the place of its deposition. For purposes of correlation it is desirable to have one name to which the local groups can be referred, and such a name must be of general applicability. None of the local group names can be selected, no matter how much priority any one of them may have. For example: the Huamampampa sandstone of Bolivia was probably de- posited while the Hamilton sediments were accumulating over New York, but the Huamampampa sandstones are not Hamilton. They are Middle Devonian just as the Hamilton sediments are Middle Devonian. It is therefore proposed to use the terms Lower, Middle and Upper to designate a three- fold division of each rock series deposited during the corresponding geologic era. Thus the Devonic series, built up during the Devonic era, is divisible into three groups, the Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian groups, which were deposited respectively during the Eo, Meso and Neodevonian periods. This division may seem somewhat artificial, especially as some rock series are divisible into more or less than three groups in different localities. Thus in Tennessee the whole of the Devonic series is represented by the Chattanooga black shale, which in places is only twelve feet thick and shows no subdivisions. But in those twelve feet of shale are probably included the Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian groups. One division may be unrepre- sented, as is probably the case in the Devonic or Old Red Sandstones of Scotland, where only a Lower and an Upper group are recognized, the place of the Middle group being XVI. represented by an unconformity. Wherearock series is locally divisible into more or fewer than three groups, one of these local groups may correspond to a portion of a group in the general division, or to more than one of those groups. It remains for the student of the local group to adjust them to the general scheme, which is to serve as a basis for cor- relation and comparison. The rock svstems include those rocks which were formed during the corresponding great time division. Both series and system take the names of the corresponding eras and times. In Table A, the subdivisions of the Palaeozoic time and svstem are given, with the New York and other equivalents in common use. In Table B, the detailed subdivision of the New York Devonic is given. NOTB. — Tropidoleptus carinatas is a nmch more widely distributed Hamilton species than Atliyris spiriferoides. The former occurs in Middle Devonian beds throughout New York, at the Palls of the Ohio, and at various localities in Ohio, Pennsylvania and Illinois. It is also abundant in the Middle Devonian sandstones Of the Kio Maccurti in the Amazonian district. S. A., and in the Erere, Province of I'ara. Brazil. It furthermore occurs in Devonian beds at Eake Titicaca ; on the Kio Sicasica, Bolivia; in South Africa; in France, Germany and England. In many of these localities it is associated with Vitalina pustulosa. In some of the last mentioned localities however, the beds characterized by these species are regarded as of Hodcvonian age. The wide distribution of Tropidoleptus carinatus would make the adoption of the name Carinatus epoch for a single epoch of the 'devonian period desirable i the Marcellus to be included in this epoch I, were it not tor the discrepancy in the ages of the beds characterized by this species at the \ arions localities. XV11. in Z O W I— I > Q m P co a o N O ►4 < ►4 pq Z a a > w « Z & rj « 1—1 t« a g o O Z z > Z 2 a = z o as Oh < O m z o ft u tfi a od ■n •* > p a 5 - P p*. w ^~ 01 ■ i >.-j •*•"■*■ . i» -j ^ ^ ™ d 7" ,r; XI — x Tj ^ a S S >| T 'S-"^ Cm D Q in' a ,JT.. CO io o so ..s+1 — O — [0 Cl •■ >> as t; . 5 -*-* ™ ^ — +i a*5 a - o OS x . — J *-S .— p « c «. ^ +j — 0 o z — pq ft — ■»> 'C Pj -P _ >• 5 be 7. « ° z — w ^ » Z — ~ — i o g Ih n X _o o S ~ ft c Vk c3 O 00 g 0 UK — ft C O c Si ft a-' a s / H O D s a ; x S « - z ^ ^|S c z 2 >-^z o ft z ft X O z z to u ■■J ^ £ 5P «z o s ° r? « CD ^ O 2 Z S"^ S ii ^"~ 5 ^ S"~ 5 PQ ;rl: 5 ,_5 >5Sj RpJi»-5 HdSj 2 5ij K H aj . <; «j Q « »r-i UJ O N O ro T3 _: C !M o .5 i • — * r" u . 2 ft a "^ -o.s — «s p, g .s ,y s art ,— ' o > .at s q _ < - z c3 2iZ a tl^ r^ P * jj W Cu ji H o a ■„ r* .-£ i— « ' J > ° - Or§'1 5 u — on .7 " > ^ v {J X — r o - > z S a M-4 5z§a Q Ph Q d^j «8 y; ^ -c nj C •rt H.S ^ - ^ i ^ — * ^~* ygs* •5 O u PA zSa §z^a . . a u 35 /. 1 P CO • r^ •o ■a a $ C o it — 0 ■^ Cl — a 9j 11 u a 1 MN p "J 0 u - bo o<: 1 -M H f-, 3T3 0 ^ •-( d 93 0 o u p M li V- X a 1> a w M T3 C 05 £ o « S! oO . a~ t; 'o-13 X /. EO ■— ■ a a I at „- a-= o CO 01 0. u -t-Tv a a XV111. TABLE B. SUB-D1 VISIONS OF THE NEW YORK DEVONIC. TIME SCALE. FORMATION SCALE. DEVONIC ERA. DEVOXIC SERIES. c. Neodevonian period c. Chemung group. 2. Disjunctus epoch 2. Chemung stage. (2). Chemung sandstones and shales. (1). Portage sandstone. 1. Intamescens epoch 1. Genesee stage. (3). Xaples shales. (2). Genesee shales, including Stylio- lina limestone. (1). Tully limestone. b. Mesodevonian period h. Hamilton group. 2. Spiriferoides epoch 2. Hamilton stage. (3). Upper or Moscow shales. (2). Encrinal limestone. (1). Lower or Hamilton shales. 1. Minuta epoch 1. Marcellus stage. ( ! ). Marcellus shales. a. Bodevonian period a. Upper HtMerberg group. 3. Acuminatus epoch 3. Cornifcrons stage. (2). Corniferons limestone. (1). Onondaga limestone. 2. CaudagaUi epoch 2. Schoharie stage. (1). Schoharie grit and Esopus shales. 1. Hipparionvx epoch 1. Oriskanv stage. (1). Oriskanv sandstone. The name "Disjunctus epoch" (H. S. Williams) is derived from the characteristic fossil Spirifer disjunctus, while the name "Intumescens epoch" is derived from the characteristic fossil Goniatites intumescens." "Spiriferoides epoch" and "Minuta epoch " are derived from the fossils Athvris spirifer- oides and Orbiculoidea minuta, which are practically con- fined to their respective epochs. The names are of limited applicability .+ In the Eodevonian period, the name "Acumi- natus epoch" is used for the last epoch, it being derived from the characteristic fossil Spirifer acuminatus Conrad. This species is represented by S. cultrijugatus F. Roemer, in the upper (Coblenzian) part of the Rhenan or Lower Devonian •SeeJ. M. Clarke, [ntnmescens fauna, Am. Geol., Vol. VIII., p. 86 et *eci. ; See note page x vi. XIX. of the Eifel in western Germany, and in the Ardennes on the borders of France and Belgium. The same species is found in the Lower Devonian rocks of South Devonshire. If, as is held by many authors, the two species are identical, Roemer's name must give way to the earlier one of Conrad. The "Caudagalli epoch" is named from the peculiar sea-weed, the Spirophvton (Taonurus) caudagalli, which abounds in the rocks formed during that epoch, while the "Hipparionyx epoch" is so called after the brachiopod Orthis hipparionyx ( Hipparionyx proximvs ) . The rock formations have, with few exceptions, received their names from typical localities in New York State. Thus Chemung is derived from Chemung Narrows ; Portage from Portage on the Genesee River ; Naples from Naples, Ontario County, (the two shales comprised under this name, i. e. the Gardeau and Cashaqua, having received their names from the Gardeau flats on the Genesee, and from Cashaqua Creek, respectively); Genesee from the Genesee River at Mt. Morris; Tully from Tully, Onondaga County, (this rock is absent in the Eighteen Mile Creek region); Moscow from Moscow, Livingston County; Hamilton from Hamilton, Madison County; Marcellus from Marcellus, Onondaga County; Helderberg (both upper and lower) from the Helderberg mountains ; Onondaga from Onondaga County ; Schoharie from Schoharie County, and Oriskany from Oriskany Falls, Oneida County. All of these localities exhibit typical exposures. The other names, viz, Encrinal (crinoid bearing) and Corniferous (chert or hornstone bearing), are names derived from the character of the rock. When we study the rocks in greater detail, we find in them associations of fossils which do not occur above or below a certain level. This association is called a fauna. The Cen- tury Dictionary definition for fauna is: "the total of the animal life of a given region or period ; the sum of the animals living in a given area or time." Thus the Lake Erie XX. fauna includes the present animal life of that region. Simi- larly the Hamilton fauna is the sum of the animal life which existed during that period. We may speak of the fauna of a stratum, as for instance the " Encrinal limestone fauna," or the " Spirifer sculptilis fauna," or the fauna of a bed viz : the " Demissa fauna." Methods of Study. — In beginning the study of the stratified rocks of this region, it is highly desirable that a stratum be selected which may be used as a datum plane, with reference to which the position of all the beds may be ascer- tained. There are two such reference strata in this region, both of which, on account of their great areal extent over Western New York, will also serve in the correlation of the strata of the Eighteen Mile Creek region with those of more eastern localities. These strata are the Styliolina limestone, which here forms the base of the Upper Devonian, and the Encrinal limestone, which separates the Moscow and Hamil- ton shales. The first of these is seen in seven of the eight sections in Eighteen Mile Creek, and again in the first of the South Shore Cliffs. The Encrinal limestone is first exposed in Section 5 in Eighteen Mile Creek, and appears in all the sections below that one, as well as in the cliffs on both sides of the mouth of Eighteen Mile Creek. While therefore, the Stvliolina limestone forms a reference plane for the upper strata of this region, the Encrinal limestone becomes a con- venient datum plane for the lower beds. A third stratum which may be used as a reference plane in this region, is the Strophalosia bed, which lies fifty feet below the Encrinal limestone, and is considered the top bed of the Marcellus stage. This bed is exposed in Avery's Creek, and in Erie and Athol Springs Cliffs. The study of the several cliffs is best undertaken in the order in which thev are described in chapters one and two. The following itinary is suggested: Leave the train at North Evans station, and descend into the gorge by the steps of the XXI. abutment of the stone railroad bridge (see Plate IV. ). The stream can usually be crossed near the bridge, where the Styliolina limestone forms the bed of the stream. Taking this stratum as the first datum plane, the overlying beds, exposed in the section can be studied with reference to it. The loose blocks in the bed of the stream will well repay attention, and the shale outcrops between Sections 1 and 2 should not be overlooked. By following the map, the various sections can be ex- amined, and the rocks studied in descending order. The Styliolina bed will always serve as a guide for the determin- ation of the position of the various beds. Below Section 4, are numerous exposures of the Moscow shale in the bed of the stream, and these deserve attention. In Sections 5 to 7, the Styliolina limestone occurs only at a considerable eleva- tion above the base of the section, but the Encrinal limestone can here be selected as the reference plane. The first of the South Shore Cliffs is conveniently examined after the Eighteen Mile Creek' sections, as it will afford a review, in ascending order, of the strata studied in the gorge, in descending order. After reaching Pike Creek, leave the shore and return by the Lake-shore road or along the top of the cliffs, to the left or southern bank of Eighteen Mile Creek, and follow the road, which in many places skirts the bank, and affords good general views of the sections, all the way to North Evans village, and beyond. The Lake Shore Cliffs south of Pike Creek are best approached from Derby or stations further south. A bicycle will be found convenient, as the cliffs are all approachable from the Lake-Shore road. A full day should be devoted to the examination of these cliffs, while weeks may be ad- vantageously spent on them in detailed stud}'. XX11. The North Shore Cliffs can be approached from Lake View station or the Lake-shore road. The study of the Idlewood and Wanakah Cliffs will occupy the time of one excursion, the Erie and Athol Springs Cliffs, together with the ravine of Avery's Creek affording sufficient material for a second, and Bay View Cliff for a third, rather shorter excursion. All these can be approached from the Lake-Shore road. Erie and Athol Springs Cliffs are best approached from Ham- burgh-on-the-Lake station (p. 60), while the Bay View Cliff mav be easily approached from Woodlawn Beach. After the sections have been studied in a general way, the details of the various beds will demand the attention of the student, and the longer the time occupied in their study, the more satisfactory will be the results. Attention should be given to the proper succession of the beds, and collections from the talus should not be made while engaged in the study of stratigraphy, unless it be from fragments of beds whose position is definitely known. In Table C, the beds of this region, with the sub-divisions shown in the sections, are given. XX111. o w z Z, P o w I— I w 73 o I— I £h u w CO w « o X ttl w M > w X Q w w « w w w H w o I— I w PH o X rH o I— I « CO o H o w « ft o « 05 m o o M < ►4 W « co a w M fa C o M 41 4» to to d y r^ y O to 4) ryj r- _4j J +j s j q to & O o3 A OOP sp.2 a co OS O d to to 41 ■ be bo n 4>._ d 4) = o £ 5 >> S o . C -M 0 p. PWCJCO X CO cc + v lO w m cn O CD CO 00 1^ t^ t- Ifl CO C^I rH rH rH rH +++++++ o lO o +J + v lO m iai> CM X X o CO rH + + + + - to P y to "-3 o 41 5 ^ fe ■si to T3 to ^"S 2 o G CJ S^ 1- ^" Eh 2 ■ Cu — S 5 o s BtJ > y to c 5 ° to *G o s ii to a ^y aid co 4i *g " Cj 5 *- Ho H d 41 S , a to tj .2 o y o 4i "a g P C C/TT3 to y a a «> a o 41 •— -r- c3 rtco CQ C a. J5 o c'-a to .4) y SSJ -in J-1 i*1 fe ca-a " ^cvq ^ 1^5 p to ■in K .a £ ° y- 4) 58 3 C3 Q, to ■w Si re a ^^ to %■*. a £X v as ^ COU CO ICv CO rH + co m 4" + + + M m co m v cn in co' co' X ■s. ■1 B Z o s O H to±! - - - - " •fi m m y in m_ in cn oj •s o oi x" x co H I M CO X m m CN (M CO in XXIV. c B ffi B o z o < 73 < B U ca a S <** s u e> l- .P. ft CO 09 03 +J cd C3 J B i/; 0 i- u o 8.S' | § «< * CI ~ S s CO c- tu S -£ — w y +3 £ ~ £ 45 ,c o o jj tc — u +-> _o j: g-JjS'l = i- ■/■. _ = *C e * a,ij^ 5.2 y i> a) «s x IS 6Jj u C CL.JT 's. eg U Ji B3 W e3 w o i . < X «cfg Q ■S'C r»» Q, <; c J 'J •?< W O z tJ b bi*o C3 -1- , ^ : q • *^ : e3 ca ^: « 5" C v. a 7 ' so nJ S u ca ^ - rt o i) j; t3 ca ca ej y "~ c"~ ,-cca^jV'cas ya - V-rH-C B rB „ 4i "ti o 'O u r -Ji w i * x ^ rt > " +3 - - it S 3 5'x -= — -^ «3 ca'C — ' c OH fc 3»!?P.>BPv,cSC*b v- -*-> B H04n<- being Section II. fProf. Hall assigns a thickness of thirty-three feet t<> tliis rock on the shore <>l Lake Brie.— Geol. Rept., Ith Hist., 1843, p. 227. JTIh whole thickness of the Genesee on the shore of Lake Erie is made by Hall twenty three feet and seven inches. — Ibid, p. 221. v,*-v ,s>-5, rips*-'. if* $ yr\ /fM • - The Black Naples Shales (Gardeau shales). — These arc highly bituminous, dark brown or black shales, with a chocolate colored streak. They split into thin layers, which often have iridescent surfaces. When struck with a hammer they emit a strong petroleum odor. The joint fissures are well developed, two sets usually being recognizable. These, together with the fissility of the shales, often give the cliff the appearance of having been cut up artificially, smooth walls, projecting prisms and parallelepipeds resulting, while deep fissures frequently penetrate into the rock. Fossils are rare and consist mainly of plant remains, commonly in an unidentifiable condition. This rock forms the walls of the gorge for many miles above the bridges, the lower strata having entirely dis- appeared beneath the bed of the stream. The black shale is succeeded by olive shales, some of which are more sandy than others, but all are quite destitute of fossils as far as known at present. Without doubt, however, diligent search will reveal an interesting, though limited fauna, probably containing a number of fish remains. Although the rock is generally deficient in calcareous material on account of the scarcity of fossils, such material does occur at intervals in the form of calcareous concretions. These are often of great size — sometimes eight or ten feet in diameter, but usually much smaller. They are commonly lense shaped, though gobular or loaf shaped forms are not uncommon. Imitative forms of grotesque appearance are frequent. The stratification is sometimes continuous through them, at other times the strata bend over and under them exhibiting a crowded appearance, as if the growing concretion had forced them apart. It is probable, however, that the concretion was fully formed before the lithification of the adjoining strata had taken place, and that on the contraction of the rock consequent upon lithifica- tion, the strata settled down, and produced this crowded and bent appearance. The source of the calcareous material is to be looked for in the scattered shells and other calcareous remains, which were dissolved by the percolating waters. The exterior of the concretion seldom shows any veining, lnil when broken, a series ofcalcite veins, usually branching .".lid intercrossing, is seen. These veins are often beautifully banded, exhibiting white crystalline ealeite in the center, and successive bands of darker impure calcite towards themargin. The veins are largest in the center and thin out towards the periphery of the concretion. When exposedtothe mechanical wear of the stream, and to the solvent action of the water, the- outer crust is removed, and as more and more of the elavstone is worn away the veins begin to stand out in relief, because the pure crystalline calcite is much less soluble than the amorphous particles which cement the clay. The septate or divided appearance thus produced has given rise to the name "septaria," commonly applied to this class of concretions. Where a considerable portion of the concretion has been worn away, the calcite veins — usually stained yellow or brown by hydrous oxide of iron — appear very prominent, and by their intercrossing cause a resemblance of the concretion to the back of a turtle, on which account these rocks are often called "turtle stones," "turtle backs" or "petrified turtles." Large numbers of these concretions, derived from the shale banks above the bridge, are carried down every spring by the floating ice, and strewn over the flats and the river bed in the lower portion of the gorge, where they form one of the curious attractions, exciting commonly more interest than the large numbers of finely preserved fossils occuring with them. Regarding the mode of formation of these concretions little is known. They undoubtedly bear a genetic relation to the clay stones common in unconsolidated deposits in various portions of this and other countries. When Hthif.cation of the concretion begins, chiefly through the loss of the combined water, a radial contraction takes place, which must be towards the periphery of the concretion, since the weight of the super- incumbent strata prevents the formation of cracks in the outer shell. Consequently the cracks are widest towards the center and disappear towards the periphery of the concretion. Whether the calcite and other mineral matter rilling these cracks, is derived from without, by infiltra- tion, or from the concretion it: elf by segregation, is still an open question. If the latter occurs, the processes of widening of the fissure; byradial contraction of the rock mass, and of segregation of the mineral matter are probably simultaneous, so that at no stage are there any open fissures. The Gray Naples Shales (Cashaqua shales ) .—These shales are greenish grav in color, much less fissile than the pre- ceding, and prone to weather into a tenacious clay. They embrace numerous layers of concretions, but in general these do not exhibit the septarium structure. This is probably due to the fact that the calcareous matter is more abundant in these shales than in the black shales above, and hence the concretions partake more of the nature of concretionary limestone masses. The upper fifteen feet of these shales, while rich in concre- tions, seem to be very poor in organic remains, no fossils having been noted in them. They form the lower part of the vertical wall which terminates Philip's ravine, but in the main section they face the stream in a sloping, more or less weathered and talus covered bank, supporting vegetation in some places. Below this, at the base of the terminal wall of Philip's ravine, and forming a prominent band in the main section, is a layer of calcareous concretions, or better a con- cretionary bed of impure limestone, eight inches in thickness. This probably- corresponds to J. M. Clarke's "Goniatite concretionary layer,"* in as much as specimens of Goniatites are of common occurrence in it, usually forming the nucleus of the concretion. Several species of Goniatites occur, but thev are seldom found in a good state of preservation. They are commonlv found in a very much compressed condition, frequently perfectly flattened, and from having been replaced by iron pvrites which subsequently oxidized, much, if not all of the structure is obliterated. The external form and amount of involution therefore become the only characters •J. M. Clarke: On the higher Devonian faunas of Ontario County, N. Y, Pull. 16, 1', S, Oeol, Survey, 1885, p. 38 et seq. 8 by which to identify the species, and this, at best, can be but an unsatisfactory identification. In a lew cases, in the speci- mens collected, the septal sutures are shown, allowing a more precise determination. The most abundant and characteristic species of Goniatites in these concretions arc Goniatites intutnescens ( Beyr. ) and G.lutheri (Clarke). The non-u mbilicated species are rare, a single doubtful specimen having been noted. Besides the Goniatites a few other fossils occur in this rock. Those found are: Coleolus aciculum ( Hall ). Styliolina fissurella (Hall). Cardiola retrostriata (von Bueh). hingula sjyatulata (Vanux.). Chonctes lepida (Hall). Cardiola retrostriata (von Buch) is the only other com- mon fossil, and although most of the specimens are small, they show all the characteristic features. Lingula sj)atulata ( Vanux.) is represented by small specimens only. This and the other species are rare. In the shale below the Goniatite bearing layer, fossils are rare. Occasionallv in the immediate neighborhood of the layer, Goniatites occur, but these are usually so poorly pre- served that specific determination is out of the question. Cardiola retrostriata (von Buch) also occurs, though much less commonly than in the concretionary layer. Lunu- licardium fragile ( Hall ) is sparingly represented, and with it occurs usually the minute pteropod Styliolina fissurella (Hall). Coleolus aciculum (Hall) is another sparingly rep- resented species, and a few Orthoceratites occasionally occur. One well-preserved specimen of Orthoeeras allied to 0. mephisto (Clarke) was found. On the whole, the fauna of these beds is a very meagre one, and were it not for the Goniatites, which are frequently found, lying at the foot of the cliff, it might be entirely overlooked. In Ontario County and the Genesee Valley, this shale has a much greater thickness, amounting, according to Hall* to about 150 feet in Ontario County. Correspondingly we find a richer fauna, sixty-six species having been recorded by Clarke in 1885.1 The fauna is rich in Goaiatites, and as Clarke has shown, recalls the characteristic association of fossils found in the " Intumescens " beds of the lower Upper Devonian of the continent of Europe. It is therefore regarded as representing the transatlantic development of the European "Intu- mescens fauna." (See J. M. Clarke — "The fauna with Goniatites intumescens (Beyr.) in Western New York." Am. Geol., Vol. VIII, p. 86.) The Black Genesee Shales.— These shales recall the bitu- minous Naples shales, the latter representing a recurrence of the conditions under which the bituminous Genesee shales were deposited. These shales are fissile when weathered, but appear heavy bedded in the fresh mass. Pyrite in minute disseminated grains, and in larger concretionary masses is very common, and from its oxidation, the surfaces of the weathered shale laminae are covered with a coating of red and brown iron rust. There are, however, no large calcareous concretions, such as are common in the black shales above. The jointing is very perfect, and frequently blocks produced by the intersection of the joints, project from the wall, ready to fall. The joint faces are often thickly covered with an efflorescence of alumn. The oxidation of the pyrite furnishes free sulphuric acid, which, if in excess, will attack the shale and form aluminium sulphate and silica. The reactions may be written : a. 2 Fe S2+7 02+2 H20=2 Fe S04+2H2 S04. b. 6 H2S04+Al,(Si 03)3 Al205H4+=2 Al2(Si 04)3+3 Si 02+8 H20. The aluminium sulphate will crystallize in dry places. Fossils are rare in these beds and consist mainly of the characteristic Genesee species, viz: Lunulicardium fragile (Hall) and Styliolina fissurella (Hall). The Gray Genesee Shales.— These consist in descending order of: *Geol. N. Y. Rep't, 4th Geol. Dist., 1843, p. 221. fBull, 16 U.S. Geol. Survey. The number of species has been added to since then, $The approximate formula for clay slate. 10 a. Seven feet of grayish and purplish shales with bands of bituminous shales. Towards the to]) these shales weather considerably, but farther down they are more resistant, and large thin slabs may be obtained. h. Eighteen inehes of bituminous black shales, with two bands of limestone, eaeh an inch in thiekness, and made up of the exuviae of the minute pteropod Stvliolina fissurclla (Hall). This latter mass contains an interesting association oi fossils, representing a commingling of Hamilton and Genesee species, but with a preponderance of the latter. Lunulicar- dium fragile (Hall) is the most abundant fossil in the black shale, and with it occurs Stvliolina Bssurella (Hall), though not very commonly, except in certain places. Lingula spatula ta ( Vanuxem ) is a fairly common and well preserved shell, passing through several variations. Orthoceras and Bactrites are represented by small species, and these with Coleolus aciculum ( Hall ) are frequently replaced by iron pyrites. Goniatites are rare, a few small specimens having been found, including G. lutheri (Clarke). Spirifer tullius (Hall) is fairly wTell represented for a normal Hamilton species. Of crustacean remains, a small ostracod — Entomis ( ? ) has alone been found. Plant remains in an unidentifiable condition occur frequentlv. The included limestone bands represent accumulations of enormous numbers of the small tapering pterepod tubes known as Stvliolina fissurella (Hall). To the unaided eye the limestone has a compact appearance, with indications of a finely crystalline texture on the broken surfaces. Viewed under a magnifier, the rock appears finely crystalline, and if sufficiently magnified, is seen to be made up of the very fine delicate needle-like shells. Occasionally these are large enough to be clearly visible under an ordinary magnifier, or even to the naked eye. Most commonly, however, a considerable magnification is needed to show the shells clearly. 11 The only other fossil observed in these beds is Lingula spatulata (Vanuxem), which is not uncommon, and of average size. The Styliolina Limestone.— This is a continuous stratum from four to six inches thick, and of a somewhat concretion- ary character. It forms the bed of the stream under the bridge, and for the greater part of the distance fronting the section. (Plate IV.). Its concretionary character is brought out by the differential solution which it has under- gone, an irregular undulating surface resulting. A part of this is, however, original structure, as shown by the over- lying shales which conform to it. Near the lower end of this section the stream has cut down through this rock, exposing it in its full thickness, together with the "Conodont" limestone and a part of the underlying Moscow shales. The Styliolina limestone is usually very compact, without any appearance of crystalline structure. It is highly argillaceous, giving off a strong clay odor when breathed upon. This fact accounts for the great amount of solution which the rock has suffered on the exposed surfaces. These surfaces invariably present a dissolved appearance, which is not unlike an artificially smoothened mass of moulding clay, which still shows the finger marks upon it. This solution has brought out in relief the contained organic remains other than Styliolina and the otherwise smooth surface frequently exhibits small projecting fragments and joints of crinoid stems, black shining "conodonts" and other minute organisms. This is especially true of the under side of the bed, which thus exhibits a close relation to the next underlying bed. The whole of the limestone is made up of the exuviae of Styliolina fissurella (Hall) which frequently are visible to the unaided eye. The shells lie in all positions, a fact prominently brought out by thin sections. (Fig. i). 12 The Styliolina (Styliola) layer was first described by Clarke* from ( Ontario county and adjoining districts. It there lies about twenty feet above the base of the Genesee formation and varies in petrographical character in its different outcrops. Clarke has estimated that the rock contains at least 40,000 individuals of the Styliolina to a cubic inch, which, when the whole extent of this limestone lied is taken into consideration, indicates an almost incredible numerical development of these shells. According to Clarke's investigations! the shells have been Idled by calcic carbonate, deposited in even concentric layers on the inside of the shell, a longitudinal section of a shell thus having the appearance of vein infiltration. Many shells also have an external coating of calcic carbonate, which like the internal filling, has a crystalline structure.:!: Plant remains are not uncommon in the Styliolina stratum, these being usually the trunks and other woody parts of coniferous trees, most of which may probably be referred to the genus Dadoxylon ( Unger ). These tree trunks are supposed by Sir William Dawson to have been carried by river floods into the sea, like modern drift wood, and there buried in the growing lime stones and shales, and finally to have been replaced by mineral matter. The genus Dadoxylon (Unger) is referred by Dawson to the yews,§ while Shenkll classes it with Cordaites. Speaking of these trees Dawson saysfi : "It" (the wood) " often shows its structure in the most perfect manner in specimens penetrated by calcite or silica, or by pyrite, and in which the original woody matter has been resolved into anthracite or even into graphite. These trees have true woody tissues, presenting that beautiful arrangement of pores or thin parts enclosed in cup like discs, which is characteristic of the coniferous trees, and which is a great improvement on the barred tissue" (of lycopodiaceous trees) ". . affording a far more strong, tough and durable wood, such as we have in our modern pines and yews." A remarkable fossil wood was described by Dawson under the name Syringoxylon rnirabile°, from a small fragment collected by Prof. Hall — "from a limestone in the upper part of the Hamilton group" at Eighteen Mile Creek. The limestone referred to is probably the Styliolina, or perhaps the ' Conodont." The wood is that of an angiospermous exogen, the •J. M. Clarke, Bull. 16, U. S. Geol. Surv., p. 14. tLoc. cit., p. 15. JFor a detailed description of the interesting optical phenomena exhibited in sections of these shells, see Clarke, Bull. 16, 1'. S. Geol. Surv., p. 16. gGeol. Hist, of Plants, 1888, p. 78. HZittel Handb., d. Pal. 2te Abth., p. 870. HLoc. cit., pp. 79 and 80. °Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. XVIII., p. 305, 1862. 13 specimen constituting, according to Dawson, the sole representative of this class of trees in the Palaeozoic, implying "the existence in the Devonian Period of trees of a higher grade than any that are known in the Carboniferous system."'"' The fossil wood, as It occurs in the limestone, is always much compressed, and its determination is attended with considerable difficulty. Nevertheless the .specimens are interesting as examples of "petrified woods " related to, and in a sense ancestral to, the fossil woods of the Tertiary and Post-tertiai;y forests of the west, which have furnished so many beautiful and often brilliantly colored specimens for our cabinets. The Conodont Bed.— This limestone is from two to two and one-half inches thick, and full of fossils, which on the weathered surfaces stand out in relief. The rock is concre- tionary, with thin masses of shale occupying the deeper hollows. In some places masses of bituminous shale lie between it and the overlying Styliolina limestone, while in others again the two are in contact. The rock is more coarsely crystalline than the Styliolina limestone, and is always readily distinguished from the latter. The Conodont bed is interesting on account of the numerous fish remains which it contains, these being usually the plates and jaws of Placoderms, the spines of Sharks and more rarely the scales of Ganoids. Most of the remains are fragmentary, though small perfect plates and scales are occasionally found. When weathered in relief they have a highly dissolved appearance. These fish remains are not confined to the Conodont bed, but frequently pass upward into the lower portion of the Styliolina limestone. Another characteristic class of fossils in this rock and the one which has given in it's name, is that of the so-called " Couodonts." These are minute jaw-like bodies, black and lustrous, covering the weathered surfaces of the rock in great *Loc. cit. 14 numbers. In form they are very variable, no two probably being exactly alike. A number of species have been de- scribed by Hinde from this bed, and they are all illustrated in Part II. They are composed of carbonate and phosphate of lime, and were regarded by Pander and others as the teeth of Mvxinoid fishes. According to Zittel and Rohen*, however, they must be regarded as jaws of Annelids. The Coiiodont bed was described and named by Hinder, who dis- covered its position in this and the adjoining sections of Eighteen Mile Creek. He referred it to the Upper Hamilton, which was clearly erroneous, as all its affinities, lithological and palaeontological arc with the Styliolina of the Genesee. This is well shown by the fact that in places the rock loses its distinctive character and is made up of local accumulations of Styliolina fissurelln (Hall). Normally the rock is composed of the fragments of crinoid stems, and probably some other calcareous remains, mingled with those offish plates and corneous conodonts. Grains of a green mineral, probably glauconite, are common, and pyrite likewise occurs in considerable abundance. In a thin section, fine quartz grains appear at intervals. Altogether the limestone may be regarded as a fragment al rock, com- posed of the broken remains of organisms, with a very small admixture of transported material. t Besides the fossils already mentioned, imperfect specimens of (?) Amhocoelia umhonata (Conrad) have been noticed in the rock, but in general, the shells, if they occur, are so poorly preserved as to be unidentifiable. *Zittel and Rohen, " Ueber Conodonten." Sitzungsber. Bay. Akad. Wissensch. Bd. XVI., 1886. fOuart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. 35, p. 352, et seq. JSince the above has gone to press, mv friend. Dr. Theodore G. White of Columbia College has examined, at my request, thin seetions of the Conodont limestone. He has kindly furnished me with the following note concerning the petrographic character of this rock : "The sections strongly resemble in appearance the silicate bunches occurring in the Archaean or Algonkian limestones at Port Henry, N. Y., mar the contact with the crystalline rocks and ore bodies. The texture of the rock is distinctly crystalline and the mineral fragments do not seem to be water rounded. Magnetite is very abundant through the sections, accompanied by pyrite. Biotite ranks next in abundance and forms a large proportion of the mass Of the rock. .Scattered throughout the sections are long shreads of a fibrous mineral, white in color, scarcely polarizing and giving no interference figure The extinction angle is -J." to 28°, which would indicate that the mineral was probably cyanite. It contains grains of the magnetite, as does also the biotite. Quartz, calcite and hornblende arc present in lesser amounts. One distinct and very perfect spherulite was observed." In addition to the above, the rock contains the organic remains alrcadv noted. 15 The Conodont, the Styliolina, and the overlying eighteen inches of bituminous shale and limestone (b) may be desig- nated collectively as the Styliolina band. The fauna of this band appeared again under more favorable condi- tions during the deposition of the Naples shales, when the Goniatites were much more abundant. It did not, however, reach such a luxuriant development in this region, either in its first or its second appearance, as was the case in the Genesee Valley. Clarke has noticed over fifty species from the Styliolina band of that region, besides numerous Conodonts and fish remains*. Careful exploration of these beds in the region about Eighteen Mile Creek will undoubtedly reveal a richer fauna than is now known, though the number of species and individuals will probably always be much smaller than that characterizing the fauna in the Genesee Valley. The Conodont limestone is seen in this section only near the lower end, where the stream has cut through the Stylio- lina limestone. Large blocks of the rock are scattered about in the bed of the stream near the lower end of the section, and for some distance below. With them are blocks of the Styliolina limestone, of Corniferous limestone, and occasion- ally of Encrinal limestone, these latter two having been carried by floating ice from the bridge, where they were brought for purposes of construction. Underlying the Conodont bed are about two inches ol shale, which are divisible into an upper chocolate colored band, frequently bearing Styliolina fissurella (Hall) and occasionally Conodonts, and a lower, almost unfossililerous gray band, which splits into thin laminae, with smooth surfaces, having a talcose feel. Besides the Styliolina, the chocolate colored slate contains numerous small, flattened disclike bodies, of a black carbonaceous appearance, the spores of plants allied to modern rhizocarps. These spores, (macrospores) when viewed under the microscope, present thick, rounded rims, and a more or less irregularly depressed centre. They are frequently thickly scattered through the shales, giving to them, in part at least, their bituminous *Am. Geol., Vol. VIII., p. 86 et seq. 16 character.* Similar spores occur in vast numbers in Devo- nian shales and limestones of various parts of the United States and Canada, and to them the name Sporangites (Protosalvinia) huronensis was given by Dawson. Allied spores have been discovered in widely separated localities all over the world, and they are not infrequently found in such quantities as to suggest that they may play a not unim- portant role in the accumulation of vegetable carbon. In the Devonian shales of this country they probably constitute one of the sources of petroleum and natural gas. Spores are occasionally found in the gray portion of the shale, but they are very rare. The spores are, as a rule, readily separated from the shale, and may be mounted either in balsam or dry. When viewed under the micro- scope by transmitted light, the discs appear of an amber or orange hue, translucent and structureless, except for minute spots, which are regarded as pores in the thick walls. The size varies ; the ordinary specimens having a diameter of from one seventy-fifths to one one- hundreds of an inch (one-third to one-fourth of a millimeter). Some of the spores, however, are larger. Flocculent carbonaceous matter often occurs, associated with these macropores, probably representing the more or less decomposed microspores. These shales mark the base of the Genesee stage, and, since theTully limestone is absent, the base of the Upper Devonian. The Moscow Shales. These, the upper shales of the Middle Devonian, are exposed near the lower end of Section 1, where about a foot is visible. The top of the series is formed by a gray concretionary limestone band, four inches thick and highly argillaceous. It is a very refractory rock, and of a uniform texture throughout. Fossils are common, but they are chiefly of three species which characterize this horizon. These are : Liorhvnehus multicostus (Hall). Schizobolus truncatus (Hall). . 1 mbocoelia praeumbona ( Hall ). 'According to New lurry, the carbonaceous matter of the bituminous shales is mainly derived from the broken down and carbonized tissues of algae and other low plants. See his paper on this subject in the Annals of the New York Academy "I Sciences, Vol. 11., No. 12, 1NS3. 17 The first of these is a form common at various levels in the Hamilton group. Nowhere, however, does it occur so abundantly and so well preserved as at this level, and it is especiallv in the concretionary limestone bed that this fossil shows its characteristic outline and convexity of valves. It is a form eminently characteristic of the Hamilton stage, giving way in the Genesee to a form with few, almost obsolete plications, the L. quadricostatus (Vanuxem), which however, apparently did not flourish in this vicinity. Schizo- holus truncatus (Hall) (Fig. 85, Pt. II.) is a characteristic Genesee fossil, not commonly occurring below that forma- tion. In fact, this appears to be the first locality from which this fossil has been recorded as occurring in the Hamilton beds, and its occurrence here is in direct accord with the slow change from Hamilton to Genesee conditions which took place in this portion of the Interior Devonian Sea.* It is a noteworthy fact that this species has not been found in the Genesee shales of this region, though it seems to be a characteristic fossil of that formation in the Genesee Valley and eastward. It usually occurs in the limestone bed as separate valves, not infrequently showing the interior of the valves. Where the true surfaces of the valves are exposed, either internal or external, these commonly have a bluish- gray color, which seems to be characteristic, and due to the corneous character of the shell. Ambocoelia praeumbona (Hall) (Fig. 127, Pt. II.) while a characteristic Hamilton fossil, is, in this region entirely restricted to the upper part of the Moscow shales. It is an abundant and well-preserved form in the concretionary lime- stone bed, retaining its normal convexity in both valves. The specimens vary considerably in size, and occur usually as separate valves, their surface characters commonly obliterated through the exfoliation of the outer lavers of the shell. Brachial valves are quite as common as pedicle *See Chapter III, 18 valves, and are at once recognized by their semi-elliptical outline, slight convexity and straight hinge line. These three species occupy the rock almost to the exclusion of every other form, and constitute a distinct association of fossils, which is characteristic of the upper part of the Moscow shale of this region. The fauna thus produced con- stitutes the "Schizobolus fauna," named so after its most characteristic member, and, inasmuch as it contains typical Hamilton and typical Genesee fossils, it is a true transition fauna from the Middle to the Upper Devonian of this region. The most fossiliferous portion of the rock is that portion having the character of individual concretions. The more continuous portion of the bed, while containing these fossils, is nevertheless comparatively barren. The limestone rests on gray calcareous sha1^, readily split- ting into thin layers, and moderatelv fossiliferous. On the surfaces to which air and water have access whitish or vellowish granules can usually be observed scattered thickly over the shale and the fossils. Sometimes these are so closely crowded as to give the rock an oolitic appearance. Under a lens these granules appear dull, rounded or disclike, but under a microscope they appear to be bunches or aggregates of small crystals. Analysis shows them to be crystals of gypsum (hydrous sulphate of calcium). The origin of these crystals is explained by the occurrence of pyrite grains and nodules in considerable number in the shale. These by oxidation form sulphate of iron, which reacts with the calcium carbonate in the shale and produces calcium sulphate. Free sulphuric acid is likewise formed, which reacts with the calcium carbonate to form calcium sulphate, water and carbon dioxide. The calcium sulphate, from the presence of water during its formation will be hydrated. The formation of the gypsum is probably going on con- stantly, just as the alum is constantly forming on the ex- posed laminae of the Genesee and other bituminous shales.* •See the reactions given in Chapter II. -If •^. fefl ! i'. . . PI. ATI-: V. (a). — View of a part of Section 1. showing the Styliolina limestone at the base, the Genesee shales and the Naples shales. ■ (b). — View of the lower end of Section 2. Tbe projecting bed is the Styliolina liffljiafnna 'I* li .•<-.....-,-.. *',... , 1 U*«S*j«#v *U.. C I, i...!.. .1 n L- l-,ni,-, i*i (In. iin/l.-»- 19 This shale well repays careful study, for in it occur a large number of those minute problematical bodies, the " Cono- donts." The\r are readily detected by the use of a lens, and from the nature of the rock in which they are imbedded, they are in an excellent state of preservation, and afford interesting objects for microscopic stud}r. Ambocoelia praettmbona (Hall) occurs in considerable numbers in some portions of this shale, but the specimens are smaller on the average than those found in the cal- careous bed above. Liorhvnchus multicostus (Hall) also occurs, the specimens occasionally attaining great size. Some of the specimens of this species from these shales, approach much more closely to the typical L. quadricostatus ( Vanuxem ) of the Genesee than any of those found either above or below. Besides these, the minute pteropod Stylio- lina fissurella (Hall) occurs, often in considerable numbers, on the laminae of the shale. Section 2(G). Plate V. This section is a very short one, being scarcely more than three hundred and fifty feet in length. It is cut in the left bank of the stream, and extends in the same general direc- tion as the preceding one. The dip of the strata is greater than that of Section 1, being about 2.5 degrees to the south- east. A large portion of this section is covered by the de- composed shale which the rains have carried down from above, and on -which a strong growth of vegetation has become established, obscuring the rocks underneath. In consequence of this, the upper strata are well exposed only near the up-stream end of the section, but from the steepness of the bank at this point the study of these strata is attended with considerable difficulty. The Black Naples Shales appear at the top of this section, and they are again exposed in a "dug way" which leads from the terrace, just beyond the section, to the top of the 20 hank. The whole of the Gray Naples or Cashaqua shales is exposed in this section and the concretions are numerous. Those of the Goniatite stratum are frequently found at the foot of the section, where they have fallen on being loosened by frost action and the disintegration of the bank. The specimens of Goniatitcs in these concretions, as in those oi Section 1, are much compressed, and only the outline and the degree of involution of the respective species are as a rule discernable. The Genesee shales show the same characteristic as in Section 1. The upper bituminous portion projects in masses bounded bv joint planes, and where these masses have fallen after the removal of the support, smooth walls remain, on which frequently may be observed an efflorescens of alum. The shales usually present the rusty surfaces on their laminae which result from the oxidation of the pyrite. The lower portion of the Genesee is, as everywhere in this region, represented bv about eight feet of grayish shale with a few bituminous bands, and grades below into the Styliolina band. This has much the character noticed at Section 1, except that the Stvliolina limestone is about ten inches thick. In the black shale of the "band" spores are not uncommon, while Lunulicardium fragile (Hall) and Stylio- lina fissurella (Hall) are the only other abundant fossils. The Conodont limestone is chiefly represented in the up- stream end of the section. Here it is about three inches thick, less compact than at Section 1, and rich in crinoid joints, which on the weathered surfaces stand out in relief. This causes the rock to contrast strongly with the over- lying Styliolina limestone, which always has a dissolved appearance, owing to the uniformity of its texture. Near the middle of the section, the Conodont bed dwindles in thickness to less than an inch, and finally appears only as a thin coating on the under side of the Stvliolina limestone. From the erosion of the soft Moscow shales the Conodont and Styliolina limestones together project for some distance 21 beyond the bank, frequently forming an overhanging shelf, which in the course of time will break down, carrying with it large masses of the overlying shale. (See Fig. b, Pt. V. ). About four feet of the Moscow shales are exposed near the lower end of the section. The concretionary limestone bed which capped the shale at Section 1, is here represented bv a laver of scattered concretions which contain a few fossils, principally Liorhynchus multicostus (Hall). About a foot below this is a second layer of concretions, double in many places, and more continuous than the upper one. The shale between these two layers of concretions contains the Schizobolus fauna, i.e. Schizoholus truncatus (Hall), Lior- hynchus multicostus (Hall) and Amhocoelia praeumbona (Hall). The first of these is quite common and well pre- served. Large individuals of the other two are common, but the shells exfoliate so strongly that the original surface characters are seldom preserved in the specimens obtained. About four inches below the lower bed of concretions, or from fourteen to sixteen inches below the top of the Moscow shales, occurs a band of pyrite concretions, some of which are of considerable size.* They are highly impure, and when oxidized show as a brown band in the cliff. L. multicostus ( Hall ) occurs abundantly down to the pyrite layer, after which it becomes rare. Amhocoelia praeumbona (Hall) is common, however, throughout the exposed portion of the shale in this section. In the lower beds of this section a dwarfed form of Spirifer tullius (Hall) occurs, a species which, in this region, appears to be wholly restricted to the upper Moscow shales. Schizobolus truncatus (Hall) occurs occasionally, but fossils on the whole, are rather uncommon. The characteristic association, however, of three species restricted to the upper Moscow shale, namely : Spirifer tullius (Hall), Amhocoelia praeumbona (Hall) and Schizobolus truncatus (Hall), *My attention was first called to this band and its persistence in the other sections by Prof. I. P. Bishop. 22 establish a distinct fauna— the Spirifer tullius fauna — which occupies the upper tour feet of the Moscow shales of this reerion.* The Schizobolus fauna (or faunule) is merely the last phase of this fauna, where Spirifer tullius (Hall) has disappeared, while Schizobolus truncntus (Hall) and Lior- hjrnchus multicostus (Hall) have reached a great numerical development. Between Sections 1 and 2, the Moscow shale is exposed in various portions of the stream bed. Section 3 (F). Plate VI. This section extends almost due north and south, and it forms a projecting point, the termination of a semi-circular wooded rock wall, which itself is an extension of Section 1. In front of this cliff is an extensive "flat" or terrace, rising four feet or more above the river bed. The portion of the cliff showing the rocks is only about five hundred feet long. It is kept clear of talus by the stream, which washes its base. The most prominent rock of the cliff is the black fissile and much jointed upper Genesee shale, which here as evervwhere, projects from the bank. The Gray Naples or Cashaqua shales appear above it, and in some parts of the section, a portion of the Black Naples (Gardeau) shales can be seen. The lower Genesee shales form the greater portion of the remainder of the cliff, while only a slight thickness of the Moscow shales appears. The Styliolina projects as a shelf from the bank, and on its under side frequently patches of the -crystalline Conodont limestone appear, never, how- ever, exceeding a fraction of an inch in thickness. The beds dip about one degree to the south. Of the Moscow shales, eighteen inches are exposed at the lower (southern) end of the section, and three feet at the upper (northern) end. The shale embraces a very con- •For a complete list of the- apecies of this fauna sue- " Faunas of the Hamilton Group of Eighteen Mile Creek and Vicinity." PLATE VI. — View of the lower end of Section 3. The tipper portion of the Moscow shales is exposed at the foot of the section. The projecting Styliolina band, the gray and much-jointed black Genesee shales, and a portion oi the Cashaqna shales appear above it. — Photographed by A. W. Grabau. 23 tinuous layer of calcareous concretions, one-half foot below the top at the upper end and one foot below the top at the southern end. This layer, therefore, dips to the south at a higher angle than does the Styliolina bed. It corresponds to the lower of the two layers of concretions noticed in Section 2, the shale over it containing the Schizobolus fauna. In the shale beneath the concretions, a considerable variety of fossils occur, most of which, however, are but sparingly represented. The characteristic Hamilton trilobite Phacops rana (Green) is not uncommon, while a minute pteropod, the Tentaculites gracilistriatus (Hall) occurs in great abund- ance in a layer less than half an inch think. This species occurs by the hundreds on the shale laminae, closely re- sembling the Styliolina fissurella (Hall), and showing a similar longitudinal line of compression. The concentric rings or annulations, however, which are characteristic of the genus, serve to distinguish it at once. Spirifer tullius (Hall) is also a frequent and characteristic fossil. Just beyond the lower end of the section, in the bed of the stream, appears a small anticlinal fold, the axis of which extends nearly north and south. The fold indicates a lateral compression of the strata, as a result of which they were crushed and uplifted. The line of weakness thus produced probably determined the course of erosion, which has re- moved the overlying rock. In the shale thus crushed occur a large number of the spiny brachiopod Productella spinu- licosta (Hall), none of which, however, retain their original outline. The long slender curved spines appear, however, in great numbers on the shale, an occurrence nowhere else observed. (Fig. 112, Pt. II. ). Section 4 (E). Plate VII. This section is cut into the left bank of the stream, begin- ning opposite the southern end of Section 3, and extending in a general north-west direction. Opposite it is the deepest 24- portion of the creek, and when the water is high, it is practically impossible to pass along the foot of the cliff. The greatest height of the section is seventy-seven feet, but it becomes much lower towards its down-stream end. The dip of the strata, as determined from the Styliolina lime- stone, is about four degrees to the south-east, giving an average rise of one foot in one hundred and fifty. The section has a length of about six hundred feet. At the upper end of the section, between twenty-five and thirty feet of the Black Naples (Gardeau) shales are exposed, the line of demarkation between them and the underlying Cashaqua shales being very distinct. (See Fig. a, PI. VII.). The whole of the latter shales are exposed, including seven distinct courses of concretions. The line of separation between the Cashaqua and the Genesee shales is not so strongly defined, the latter, however, exhibiting their charaeteristie jointing and fissility. ( Fig. b, PI. VII. ). The Styliolina limestone has a thickness of ten inches, its upper portion having a shaly character. At the upper end ot the section it forms the basal layer, projecting as an extensive shelf beyond the bank. Its surface here is very uneven, showing the same semi-concretionary character exhibited under the bridge at Section 1, and wherever a large area of its surface is exposed. At the lower end of the section the Styliolina limestone is about four feet higher, and frequently projects from the bank when the shale beneath has been worn away. The disintegration and falling of the shales above furnish material for the accumulation of a talus on this shelf, which may remain in this position long enough for vegetation to grow. Sooner or later, however, the undermining is carried so far that the projecting limestone blocks break off, and with their loads of debris, tumble into the stream. The Conodont limestone is not represented in this section. The whole four feet of the upper Moscow shales, which contain the Spirifer tullius fauna, are exposed at the lower PLATE VII. (a). — View of the upper end of Section 4-. The base of the section is formed by the Styliolina limestone, above which are visible the gray and black Genesee, and the Cashaqna and Gardeati shales. (/j). — View of the Genesee shales of Section 4. showing the characteristic joiutage of the black shales. —Photographed by A. W. Gsabai'. 25 end of the section. The lowest portion of this mass of shale contains chiefly Ambocoelia praeumbona (Hall), which for the first time made its appearance in this region, and con- tinued to the close of the Hamilton or Mesodevonian period. The characteristic species of this fauna all occur in these shales, the type species Spirifer tullius ( Hall ) having its best development near the middle of the series. The layer of con- cretions which marks the downward limit of the Schizobolus sub-fauna (faunule), appears again in this section. It is usually double, and very continuous. At the upper end of the section it is twelve inches below the Styliolina limestone, while at the lower end it is only four inches below that rock. The point of first appearance of this layer in Section 4 is just opposite the southern end of Section 3. In both places the layer is a foot below the Styliolina band, and approaches it as we go northward. The shale between this layer and the Styliolina limestone is especially rich in Liorhynchus multicostus (Hall), which occurs by the hundreds between certain of the shale laminae. Many of the specimens are of great size, but the shell com- monly breaks away, while the specimens usually present a compressed, semi-enished appearance. The other members of the Schizobolus sub-fauna are by no means rare. The layer of pyrite nodules noticed in Section 2 is sparingly repre- sented here, occuring in a similar position. At the lower end of the section the Genesee shales form the top of the bank, which is here much lower than elsewhere. Beyond the end of the section, where a roadway leads to the top of the bank, is the mouth of "Fern brook " ravine, which is cut back nearly to the main road, and terminates in a vertical wall, over which, in wet weather, the drainage of a considerable portion of country descends as a fall. In this ravine only the Upper Devonian shales are exposed, and it is a place more frequented by the botanist than by the geologist. 26 Between this section and the next, there is a long reach of the stream, banked by no well cut sections. There are numerous exposures in the bed of the stream, however, and these allow an examination of the shale underlying that which bears the Spirifer tullius fauna. The greater portion of these "middle Moscow" shales is barren, and one may search for hours without finding a single specimen. Near the middle of the mass, however, about eight or nine feet below the Styliolina band, occurs a thin layer containing an abundance of the nearly circular brachiopod Orbiculoidea media (Hall). Associated with this species are specimens of Schizobolus truncatus (Hall), this being the lowest position in the Hamilton strata, in which this species has been found. As we approach the bottom of the Moscow shale, fossils become abundant again, the first to do so being the trilobite Phacops rana (Green), of which very good and large speci- mens may be obtained. These lower Moscow beds should be explored when the water in the stream is low, the shale in the stream bed being much more accessible than that in the bank at Section 5. Just before reaching this latter section, the stream descends over the hard Encrinal limestone bed, which separates the Moscow shales from the Hamilton shales proper. It is above this fall, in the bed of the stream, that the lower Moscow shales are best exposed. The fossiliferous portion comprises about five feet of the shale, which is characterized by an association of species, differing from that at other levels. The robust, short winged, sparingly plicated Spirifer called in the old reports S\ zigzag (Hall) from the zigzag surface striae, but the correct name for which is S. consobrinus ( D'Orb. ) is entirely restricted to these shales, and gives its name to the fauna. Besides the type species, the Spirifer consobrinus fauna comprises a large number of species which are common only at this level, while a few are entirely restricted to it.* In the shale I Ot a complete list of the fossils of this fauna see the author's paper on the itinas "i the Hamilton Group, etc." 27 immediately above the Encrinal limestone occur vast num- bers of the small Amhocoelia umbonata (Conrad), with the sinus or depression in the centre of the convex valve. (Fig. 125, Pt. ID. This fossil in some places almost makes up the rock, and for a few inches in thickness scarcely any other fossils occur. Occasionally crushed specimens of Athyris spiriferoides (Eaton) occur with it, this fossil when first ex- posed having a white or calcined appearance. A little higher up, the large flat Stropheodonta perplana ( Conr. ) occurs in considerable numbers, and with it a small patella-like brachiopod — the Pholidops hamiltonia? (Hall). The small conical coral Streptelasma rectum (Hall) is also found. Other corals occur, making up the "coral layer," which is so well exposed in Section 5, under which it will be described. The shale from two to three feet above the Encrinal lime- stone is rich in two small species of Chonetes, which are very similar to each other, and both of which are char- acterized by the possession of laterally projecting spines. These are C. deflecta (Hall) and C. mucronata (Hall). The type species, Spirifer consohrinus (D'Orb.) is likewise abund- ant in this portion of the rock. Above this Amhocoelia umbonata (Conr.) gradually disappears, while the coarser brachiopod Atrrpa reticularis (Linn.) and the corals Streptelasma rectum (Hall) and several species of Cvsti- phvllum become quite abundant. A few crinoids also occur. The trilobite Phacops rana ( Green ) occurs throughout the five feet of shale containing this fauna, and it is the last to disappear. Finally, it too, is no longer represented, and the shale is barren to the base of the Spirifer tullius fauna, except for the thin band with Orhiculoidea media (Hall) already noticed. Section 5 (D). Plates VIII and IX. This is by far the longest and most interesting section in the gorge. It lies on the right side of the stream, and begins 28 sonic little distance above the, fall formed by the outcrop of the Encrinal limestone. The length of the section below the fall is about 2200 feet, and the chord of the crescent de- scribed by it, extends approximately, east 20 degrees north, by west 20 degrees south, which is about the direction of the strike of the strata in this region. This accounts for the fact that the strata appear horizontal in the section. The dip may be observed at the fall near the head of the section. On the right side of the fall the limestone commonly projects above the water, while on the left side it is a foot or more below the ordinary water level. In the section appear representatives of the strata from the black Naples (Gardeau) shales to the Hamilton shales. The former are represented by their lower five or ten feet only, which form a vertical face under the influence of the perfect jointing developed in them. The gray Naples or Cashaqua shales are represented in their entirety, and form a more or less sloping bank under the vertical cliff of Gardeau shales. Beneath the gray Naples shales, another vertical cliff is formed by the black Genesee shales, which in many places overhang the rock below, presenting smooth joint faces, and projecting prisms and parallelepipedons, nearly separated from the main wall and dangerously in- secure. Frequent falls of rock from a height of about thirty feet, furnish abundant material for examination, at the same time making the collecting of the fossils from the extremely rich Hamilton fauna at the base of the cliff, a hazardous undertaking. The Genesee shales in their fresh condition, are heavy bedded, and large blocks will hold together quite firmly. On weathering, however, probably by the oxidation of the pvrite grains which are plentifully scattered through the rock, they become more fissile, so that ultimately large slabs of excessive thinness can be readily separated. It is probable that the pvrite grains are spread more thickly on the bed- ding planes, or at any rate that they are most prone to 29 oxidize along these, where water and oxygen find a ready access. Nodules of pyrite, often of quite large size, are com- mon in this shale. The gray Genesee shales, being calcareous, weather more readily than the black, which, from the absence of soluble material offer peculiar resistance to the chemical action of the atmosphere. Hence the portion of the cliff formed by the lower Genesee shales recedes rapidly through weathering, while that portion formed by the upper black Genesee shales recedes only by the fall of the undermined portions. The Styliolina limestone appears in the bank seventeen feet above the top of the falls. It has an average thickness of six or seven inches, and in character does not vary much from the outcrops in other sections. It frequently projects beyond the underlying shales, while blocks which have fallen to the base of the cliff are not uncommon. The whole of the Moscow shales are exposed in this sec- tion, lying between the Styliolina limestone above, and the Encrinal limestone below. Their thickness is nearly seven- teen feet, and they usually form an almost perpendicular wall. A smooth face occasionally appears where a joint crack has cut the rock in the direction of the face of the section. This feature, however, is not characteristic, the calcareous shales, probably from their more tenacious nature, being much less fissured than the bituminous shales. Five inches below the Styliolina limestone is a layer of concretionary limestone, gray, compact and practically non fossiliferous. This apparently corresponds to the layer of concretions noted in a similar position in the preceding sections. A few layers of scattered concretions appear in the shale below this concretionary limestone. The most interesting portion ot these shales is the "coral layer " of the Spirifer consobrinus fauna. This layer appears in the bank eighteen or twenty inches above the Encrinal limestone, and can be traced the whole length of the section. 30 It is about three inches thick, and in most places consists entirely of an accumulation of eyathophylloid or cup corals. These are mostly of the genera Heliophyllum (II. halli E. & II.) Cystiphyllum and Zaphrentis, and nearly all lie pros- trate. Frequently three or four lie above each other, as if they had been carried in by a strong flood and spread over the sea bottom. They show, however, no signs of wear, the delicate bryozoans and small corals which encrust many of them, showing that little, if any disturbance has occurred here since the growth of the corals. They therefore indicate a flourishing coral reef or forest, which was suddenly over- whelmed, probably by the influx of muddy waters, and was completely destroyed, without, however, undergoing any mechanical abrasion. The appearance of these large corals seems to have driven out the small Streptelasma, for this coral, adapted probably to muddy waters, occurs above and below the coral layer, but not in it. Associated with the corals, and becoming the sole occu- pants of the bed in the absence of the corals, are a number of brachiopods, usually of robust character. These are Spirifer audaculus var. eatoni ( Hall ), Atrvpa reticularis ( Linn. ) and /I. aspera (Dalman). The latter form is restricted to this bed, and is abundant in all its outcrops. A curious feature, however, is, that nearly every specimen has lost its spines, while the same species in the Genesee Valley, where it is associated with the same species of corals, nearly always retains its spines. That the loss of the spines in this region is due to protracted maceration before final burial seems likely, and would be in direct accord with the slight thick- ness ol the Moscow shales in this region."' -&j The Encrinal Limestone. This rock appears for the first time near the upper end of Section 5, where it causes the fall in the stream. Above this point it quickly dips below the Moscow shales, and is not seen in any of the upper sections. •Sn Chapter III. 31 The thickness of the stratum is one and one-half feet, vary- ing but little in different parts of the section. Its upper portion is of a somewhat shaly character, and highly fossili- ferous. More than fifty species of fossils have been obtained from this portion of the stratum, many of them being either rare or unrepresented outside of it. One of the most striking species is a large pelecypod, which is found in con- siderable numbers in the upper part of the limestone, near the lower end of the section. This is the Mytilarca oviformis (Conrad), a large mussel shell which is not found outside of this bed. The shell is commonly removed, the "mould" of the interior alone remaining. The rock is composed chiefly of the finely comminuted remains of calcareous organisms, among which crinoid stems and joints predominate. Weathering brings the coarser of these out in relief, a character often observable on the moulds of such shells as the Mytilarca. Although fossils are numerotis, perfect specimens are diffi- cult to obtain. This is due to the fact that the outer layer of the shells tends to adhere to the rock on being split out. This exfoliation is not restricted to shells alone, but occurs in the trilobites and other organisms as well. It is only where weathering has removed the surrounding matrix that the perfect surface characters become visible. The lower, more solid and more crystalline portion of the bed contains chiefly corals, among which the honeycomb coral — Favosites hamiltonise (Hall) predominates. It usually forms rounded heads six inches to a foot in diame- ter, sometimes containing petroleum, probably the result of the decomposition of the original animal matter. The rock is pyritiferous in places, sometimes so to a con- siderable degree. On its under side occurs a coating ol iron sulphide, probably in the form of the mineral marcasite, which occasionally has a thickness of an inch. From the oxidation of this mineral, the rock is stained a reddish brown color. This feature diminishes the value of the rock 32 as a building stone, for structures built of it will invariably show the characteristic but undesirable iron stain. This can be seen in various buildings in the vicinity of the creek on the lake shore road. The rock of this section was formerly quarried and used for constructive purposes, in part at least, on the railroad bridges at North Evans. That the rock had a tendency towards the formation of concretionary masses is indicated by the occurrence of one of these on the under side of the bed, about halfway down the section. This mass is cylindrical, three inches in diameter, and lies just below the limestone bed. It is of similar composition, and lies approximately parallel to a joint plain. Among the more important fossils of the rock Spirifer sculptilis (Hall) should be mentioned, a form readily recog- nized by its few angular plications and the zigzag concentric lamella?. This species is entirely restricted in this region to the Encrinal limestone, and may be regarded as the typical fossil of the fauna, which is named after it, the Spirifer sculptilis fauna.* The fauna contains a number of gasteropods not found outside of it, as well as a number of others, ( Platyostoma (Diaphorostoma) lineata (Conrad), various species of Platvceras, etc., ) which occur both above and below. Tril- obites are common and of large size, the predominating form being Phacops rana (Green). The pelecypods are few and poorly preserved, but the brachipods are well repre- sented. Orthis (Rhipidomella) is very common, and so are the Stropheodontas. One of the important fossils almost entirely restricted to the bed is Tropkloleptuscarinatus (Con- rad (, of which large specimens may be obtained. The little Vitulina pustulosa (Hall) and the equally neat Centronella impressa (Hall) occur side by side in the upper part of the rock, and have not been noticed outside of it. Another characteristic Terebratuloid is the Cryptonella planirostra i Hall ), which however is not wholly confined to this rock. •For ;i list of the fossils of this fauna sec in y paper on the " Fauna of the Hamil- ton Group," etc. 33 The Lower Shales, or the Hamilton Shales Proper. Only about a foot of these is exposed at the base of Section 5, but this foot of shale contains a large number of interesting fossils. Immediately below the Encrinal limestone the shale is practically barren for a thickness of three or four inches. Even calcareous matter seems to be absent from it, and the shale is soft, light colored and easily cut with a knife. If it is exposed to the atmosphere and the heat of the sun, it hardens, by the evaporation of the water which it contains, but on soaking, it becomes a tenacious mud. This character is due to the leaching out of the calcareous matter by the waters which carried sulphuric acid, derived from the oxidation of the iron sulphide on the under side of the Encrinal limestone. Below this decalcified mass of shale is a bed an inch or less in thickness, which is made up mainly of three classes of fossils, viz : A small, flat, branching bryozoan, Stictopora incisurata Hall, a small brachio- pod with matted spines all over its exterior, Nucleospira concinna Hall and a large number of the joints of crinoid stems. These three forms occur in such numbers, and they are usually so firmly cemented, that the bed becomes a solid limestone. Where it has been exposed for a considerable length of time, the fossils have weathered out completely, so that they may be picked up in a perfect state of preservation. This bed has been called the Stictopora bed. It is the high- est true Hamilton bed which has a distinct association of fossils. Throughout it, and in almost every bed below, the typical Hamilton brachiopod Spirifer mucronatus (Conrad) occurs. This is frequently furnished with long mucronate points or lateral extensions, and in the Stictopora bed it is represented mainly by the separated valves. The species is practically restricted to the Hamilton shales*, where it is abundant, only a few. fragmentary specimens having been obtained from the higher beds. It therefore constitutes the index species of this lower fauna — the Spirifer mucronatus *It occurs however, in the transition shales of the Marcellus. 34 fauna, which is by far the richest of any of the faunas of this region. The most fossiliferous bed in this fauna is the one exposed at the very base of Section 5, about a foot below the Encrinal limestone. This bed has been called the Demissa bed, from the fact that the brachiopod Stropheodonta demissa ( Conrad ) occurs in it in great numbers and is prac- tically restricted to it. It has furnished more than sixty species- of fossils, though its total thickness is not over four inches. It may be explored at low water continuously along the base of the cliff, as well as in the shallower portions of the stream below the fall. The occurrence of Stropheodonta, especially S. demissa (Conrad) and the large S. concava Hall, as well as large numbers of Spirifers, including the large and robust S. granulosus (Conrad), make it con- spicuous. This latter species occurs also in considerable numbers in the Encrinal limestone, but it has not been observed in the Moscow shales. It does not occur, at Eighteen Mile Creek, in the shales below the Demissa bed.* Near the lower end of the section occurs an oblique thrust fault, which has brought up about a foot of the shale under- lying the Demissa bed. The shearing plane passes obliquely upwards from left to right, ( as seen from the opposite bank ). The inclination from the horizontal is 24°, thus giving the fault a hade of 66°. The fault is of interest as indicating a compressive force, the same probably which caused the anticlinal fold at Section 3, and the other thrust faults to be noted later. Section 6 (C). Plate XI. This section is cut in the left bank of the stream and ex- tends in a general north and south direction. Its height is about sixty-two feet above the stream bed, and its total M-'or a list of the fossils in the Demissa bed, see "Faunas of the Hamilton Group," etc. They are all included in the descriptions in Part II. PLATE X. — View of the " corry " iu Section 7, showing an example of gorge cutting in an early stage. The backward cutting of the falls prodiices the gorge, and the downward cutting of the stream the V-shaped trench seen above. The Encrinal limestone is seen near the middle of the cliff. — Photographed by A. W. Grabau. PLATE XI. (a).— View of Section 6, showing four feet of Hamilton shales at the 1ki.sc; the Encrinal limestone, the Moscow shales, the Styliolina band, the Genesee shales and a portion of the Cashaqua shales. i/m. View of the Bncrinal limestone of Section 6, showing the undermining of the bed, and the recently fallen blocks. — Photographed by A. \Y. Grabau. 35 length about seven hundred feet. The highest beds exposed are the gray Naples (Cashaqua) shales, which, as usual, contain many concretions. The shale has crumbled under the action of the atmosphere until the whole upper portion of the cliff is soil-covered and overgrown with vegetation. The Genesee shales appear much less prominently in this section than in any of the preceding, nevertheless the char- acteristic jointed structure of the upper shales appears half way up the bank. The Styliolina limestone projects from the bank, and as usual, forms a prominent line of demarca- tion between the Middle and Upper Devonian strata of this region. The Moscow shales, seventeen feet thick, form a vertical cliff in some portions of the section. In the main, however, they are more or less covered up by the talus which has accumulated on the shelf formed by the projecting Encrinal limestone. This latter stratum has a thickness of twenty-two inches in this section, and exhibits the same coating of oxidized iron sulphide on the under side, which characterizes its other exposures. The many fallen blocks at the base of the cliff, as well as the dangerously far-pro- jecting portions of the bed in the cliff, testify to the continued activity of the stream in the wearing away of the softer shales beneath. (Plate XI, fig. b). These blocks are col- lected from this section and used for purposes of construc- tion. Fossils are not so numerous in the bed at this section, as the}r are at Section 5, nevertheless some very fine specimens of Actinopteria decussata Hall have been obtained from it. Corals are common, especially the honeycomb — Favosites hamiltonise Hall. The average northward rise of the limestone in this section is one foot in forty-seven, giving an approximate southward dip of five degrees. This allows nine feet of the Hamilton shales to be exposed at the lower end of the section, while at the upper end the exposure is only three feet. Here is the first good opportunity to examine the Hamil- ton shales in their relation to the overlying limestone, and it 36 becomes at once apparent that the most fossiliferous beds are those near the top of the series, namely the Demissa and Stictopora beds. As the water became purer towards the close of the deposition of the Hamilton shales, the braehio- pods, which occurred sparingly during the greater part of the time, underwent a luxuriant development, all the im- portant and characteristic species growing in great pro- fusion. The change of conditions, however, which succeeded, drove out most of them, and when the water became pure enough for the growth of the limestone-building corals and crinoids, a quite distinct assemblage of species appeared. (See further, Chapter III.). In the lower beds the fossils are scattered, from some, thev appear to be entirely absent. Down to about three feet below the Encrinal limestone, the shale contains species such as are found in greater abundance in the Demissa bed. Associated with these is Athyris spiriferoides (Eaton), which here reached its last abundant development. Below this, down to about four feet below the Encrinal limestone, fossils are very rare, with the exception of the two species of minute needle-like pteropods, Stvliolina fissurella (Hall) and Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall, both of which occur in vast numbers on some of the shale laminae. With them occur several species of minute ostracod crustaceans, among which the Primitiopsis punctulifera (Hall) predominates. Still descending, we find the fossils somewhat more abundant, but in no case do they approach the numerical development found in the Demissa bed. The only constant and abundant species throughout these shales is the type species of the fauna, the broad-winged Spirifcr mucronatus (Conrad ). Nine feet below the Encrinal limestone, or at the base of the section at its lower end, and forming a portion of the stream bed, is a layer of large, flat calcareous concretions, occasionally united into a continuous bed ; but chiefly com- posed of separate masses. These contain a large number of - U - :' /. U /. - Si ^ it n r 'v " "7 v p. U-r ~ r.X - ~-'-r. R -I. £ O «J :-5 I - BO < •_ / — 2 37 Athvris spiriferoides (Eaton ), all in a perfect state of preser- vation. The same fossil occurs in the shale between the concretions, and when thus found, it presents its original gibbous character. Above or below this layer, however, this fossil usually occurs in a compressed condition from the settling down of the shale masses on lithifying, thus show- ing well, how the presence of such concretions in a bed, may protect the fossils from the compression incident upon the lithification of the containing rock. This layer furnishes most of the specimens of this brachiopod, which is nowhere else so characteristic as at Eighteen Mile Creek. Section 7 (B). Plates XII and XIII. This section extends north-west from a point directly north of the northern end of Section 6, to the bridge on which the Lake Shore road crosses the creek. It is cut into the right bank of the stream, and has a total length of about twelve hundred feet. Near the middle of the section a small lateral stream has cut a V-shaped gully down to the Styliolina limestone, over which the water falls in wet weather. Below this is a larger V-shaped recession, a diminutive "corrv," which here marks the beginning of a lateral gorge. (Plate X.). The lower portion of the section is covered by a talus of fine shale particles, derived from both Moscow and Hamil- ton beds. At the foot of the cliff are large fragments of limestone and shale, with fossils, as well as a debris of foreign material. The difference in the steepness of the bank, between this section and the preceding one, forms an interesting study, the small amount of undercutting in Section 7 being due, as already noted, to the shallowness and width of the stream, which two features combine to dissipate the force of the current, and also to the presence of the large rocks at the foot of the cliff, which act as a barrier to the inroads of the current. 38 The Upper Devonian strata of this section include several feet of the black Genesee shales, the gray Genesee shales, and the Styliolina band. The Genesee shales are usually talus- covered and overgrown with vegetation. The Styliolina limestone is somewhat more shaly in this section than in the preceding ones, but as usual, projects some distance from the bank. Xo good opportunity for the study of the Moscow shales is afforded, for they are practically inaccessible. The large cup corals which are common in the talus at the foot of the section are all derived from the coral layer in the lower Moscow shale. They may be seen in place by climbing the bank in the little "corry " near the centre of the section. The Encrinal limestone appears near the middle of the section, forming a prominent band. It rises north-westward at the average amount of one foot in sixty-three, giving an approximate south-easterly dip of less than one degree to the strata. On the Lake Shore road, at the descent to the bridge from the north, the Encrinal limestone formerly caused a distinct shelf or ridge, which extended across the road. The earlier visitors to the Eighteen Mile Creek sections will remember the distinct bump which the carriage or omnibus, which brought them, experienced in passing over this rock. At the present time the rock has either been taken out or covered over, so that the characteristic bump is no longer ex- perienced. Where the rocks first become exposed at the upper end of the section, about sixteen feet of the Hamilton shales appear. At the bridge, thirty to thirty-five feet of these shales are exposed, but the lower portion of the cliff is covered by talus. The layer of concretions bearing the Athyris spiriferoides ( Eaton ), first noted in Section 6, appears throughout in this section, remaining at the average distance of nine feet below the Encrinal limestone. From its disintegration, the talus at the foot of the cliff is rich in this fossil, this being the best locality for collecting it. Many specimens will be found t X i J i' Ja 1 39 overgrown with delicate Bryozoa and Aulopora corals, which furnish an additional incentive for collecting them. A large number of concretions occur in this lower shale, among which the horn-shaped forms with smooth slicken- sided exterior are characteristic. These are often mistaken for organic remains, chiefly cup corals, and are prized as such by the inexperienced collector. An axis or core of iron pyrites will usually be found as the nucleus of these concre- cretions. Frequently the strata above and below, as well as on the sides, appear crowded out of position, as if by the growth of the concretion. As before noted, however, this crowded appearance is probably due to the settling down of the strata around the resistant body. A few feet below the layer bearing the Athyris spiritbroides (Eaton), pelecypods occur plentifully. A large num- ber of species have been obtained, many of which have not been noticed elsewhere in this region. At the base of the cliff, near the mouth of the "corrv " Liorhvnchus multicostus Hall again occurs in abundance in some concretion bearing beds. Another concretionary layer containing A. spiriibr- oides (Eaton) occurs twenty feet below the Encrinal lime- stone. Throughout the exposed portion of the shales, fossils occur in considerable number and variety. Brachio- pods always predominate, the most abundant being Spirifer tnucronatus (Conrad). Good specimens of the trilobite Phacops rana (Green) are occasionally found ; but on the whole, only the smaller species of organisms are abundant. Thus, Chonetes lepida Hall, and Amhocoelia umhonata (Conrad), as well as the little Pholidops hamil- toniae Hall, are abundantly scattered through the shales. Liorhvnchus multicostus Hall is common in the lower ten or fifteen feet. About twenty-five feet below the Encrinal limestone occurs a thin argillo-ealcareous bed, less than two inches thick. This contains large numbers of Modiomorpha subalata (Conrad), a characteristic Hamilton pelecypod, and one 4-0 which occurs throughout the lower shales. In this bed, however, it occurs in great abundance, almost to the exclusion of every other form. The bed is not well exposed in this section owing to the talus, but in the east branch of Idlewood Ravine, which mouths in the main gorge below the bridge, it appears both in the bed and banks of the ravine. Section 8 (A). Plate XIV. This is the lowest section in the gorge, occurring in the left bank and extending from near the mouth of the creek halfway to the bridge. Its total length is not over one thousand feet, and it extends north forty degrees west, by south forty degrees east. Its height is about fifty-six feet above the normal lake level. Only middle Devonian strata are exposed in this section, the Moscow shales forming the top member. The greater portion of these are exposed near the upper end of the section, but owing to the rise of the strata north-westward, only a few feet occur at the lower end of the section. The Encrinal limestone occurs throughout, and large blocks of it are found at the foot of the section. The lowest bed exposed at the upper end of the section is an argillaceous limestone, which in places becomes shaly, and the total thickness ol which is about a foot. This contains very few fossils, Spin far mucronatus (Conrad) and a few pelecypods being the only ones observed. Underlying it are about six feet ol shale, which become exposed at the lower end of the section. These contain few fossils, principally Spirifer mucronatus (Conrad) and Phacoj)s rana (Green). Below them, and exposed only near the lower end of the section are the "Trilobitc beds." These are three in number. The upper one is a foot thick, shaly and often fissile, yet sufficiently calcareous to be distinct from the overlying shale. It is very rich in trilobites, though usually the heads and tails alone w 3.^ °S a en -t'73 O 1 3 2 ft =■ 1 '1 O B P x 0 tf ">f» '-3 y 3. — ft 0 7) ^*jft Co | o rt it; 2. , ^ ft 41 are common. The thorax, from it.s jointed condition, is subject to greater destruction, and hence is not commonly preserved. Nevertheless, complete and perfect specimens are occasionallv obtained. The trilobite most common in this bed is the ordinary Hamilton species Phacops rana (Green), though Crvphaeus bootbi Green, the form with long spines on both sides of the head, and with fringed tail, also occurs. Other fossils are rare in this bed. Below it, is a somewhat more compact calcareous layer three to four inches thick and rather concretionary. In this layer fossils are rare. Under it occurs the second trilobite layer, eight inches thick and, like the upper one, it is a calcareo-argillaceous, and somewhat arenaceous bed, sometimes becoming quite gritty. This contains more fossils than the upper bed, but the trilo- bites of both species are the only abundant forms. Below this, and separating it from the lowest trilobite bed — which latter is only exposed at low water at the extreme lower end of the section — are two or three inches of fissile shale, in which Athyris spiriferoides (Eaton) is especially abundant. With it occurs a large number of the small cup coral Streptelasma rectum Hall, these two, with an occasional specimen of Spirifer mucronattis (Conrad), forming the only important fossils of the bed. Onlv about six inches of the lowest trilobite bed are ex- posed, the total thickness of that bed being about a foot. Both species of trilobites are abundant, and good specimens may be easily obtained. Nowhere in the entire Hamilton group of this region are trilobite remains so abundant. The conditions of the sea must have been particularly favorable for their development at that period, so that their remains became entombed by the thousands. That they were but slowly buried seems to be indicated by the separated portions of the body, a condi- tion probably brought about by long continued maceration before burial. Trilobites probably never lived in very deep water, and both the nature of the rock and the scattered 42 position of the remains indicate shallow water with a dis- tinct current, though with probably a small amount of mechanical sediment. Several small thrust or reversed faults may be noted in this section. They have mostly affected the trilobite beds, and the calcareous bed six feet above them. The vertical displacement is never more than a few inches, yet the occurrence of these faults in connection with that of Section 5, and another one on the lake shore, present a problem of extreme interest. GENERAL REMARKS. At several places in the gorge, gas bubbles up through fissures in the rock. Near the upper end of Section 5, above the falls, bubbles of gas constantly escape from the water. In the gorge above the railroad bridges, opposite the village of North Evans, gas escapes from a fissure in the rock in such quantity as to give a steady flame when lighted. The occurrence of such gas springs has led to the sinking of a well in the gorge near the head of Section 6. The supply of gas thus received has diminished but little during a number of years of steady flow. The origin of the gas is probably to be sought for in the bituminous shales, some of the springs undoubtedly deriving their supply from the deeply-buried black Marcellus beds. The gas well, however, draws its main supply from Silurian strata, which are tapped several hundred feet below the surface. The Mouth of the Stream. An interesting problem in the shifting of the mouth of a stream by current and wave action is presented by Eighteen Mile Creek. Running out from the left bank is a long sand bar, which effectually closes the mouth of the gorge, and compels the stream to find its outlet at another point. The bar formerly extended n o iv^'iii - ' . fr. ' lit* 'tF. J y 43 nearly 2000 feet northward, and the mouth of the stream was shifted to that point. Since then, the stream has broken through the bar at several places, shifting its mouth every season, and leaving partially closed outlets to be filled in subsequently by the waves. The map (Plate II.) repre- sents the temporary conditions which existed in August, 1895. (See also Plate XXI.). CHAPTER II. THE GEOLOGY OF THE EAKE SHORE SECTIONS. All along the lake shore from Eighteen Mile Creek, north to Bay View, and south to the county line, there are numerous exposures of the strata described in the preceding chapter, as well as others which lie above and below these. The exposures are in the cliffs, which, with few exceptions, front the lake, rising sometimes to a height of nearly a hundred feet. The cliffs commonly rise with a vertical face from the beach. Many of them are washed by the waves the year round, and consequently kept in a perpendicular or even overhanging condition, while others experience the cutting of the waves only during storms or in seasons of unusually high water. In this latter case a talus of shale fragments usually accumulates at the foot of the section, and this not infrequently becomes a rich collecting ground for the palaeontologist, for here the weathered out fossils ma}r be found in great numbers, and usually in a perfect state of preservation. The stratigraphist, however, avoids collecting from these natural "dump-heaps," or at least does not attach much stratigraphic value to his collections, for he finds in them a commingling of the fossils of the various beds exposed in the section, a condition which is unfavorable to the proper discrimination between successive faunas. The sections are by no means of uniform height. This can be best appreciated by the diagrammatic representation of these sections given on Plate V. of the Geological Report of the Fourth District of New York. In this plate Professor Hall gives a semi-pictorial representation of the shore of Lake Erie from Black Rock to Sturgeon Point, with the omission of the eight miles of beach and low swamp-land between Buffalo and Bay View (Comstock's tavern). By reference to this plate it will be seen that the highest cliff is just south of Eighteen Mile Creek, in the first section of the "South Shore Cliffs." 45 This irregularity in the height of the cliffs, is, of course, produced by erosion, which has swept away the rocks in some places, and left them in others. In general terms, the sections as seen on the lake shore represent a profile of the topography, which was impressed upon the country during long cycles of preglacial erosion. The low drift-filled portions, where no rock is exposed, probably in all cases represent broad valleys cut out by some preglacial stream. Some of the irregularities in height, however, are only apparent, and due to the varying directions in which the sections are cut. To this latter cause must also be attributed the varying dips observed in different parts of the sections, as these sections sometimes extend in the direction of the strike of the strata, or again obliquely across it. In no portion of the sections is the true dip exposed, which, as was noted in Chapter I., is to the south-east. The shore of Lake Erie presents a succession of crescents, the projecting points usually being headlands of rock, which frequently extend into the water, and so form an obstacle to walking on the beach. Excepting such in- stances however, the beach is of a character, which allows easy travelling on it. Wherever it is sandy, it is usually much compacted and firm, and will even permit the advan- tageous use of a bicycle. But when the beach is composed of shingle, as on the more exposed portions of the shore, the case is different, for the pebbles are usually smooth flat shale fragments, which slip over each other, and make walking a rather tiresome undertaking, while the use of a bicycle is impossible. In the following descriptions of the sections on the Lake Shore, the names applied to them are those by which they are designated in the paper on the 'Faunas of the Hamilton Group" of this region, to which the student is referred for many points not here discussed. If access to the volume on the Geology of the Fourth District can be had, a thorough study of the sections as given on Plate V., should be made. 46 A. The South Shore Cliffs. Plates X V to XX. The first of these cliffs extends from the mouth of Eighteen Mile Creek south-westward for a distance of about three miles, beyond which a low and sandy stretch separates it from the next cliff'. The northern half of this section, or that portion between Eighteen Mile Creek and Pike Creek, is of the greatest interest to the student, as it includes, besides all the beds found in the lower gorge of Eighteen Mile Creek, a number of interesting structural and dynamic phenomena, which will be described below. This portion of the section comprises several crescents, and as the strata dip at about fortv feet to the mile, or approximately one foot in one hundred and thirty,* the appearance of faults is produced, wherever the central portion of the farther crescent is seen directly behind the projecting salient between the two adjacent crescents. About forty feet of the Hamilton shales are exposed in this .section near the mouth of Eighteen Mile Creek. The Trilo- bite beds would probably be exposed at the base of the section, if the talus were removed. The other beds noted in the Eighteen Mile Creek sections, can be seen in the northern half of this section, when not covered by talus. The shale is full of fossils, mainly brachiopods, among which Spirifer mucronatus (Conrad) predominates. The shells may be picked out of the weathered bank with ease, and usually occur with the valves separated, so that specimens showing the muscular impressions and other internal features are among the frequent treasures to be met with in collections from these banks. The talus is especially rich in Athvris spiriferoides (Eaton). These are furnished by the disintegrating concretionary layer, nine feet below the *This estimate is based on the fact, that at the mouth of Eighteen Mile Creek, the Encrinal limestone is about forty feet above water level, while at the " uplift," a little over a mile to the south, in a straight line, this rock has reached the level of the lake. The inaccuracy comes from the greater actual length of the section when the curves of the crescents are considered. The dip thus obtained is only the apparent, and not the true dip. 47 Encrinal limestone. Specimens of Spitifer granulosus (Con- rad) are also common. They are derived from the Demissa bed, which also furnishes the specimens of Strophcodonta demissa (Conrad), though these are of less frequent occur- rence. The Encrinal limestone is the most prominent stratum in the bank. It appears for the first time a few hundred feet south of the northern end of the cliff, and gradually descends, until near the middle of the section, at Pike Creek, it passes below the level of the lake. It has the same thickness and character as in the Eighteen Mile Creek sections, and also has the coating of iron sulphide on the under side, which is characteristic ol all its outcrops. Professor Hall states that this coating was formerly " wrought to some extent on the supposition that it was silver."* From the constant wearing away of the soft Hamilton shales, the Encrinal limestone becomes undermined, so that large blocks break off annually and fall to the beach, where they accumulate in considerable numbers. Not infrequently, these blocks of limestone are full of fossils, chiefly corals, some of which stand out in relief through differential solu- tion. They tempt the collector with visions of choice specimens for the cabinet, but he is apt to be disappointed in his attempt to obtain them, unless he has a good hammer, a number of well-tempered chisels, and plenty of time and patience. A sledge hammer is the most desirable tool in such cases. Unless the collector is properly equipped, he had better not attempt the working of this refractory rock, for he is sure to end in spoiling his tools, his temper, and worse than all, the specimens, which he should leave for some one better prepared. The Moscow shales have much the same character which they exhibit in the Eighteen Mile Creek sections. Their thickness hardly diminishes, and they usually contain a fair proportion of concretions. The coral layer appears in the *Geol. Rep't, 4th Dist. N. Y., 184-3, p. 472. 48 lower portion of the mass in the same position, and with the same fossils as at Section 5. It alone furnishes the specimens of large Cyathophyttoids and Atrvpa aspera Dalman, which are so common in some portions of the talus. The specimens of Streptelasma rectum Hall are likewise fur- nished by beds of the lower Moscow shale. The Stvliolina limestone rapidly thins out towards the south, so that, at the middle of the section, it is scarcely an inch in thickness, being at the same time very shaly. The Genesee shales, in this section, appear in their full thickness, which, according to Professor Hall, is twenty-three feet and seven inches, including the Styliolina band.* The lower portion of this shale is more homogeneous in this section, partaking in color and texture more of the character of the upper beds. The bituminous character of the shale as a whole is strongly marked, plant remains and even coal seams being of not infrequent occurrence. Large masses of the rock are usually found on the beach, and in them the characteristic fossil Lunulicardium fragile]- Hall, is often found in great numbers. Pyrite grains are scattered throughout the shale in large quantities, and these on oxidizing produce the usual result of thin, iron-stained shale laminae, which frequently have iridescent surfaces. One of the interesting products of the oxidation of the pvrite, is found in the sulphuretted water, which trickles from the bank at various places. On exposure to the air, the sulphuretted hydrogen, with which the water is charged, is commonly decomposed, (see below) and sulphur is deposited. This is well seen in a small cavernous indentation in the bank, midway between Eighteen Mile and Pike Creeks, where the shale walls are covered with a thin coating of sulphur. •Rep't 4-th Geol. I»ist. X. Y., 1843, p. 221. fThis is the A victtla fragilis Hall of the Geol. Rep't of the 4-th Dist., 184-3. 49 Mr. S. H. Enimens has tabulated the following steps in the oxidation of pyrite.* Part of the sulphur of the pyrite is converted by the oxygen and the moisture of the atmosphere into sulphuric acid, leaving a residue of iron monosulphide. This is then attacked by the sulphuric acid and ferrous sulphate results, while at the same time sulphuretted hvdroeen is evolved. The reactions are as follows:! (7.) Fe S, 03 + H20 = Fe S 4- H,S 04. (2.) FeS- H, S. minor* This name being pre-occnpied, D. ringuehergi was substituted for it by Newberry.f In 1886, Dr. Herbert Upham Williams described and figured two new species, both of the genus Palseoniscus De Blainville.J These wore P. riticulatus II. U. Williams .and P. antiquus II. U. Wil- liams. With those were Found remains of, probably, Dinichthys ringue- hergi Newberry (D. minor Ringueberg). Since that time a number of remains have come to light from these shales, S among which the follow- ing may be mentioned: 1. — A specimen showing both rami of the mandible of a Dinichthys, which may be referred to D. minor Newberry with a good deal of reservation, since the terminal portion is completely crushed, and beyond the recognition of the characteristic features. Its size is intermediate between that of I), minor Xewb. and that of D. newberryi Clarke. 2. — A specimen of an undescribed Dinichthys, con- siderably weathered. 3. — A specimen which appears to be the terminal tooth of I), minor Xewb., but smaller than the usual form. Resides these there are specimens referable to Mylostoma variabilis Newberry, Callognathus serratus Newberry, and a large scale which appears to belong to a species of Holoptychius, but further examination may result in placing it in a new genus. These remains of fishes arenot found in any ereat abundance. They have to be carefully looked for over a consider- able area at Sturgeon Point, and they are found most frequently asso- ciated with two species of Lingula — L. concentrica Conr., (probably a variety of Schizobolus truncatus Hall) and L. spatulata Vanux., with Goniatites, Lepidodendra, Catamites and Conodonts. The larger specimens of fish remains are usually so much weathered, that then- identification becomes, if not impossible, yet a matter of extreme difficulty." Bevond Sturgeon Point the shale disappears again, and unconsolidated material takes its place. In many places the bank is low, and largely composed of sand dunes, in others it is a sand and clay cliff, which bears evidence of being constantly eroded by the waves. Trees and shrubs have slid down the bank, and are now growing from it at all angles. At "Dibble Point," beyond the mouths of the Sister Creeks, the shales appear again in a low cliff. They vary in color from dark gray to black, and are full of septaria, most of •Am. Journ. Science, Vol. 27, p. 476, 1884-. With figures. vTlic Palaeozoic Pishes of North America by J. S. Newberry. Mon. XVI., U. S. Geol. Surv.. p. 60. Bull. Buff. Sot. Nat. Sciences, Vol. V., X<>. 2, pp. 81-84; one plate. SMainlv through the labors of Mr. Mixer himself. ■ Hi 55 which are of gigantic size, individuals six, eight, or even ten feet in diameter being common. Manv of them exhibit grotesque imitative forms, and are often taken for pre- historic monsters, which some freak of nature has preserved in all their grotesqueness. These concretions are of similar size to those found in the gorge of Eighteen Mile Creek near the forks, and it is possible that the same bed is represented in both localities. Another small fault occurs in this cliff. The septarium-strewn beach finally gives way once more to a sandy and pebbly beach, behind which the banks again consist of unconsolidated material, which completely con- ceals the underlying shale beds. Beyond Muddy Creek the shales appear again. The bank is at first only eight feet high, but soon rises to the height of thirty feet or more. This is at Harrison's Point, a rocky headland, the base of which is washed by the waves the year round. The cliff beyond, descends perpendicularly to the water, and ordinarily passage along its base is impossible. These conditions continue for some distance, after which the cliffs are again fronted by sand and gravel beaches. Several ol the points beyond this, however, project far out into the water, so that ordinarily travel on the beach is impracti- cable. Near Cattaraugus Creek the banks are low, and for the most part composed of unconsolidated material. It will be observed that the highest members of the Genesee stage, i. e. the Naples (Gardeau) flags, are not exposed in the section along the lake shore. This is due to the fact that the sections extend in a general south-west direction, which does not vary much from the direction of the strike of the strata in this region. Consequently most of the sections exhibit strata having a very low dip, and therefore no great stratigraphie ascent has been made by the time the county line is reached. The flagstones of this stage, as well as the sandstones of the lower Chemung stage (the Portage sandstones ) are however, found in the higher 56 south-eastern portions of the county, where they are ex- posed in ravines and water courses, and uncovered in quarries. B. The North Shore Cliffs. North of the mouth of Eighteen Mile Creek, there are five sections, which are of sufficient importance to require separate and detailed descriptions. THE IDLE WOOD CLIFF. Plate XXII. This section extends from the mouth of Eighteen Mile Creek northward to the old drift-filled gorge noted above. The cliff is usually steep, but much weathered, and many places are thicklv overgrown by vegetation. The beach at the foot of the cliff is very broad, and the waves ordinarily do not reach the cliff. In consequence, a strong talus has accumulated at the foot of the cliff, thus obscuring many of the lower strata. At Idlewood, the cliff has a total height of something over sixtv feet. At the top, six feet of the Moscow shales are exposed, these therefore, including the whole ol the shale bearing the Spirifer consobrinus fauna. If care is taken to collect all the fossils when excavations are made, prepara- torv to the erection of new cottages, a most complete series of specimens of this fauna may be obtained. The natural exposures in this cliff are such, that the Moscow shales can not be readily examined. The Encrinal limestone is exposed in the cliff at Idlewood, its average thickness being one foot and a half. It may be traced for some distance northward, after which it is not seen again until near the northern end of the next section. The ealeareo-argillaceous layer first noticed at the upper end of Section 8 in Eighteen Mile Creek, forms a prominent band on the face of the cliff, ten or twelve feet above the base. About seven feet above it, the Modiomorpha subalata bed is seen, forming a distinct band one inch wide, on the cliff. At the base of the cliff the three I J , I! CH V- i. ' !• - 1 , t'i'i ■ i r, ■• •. * '■ ' V ■ ' ' &,, . I V,. '. . , . , '' *m ■'<■ ' ' gfig&S »■■'•, ■f.Vl ■ itv - -; • •;■ '•' \ ■ &k$i '■'■!' j '. j I 57 Trilobite beds appear, having all the characters, and the same species of fossils, as those noted in their exposures in the gorge of Eighteen Mile Creek. The lowest bed, not fullv exposed there, exhibits its full thickness of one foot in this section. In some places the shale underlying the lowest Trilobite bed is seen, bearing Athvris spiriferoides (Eaton), and Spirifer mucronatus ( Conrad ). At the lower end of this section the Trilobite layers appear on the beach, where thev form a distinct shelf or platform, at the water's edge. Altogether this section is not a good one at the present time, though some years ago, when a cutting was made into it for a roadway, it afforded an excellent opportunity for collecting fossils. WANAKAH CLIFF. Plates XXIII and XXIV. This cliff begins north of the drift-filled gorge, on the land of Mr. Albert Meyer. It extends northward for about a mile and a half, and terminates in a bluff seventy-five feet high. The northern end of the bluff drops off quite suddenly, and a long stretch of low clay banks, with occasional outcrops of shale on the beach, succeeds this section, and separates it from the next one. The cliff at the southern end is very low, and much broken. There is considerable accumulation of debris at the base, which has to be removed if the lowest strata are to be examined. The Trilobite beds appear prominently in the bank, the base of the lowest being some eight or ten feet above normal water level. In their total thickness these beds do not differ much from the Eighteen Mile Creek outcrops, but in the sub- divisions into shaly and calcareous beds, some variations are observable. The most important strata, however, occur again, /. e. the lower bed (one foot thick), and the shale next above, (with Athvris spiriferoides (Eaton) , and Streptelasma rectum Hall). Half way up the bank appears the cal- 58 careous layer noted in other sections as lying about six feet above the upper Trilobite bed. This contains many robust specimens of Spiriter mucronntus (Conrad), but few other fossils are found. Mr. Albert Meyer has, however, obtained some interesting fish remains from a fragment of rock which probably came from this bed. About five feet of the shales below the Trilobite beds are exposed. The upper two feet of these are highly fossiliferous. The fossils are mainly brachiopods, of the genera Spirifcr, Stropheodonta, Rhipidomella, Athyris, Chonetes, etc. Below this the shale is less fossiliferous, down to about five feet below the lowest Trilobite bed. Here a hard calcareous layer occurs, an inch or two in thickness, in which fossils are very abundant. The large Spirifer granulosus (Conrad), which was found to be characteristic of the Demissa bed, and of the Encrinal limestone, occurs here in considerable numbers. Many other fossils occur with it, among which may be mentioned Tropidoleptus carinatus (Conrad ), which is almost absent from the shale between this bed and the Encrinal limestone, but is abundant in the latter rock. Less than a foot below this bed is another of similar character, which however, is usually covered by the debris on the beach. In this bed the little Favositoid coral, Pleurodictyum stylopora ( Eaton ) is met with for the first time, this being the highest bed in which the fossil occurs in this region. S])irifer granulosus (Conrad) is also common in this bed, and besides these, twenty other species of fossils have been obtained from it. Among them should be mentioned a specimen of Goniatites uniangularis Conrad, completely re- placed by iron pyrites, as well as a number of specimens of Orthoceras similarly replaced. This bed is the upper one of three, in all of which Pleurodictyum stylopora (Eaton) is common, and to these beds it is restricted in this region. These strata have, therefore, been named the Pleurodictyum beds,* and will later be described more at length. •Faunas of the Hamilton Group, etc. 59 In a little ravine near the center of the vSection, a good opportunity is afforded for the exploration of the Modio- morpha subalata bed, which is twenty-five feet below the Encrinal limestone. This bed appears near the center of the cliff as a well-marked band one inch wide, whence it can be traced in the bank of the ravine, to a little beyond a foot bridge, where the layer produces a small fall or rapid in the bed of the stream. Modiomorpha subalata (Conrad) is extremely abundant, while the other fossils in this bed are rare. M. subalata occurs in the beds above and below, but nowhere in these shales is it so abundant, or so well pre- served. The floor of the old Devonian sea must have been thickly covered with these ancient mussels, which formed a bed similar to those near our modern shores. The Trilobite beds, and the calcareous layer above them, likewise appear in the floor and banks of the little ravine. Beyond this ravine, the cliff rapidly increases in height, until in its last third, it has a height of seventy-five feet or more. It there forms one of the finest sections anvwhere to j be seen in this region. The perpendicular face of the cliff, the projecting Encrinal limestone half way up, and the over- hanging prismatic blocks of black Genesee shale on top, are the most striking features, and all combine to make the height of the cliff seem greater than it actually is. At the northern end of the section the Trilobite layers appear on the beach, forming a shelf at the water's edge. The middle bed is highly fossiliferous, while the shale just below is full of Streptelasma rectum Hall. The apparent northward dip of the Trilobite beds is due to the direction in which the section is cut, which in its lower part is more east and west than north and south. Large slabs of Encrinal limestone occur on the beach, containing Heliophvllum confluens Hall, several species of Zaphrentis, and a large number of crinoid stems. Stropheo- donta concava Hall is also common in the limestone. 60 ERIE CLIFF. Plate XXV. This section is best approached from Hamburgh-on-the- lake station. To the right of the road which leads from the station to the shore, is Avery's Creek,* a small stream, which has cut several sections in the rock. Near the rail- road crossing, the hard layer, six feet above the Trilobite beds, appears in the bank, included by shale above and below. Farther down the stream, the Trilobite layers are exposed in the bed of the stream, where they are the cause of rapids. They contain essentially the same fauna as at Eighteen Mile Creek and the sections on the Lake Shore, except that the trilobites are somewhat less abundant. The beds here are subdivided as follows in descending order : Argillo-arenaceous limestone 3 inches Shale with few fossils 3 Limestone similar to above 4- " Fissile shale 8 " Arenaceous limestone, somewhat shah' and very fossiliferous 12 (» Total 30 inches In the middle bed the rare trilobite Homalonotus dekayi (Green) was found. The two feet of shale next below the Trilobite beds contain a rich fauna, which recalls the fauna of the Demissa bed in the upper Hamilton shales. Spirifer mucronatus (Conrad) is very common, and Athvris spirifer- oides (Eaton), and Streptelasma rectum Hall are likewise abundant. Rhipidomella penelope Hall is one of the rarer forms found here, Tropidolcptus carinatus ( Conrad ) being another. Rhipidomella leucosia Hall and R. cvchis Hall are among the forms seldom found above this shale. Alto- gether more than thirty species of fossils occur, most of which are brachiopods.f *The stream is named after Mr. Truman (",. Avery, the proprietor of the land through which it runs. IFor a list of the fossils obtained from these and the lower beds see the author's paper on the Faunas Of the Hamilton Group of Eighteen Mile Creek and vicinity. —Ann. Rept. State Geol. X. V. 1*96. 61 Below this shale occurs a hard calcareous laver less than an inch in thickness. This is especially rich in bryozoans, which sometimes make up the bed. The shale below this bed is less fossil iferous and fissile than that above. About a dozen species of fossils occur, but all of them are rare. Among them is Homalonotus dekayi (Green). About four feet below the Trilobite layers is another hard calcareous layer, something over an inch in thickness. This is full of fossils, among which Spirifer granulosus (Conr. ) predominates. It corresponds to the layer noted in a similar position at the upper end of Wannakah Cliff. Less than a foot below this calcareous layer, or about five feet below the Trilobite beds, appears the first or upper Pleurodictyum bed. The second and third are immediatelv below it, all of them being exposed in the bed of the stream, beyond the last bend, or not very far from Mr. Avery's barn. None of the beds have a very great thickness, the lowest and thickest not exceeding four inches. As already noted, the little coral Pleurodictyum stylopora (Eaton) is wholly re- stricted to them, and occurs in great numbers, being espe- cially common in the middle one of the three beds. With it occurs Spirifer granulosus (Conrad), wThich is frequently overgrown with bryozoa and corals. Altogether these are the richest beds in the lower Hamil- ton shales, holding the relation to the lower portion of these shales which the Demissa bed holds to the upper portion. Their chief interest lies in the presence of Pleurodictyum stylopora (Eaton), which is thus seen to be entirely restricted to the lower portion of the Hamilton shales of this region. The lowest of the three beds is of further interest, as it contains besides the Pleurodictyum, two other fossils, which are not found outside of it.* These are Nautilus magister Hall and Amhocoelia umhonata var. *It should be noted, however, that the second of these, Amhocoelia umhonata var. nana Grabau, has been noticed in the bed jttst below, the few specimens found, however, differed considerably from the normal characters of the variety. 62 nana Grabau I var. ). The Nautilus is of especial interest from the large size of the specimens obtained, which often measure six or eight inches in greatest diameter. The specimens occur in the concretionary masses of which this bed is composed, and from the nature of the rock and the brittleness of the fossils, great care is needed in freeing them from the matrix. This is by far the largest and finest fossil found in the region, and its restriction to this, the lowest bed of the Hamilton shales proper, is of great interest. This bed has therefore been named the Nautilus bed.* It was from this bed that the original specimens described and figured in Volume V. of the Palaeontology of New York, were obtained, and so far as known, this species has not been found elsewhere. Ambocoelia umhonata var. nana is a small representa- tive of the species, the brachial valve differing in its greater convexity and its general resemblance to that of Spirifer subumbonus Hall. The proportions differ from the normal for the species, and the surface is marked by numerous elongated pits, as in A. spinosa Clarke. This variety occurs in great numbers, and characterizes the rock where- ever found. Another fossil which is practically restricted to this bed, and which occurs in great numbers, associated with the preceding, is Camarotoechia dotis Hall. These shells are usually found in an excellent state of preservation, and where differential weathering has left them in relief, details of structure appear clearly. Sometimes the rock is made up of these shells and the little Ambocoelia, and in such instances it is a comparatively pure limestone, though ordinarily it partakes more of the nature of a calcareous clavstone. Other fossils are extremelv rare, and occur mainly in the shaW portions of the bed. •Faunas of the Hamilton Group, etc. 63 The position of this bed is about seven feet below the base of the lowest Trilobite bed, and its outcrop in the ravine is almost opposite Mr. Avery's barn. The Transition Beds. With the Nautilus bed the base of the Hamilton shales is reached. Underlying it are thirty feet of shales which contain a mixed Hamilton and Marcellus fauna, and they are therefore regarded as transition beds between the Marcellus and Hamilton. The shales are capped by a bed of somewhat arenaceous limestone, six inches in thickness and very fossiliferous. This bed lies immediately below the lower Pleurodictyum or Nautilus bed, its position being about fifty feet below the base of the Encrinal limestone. It forms the top of the fall in the ravine just below the bridge on which the Lake-shore turn- pike crosses. Here the bed is full of Orthoceras ( 0. exile Hall) and of gastropods (Bellerophon leda Hall, Loxo- netna hamiltoniae Hall and L. delphicola Hall). The small productoid brachiopod with the truncated beak — Stropha- losia truncata Hall — is the most abundant fossil in this bed, and as it seldom occurs outside it in this region, it becomes a convenient form from which to name the bed. The name Strophalosia bed has been adopted for it,* this name at the same time indicating the geological position of the bed, since the Strophalosia truncata Hall is a character- istic Marcellus fossil. f The Strophalosia bed appears in the cliff both above and below the mouth of Avery's Creek. Passing southward, we find, after crossing the mouth of a second small ravine, which opens near Avery's Creek, that the cliff has a height of only twenty feet or thereabouts, and is entirely made up of the transition shales, which also form the walls of the ravine of Avery's Creek below the falls. Several layers of concretions occur in these shales, but fossils •Faunas of the Hamilton Group, etc. fThis is the bed lettered (a) on Plate V. of the Report on the Fourth Geological District by Professor James Hall. The position of Avery's Creek is there indicated by the depression marked " 13 miles from Black Rock." The bed is referred to on pp. 190 and 191 of that report, where it is spoken of as the westward extension of the "thick mass of sandy shale, so abounding in conchiferous molluska in the eastern part of the State which in the central part is still in great force." 64 as a rule are rare. Spirifer mucronatus ( Conr. ) occurs in the upper portion, and with it a number of other Hamilton fossils, all of which, however, have been found in true Marcellus shales. Lower down, the characteristic Marcellus and Genesee pelecvpod Lunulieardium fragile Hall appears, and with it its constant associate, the minute pteropod Stvliolina fissurella (Hall). The eminently characteristic Marcellus fossil Liorhynchus limitaris (Conr.) is sparingly represented in the lowest beds. Some little distance below the mouth of Avery's Creek, the Strophalosia bed appears in the bank again, and with it the overlving lower Pleurodictyum or Nautilus bed. Both beds gentlv descend towards the south, until near the end of the section, they pass below the lake level. This portion of the cliff affords a good opportunity for collecting the fossils from these beds, especially the Nautilus magister Hall. Specimens of the latter were formerly obtained in numbers on the beach at the foot of the cliff, and the supply is probably still a fairly good one. North of the mouth of Avery's Creek the cliff rises to a height of something over thirty feet, a portion of it project- ing out into the water, so that one can not pass along the beach for any distance. At the northern end of the section, however, one can descend in a dry ravine* to the beach, and walk southward along the beach to the projecting point. The Strophalosia and Nautilus beds are seen everywhere in the section near the top of the cliff, forming together a band about a foot in thickness. The beach is strewn with the fragments of these beds which have fallen from above, and a good collection of the specimens may be obtained with little labor. Pleurodictyum is especially abundant, the spe- cimens usually being free from the matrix. The cliffs are very picturesque, and present good examples of wave and frost erosion. All the lower portion of the cliff consist •Marked " Davis" on Plate V. of the Geol. Rep't 4th District, 1843. 65 , of the Transition shales, in the upper part of which, Hamilton species predominate, while the lower portion contains mainly Marcellus species. ATHOL SPRINGS CLIFF. Plate XXVI. This cliff extends from the dry ravine, which runs to the lake-shore from Lake-side Cemetery Station, to the Fresh- Air-Mission Hospital at Athol Springs. In the ravine few exposures are found, but some outcrops of the Trilobite and Pleurodictyum beds occur. In the cliff, for some distance above the ravine, the Strophalosia bed appears near the top of the section; but the overlying beds are too much obscured by talus and vegetation, to be visible. The whole of the Transition shales appear below the Strophalosia bed. The Upper Marcellus Shales.— The Transition shales are limited below by a hard layer, containing an enormous number of pteropods, chiefly of the two species Styliolina fissurella (Hall) and Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall. The two species appear very much alike on the rock, owing to the fact that both exhibit the longitudinal "fissure" due to compression. Tentaculites however, as noted before, is readily distinguished on close inspection, from Styliolina by the raised annulations. Where the surface of the rock has weathered, the pteropods appear in vast numbers, and in great perfection. This layer appears for the first time on the beach about the center of the section. It rises northward, until near the Hospital it forms the top of the cliff, which here has a height of from fifteen to twenty feet. At this point the cliff projects into the water, and in climbing over it, an opportunity is afforded for the examination of the pteropod-bearing bed. This bed marks the top of the Marcellus shales in this cliff. The shales below it contain only characteristic Marcellus fossils. The predominating species are: Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall, Styliolina fissurella (Hall), Lunulicarclium fragile Hall, and Liorhyn- G6 chus limitaris ( Conrad ). Several other species occur, but on the whole fossils are rare, and a day's search may furnish only a very meagre collection. A small specimen of Nautilus marcellensis (Vanux. ) was found in the Pteropod bed. This fossil has heretofore been known only from the Goniatite limestone, between the lower and upper Marcellus of Central Xew York. About six feet below the top of the Marcellus, occurs a hard layer, about two inches thick, containing Ambocoelia umhonata (Conrad) in considerable numbers. This bed appears about ten feet above the water in the cliff behind the Hospital. In the shale below it, carbonized plant remains occur occasionally. The cliff is succeeded by a long stretch of low, sandy shore, with no rock outcrops. BAY VIEW CLIFF. Plate XXVII. This cliff extends southward for about two thousand feet from the Bay View House (formerly Comstock's tavern). The cliff, where highest, does not exceed fifteen feet in height, while the greater portion is much lower. The outline of the cliff is a zigzag one, this being due to the two sets of joint cracks, which traverse the rock, and intersect at nearly right angles. The Marcellus shales alone are exposed in this cliff, and fossils are few, consisting chiefly of the pteropods Stjrliolina fissurella (Hall) and Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall. Lunulicardium fragile Hall and Chonetes lepida Hall, are occasionally found. Chonetes mucronata Hall, and a few other Marcellus species also occur. At the southern end of the section, the hard layer with Ambocoelia umhonata (Conrad) appears about ten feet above the water. It is here two inches thick. Six inches above, is a similar layer one inch thick, the two appearing as prominent bands wherever the section is fresh. A little to the north of the Bay View House, the shale disappears, and the beach from this point to the Niagara 67 River, a distance of about eight miles, is low and sandy. The country for some distance back from the lake, is low, level farm or swamp land. The shale appears in the bed of Smoke's Creek, near West Seneca, containing Liorhvnchtts limitaris (Conr. ). The exposure is about a mile and a half from the shore, and its consideration does not properly belong here. General Summary of the Lake Shore Sections. — Taking a general view of the lake shore cliffs, we notice that they furnish a continuous section from the Marcellus to the upper Naples shales. Of the former, less than twenty feet are exposed, these representing the upper olive shales of the formation. The greatest thickness of the Marcellus in Western New York, according to Professor Hall, is not over fifty feet.* The thickness of the rock in Erie County is probably somewhat less. Resting on the Marcellus shales, are the thirty feet of Transition rock, terminated by the Strophalosia bed. These are by some included in the Hamilton stage, but their rela- tion is probably more with the Marcellus, and they are here placed with the latter. The whole thickness of the Lower or Hamilton shales — about fifty feet — is exposed, beginning with the Nautilus bed. The noteworthy beds included in the Hamilton shales are as follows : First, at the base, the three Pleurodictyum beds, (the lowest of which is the Nautilus bed). Second, the three Trilobite beds, beginning between nine and ten feet from the base. Third, the lithologically similar bed, six feet above these, or eighteen feet from the base, (noteworthy mainly on account of its persistence). Fourth, the Modio- morpha subalata bed, twenty-five feet from the base. Fifth, the Athyris spiriferoides layer forty-one feet from the base. Sixth and seventh, the Demissa and Stictopora beds, between four inches and a foot from the top. *Rep't 4th Geol. Dist. 1843, p. 179. 68 The Encrinal limestone, eighteen inches to two feet thick, is well exposed. The whole of the Upper or Moscow shales (seventeen feet) are exposed. The divisions into lower Moscow (shales bearing the Spirifer consobrinus fauna), middle Moscow (barren shales ), and upper Moscow (shales bearing the Spirifer tullius fauna), are retained throughout. The whole of the Genesee shales — twenty-three feet and seven inches thick ( Hall ), are exposed, beginning at the base with the Stvliolina layer. The subdivision into lower gray and upper black shales is not as marked, as in the gorge of Eighteen Mile Creek. The whole thickness of the grav Naples or Cashaqua shales is exposed, this, according to Hall being thirty-three . feet. Probably less than one hundred feet of the upper Naples or Gardeau shales are exposed in these sections, the lower half of which consist of black and fissile shales, while the upper, remaining exposed portion, consists of alternations of olive and gray or black shales, with septaria in the lighter colored beds. This may be tabulated as follows : UPPER Chemung Stack. Not exposed. DEVONIAN (Chemung Group). Genesee Stage. _T , , , (Gardeau 100 ft. (estimated). .Naples shales „ /Cashaqua.... 33 (Hall). Genesee shales and Stvliolina limestone 23.5 " (Hall). Hamilton Stage. Moscow shales 17 ft. Euerinal limestone 1.5 " MIDDLE Hamilton shales 50 " DEVONIAN (Hamilton Groip). Marcellus Stat,!:. Upper Marcellus shales 20 " (exposed.) Lower Marcellus, (not exposed). Total, . . . 275 feet. CHAPTER III. SEQUENCE OF GEOLOGICAL EVENTS. Let us picture to ourselves the succession of the geological events which occurred in this region since Lower Devonian times. The Lower Devonian in this part of the country was a limestone making age, when the pure, and presumably warm waters of the great interior Palaeozoic sea, which stretched from the Adirondacks to the Rocky Mountains, was in- habited by corals, crinoids, and other pure water animals. Miles upon miles of coral reefs stretched across what is now the State of New York, and westward to the Mississippi River, and beyond. All that portion of the "vast American Mediterranean Sea," as Dana has called it, was inhabited by myriads of coral-building polyps, which constructed a reef, comparable to the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. This ancient reef was a barrier reef for the Devonian continent of North America, which lay to the north, and which consisted of the old Archaean lands, with the additions made during Cambrian, Ordovician and Silurian times. This ancient coral reef now constitutes the Corniferous limestone, which can be traced from Buffalo eastward nearly to the Hudson River, and westward into Missouri and Iowa, with a northern spur running up into the penin- sula of Michigan. Northern Illinois and Wisconsin, at that time, seem to have been above water. (Dana). Similar coral reefs were forming in the seas wThich covered portions of New England and Canada. Dull-colored and unattractive as these ancient coral reefs may seem to-day to the ordinary observer, they nevertheless had beauty once, beauty comparable, if not superior, to that 70 seen in existing coral reefs.* The visitor to the Bahamas, who looks through his water-glass at these marine flower- gardens, can form some conception of the beauty which once existed in the coral reefs of the Devonian Sea. He sees to-day the large coral masses, consisting of huge brain corals, multicolored Astrasans and branching Madrepores, whose surfaces are covered with myriads of tiny polyps ; and, waving over all, the graceful Gorgonias, the sea- whips and sea-fans, as they are so aptly called. Then let him be transported back, in imagination, some millions of years, to the coral reefs which then grew where now are some of the most important states of the Union. The Maeandrinas and Astrasans were then represented by large heads oiFavosites, which grew sometimes in such abundance that their remains constitute a large portion of the reef. The Madrepores and other branching corals were not represented, but in their stead grew multitudes of cup-corals, chiefly single, horn-like or funnel-like structures, not infrequently a foot in length, and supporting at their growing ends, polyps, which rivalled in size the modern sea-anemones of our coast. And beauty of color there probably was, as well as beaut}' of form, though only the latter is suggested in the remains. Waving over the bottom in place of the modern Gorgonia fronds, were those graceful and remarkable creatures, the crinoids, whose modern representatives, dredged principally in tropical seas, are objects of exquisite beauty. Swaying on their stems, with their much-divided arms outspread, flower-like, they must have presented a striking spectacle. In modern tropical waters, the multicolored fishes swimming in and out among the gorgeous coral masses, quickly attract the attention of the observer. There were fishes in the Devonian seas, but they were strange, uncouth creatures, predaceous •Some conception of the luxurience of life and wealth of form in coral reefs can be obtained from an inspection of Mr. W. Saville Kent's photographs of living corals, reproduced in his book on the "Great Barrier Reef of Australia." The coloring is absent Irom these plates, but as far as the character of the corals and their associa- tion in the reefs are concerned, the plates are superb, and next to seeing the reef itself, the student can do no better than to study these photographs carefully. The coloring is reproduced in the chromo-lithographs appended to the volume. The student will also be surprised to find how universally the corals are exposed at low tide, a condition which one would ordinarily regard as fatal to the animals. 71 sharks and plate-covered ganoids, which probably had no great beauty of color. Their strange forms, however, and their frequently formidable size, made up for their lack of coloration, and they probably were among the most striking tenants of those waters. Shells were by no means un- common, and though many of the modern brachiopods are dull-colored, it is highly probable that some, at least, of the many Corniferous species, showed tints approximating those of tropical gastropods and lamellibranches of the present day. Thus, shut off from the destructive forces of the outer ocean by the Devonian land, which then existed to the east and south-east, this great interior sea was peopled with a multitude of organic forms, and the luxuriance of the life can only be imagined from the results which have been left behind. It is an interesting fact that this great Devonian coral reef seems to have been absent from Pennsylvania and the Southern States, and it is possible that this is due to the fact, that the water at that time was deeper over this area. For it is now generally recognized that corals flourish best in comparatively shallow "water, and limestones are no longer regarded as necessarily of deep water origin. It is highly probable that the great Corniferous coral reef was built in shallow water, far enough away from land to be out of reach of the sediment carried down by streams. The reef probably grew southward, where the breakers, rolling in from the open ocean on the south-west, supplied pure water and ample nourishment for the polyps and other organisms. How long these conditions continued, is difficult to say. That the time occupied for the growth and accumulation of the Corniferous coral reef was equal in length to that occupied in the accumulation of the much thicker shales succeeding it, will appear, when it is remembered that five to ten feet of fragmental rocks will accumulate during the time required for the formation of one foot of limestone.* We *Dana, Man. Geol. 72 mav place the time anywhere from a few hundred thousand to a million years or more. Eventually, however, the period came to an end, and the crinoids, corals, and other evidences of pure water disappeared. The limestone areas were invaded by mud-bearing currents, which apparently caused the local extinction of the reef-building corals. Thus we find, at the opening of the Hamilton period, that in place of the former wealth and beauty of the coral reef, organic life presents a more sombre tone. The cause of this change in sedimentation was the shoaling of the water, so that extensive areas, formerly covered by the sea, became dry land, while other areas were converted into great mud-flats, laid bare at low tide. With the shoaling of the water, the influx of abundant fresh water from the land was probably combined, so that these shal- lower portions of the sea became fresh or brackish, rather than salt. We have here an approximation to the conditions which later gave rise to the extensive coal-swamps, and the black shales may be regarded as partial attempts at coal- making. As Professor William B. Rogers once said: "Nature tried her hand at coal-making during these epochs." If we wish to gain a conception of these regions as they appeared after the beginning of the Middle Devonian period, we need only look at the extensive mud flats, which are laid bare at low tide on our shores, and notice the black carbon- aceous mud, in which mussels and periwinkles lie buried by the thousands, waiting for the returning tide to restore them to activity. Some such conditions prevailed at the opening of the Mesodevonian period over all this region. Coarse sediment was absent, suggesting feeble currents in the shallow waters. Only fine silt and mud was spread out by the tidal currents, and the vegetation on these mud flats was slowly buried, and underwent a partial decay. Occa- sionally somewhat more gritty sediments were carried in, and at such times the pelecypods {Lunulicardium /rai^Ve, Actinopteria inuricnta, etc.) seem to have flourished m 7.", great numbers. The black carbonaceous muds hardened to form the black, bituminous, Marcellus shales, which imme- diately overlie the Corniferous limestone." These shales, in many places, are full of fossils, chiefly brachiopods and pelecypods, indicating that these ancient mud-flats had their tenants similar to the mud-flats on the modern sea-coast. Streaks of coaly matter show how abundant was the vege- tation, which, by its incomplete decay, gave rise to the bituminous matter in these shales. During the Marcellus (Minuta) epoch, there were several minor oscillations, which, however, as their record is not revealed in any of the sections discussed in the preceding chapters, will be passed over. It may simply be remarked that after the accumulation of a number of feet of the black shale, more calcareous shales were formed, indicating the deepening of the water. Deeper water conditions were finally established towards the close of the Marcellus (Minuta) epoch, as recorded in the first sections on the lake shore. The pure wrater of the Corniferous (Acuminatus) epoch, however, was not re-established until very much later, and then onlv over limited areas. In our own region, as the waters became deeper and purer, hew forms of life appeared, probably through immi- gration from other regions where they originated. In the gradual appearance of these species in the Transition shales, we have recorded the long struggle to which the new-comers were subjected before they finally became established. By the time that the thirty feet of Transition shales had accu- mulated above the Marcellus beds, the water had become pure enough for the sudden development or immigration of the fauna of the Strophalosia bed. Silt and gritty material were still carried in, and constitute a large proportion of the material in the bed, but there was no longer any paucity ol living forms. Strophalosia, Bellerophon, Loxonema and Orthoceras flourished in great numbers, and their shells *These can be well seen in the beds of Cayuga and other creeks. 74 constituted a large proportion of the accumulation formed. These conditions, however, did not continue very long, for this fauna was soon driven out and replaced by the first of the true Hamilton faunas, which began with the develop- ment of corals, brachiopods, and large Nautili. It thus appears that the change from the Marcellus to the Hamilton conditions was a slow and gradual one, consisting in the deepening and purification of the water. Hamilton species gradually appeared, and although the change from the Strophalosia bed to the Nautilus bed is an abrupt one, the way for this change was being prepared during the long preceding ages. Not so, however, at the beginning of the Mesodevonian period, for the change from the Corniferous coral reef to the Marcellus mud-flats was sudden, resulting in the extinction of numerous forms of life, many of which disappeared forever. What became of the fauna of the Strophalosia bed at the opening of the Hamilton (Spiri- feroides) epoch, is not known. The survivors probably migrated eastward, where the conditions continued more favorable. At the commencement of the Middle Devonian period, the character of the sea-bottom, and the relative depth of the ocean, became more varied. In the west, owing probably to the absence of coincident subsidence and deposition, the conditions continued to remain uniform into the Upper Devonian. In the extreme east, however, subsidence went on at a uniform and continuous rate. This accounts for the fact that the beds are much thicker in the eastern portion of the State of New York than they are on Lake Erie or west- ward. For thick beds of fragmental material can not accumulate unless there is coincident subsidence, the sea floor sinking at a uniform rate, and thus making room for the material constantly brought in by the streams. While, however, the subsidence was greater in its totality and more continuous in the east, than in the west, it was more sudden in the Erie County region, so that, at the opening of 75 the Hamilton period, the water over the present Erie County was deeper and purer than it was in the region of the present Genesee valley, where the Mareellus conditions con- tinued into, and through the Lower Hamilton time. Farther east, i. e. nearer to the source of supply of the fragmental material, the wTater was still shallower and sands accumu- lated, the increase in the coarseness of which, was propor- tionate to their nearness to the old shore-line. It is an interesting fact, that in these near-shore formations we have a littoral fauna, consisting mainly of gastropods and pelecypods, brachiopods, which are the predominating forms in the deeper western waters, being almost entirely absent. When we compare the fauna of the Hamilton shales in the region about Eighteen Mile Creek with that of the corre- sponding shales in the Genesee Valley, we will be impressed by the numerical preponderance, in species and individuals, of the life in the more western area. This indicates more favorable conditions in the Eighteen Mile Creek region, and consequently a greater luxuriance of life. The subsidence of fifty feet which occurred in this region during the deposition of the Hamilton shales was not uniform throughout, as is indicated by the alternations of coarser and finer material, and to some extent also by the variation of the faunas, and the fluctuation in the number of fossils in the various beds. That these local topographic faunas were influenced by local topographic changes, will be conceded, even though the precise changes can not be determined, just as the changes on modern shores can not always be determined, though their effects in the disappearance or reappearance of faunas may be quite marked. It is certain that many species, which flourished at the beginning of the Hamilton epoch, soon disappeared, and did not again occupy this region. An example is the great Nautilus magister, which flourished at the opening of the Hamilton epoch, but the remains of which are only found in the lowest true Hamilton bed, showing that the species disappeared at the end of the time occupied 76 in the formation of that bed. The species associated with Nautilus magister, practically shared its fate, none of the characteristic forms of the Nautilus bed appearing in any higher horizon, with the exception of Pleurodictyum stylq- pora, and perhaps a few straggling individuals of Camaro- toechia clotis. Pleurodictyum stylopora is another example of a species which became extinct in this region shortly after the opening of the Hamilton conditions, in the early times of which it flourished in great numbers.* Many of the species which lived at the beginning of the Hamilton epoch in this region, (many of which had undoubtedly immigrated from other localities ) disappeared after the cessation of conditions favorable to their existence. While the mature individuals died, their more adaptable offspring migrated by successive stages, and finallv became established in other localities. Towards the close of the Hamilton epoch, however, when the conditions favorable to the existence of the species again appeared, the species slowly returned. We find, therefore, the upper beds of the Hamilton shales, i. e. the Demissa and Stictopora beds, filled with species which are common in the Pleurodictyum beds and the shales just above. It is not to be presumed, that during the time-interval wThich elapsed between the deposition of the lower and upper Hamilton beds, the migrated faunas made no attempt to return. The fact that such attempts were actually made seems to be indicated by the few straggling representatives of these faunas, such as Tropidoleptus carinatus and others, which occur at intervals in the beds overlying those in which they make their first appearance. But while a few individuals may have existed, the species never multiplied, until the time when the associated species which existed side by side with it during the earlier ages, returned. The causes for this may have been manifold, such as lack of proper food, *It must hi- noted, however, that this species occurs in higher horizons farther east, and this may indicate an eastward migration alter the conditions had become unfavorable in the west. On the other hand the eastern representatives of this species in the Moscow shale may have conic from the same favorable locality from which the western forms had migrated at the Opening of the Hamilton epoch, the species becoming entirely extinct in this region at the end of that time. 77 insufficiency of calcareous material in the water, increased or diminished depth or temperature, unfavorable currents, or other injurious physical conditions. The existence of other creatures, which preyed upon the species, may also have been the cause of the paucity of individuals. In this latter case the reappearance of the species in great numbers in the later beds, may have been due to reinforcement of the survivors from without, by the immigration of numerous individuals, so that by sheer force of number they survived the wholesale destruction, which formerly kept them down. The sequence of changes during the continuance of the early Hamilton epoch was something as follows : The epoch opened with the formation of the Nautilus bed, the water being comparatively pure and free from coarse sediment. On the floor of the shallow ocean, grew millions of tiny brachiopods, which in places were closely packed, growing over and on each other and making clusters, in appearance recalling those of our modern mussel beds. Over these beds crawled the great Nautili, with their coiled and probably highly-colored shells. Brachiopods probably formed the food of these creatures, though many soft-bodied and shellless animals undoubtedly existed, of which no trace has been preserved. Here and there may have appeared a Nautilus floating on the surface or swimming vigorously to escape some hungry shark, which had wandered into the region. Scattered over the sea floor among the brachiopods were the tiny coral heads of the Pleurodictyum, the polyps probably with brilliant colors. Trilobites crawled about, but they were not very common. Gastropods likewise occurred, as well as a few pteropods, but pelecypods seem to have been absent altogether. With the beginning of the second Pleurodictyum bed the conditions changed. The Nautilus became extinct, the waters probably shoaled some- what, and brachiopods continued to increase in number and variety, the earlier species, however, having disappeared. Bryozoa began to grow, and often formed large fronds, 78 while gastropods and pelecypods became common. The Plenrodictyutn still continued to exist in great numbers for some time, but finally it too disappeared. After that, the sea was peopled chiefly by brachiopods and bryozoa, while trilobites continued to increase in number. Before long, a rich brachiopod fauna had developed, and the deposition of the sediment went on at a somewhat accelerated pace. Another change occurred, and the rich brachiopod fauna disappeared. With this was brought to a close the deposi- tion of the fossiliferous shales underlying the Trilobite beds. Then came a time of more shallow water, when grittv sediments were deposited along with the lime and mud. Here trilobites found conditions more favorable to their existence, and for a long time they continued to people the waters in great numbers. Occasionally they were kept down for a time, by unfavorable changes, and in their stead, other forms, such as Athyris and Streptelasma flourished. Eventually, however, they regained their vitality and again increased rapidly. Then there came a time when the muddy waters allowed but little development of life, so that the shales succeeding the Trilobite beds are comparatively barren. When, how- ever, the conditions recurred which favored the great development of the trilobites, these latter did not return. Probably by this time the great Placoderms had found their way into these waters in considerable numbers, and to them may be due the destruction of the trilobites. It is known from the specimen ( before referred to ) discovered by Mr. Myer, that these fishes were present at that time, and as they were ground feeders, the supposition lies near that they preyed upon the crawling trilobites and other bottom lorms, and thus kept the water comparatively free from invertebrate life. For a long time after this, animal life was scarce in the Hamilton sea of this region, brachiopods alone occurring in anything like abundance. Then came the arrival of number- 79 less mussels (Modiomorpha), which at once began to settle down and appropriate the ground for themselves. These new-comers may have appeared from without, or they may indicate the sudden increase in numbers of the few forms which existed during the preceding ages. In any case, their development was rapid and complete, and so was their extermination. Thus was formed the mussel-bed which now appears in the sections twenty-five feet below the Encrinal limestone. After the mussels had virtually disappeared, except for a few stragglers, which remained on the scene of their former occupancy, brachiopods once more appeared in numbers, and continued thus for a very long period of time. At one time numberless individuals of Athyris spiriferoides appeared on the scene, and their appearance seems to have driven out most of the other forms of life, as recorded in the Athyris spiriferoides bed. Later, however, these returned again, but before they finally re-established themselves, some unexplained changes took place, which temporarily estab- lished conditions similar to those which prevailed during the later Marcellus epoch. The two pteropods, Stvliolina fissurella and Tentaculites gracilistriatus, became the sole occupants of the water, and as they probably were pelagic animals, their occurrence in these shales may be explained by the assumption of the existence of currents, which carried them in from the open sea. At last, when the Hamilton age was near its end, the rich fauna of the Demissa bed appeared. This sudden develop- ment of forms, many of them appearing for the first time, can only be explained by supposing immigration to have taken place. An interesting feature of this bed is the occurrence of two brachiopods, Strophe odonta plicata and Spirifer asper, both of which belong normally to the Hamil- ton fauna of Iowa. This fact would indicate, that at some time during the later Hamilton age, fairly uniform conditions extended westward from this region to Iowa, and perhaps bevond, so Before the close of the age, the water had become pure enough for the growth of erinoids, the remains of which, together with the fronds of the branching bryozoan Sticto- pora incisurata, and the shells of the small brachiopod Nucleospira concinna, make up the greater portion of the "Stictopora" bed. The age closed with the deposition of a few inches of mud, in which few remains were buried. The conditions, however, were now favorable for the re-establishment of a coral reef, which began by the growth of large heads of Favoshes hamiltonix . Cup corals soon made their appearance again, though they were of different species from those found in the Corniferous reef. This was to be expected, for the many vicissitudes which the old Corniferous corals passed through, would undoubtedly effect specific if not generic modification. Crinoids, too, reappeared, though the genera and species were widely different from those which grew on the Lower Devonian coral reef. The Encrinal limestone is this much modified coral reef, which by its slight thickness indicates a compara- tively short period of duration. # This reef was also of less areal extent than its predecessor in earlv Devonian times'. The Encrinal limestone is not recognized in the eastern portion of the State of New York, and it has not been traced westward. In Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Ohio, Indiana and other central states, however, the Hamilton is chiefly represented by limestones, often of considerable thickness, and in these, corals of various kinds abound, thus showing that the Encrinal limestone represents only a temporary eastward extension of the coral reefs which were forming in the clearer waters of the Central Interior Sea. With the close of the short Encrinal limestone age, the corals did not become suddenly overwhelmed as was the case with the Corniferous reef. In fact, we find that after an interval, a number of corals appeared which did not grow 81 on the coral reef proper in this immediate region.* They did not flourish long however, but were soon overwhelmed and disappeared. Some of them, such as Cystiphvllum and the adaptable Streptelasma continued at intervals for some considerable length of time. Aside from these, however, the Hamilton fossils are not common in the Moscow shales of this region. True, there are some adaptable species, such as Phacops rana, which are to be met with everywhere, but the great majority of species had left this region, migrating, during the uniform conditions of the Encrinal limestone age, probably to the eastward. At any rate, most of them re-appeared in the Upper or Moscow shales in the Genesee valley. In this latter region the shales are also much thicker, aggregating nearly three hundred feet, while in our own vicinity seventeen feet constitute the whole thickness of these shales. t The cause of the slight development of these shales in the region under consideration,' was the compara- tively stationary character of the sea bottom, in other words, the absence of subsidence. The water more-over, was shallow over Erie County, the evidence for which is found in the character of the fossils and in the shale itself, in the plant remains which occur in it, and in a fragment of a water-worn shell and a similarly worn pebble which were found.$ Throughout the Moscow time, the water probably con- tinued shallow, and life was scarce. The mud flats were probably never exposed at low tide, but their component material was worked over and over bv the tidal currents, so that no perfect lamination was developed. On a sandy sea floor, such conditions would have formed oscillation ripples, but the fine mud did not admit of such impressions, or if they were formed, their preservation in the shale was an improbability. •At Morse Creek, near Athol Springs, Heliophyllum, which among others is here referred to, occurs in the Encrinal limestone. fFor a comparison of the Hamilton fattnas of Eighteen Mile Creek with those of the Genesee Valley, see "Faunas of the Hamilton Group, etc." JThe shell was a Spirifer granulosus, which does not normally occur in the Moscow shales of this region, but is common in the Encrinal limestone, 82 Life finally disappeared almost completely from this region, and for a long period the waters were practically uninhabited. The Upper Devonian conditions were ushered in slowly, some of the Genesee species appearing early during the Moscow age. This indicates that the change from the upper Middle to the lower Upper Devonian was a gradual one, and that abrupt changes did not occur, either in physical conditions or in life. Meanwhile, during the whole progress of the Hamilton period in the east, there were regions in the west and south- west, where neither the limestone nor the shale-forming conditions of this period existed. In these regions, bitumi- nous shales were deposited from the close of the Lower Devonian, far into the Upper Devonian. The changes in physical geography which allowed the development of the Hamilton beds in New York State after the deposition of the Marcellus beds, did not occur in the south-west, and with the continuance of the same physical conditions, the material deposited as well as the life continued very uniform throughout. The "black shale" of Ohio and other states represents these deposits, which continued uniformly, during all the time that the Hamilton beds were being laid down over New York. This enables us to understand why the species of fossils which flourished in the Marcellus epoch, should return during the Genesee epoch, while during the intervening Hamilton epoch they were absent. If the centre of distribution of these animals, which found their natural habitat under conditions necessary for the formation of the fine black shales, was in the southwest, and there continued undisturbed during the whole of the Middle and later Devonian periods, new emigrants could travel eastward when the favorable conditions were, in part at least, restored. In Central New York a limestone making age, that of the Tally limestone, preceded the Genesee age, and while it continued, deposition was almost at a stand- still in the west. The Tally limestone at some places in 83 Central New York has a thickness of nearly twenty feet, but its average thickness is only about half that. Towards the west it becomes thinner, until at Canandaigua Lake it is represented by a calcareous band three or four inches thick.* This limestone contains an association of fossils, which cause it to be referred to the Genesee stage, of which it forms the basal member. It is succeeded bv the black Genesee shales, containing a number of fossils which had been characteristic of the black Marcellus shales. Twenty feet of these shales occur in the Genesee Valley, while at Eighteen Mile Creek there is scarcely a trace of them. At Section 1, the thin bed of spore-bearing shale is the only representative of this series, and even this does not occur everywhere. It is very possible, however, that during the time that the Tully limestone and the black shale above it, were forming in central New York, the transition beds of the upper Moscow- shale were deposited in the Eighteen Mile Creek region, and that the Schizobolus fauna of these shales (if not the whole Spirifer tullius fauna) was, in a limited sense, contempora- neous with the Tully and lower Genesee faunae of Central New York. After the close of the Moscow age, when the transition beds had been deposited in this region, and the few inches of spore-bearing shale were laid down upon them, a subsidence, somewhat widely spread through Western New York, occurred, which brought with it the purification of the waters, which had hitherto been laden with fine carbona- ceous silt. In the region about Eighteen Mile Creek, the beginning of this purification of the water is marked by the appearance, in a circumscribed favored spot, of a colony of crinoids, which seem to have flourished there for a consider- able period, so that their remains accumulated to a depth of from two to three inches, as indicated by the thickness of the " Conodont " limestone. That the water was not very deep at this time, is shown by the highly comminuted condition *Hall, Rep't 4th Geol. Dist., p. 214. 84 of the remains, which indicate a considerable amount of wave action, as well as by the grains of sand which occur in the rock. While the crinoids flourished in this spot, and while similar conditions probably existed elsewhere, there came, perhaps from Ohio and the south-west, representatives of the great Placoderms which had ruled for many generations in those waters. These fishes seem to have found the area where the crinoids flourished, an exceptionally good feeding ground if we are to judge from the frequency of their remains in the rock. Living among the crinoids was a vast number of marine worms, the record of whose existence is now found in the "Conodonts," so plentiful in the rock. These bodies, as already noted, probably represent the oesophageal teeth of animals similar to our modern Annelida and Gephvrea. As the subsidence continued, and*the water became purer over larger areas, there began the deposition of the countless millions of shells of the minute pteropod Styliolina fissurelln, which as noted above, in many places completely make up the Styliolina limestone. The conditions which favored the deposition of this limestone, were quite uniform over the greater portion of what is now Western New York. The character of the rock indicates that it was deposited at a distance from shore, where comparatively little sediment was carried, so that, as on the death of the pelagic animals, the shells slowly sank down from the surface, they accumu- lated by the millions on the ocean floor and formed a lime- stone bed of great purity. The accumulation of this inconceivably vast number of minute shells must have been a process of extreme slowness, even if we suppose that large numbers of the animals were carried to this region by favorable currents. It must be noted, however, that in many localities this bed contains a considerable amount of foreign matter, showing that some, deposition of detrital material was going on. 85 While this long age continued, it not infrequently hap- pened that trunks of trees, which grew on the land to the northward, were carried out into the comparatively quiet water, where, becoming water-logged, they finally sank, and after a long time, were buried in the growing deposit of shells. Eventually, however, this long limestone making age came to a close, by the gradual shoaling of the water, and the return of the mud-bearing currents. While at first there were some oscillations in the region, mud deposits alternating with deposits of shells, the conditions finally became uniform, and for a long period of time the Genesee mud-flats with their paucity of animal life, and their richness of vegetable life, constituted the characteristic feature of this portion of the Devonian sea. Of course subsidence of the sea floor went on throughout this period, but it was a very slow subsidence, so that the filling in by the fine mud, went on at the same rate, the relative depth of the water remain- ing the same. Not until the close of the Genesee age did the subsidence become more rapid, and when this occurred, the deposits became once more of a calcareous nature, giving rise to the thirty feet of calcareous and concretion-bearing Cashaqua or lower Naples shales. While these shales were being deposited, the water was inhabited, amongst other animals, by Goniatites, the shells of which are found in some of the concretionary layers. These animals may have come to this American Interior Devonian sea by immigration from the seas which then covered Europe, or they may have arisen independently. This latter is hardly conceivable, for parallelism of develop- ment between America and Europe would probably not have resulted in identity of species. As already noted, the few members of the fauna in which Goniatites intumescens and other Goniatites are the predominating species in this region, mark only a westward extension of the fauna which 86 found its more perfect development in the region now occu- pied by the Genesee River. Eventually .shallow, brackish, or nearly fresh water condi- tions returned, and the black shales, which succeed the gray, were deposited. These deposits became more and more sandy as time progressed, and eventually culminated in more or less argillaceous sandstones. The faunas of the Genesee shales returned in a more or less modified condition, fishes being especially prominent. As the shoaling of the water continued, sands were deposited exclusively, and so the thick beds of Chemung sandstones were formed, suc- ceeded later by beds of subcarboniferous conglomerate. Then the mud making conditions, which had at intervals occurred, and during the existence of which the carbonaceous shales were deposited, returned with greater perfection and greater permanency. Continuing long, they permitted a luxurient growth of vegetation, which, becoming buried in detrital deposits, has given us the Pennsylvania coal-beds. Similar conditions existed in other regions, where beds of coal also accumulated. The Pennsylvania coal-beds may be regarded as the record of the consummation of that coal- making tendency, which was so continuously exhibited during the middle and later Devonian, in this region, but which, at no time preceding the coal-measure ( meso-carbonic ) period, produced results which were in any way comparable to those produced during these later ages. The sandstone beds of the Chemung period were probably the last beds to be spread over the Erie County region, which shortly after the commencement of the Carbonic era became dry land. The shore-line was transferred to some- where in the vicinity of the boundary line between Xew York and Pennsylvania, nearly all the area comprised within the latter state being under water. It was in this great bay-like indentation, and in another one which stretched north into Michigan, that the chief coal-beds were deposited.* ♦Dana in the 4th Edition of his Manual of Geology, gives on p. 633 an instructive map of the- outlines of the land at the beginning of the Carbonic era. 87 Post-Devonian Events. — We have now traced the history of this region from the time of the Lower Devonian to near the close of the Upper Devonian time, when it was raised into drv land. The changes which were going on outside of this area after its elevation, are out of place in this dis- cussion. The interval which elapsed between the close of the Devonion era and the beginning of the Quaternary era, can be passed over briefly. It was a long interval, during which the atmosphere, the rivers, and the sea exerted their com- bined influences to destroy the new-formed land again. Much of the material deposited in the Carbonic sea was derived from the erosion of the land, which had been formed in the age just preceding. It was during this interval of time that the slight crust- movements occurred, which gave rise, on the one hand, to the faults and folds, and on the other to the joint-cracks which traverse these rocks. The beds which at first were horizontal, or nearly so, were tilted until they stood at the present angle. The lithification of the beds, probably commenced while they were still submerged, continued, and ultimately, the shales and sandstones as we see them to-day, were produced. At the end of this long period of erosion, we find some interesting topographical features, which are no longer in existence. A broad and deep river valley had been carved out of the strata where Lake Erie is now. A stream— the Idlewood River— coming from the south-east, entered this valley through a gorge, half a mile north of the mouth of the present Eighteen Mile Creek. Then came the great "Ice Age," and all the country was buried beneath the accumu- lating mantle of snow and ice. When, through its increased thickness, and through melting at its southern end, this great ice sheet began to move, it scratched and polished the bed rocks, by means of the pebbles and sand frozen into its under side." *The glacial history of this region is too intricate, and involves the detailed con- sideration of regions" outside of those treated of in these chapters; therefore its complete discussion will not be taken up in this paper. See Gilbert's History of Niagara Falls, National Geographic Monographs, Vol. I., No. 7, and numerous papers in various Journals referred to in the appendix. 88 Eventually the long reign of the ice came to an end, and the glaciers slowly melted away, leaving behind the debris, which had been brought from the regions to the north. Thus, when the land was again uncovered, a mantle of drift was spread over it, filling the ravines and smaller valleys which had been cut by the pre-glacial streams. The great valley now occupied by Lake Erie was filled up to a con- siderable extent, and its continuation through the Dundas valley into the valley of Lake Ontario was cut off by the drift. The old channel of the preglacial Idlewood River was also filled in by drift. All this, however, did not appear at first, for as long as the ice filled the Ontario valley, the drainage of the water, resulting from the melting ice, was impossible in the present direction, and it accumulated, forming a long lake at the front of the ice sheet. This lake, which Spencer has named Lake Warren, increased in size until its waters finally began to overflow across the lowest point on the southern watershed, which happened to be near where Chicago now stands. Thus the drainage of this great lake was into the Mississippi, for a long time. The beaches built by this old lake can be seen a short distance behind the present beach of Lake Erie, running southward through Hamburgh, and crossing the present gorge of Eighteen Mile Creek beyond the forks.* When, through continued melting of the ice, the Mohawk, and later the St. Lawrence valleys were opened, the drainage went by these channels, and the water in Lake Erie was lowered to near its present level. Then the waves began their work of cutting into the land leaving the cliffs, now exposed on the shore, which in some places are formed of the bed rock, and in others of the drift-heaps left by the ice in the valleys. *Leverett, Am. Journ. Science, July, 1 895, #ives a map of the beaches. 89 Much oi the sand now found in the beaches along the shore of Lake Erie was derived from the drift deposits left by the ice. Only a comparatively small portion of this beach material has a local origin, having been worn bv the waves from the shale cliffs. The material thus derived, is readily recognized by the flat thin character of the pebbles composing it, a feature which early caused it to be known by the name of "flat gravel." ( See Plate XIX. ). The cliffs of unconsolidated material are of course much more readily eroded by the waves, than the shale cliffs. The active destruction of the drift cliffs can be seen at a great many points along the lake .shore, and it is frequentlv emphasized by the trees, which, losing their foot-hold as the cliff is being undermined, slide down the banks. The sands derived from the cliffs are carried away by the long-shore currents, and deposited where the force of these currents diminishes. Thus, bars are thrown across the mouths of all the streams and inlets, and sand-spits run out from the headlands, menacing the safety of .the coast navigator. The beaches between the headlands vary in the character of their material, as well as in the angle of the slope facing the water. Where the water deepens rapidly off-shore, so that the large breakers roll in and reach the shore, the material of the beach is usually coarse gravel, and the front slope a steep one, the beach often assuming a terrace form. Where, however, the water is shallow for a considei-able distance from shore, or where a submerged sand-bar causes the breaking of the great waves long before they reach the shore, the beach is usually of a sandy character, and the slope a gentle one. In the first case ( that of the deep water ) the fine material is carried out by the undertow, so that only coarse material remains. This will naturally retain the steep slope given it by the great waves. In the second case (that of the shallow water) the sands dropped by the 90 loner-shore currents are washed on to the shore bv the "swash" following the breaking of the off-shore waves. Hence the slope of the sand-beach will be comparatively gentle and uniform. Where the drift contains boulders, these are usually left by the waves on the beach, a feature well illustrated in many of of the sections, particularly that of the old gorge of the Idlewood River. In such instances it frequently happens that shore ice will transport some of these blocks, which mav eventually come to rest at the foot of a cliff, where there are other blocks, derived from the cliff itself. Thus, Corniferous limestone boulders from the drift, have been mingled with the blocks of Encrinal limestone from the cliffs at various portions along the shore, and there is danger of mistaking the former for the latter, unless this fact is borne in mind. Blocks and slabs of shaly limestone mav also be frequently found projecting from, or lying on drift covered banks, and the fossils contained in these, differ from those found in the adjoining cliffs. Such rock masses are commonly derived from the Corniferous limestone in the northern part of Erie County. At Stony Point, about three miles north of the Bay View- cliff, Corniferous limestone boulders are exceedingly abund- ant on the beach. With them occur boulders of Niagara limestone, brought by the ice from Niagara County, as well as boulders of Waterlime from North Buffalo. These boulders constitute a portion of an old glacial moraine, which can be traced inland to West Seneca, where it is cut by the railroads, and exhibits the limestone blocks in the unconsolidated banks. The name "Limestone Ridge" which has been applied to this moraine, is derived from the presence of these limestone boulders. Sand dunes are found at a great many places along the shore of Lake Erie. They are commonly low, but occa- sionally, as in the Crystal Beach dunes on the Canadian 91 shore, they rise to considerable heights. These sand dunes are met with behind those beaches which are not bounded by shale or drift cliffs. It is here that the winds meet with little obstruction, and they can sweep the dry sands inland, until friction and the rise of the land prevent further advance. Low, swampy ground is commonly found behind such dunes, and the beach in front of them is usually a firm gently sloping sand beach. The present shore features of Lake Erie are of post-glacial origin, and came into existence since the establishment of the present St. Lawrence drainage s}rstem. The gorge of Eighteen Mile Creek, as we know it, was cut since that time bv the stream carrying the drainage from the high lands in the southern part of Erie County. Thus the stream which we have been studying in such detail, was one of the last features to appear in the present landscape. It is still actively eroding its banks, and revealing fresh sections from which to study the past history of this region. Part II. PA UEO N TO LOGY. " The crust of our earth is a great cemetery, where the rocks are tombstones, on which the buried dead have written their own epi- taphs. ' ' — Agassiz. NOTE. The following new species are described herein : Hadrophyllum woodi : p. 129. Monotrypa amplectens : p. 137. Habrocrinns pentadactylus : p. 143. Platyostoma lineata, var. ; emarginata : p. 274. The following illustrations are original : Figures 1, 5, 8, 10, IOC, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22-25, 27-30, 32, 66, 78, 81, 84, 85, 89, 90, 104, 122> UU 151, 168, 200A, 218, 228a, 261. Those printed in italics were drawn by Miss Elvira Wood, Instructor in Palaeontology in the Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology. The remainder were drawn by the author, except Fig. 228a, which was drawn by Mr. John A. Hutchinson. The other pen- and-ink drawings are copies by Miss Wood (Figs. 10A-10C, 15, 1G, 77A, 124, 126, 128, 182A, 198, 207, 210-212, 215, 217, 219, 225C, 229, 230, 232, 233, 236- 260, 262, 263) ; by Mr. Hutchinson (Figs. 52, 64, 65, 66A, 68-72, 74, 194-197, 199, 200, 201-206, 208, 209, 214, 214A, 216, 220, 225B, 226 228, 231, 234, 235); by the author, and by others. The source is in each case credited as follows : "after Hall," " after Clarke," etc. The illustrations marked "from Hall," etc., were reproduced directly from the lithographs. CONTENTS OF PART II. Pack. PART II.— Paleontology 93 Introduction : The Elements of Palaeontology, Fossils, and Fossilization (.>7 Solution and the formation of molds and casts 100 Mechanical deformations 100 Carbonization 101 Infiltration 101 Replacement 102 Palaeontology in its relation to geology 103 Palaeontology in its relation to biology 105 CHAPTER I. — How to collect and prepare fossil invertebrates 107 Collecting fossils 107 Outfit 107 Fieldwork 108 Preparing fossils for study Ill Outfit Ill Laboratory work 113 Table D. — Classification of the animal kingdom 118 CHAPTER II. — Descriptions of the genera and species of inver- tebrates found in the Marcellus, Hamilton, Genesee and Naples beds of Eighteen Mile Creek and the Lake-Shore Region of Erie County, New York 119 C 1 ass Hydrozoa 119 Class Anthozoa 120 Class Crinoidea 139 Class Annelida 148 Tubes 148 Conodonts 150 Plates 156 Class Bryozoa 158 Class Brachiopoda 179 Brachiopoda Inarticulata . . 181 . Brachiopoda Articulata 188 Class Pelecypoda 239 Class Gastropoda 270 Class Pteropoda 281 Class Cephalopoda 285 Nautiloidea 286 Ammonoidea 295 Class Crustacea 303 Order Ostracoda 303 Order Trilobitse 311 Page. CHAPTER III. — The relation ok marine bionomy to stratigraphy 319 General :!l(.i Bionomic districts 322 Bionoraic characteristics of marine organisms 330 Bionomic characteristics of the classes of marine invertebrates important from a pala;ontological point of view 336 Foraminifera 33G Radiolaria 338 Spongise 338 Hydrozoa 339 Anthozoa 343 Crinoidea 345 Asteroidea, Ophiuroidea 34G Echinoidea 347 Holothuroidea 347 Nemathelminthes, Gephyrea, Annelida 348 Bryozoa 349 Brachiopoda 35( • Pelecypoda 351 Scaphopoda and Amphineura 354 Gastropoda 354 Pteropoda 357 Cephalopoda 357 Cirripedia 3G0 Ostracoda 361 Xiphosura 361 Gigantostraca 362 Trilobitse 362' Decapoda 362 Migration of marine invertebrates 363 Literature 365 CHAPTER IV. — Glossary of pal^eontological terms 368 APPENDIX. — A list of reference works 380 A. Text books 380 B. Books of a general character 380 C. Government reports, etc 381 I). Special papers in serial publications, etc 382 INTRODUCTION. Palaeontology* deals with the past organic life of the earth. It is concerned with the structural characters, the systematic position, the mode of life, and the geographic as well as geologic distribution of former animals and plants. Palaeontology also deals with questions concerning the development of organic forms, and the causes which have determined such development. The data upon which the conclusions of palaeontologists are based are derived from the studv of fossils and from a comparison of these fossils with living animals and plants. The term Fossil is commonly applied to the remains of animals and plants which were buried before the beginning of the present geologic epoch. f This definition is an arbi- trary one, and is not based on any distinction in character between the remains which were buried before, and those which were buried during, the present geologic epoch. Thus the marine shells in the post-glacial elevated clays of north- ern New England and Canada differ in nowise from those of the same species buried in the modern deposits off the present coast. In the former case, the strata have been elevated several hundred feet; while in the latter case, they still retain their original position, or, at least, have experi- enced no appreciable disturbance. In like manner, many of the Miocene and Pliocene shells are not only of the same species as those recently buried on neighboring shores, but the changes which they have undergone, since burial, are frequently not greater than those experienced by shells buried in modern accumulations. The difference in the alter- ation is merely one of degree, and with proper discrimina- tion, specimens can be selected which show all grades of * Gr. palaios, ancient ; onto, beings ; logos, discourse. + Zittel — Text-book of Palseontology. 98 change, from the unaltered state of shells in modern mud- flats to the crystalline condition of an ancient limestone fossil, in which the original structure has been completely lost. It is, then, obvious that palaeontologists should follow geologists, and extend the term fossil to include all remains of animals and plants preserved from the time of the earliest fossiliferons strata to the present. As Geikie says: "The idea of antiquity or relative date is not necessarily involved in this conception of the term . . Thus, the bones of a sheep buried under travel and silt bv a modern flood and the obscure crystalline traces of a coral in ancient masses of limestone are equally fossils."' * Geologic time is continuous, and the development of life is progressive. No break divides the present from the past, and the geologic phenomena of the present epoch are con- trolled by the same laws which governed those of past time. Fossilization is a mere accident bv which some animals and plants are preserved, and it resolves itself into a process of inhumation, neither the nature of the organism nor the time or mode of burial being of primary significance. These are of first importance in determining the degree of preserva- tion which the fossil is to experience, and, consequently, the nature of the record which is to remain; but thev do not affect the process of fossilization, which is merely the buried of the dead organism. Thus, the idea of change is not neces- sarily involved in the concept of a fossil, although it is true that few organisms long remain buried without undergoing some chemical change. Examples of the preservation of organisms in an almost unchanged condition are neverthe- less known, the most conspicuous being the mammoths frozen into the mud and ice of Siberia, and retaining hair, skin, and flesh intact; and the insects and other animals includedinthe amber of the Baltic, where thev have remained unchanged since early Tertiary time. Ordinarily, however, the flesh of the buried animal soon decays, and, consequently, no record of the soft parts is retained. In plants, the decay * Text-book of Geology, 3d Ed., p. 645. 99 is less rapid, and the buried vegetable remains may be indefi- nitely preserved in the form of carbonaceous films. The hard parts of animals are best preserved as fossils. Such are the shells and other external skeletal structures secreted by a variety of animals — as Crustacea, molluscs, echinoderms, corals, and so forth; and the bones, teeth, and other hard structures of the vertebrates. Besides the actual remains of animals and plants, any evidence of their existence which is preserved is commonly included under the name of fossil. Thus, impressions made by living animals and plants in the unconsolidated rock material, and struct- ures built by animals from inorganic material, are fossils if properly buried. Examples of the first are the foot-prints of vertebrates ; the tracks and trails of jelly-fish, worms, mol- luscs or Crustacea; the burrows of worms, borings of ani- mals in stones or shells, and the impressions made by sea- weeds in motion. Among the second class are worm tubes, built of sand grains; foraminiferal shells, built of foreign particles; flint implements and other utensils of primitive man; the relics of the Swiss Lake Dwellers; Roman and other ancient coins buried in the peat bogs ; and, in fact, all artificial productions of early man or other animals which have become entombed by natural agencies. Thus, three classes of fossils may be recognized, viz : 1. Organic remains and their impressions. 2. Trails, tracks, and burrows of organisms. 3. Artificial structures. Mere burial, however, does not in all cases insure preser- vation, even of the hard parts of animals. The fossil must be protected from subsequent destruction. The subsequent destruction of fossils is usually most complete in those beds which have been siibjected to alteration by heat during mountain building disturbances, and in such cases the fossils are usually no longer distinguishable. This has been the fate of many organic remains, which have thus been com- pletely destroyed. 100 SOLUTION AND THE FORMATION OF MOLDS AND CASTS. Carbonated, or otherwise acidulated waters will dissolve calcareous fossils, if the strata in which they are embedded arc pervious to the water. Thus, a mold of the exterior of a dissolved shell, for example, may remain in the rock, while a mold of the interior, formed by the mud or sand which found its way between the valves, will remain within the mold of the exterior. If the rock is under pressure, it may happen that the two molds are pressed against each other, and the stronger features of one may become superimposed upon the weaker features of the other. Thus, fossil mussels may show the external stria? impressed on the internal mold, show- ing at the same time the muscular impressions in relief. Occasionally the space between the two molds, i. e. that formerly occupied by the shell, may be filled by infiltrations, and a east of the original shell may thus be produced. MECHANICAL DEFORMATIONS. These are very common, and they are apt to give a false impression of the form of the fossil. Distortion by vertical compression is the characteristic method of deformation of fossils in undisturbed strata. This pressure is due to the shrinking of the strata on solidifying, and is especially marked in shales. Most fossils have probably been affected to some extent by such compression, and frequently the resulting deformation is very marked. When the fossils are protected by a limestone concretion formed about them, they probably remain unaffected by such pressure. In laterally compressed beds the distortion may render the fossil unrecognizable, while in beds in which cleavage is developed, this may affect the fossil as much as the rock. All remains of animals and plants commonly undergo more or less alteration after burial. The amount of alter- ation which will occur during a given time varies in general in inverse proportion to the relative amount of mineral 101 matter in the fossil. The flesh of animals, ;is already noted, will commonly disappear quickly, not even an impression remaining. The presence of petroleum in corals and in cavities of shells, however, indicates a probable result of the decomposition of buried fleshy portions of animals. A more complete preservation of soft organic tissues is brought about by the process of CARBONIZATION. This occurs in plants and in those animals which have a chitinous skeleton, e. g., Hydrozoa; a carbonaceous film, seldom showing structure, will usually remain. The most important changes which buried hard structures of animals undergo are as follows : 1. Infiltration. Skeletal structures are commonly more or less porous, and the first change which is likely to occur is the filling of the pores by mineral matter, usually by carbonate of lime, though infiltration of silica often occurs. The filling of the pores occurs upon the decay and removal of the perishable organic matter which occupied them. The structure then is solid, and completely "petrified" or turned to stone. Fossils made solid by infiltration of carbonate of lime are commonly among the best preserved organic remains, for they will retain, in an unaltered condition, the minutest structural features. This is the normal condition of the fos- sils in limestones and shales, and hence specimens obtained from such rocks are in the best condition for critical study. All classes of organisms are, however, not equally well pre- served by this process. Very porous structures, such as the plates of echinoderms (e. g., crinoid stems and plates), are commonly affected by the crystallization of the infiltrated calcite. Such crystallization usually affects the whole plate, thus obliterating the original microscopic structure, though the external form may be perfectly retained. 102 Shells of brachiopods and molluscs preserved by the infil- tration of calcite are among the least altered remains, and corals thus affected commonly retain all the details of their structure. If the infiltrating mineral is silica, it will com- monly lead to a complete silicifieation. 2. Replacement. This occurs when another mineral takes the place of that of which the skeleton originally consisted. It is commonly a process of silicifieation, where silica replaces the original substance, though calcification of originally siliceous struct- ures is known to occur in sponges and Radiolaria (Zittel). Silicifieation may conveniently be considered as occurring in two ways. The first obtains when the decaying organic tissue is directly replaced by silica, as in fossil wood. This is a process of molecular substitution, where a molecule of silica takes the place of a molecule of the wood, the inter- change probably being due to some form of chemical re- action. In such cases the microscopic structure of the wood is usually retained in great perfection. The other mode of silicifieation involves the replacement of the mineral matter of the shell or other hard structure by silica, a pro- cess which must be preceded by, or concurrent with, solution. In this latter case the beginning of silicifieation is usually marked by the appearance, on the surface of the fossil, of a series of concentric rings (Beekite rings) surrounding a, central elevation. This method of silicifieation commonly destroys the microscopic structure of the organic remains, but it gives them a mechanical and chemical stability, which will insure the perfect preservation of the external forms, and, furthermore, allow the fossil to weather out in relief. Fossils are also replaced by iron pyrites (or marcasite), by iron oxide, and by other minerals. Such replacements involve a chemical reaction between the replacing and origi- nal substances. Pyritized fossils are among the most ex- quisitely preserved organic remains, but they are subject to disintegration on exposure. 103 PALEONTOLOGY IN ITS RELATION TO GEOLOGY. (Stratigraphy.) Fossils may be studied in various ways, and with several ends in view. The simplest use which can be made of them is that of geological indices, or "medals of creation,'' each characteristic, to a certain extent, of the particular geologic horizon in which it is found. This is the empirical method of study, for it is only by experience that Ave learn to recog- nize particular fossils as characterizing particular forma- tions. It is the method most frequently employed, and it is sufficient for the purpose of identifying a, stratum over a limited area, or of correlating, in a general way, formations at widely separated localities. Studied in this way. fossils become "finger-marks" by which to recognize the position of a given formation in the geological scale. In order that such identification and correlation may be successfully accomplished, intimate acquaintance with the fossils on which the correlation depends is required. It is, furthermore, important that the geologist who proposes to use fossils should have a clear knowledge of the relative stratigraphic value of the species to be used; in other words, he must know which species are to be depended upon as indicative of a given horizon. Species of animals or plants Avhich are thus characteristic of definite geologic horizons are known as "Index Fossils,"* and the precision with which they indicate the geologic horizon is, in general, inversely proportional to the distance between the localities in which the formations are to be correlated. Single strata can be identified only over very limited areas by their index fos- sils,— usually only over the area characterized by a uniform lithologic condition of the stratum. Thus, it is only within a radius of perhaps fifteen or twenty miles from Eighteen Mile Creek that the brachiopod Stropheodonta demissa is characteristic of the upper beds of the Hamilton shales, and that the coral Pleurodictyu'm stjlopora is characteristic of the lower beds of the Hamilton. But within these limits * German " Leitfossilien."— See further, Chapter III. 104 these fossils are practically reliable guides to the position of these strata, as they are not found above or below them. But if we attempt correlation by index species overgreater areas we shall have to be less precise. Thus. Stropheodonta demissa and Pleurodictyum stylopora, toget her with a num- ber of other species, such as Spinier granulosus, Stropheo- donta concava, etc., are practically confined to, and indica- tive of. the Hamilton stage of Western New York. But while these species are sure guides to the identification of the Hamilton stage over this area, they can not be used in corre- lating even the greater subdivisions of this stage. Thus, in the region about Eighteen Mile Creek the species mentioned are entirely confined to the Hamilton shales below the Encrinal limestone, not a single specimen having been found in the Moscow shale above that bed. But in the Genesee Valley these soecies are entirely confined to the Moscow shales above the Encrinal limestone, none having been observed below that bed. ( Consequently, detailed correlation by these species alone is impossible. In the intercontinental correlation of formations, the greatest caution is necessary in the selection of index species, and it not infrequently happens that a character- istic species of a particular horizon in one country may be wholly restricted to a different horizon in another country. Tropidoleptus carinatus and Vitulina pustulosa are ex- amples of this. These two brachiopods are eminently characteristic of the Hamilton or Middle Devonian group of North America, occurring in it wherever this group is typically developed. They are again characteristic of beds in the Amazon River district, which by some are placed in the Middle, and by others in the Lower Devonian group. In Bolivia they characterize the Icla shales, which are con- sidered Lower Devonian, and in South Africa these species are reported from beds of the same horizon (Ulrich). Tro- pidoleptus carinatus has also been reported from the Lower Devonian of the Bosphorus and the Pvhine district. Lepto- ccelia Habcllites is commonly found associated with these 105 species in foreign countries, but in North America it is restricted to the base of the Lower Devonian group. (Lower Helderberg and Oriskany beds.) Index species which have been successfully employed in intercontinental correlation are Spirifer disjvnctus for the upper, and Goniatites intumescens and Ithynchonella{Hypo- thyris) cuboides for the lower, part of the Upper Devonian group. While general correlation by index species is thus possi- ble, much detailed work is necessary to establish the proper relations between the beds occupied by these species at the several localities. The nature of the sediment, and the physical conditions indicated by it, and by the fossils them- selves,must be taken into consideration, and the causes for, and directions of, the migrations of the faunas must be investigated. This method of investigation in correlative geology is still in its infancy, and it requires for its proper prosecution a thorough pahTeontological training. The results to be obtained are certain to be of far-reaching im- portance to both geologist and biologist. PALEONTOLOGY IN ITS RELATION TO BIOLOGY. (Paleobiology. ) The study of fossils, from a purely biological point of view, has made such progress within the last fifty years, and the results obtained have been of such importance, as to raise palaeontology from a subordinate geological study to the rank of an independent science. Not only have im- portant discoveries in comparative anatomy, morphology, and systematic zoology and botany been made by the study of fossils, but it has become possible to trace out actual lines of genetic descent in the organic realm. This has been accomplished by the detailed study of particular classes of organisms and the comparison of the several transient stages in the life-history of the individual with the persistent adult characteristics of those members of the same class which preceded them in time. Such detailed study has been 106 carried on among the* cephalopods by Hyatt and others in this country, and by Wurteu! termor, Bianco, Karpinsky and others in Europe. Jackson has studied the pelecypods and the Palaeozoic Echini, and Beecher the brachiopode and trilobites. The principle on which this work is based is embodied in the law first clearly enunciated by Eouis Agassiz and Carl Yogt: that the stages in the cycle of indi- vidual life can be correlated with the characteristics of the adult in allied types which appear earlier in the geologic record. According to the modern interpretation of such phenomena, this correspondence indicates a genetic relation, the later forms having descended from the earlier, and each recapitulating in its own life-history, more or less perfectly, the life-history of the group to which it belongs. Investigations in this direction require the study of young and intermediate as well as adult individuals. Immature forms may frequently be found associated with the mature individuals in the strata, and thev can be obtained by processes described in the next chapter. For the details of the methods of investigation in Biologic Palaeontology the student is referred to the works of Hyatt, Jackson, Beecher, Clarke, Schuchert, J. P. Smith, and others. CHAPTER I. HOW TO COLLECT AND PREPARE FOSSIL INVERTEBRATES. (A.) Collecting Fossils. Outfit. The outfit needed for collecting fossils is a very simple one. It consists of the following articles : 1. A Collecting Bag, basket or other receptacle for carry- ing the fossils. The dimensions of the leather bag commonly used by geologists and palaeontologists are 13 x 13 x 4 inches. It opens at one end, where it is protected by a flap, which may be secured by a buckle. It has an additional pocket for a note-book, and has a strap for carrying it on the shoulder. The common canvas hunting-bag, obtainable at any gun store, is well suited for this work, and has the additional advantages of being light and cheap. 2. Hammers. A mason's or bricklaver's hammer, with a square face and a peen end, which tapers with the cutting edge transverse to the handle, and a small square-faced and sharp-edged trimming hammer, are needed. The former is used to pry up the shale laminae, and is especially useful in the beds of the streams, while the latter is used to trim off most — not all — of the superfluous rock.* 3. Chisels. Several stone-cutter's chisels of different sizes, for cutting the fossils from the limestone, are needed. 4. Wedges. Two or three large steel wedges, for prying up large slabs of rock, are exceedingly useful. 5. Lens. The collector should always be provided with a fairly good lens of large field. 6. Note-book. Some form of note-book, for recording observations on the spot, should be taken into the field. Those with the paper bound on the end instead of the side are more convenient. * The hammers here described can be obtained from Fayette R. Plumb, Philadelphia, Pa., under styles G. and N., at $1.25 and $0.60 respectively. 108 7. Labels. Blank paper for labels should always be at hand. It is desirable to have the field labels cut to uniform size. 8. Wrapping Paper and Twine. A good supply of these most necessary articles should be taken. This should com- prise tissue paper, newspapers, and strong brown paper, such as can be obtained at any country grocery store. The twine should be strong, but not too thick. 9. Boxes. A number of cigar boxes, tin tobacco boxes, and small spool, pill or other paper boxes should be taken for the more delicate fossils. 10. Cotton Batting. A supply of this article for use with the boxes is necessary. Field Work. The rock from which fossils are to be col- lected in this region are shales and limestones. The former, when calcareous, are usually rich in fossils; but when bituminous or gritty, fossils are usually scarce. The lime- stones are often made up of fragments of fossils, but the variety is commonly not very great. Colin-ting from the Shales. It is next to useless to attack a vertical shale bank, as it is difficult to extract the fossils entire, even if they are exposed. A better plan is to follow down the stream bed, and pry up the layers, in descending order. If this is impracticable, the bank has to be attacked as best may be. Joint cracks will assist in prying out large masses, which may then be split up. In prying out such masses, however, care must be taken that the overlying beds are not too much disturbed, as dangerous falls of rock from above may result. This caution is especially necessarv where the fissile bituminous shales (Genesee and Black Naples) are undermined. In such cases it is prudent to pry out the piece quickly and cautiously, and then take it to a place of safety, where it can be split up. The shales are most easily split up while still wet. After they have dried in the sun they become very brittle, and it is difficult to get perfect specimens from them. The shale mass is to be split, first, 109 with the peen end of the hammer, or with a flat chisel, and after that with a small prying instrument. A pocket-knife is very serviceable. The thin shale pieces can he easily reduced to the proper size by breaking with the fingers, or 1 >y cutting with a chisel; trimming with the hammer should be avoided. The ultimate trimming and cleaning is to be done in the laboratory. If the specimen is broken, the parts should be wrapped sepeirately and then together, the ii'luinc; beimr left for the laboratorv. Collecting from the Weathered Shale. When exposed to rain and sun for some time the shale becomes reduced to clay, and the fossils weather out free. In such cases the col- lector should get down on hands and knees and crawl over the ground, carefully picking up all the good specimens and all the doubtful ones. A small pair of pointed pincers will be found useful for picking up the smaller fossils. When the rock is weathered deeply, it will be found advantageous to carry away a quantity of the clay in bulk, to be looked over in the laboratory. The fossils, as they are picked up, should be placed on a layer of cotton batting, in a box, and not be disturbed again until they reach the laboratory. Collecting from the Limestone. Such rocks as the Encri- nal limestone will usually yield their fossils on the blow of the hammer. The rock should be split, if possible, parallel to the bedding plane. If portions of fossils are visible the bulk of the surrounding rock should be trimmed with the hammer, and the further cleaning and developing reserved for the laboratorv. Do not try to break out the fossils in the held. You will probably end by breaking the fossil. It is better to carry some additional rock. When the rock is weathered, the fossils usually stand out in relief, and they may often be obtained by careful manipulation with hammer and chisel. Some rock should always be taken with the specimens, as they can seldom be wholly freed from the matrix without losing in appearance, if not in value. If extensive collections are to be made from the limestones, a sledge hammer is desirable. 110 Collecting from the Concretions. The calcareous and pyrite concretions often yield good fossils. These may not appear on breaking the concretion, because the splitting seldom occurs in the right plane. Geikie suggests putting the nodule into the fire and dropping it, when quite hot, into cold water.* ( 'ollecting from the Talus. This resolves itself into simply picking over the loose material at the foot of the cliff and selecting desirable specimens. Good material is often ob- tained in this manner; but it is of little value for stratigraphic purposes, as the various beds here have their fossils com- mingled. Fossils from the talus should always be marked as such. Not infrequently their position in the bank can be ascertained, as in the case of the large cup-corals, which all belong to the lower Moscow shale. I have frequently found among the talus heaps, rock fragments which have no local outcrops, but belong farther north, having been brought down in the drift during the glacial period, as noted in Chapter III.. Part I. This will serve to show how unreliable talus specimens are, as distinct geologic hori- zons raav easily be confounded. Wrapping and racking. Wrap each specimen separately in newspaper, or, if very delicate, in tissue paper, and then in newspaper. Small, delicate, free fossils should be placed be- tween layers of cotton batting in boxes. When all the speci- mens from one bed are wrapped, make a package of them by wrapping them up in a piece of brown paper and securely tying them with twine. With the specimens should be packed a label, on which a record of the bed and locality is made, and which bears a number corresponding to the entry in the note-book. The legend on the label should also be written upon the outside of the package, preferably with an indelible pencil. Never neglect the labeling and recording in the note-book, as otherwise much of the value of the collec- tion may be lost. Also make the notes extensive and at the time of collecting. An experienced collector will never trust * Text-book of ecology, 3d Ed., 1893, p. 673. Ill his memory. When the packages are all securely tied and labeled, set them in a stout wooden box,* and mark the con- tents on the outside of the box. Never ship specimens in a box which is not completely filled and firmly packed. (B.) Preparing Fossils for Study. Outfit. The laboratory outfit varies according to the amount and character of the work to be done. Much must be left to the ingenuity of the worker; but the following- tools are indispensable : 1. Trays. Both wooden and pasteboard trays are needed. The wooden trays should not be less than two inches deep, should fit one upon the other, so as to prevent dust from getting into them, and should not be too large for easy transportation. A wooden rim nailed around the outside of the top of each tray, so that a portion projects above the upper rim of the tray, will be found an excellent device for making the pile of trays stable, for keeping out dust, and for aid in carrying the tray. In place of the trays, wooden drawers may be used. The paper trays should be shallow — not over an inch deep, and of different sizes. Pasteboard box covers, and the boxes themselves with the rims cut down, are suitable. The trays in which the fossils are to be permanently kept should be of uniform quality, and in size they should be multiples of one another, and made to fit into the drawers which are to contain the collection permanently. 2. Tools for Cleaning. a. Brushes. A variety of brushes is required. Several coarse bristle brushes, of various sizes and stiffness, are needed for washing the fossils. Finer brushes, such as nail- brushes and tooth-brushes, are needed for developing. A fine camel's-hair brush, for picking up delicate specimens, is convenient. A long, narrow brush of fine brass wire is use- ful for cutting soft sandy matrix from the fossils. * Soap boxes are excellent for this purpose. 112 1). Cutting Forceps. The ordinary cutting forceps obtain- able at any hardware store will be found exceedingly useful. The kind with the cutting edge at right angles to the long- axis of the tool is best. c. Pincers. Several small pincers, such as are used by ■watchmakers, are serviceable for picking up small speci- mens. d. Cutting and Graving Tools. These should be picked out to suit the nature and delicacy of the work to be done. A number of fine-pointed steel gravers in handles are neces- sary. At least one of these should have a chisel edye. Den- tists' tools are excellent for cleaning and preparing fossils. e. Chisels and Mallets. Small stone-cutters' chisels and a small mallet are useful for trimming limestone specimens. f. Sand Bag. A stout canvas bag, partly filled with fine quartz sand, is necessary to prevent the specimens from being shattered, and to prevent the marring of the under- side of the specimens. g. Trimming Hammers. These should be of small size, and should have square faces. h. Lenses and Microscope. Several lenses of different power are needed. Among them should be a watchmaker's eye-glass, which can be attached to the eye, and will thus leave both hands free for work. A compound microscope is needed for the study of small specimens. i. Glass Slides and Balsam. These are needed to mount the microscopic specimens obtained by washing the clays. j. Alcohol Lamp. A small alcohol lamp or Bunsen burner is frequently needed. k. Dishes, Beakers and Bottles. These should be selected to suit the convenience of the manipulator. 1. Glue. Liquid fish glue will be found suitable for mend- ing broken specimens. m. Field Tickets. Small colored tickets, only large enough to write a number on, are used to ticket all speci- mens after cleaning. The number on the field label is to be written on the ticket. 113 n. Moulding Material. Gutta-percha, which comes in thin sheets and can be obtained at any rubber store, is useful for taking impressions from the moulds of fossils. ''Modeling composition No. 2; medium" — a dentist's wax of a red color, and obtainable in half-pound boxes at any dentists' supply store — will frequently be found more useful than gutta-percha. o. Chemicals. Hydrochloric acid, caustic potash (sticks), and vinegar are necessary for cleaning and etching. Laboratory Work. As soon as the specimens are un- packed, place them in the paper trays, making sure that each tray is provided with a copy of the proper field label. The specimens may be roughly assorted, but they must never be left without labels. The clay is washed off by use of the coarse brushes, and the superfluous rock is removed with the cutting forceps, or other tools. If the specimen is broken, clean the parts and then glue them together, placing them on a bed of sand until dry. The sand will support the unequal parts, and prevent them from separating, as they would if unsupported. In cleaning specimens with chisel and mallet always place them on a sand bag. To remove hard clay or shale from delicate specimens, where cutting is impossible, place small tablets of caustic potash,- cut from the sticks, upon the shale matrix, and leave it for some hours. The calcareous shale will be disin- tegrated and can be washed off. Repeat this until the speci- men is clean. After that, wash the specimen thoroughly for some days in several changes of water, to which a few drops of hydrochloric acid have been added, to remove all the potash, otherwise the specimen may, in the course of time, disintegrate. Specimens from the Encrinal and the other limestone beds may be cleaned with acid, the final etching being done with dilute vinegar. Obtaining Fossils from the Disintegrated Shales. The shales have frequently disintegrated into clay. To obtain the small fossils from these the following method of 114 procedure is recommended: "Palaeozoic fossiliferous clays, which are to be washed for small and young fossils, should be tirsl dried in an oven or in the sun. and then well soaked in water for a day or more before washing-. A deep pan or bucket serves well for this purpose, using the hands to stir the mass around, but do not get too much mud in suspen- sion, since in pouring off the muddy water many of the smaller organisms are liable to be carried away After the washed earth has been dried, it should be sifted, to facilitate picking, into three grades, using sieves of 6, 18, and 38 meshes to the inch. The coarser material can be assorted with the unaided eye. but the finer grades will have to be selected under a low-power lens. A moistened camel's-hair brush is the best tool with which to pick up these smaller organisms. If the brush is held in the end of a small vial, a twirl of the fingers will readily remove the attached fossil." Highly fossiliferous shales, such as that of the Demissa lied, may be disintegrated by drying them well in an oven and then soaking in water until they crumble. Repeated drying and soaking will reduce most of the material to clay. after which the fine mud is to be washed away. The final process consists of boiling the material in a dish for about half an hour, frequently changing the water, until no more mud appears. Washing the Clay for Microscopic Organisms. The fol- lowing method is recommended for obtaining microscopic organisms from the clays resulting from the disintegration of the shales: •• In preparing most of the samples of clay, we would put about one ounce of the material and the same amount of common washing soda into a druggist's two-quart, clear- glass packing bottle, not over one-fourth filled with water, and let it remain twelve to twenty-four hours, frequently shaking the bottle, so as to thoroughly break up the clay. Now fill the bottle with water, and after twenty-five minutes *Schuchert. Bull. 39, U. S. Nat. Mus. Part K., p. 20. 115 carefully pour off the upper three-fourths of it. Again till with water, and in twenty-five-minutes decant as before: repeating this at twenty-five-minute intervals until the upper three-fourths of the water in the hot tic after a twenty-five-minute rest, will be nearly clear. A large amount of the fine sand, clay, and soda has by this process been washed, and the action of the soda has broken up the clay and removed most of the adhering material from the fossils. Now mount a few microscopic slides from the residuary sands, etc., at the bottom of the bottle, by taking up with a pipette (a piece of small glass tubing makes the best pipette) a small amount of the material ; scatter very thinly over the middle of the slides; dry them thoroughly over an alcohol lamp, or in some better way, and, while hot, cover the dry material with a few drops of Canada balsam, keep- ing the slides quite warm until the balsam will be hard when cold. As these " trial slides" are seldom of any value, it is not necessary to use cover glasses if the balsam is hardened as above directed. A careful examination of these slides under the microscope, with a good quarter- or half-inch objective, Avill decide as to the value of the material under observation; and if it proves to be only sand, pour it all out, wash the bottle, and again try the same process with another sample of clay. But if the slides show a few good fossils, the next step is to separate them as much as possible from the mass of sand, etc., with which they are associated. In this, as in the first washing, specific gravity will do most of the work. Pour off most of the water and put the shells, sand, etc., into a four-ounce beaker (or glass tumbler), wash out the bottle, fill the beaker about three-fourths full of water, and, after it has rested ten minutes, pour three- fourths off the top through a glass funnel into the bottle, repeating this five or six times. As in the first washing, mount and examine a few slides from the material at the bottom of the bottle, mounting and preserving slides, if found to be of value. If nothing of value is found, pour out the contents of the bottle and fill up again as before from 116 the beaker, after five minutes' rest, repeating these wash- ings, ;iik1 examinations a1 shorter resting intervals, of, say, three, two, and one minute, or less, until nothing but the coarsest sand remains in the beaker Each layer of clay, as deposited by its specific gravity, has now been examined, and most of the fossils are contained in some one, or possibly two, of them. Nineteen-twentieths of the original sample of clay have been washed away and in the selected one- twentieth that remains there may be one fair fossil to 100 grains of sand/'* In the above process, all glassware, etc., must be perfectly clean, and the water used must be first filtered, otherwise organisms foreign to the rock under investigation may appear. In the final disintegration of the shale for this pur- pose, it is well to boil it for a few minutes in a rather strong- solution of washing soda. Hardening of Fossils. Some of the more delicate fossils from the shales require hardening, to preserve them perma- nentlv. This may be done by warming the fossil and then dipping it into hot thin glue, or the fossil may be well soaked in a very thin solution of white shellac, and then laid aside to dry. This latter method is preferable. To make Artificial Casts from Natural Molds. In many cases the fossil has been removed in one way or another, and nothing but the mold remains. In such cases a cast made with gutta-percha will often give the surface features of the fossil with even greater detail than could be seen on the orig- inal specimen. A small piece of gutta-percha is to be soft- ened in hot water, and pressed into the moistened mold with the thumb, which must be wet, to prevent sticking. Consid- erable pressure is required, and the squeezed-out borders should be folded in again, in order to insure a perfect cast. "Modeling composition for dental purposes, No. 2, medium," is often better than gutta-percha. It is likewise made soft by heating in hot water. * Woodward and Thomas, Geol. of 3Iinnesota, Final Report. Vol. III.: Pt. I.. pp. ■■!?> and 86. 117 To obtain the best results with the fossils of the Stropha losia and Nautilus beds and similar impure argillaceous lime- stones, the following process, devised by .1. M. Clarke, is recommended : " Let small fragments exposing fossils in sec- tion be placed in dilute muriatic acid, until the calcareous matter is removed to a sufficient depth from the surface to leave all impressions of fossils at the surface perfectly clear. The argillaceous or other impurity of the matrix left after the reaction will be exceedingly soft, but retain the impres- sions, whether external or internal, with exceeding delicacy of detail. The fragments may then be carefully removed from the acid and washed, by placing for a moment in pure water. They should then be thoroughly dried, and after- wards hardened, by cautiously soaking in a very weak solu- tion of glue, care being taken that this solution besufficiently thin to enter all the ornamental or structural cavities and interstices of the impressions. After again drying, soft, clean, and clear squeezes are to be taken with soft gutta-percha. To preserve the hardened matrix, such squeezes must be taken rapidly, lest the heat of the gutta-percha soften the glue and cause adhesion. If, however, the destruction of the matrix is not of moment, the gutta-percha may be with- drawn at will, and the adhering dirt soaked and washed off at leisure." * * 14th Ann. Rep't, N. Y. State Geol., 1894, p. 100. Footnote. lis TABLE I). Classification of the Animal Kingdom. SUB-KINGDOM. TYPE. SUB-TYPE. I LASS. f 5. Mammalia. <" IX. Vertebrata, J a Reptilia. | 2. Amphibia. 1 1. Pisces. VIII. Protochordata, VII. Arthropoda, (3. Insecta. II. Traeneata, . ■>. Arachnoidea. ' l. Myriopoda. I. Branchiate. . \. Crustacea. B. METAZOA, \ 0. Cephalopoda. 5. Pteropoda. VI. M0IXUS< A. . J 4. Gastropoda. 3. Amphineura. 2. Scaphopoda. 1. IVlecypoda. V. MOLLTSC'OIDEA J 2- Brachiopoda. i 1. Bryozoa. IV. Vermes. ( 3. Annelida. ■ 2. Gephyrea. / 1. Nematlielminthes. fill. Echinosoa, . I ?■ Holotiiuroidea. I 1. Lcninoulea. III. ECIIENODERMATA, -I II. Astirozoa. . .1 2. Asteroidea. i 1. Opbiuroidea. T j, , , (3. Crinoidea. I. Felmatoeoa, . J 2 Blastoidea. l. Cystoidea. II. CCELENTEBATA i 2- Anthozoa. I 1. Hydrozoa. I. PoRIFERA 1. Sponjciae-. A. PROTOZOA, 1. Ehizopoda. * Under the Classes, only those are given which are preserved in a fossil state. CHAPTER II. descriptions of the genera and species of invertebrates found in the marcellus, hamilton. genesee, and naples beds of eighteen milk creek and the lake-shore region of erie county, new yokk. Class Hydrozoa. Owen. This class includes the simplest polyps, of which the fresh-water Hydra is an example. The body consists of a hollow tube, the walls of which are composed of two cellular layers, — ectoderm and endoderm. with a non-cellular layer, the mewglcea, between them. These layers meet at the mouth, which is the only opening into the gastric space enclosed by the body wall". Tentacles, furnished with nettle-cells, sur- round the mouth. A few hydroids are simple forms, but the majority are united into colonies, which frequently assume a branching or tree-like character, a polyp occupying the end of each branch. Reproduction is usually carried on by specially modified polyps — the go nopolyps, which produce jelly-fish or medusae. These latter may remain attached to the colony or become free-swimming. Some hydroids are entirely unprotected, no hard structures being developed, and these, consequently, leave no remains. The majority of species, however, secrete a horny or chitinous covering — the periderm, which invests the whole stock, and in one group is expanded, at the ends of the branches, into cups or hydrothecce into which the polyps can with- draw. This chitinous periderm may be preserved in the form of a carbo- naceous film. Some hydroid colonies secrete a calcareous covering which has much the aspect of coral, and is frequently classed as such (e. g. , Millepora). Most hydroid colonies are permanently attached to rocks, seawTeeds, or other objects of support. Note. — For a detailed account of the structure of living Hydrozoa, see any advanced text-book of zoology or anatomy. The fossil genera are discussed in Zittel's Text-book of Palaeontology ( Eastman's translation ), where an extensive bibliography is given. Genus DICTYONEMA. Hall. [Ety. : Dictyon, net ; nema, thread.] (Pal. N. Y., Vol. II., p. 174.) Colony forming1 a network of anastomosing branches, the whole commonly flattened on the rock, but originally form- ing a funnel- or fan-shaped expansion. The branches proceed 120 from a common acute base, divide frequently, and are at inter- vals united again by transverse dissepiments. The outer sur- faces of the branches are striated ; theinner bearhydrothecae, although these are seldom seen in the flattened specimens. I)n tyonkma iiamii.tom.i: (? ). Hall. (Fig. 1.) (Cana- dian Organic Remains. Decade II.. ls<;.~,. p. 58, named but not described. ) Distinguish ing Cha racters* — I rregularly branching. ] .ranches freely anastomosing, and uniting by transverse thin dissepiments. Fen- estrules irregular, elon- gate and greatly vary- ing in size. Surface roughly striate. A specimen (Fig. 1 ) was taken from the [dlewood Cliff, by Dr. U. T. .lack son. It probably came from Fig. 1. Dictyonema hamiltonice (?) Idlewood Cliff. +]ie TVilobite bt'ds. Natural size and a portion enlarged four diameters. Stud. Pal. Col. Harvard Univ. Cat. No. 230. (Original.) Another SI tecimeil Wll S obtained from the first South Shore Cliff, probably from the same beds. Class Anthozoa. Ehrenbeeg. The Anthozoa or coral polyps are marine animals ranging from low water to 300 and sometimes even 1,500 fathoms (Zittel). Both simple and colonial forms occur, the latter predominating at the present time, while the former were especially abundant in Palaeozoic time. The "Rugose corals " or Tetracoralla, are the best represented among the fossils, commonly occurring as simple forms, though compound "heads" are by no means uncommon. The simple Rugose corallum is well represented by the little Streptel- asma rectum (Fig. 2), common throughout the Hamilton shales. It con- sists of numerous radiating septa, disposed in several cycles, and united round their outer margins by a wall or theca {pseudotTieca). This is formed by the lateral expansion or thickening of the septa in that region. The exothecal prolongations of the septa are visible on the exterior of the * The description here given applies only to the specimen illustrated. It is provisionally referred to Hall's species: the final determination must await the description ot the type specimens of that species. As the above name has been adopted in the literature, it seems undesirable to replace it by another. 121 corallum as costce. These, in the species referred to, as well as in others, commonly show the peculiar tetrameral arrangement characteristic of the septa of this group. On or near the convex longitudinal surface of the corallum a median, or "cardinal," septum appears, from which the secondary septa pass off in a pinnate manner. (Fig. 2a.) Ninety degrees towards either side occur the " alar" septa, (Fig. 21).) These are par allel* to the secondary septa which branch <>ll' from the cardinal septum. They have a single series of secondary septa branching off from them on the side away from the cardinal quadrants. The two remaining, or counter quadrants, are filled with parallel septa, which branch off, in a pinnate manner, from the alar septa, and are completed in front by the counter septum, to which they are all parallel. One of the four " primary septa " — commonly the cardinal septum- may be aborted, leaving a groove or fossula. Between the septa various endothecal tissues may be developed, such as cross-plates, or dissepiments connecting adjoining septa; tabula' or floors, more or less dividing off the whole inner space, irrespective of the septa; and cysts, which form a vesicular tissue more or less regularly disposed (Cystiphyllum). The cup or calyx may be limited below by a continuous floor, by dissepiments, or otherwise, or it may be limited only by the margins of the septa, the spaces between the septa being open to the bottom of the corallum. The costae are commonly covered by a concentrically wrinkled epitheca, which forms the outermost wall of the corallum. In colonial forms the adjacent corallites commonly become prismatic from crowding. The separate thecae may be retained, or they may become obsolete, the corallites becoming confluent. The epithecal cover- ing in these forms is commonly confined to the free margins of the outer corallites, and surrounds the whole colony as a peritheca. Reproduction takes place by ova and by budding. In certain aberrant forms, e. g. , Fawsitidce, Monticuliporidm, etc., the septa are obsolete, or nearly so, but tabulae are well developed.! ISTote. — An account of the structure of the polyp may be obtained from any text-book of zoology. Zittel's Text-book of Palaeontology (East- man's translation) should be studied for this as well as the succeeding groups. The descriptions of species are still very imperfect, especially as far as the Devonian species are concerned. The only available work treating of them is the now rare volume in the Palaeontology of New- York series, entitled "Illustrations of Devonian Fossils," and even this is incomplete, inasmuch as it is unaccompanied by descriptions. The various sources from which the following descriptions are drawn are indicated in the references under each species. The most complete work extant is that of Milne Edwards et Hai me ; Histoire Naturelle des Corallaires, 3 volumes, and atlas; Paris, 1857-60. This classic the student will do well to consult ; also the "Monographic des Polypierx Tossiles des Terrains Pakeosoiques," by the same authors, Paris, 1851. * Parallel as seen in the costce. t As no true Hexacoralla occur in the formations treated of in these pases, hii account of their structure is omitted. * •W YO! ^ BOTANICAL 122 Genus STREPTELASMA. Hall. [Ety. : Streptos, twisted: elasma, lamella.] (Pal.. N. Y., Vol. L, p. IT.) Coralluin simple, turbinate and often curved. Septa- numerous, those of the earlier cycles all reaching the center, where they are twisted into a psewlo-columella; those of the last cycles short. Dissepiments present. Epitheca well developed. STREPTELASMA RECTUM. Hall. ( Fig. 2. ) (111. Dev. Foss., PI. XIX.) Distinguishing Characters.— Rather small size: conical outline; rapidly tapering- toward the base: twisting of the septa near the center of the calyx, and formation of a solid axis or psendo-columella ; slight development of dissepiments: height. 3 or 4 cm.; diameter of calyx, 1 .5 to 2 cm. Found in the lower Moscow shales near the head of Section 5; also in the Demissa bed at Section • >. and in the Trilobite beds and the shales below them down to the Nautilus bed, at Section 8, on the Lake Shore, and in the bed of Avery's Creek. It is usually abundant. STREPTELASMA UNGULA. Hall. ( Fig. 3.) (111. Dev. Foss.. PI. XIX.) Distinguishing ('Itaractcrs.— Smaller size than S. recta; less degree of tapering; curved or horn-shaped outline;; slight twisting of septa at the center. Fig. 3. strept- Found in the lower Moscow shales, between elasma ungula CafterHaU). Sections 4 and .">. Fia. 2. Streptelasma rectum (after Hall), (a) cardinal sep- tum ; (6) alar septum. 123 Genus ZAPHRENTIS. Rafinesque. [Ety. : Za, very; phrentia, diaphragm.] (An. Des. Sci. Pliys. Brux., Vol. V., p. 234.) Corallum simple, conical or turbinate, or conico-cylin- drical, with a deep calyx, and well-developed septa, the primary ones reaching to the center. Dissepiments and tabula? occur, the latter usually well developed. A deep fossula marks the abortion of one of the four primary septa. Costa? and a thin epitheca occur. Note.— It is probable that several species of Zaphrentis occur in the Hamilton of this region; only one is here given. however, as definitely identified. Zaphrentis simplex. Hall. ( Fig. 4.) (111. Dev. Foss., PL XXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Smooth and gently curving, regularly tapering outline, often abruptly deflected at the base; septa scarcely reaching the center; tabula? strong, curving down near the margin ; dissepiments few. Found in the coral layer of the lower Mos- cow shales, at Section 5; also in the Encri- ^^'^ Hal»- nal limestone (?) on the Lake Shore, where it is rare. Genus AMPLEXUS. Sowerby. [Ety.: Amplexus, encircling.] (Mineral Conchology, Vol. I., p. 165.) Corallum simple, conical, or cylindrical, with a well- developed epitheca, and a circular, moderately deep calyx. Septa strong, short, never reaching the center, which is occupied by horizontal tabula?, frequently bent down at the periphery. A well-developed fossula is present. This genus differs from Zaphrentis mainly in the smooth central area of the calyx, which is formed by the tabula? in the absence of the septa. 124 Fig. Amplexus ijamiltoxll. Hall. (Fig. 5.) (111. Dev. Foss., PL XIX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Elon- gated cylindrical, gently tapering form, often abruptly bent at the base: strongly wrinkled epitheca; comparatively slight development ,. 5. Amplexus hamiltonioe. ,. . . , . . Front and side view of a specimen < >i septa: well-uevelo] >e< I tabula?, from Morse Creek, showing irregular form, discontinuous septa and cen- bent down near the thill wall, tral tabulae. The center of the calyx is broken. Natural size. Stud. Found frenueiltlv ill the Moscow Pal. Coll. Harv. Univ. Cat. No 841. ruuuu n t queni if\ in nit ^himim\ anginal.) shale, three to five feet above its base, between Sections 4 and 5, and at Morse Creek. Amplexus (?) intermittens.* Hall. (Fig. 6.) (111. Dev. Foss.. PL XXXII., Figs. 8-13.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; irreg- ular form, varying from cylindrical, with sud- den expansions, to regularly conical outline; well-developed septa, which reach to the center, and frequently unite before reaching it. Found in the lower Moscow shale, between Sections 4 and 5. It is comparatively rare. Fig. 6. Am- plexus (?) in- termittens (af- ter Hall). Genus HELIOPHYLLUM. Hall. [Ety. : Helios, sun ; phylUm, leaf.] ( Dana's Zoophytes, 1848, p. 856.) Simple or compound, the individuals conical, or turbinate, with shallow calyx, and surrounded by a thin epitheca. Septa alternating- in length, the longer extending to the center, all supplied with supporting lamellae, which curve from the periphery upwards and inwards, so as to describe a convex npward-cnrve. and appear in the calyx as cross- bars or carina'. Heliophyllum halli: E. and H. (Fig. 7.) (111. Dev. Toss.. PI. XXIII.) * This species is probably not an Amplexus, nor does it seem to belong to any described genUS. 125 Distinguishing Characters. — Simple corallum; cylindrico-conical or turbi- nate outline with moderate curvature at the base; circular and moderately profound calyx; small tossula ; well- pronounced, but rather small, carinse; strongly wrinkled epitheca. Found abundantly in the coral layer of the lower Moscow shales, at Sections 5 to 7, and on the Lake Shore; also in theDemissabedof Sect- ion 5 (one specimen). Fig. (after Hall) Heliophyllum hulli Fig. 8. Heliophyllum confluens. From a specimen in the Student Palseontological col- lection of Harvard University. Cat. No. 233. (.Original.) 126 Heliophyllum conflukns. Hall. (Fig. 8.) (111. Dev. Foas. Corals., PI. XXVI.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters. — Compound or confluent growth, often forming heads of considerable size: strongly wrinkled peritheca surrounding the colony, and the free parts of individual corallites where separated; moderately deep calicos ; well-developed carinated septa. Found only in the Encrinal limestone, on the Lake Shore. (Also at Morse Creek. ) It is rare. Genus CYSTIPHYLLUM. Londsdale. [Ety. : Kustis, cavity: phyllon, leaf.] (Murch. Sil. Syst.. p. 691, 1839.) Chiefly simple coralla, varying in outline from depressed turbinate to cylindrical; often irregular in growth. Septa rudimentary and frequently obsolete, the floor of the calyx being formed by the upper portion of the vesiculate filling. Entire interior of corallum filled with vesicular tissue, disposed in more or less regular series, and presenting in section a rough tabulate appearance. An epitheca is present. Fre- quent constrictions occur in some forms, indicating periodic rejuvenation. Cystiphyllum conifollis. Hall. (Fig. 9.) (Pal. N. Y. 111. Dev. Foss., PL XXX., Figs. 3-<>. ) Distinguish ing Ch;i meters. — Slender cy 1 i n - drical form; irregular, intermittent growth; coarse wrinkled epitheca; moderate-sized cysts arranged in a cup-like manner ; .rather shallow calyx with simulation of septa by the radial arrangement of the cysts. Found in the coral layer of the lower Moscow shales, at Sections 5, ('). 7; also on the Lake Shore. Occasionally it occurs in the Demissa bed. CYSTIPHYLLUM AMERICANUM. F. andH. (Fig. 10.) (Pol. Loss. d. Terr. Pal., p. 464.) Fig.9. ('i/sti/ilti/l- I II III CD II if <) II is, showing the pre- vailing form and irregularities lafter Hall). 127 Distinguishing ( 'har- acters. — Elongated, cyl- i n (1 r i c o - 1 u r b i n a t e , straight or slightly curved form; thin, but strongly wrinkled, epi- theca ; moderate depth of calvx, with faint in- dications of septal ridges about its sides ; irregular vesicular tissue, dense near the wall, coarser near the center. Found in the coral layer and above it in the lower Moscow shales, at Section 5. Cystiphyllum ans. Hall. (Fig, (Ill.Dev.Foss.,pl. 1876.) Distinguishing Charac- ters.— Irregular cvlindri- cal or conical form, vary- ing greatly; coarse, wrinkled epitheca, which, near the base, is often produced into irregular projections which serve to cement the coral to a shell or other foreign object; moderately deep funnel-shaped calyx, its floor formed by the upper surfaces of the cysts, septa in the form of radiating ridges. Interior structure cellulose, the cysts of moderate size and arranged in cup-in-cup manner. Found in the Hamilton group of Eigh- teen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York.) V A R I - 10A.) Fig. 10. Cystyphyllum americanum, a specimen from the coral layer of Section 5. Natural size. Stud. Pal. Coll. Harv. Univ. Cat. 233. (Original.) Fig. 10A. Cystiphyllum various, a small specimen (after Hall). 128 Genus CYATHOPHYLLUM. Goldfuss. [Ety. : Kuatlios, cup: phyllon, leaf (septum).] Corallum simple or compound; the individuals conical, conico-cylindrical, or prismatic and closely crowded, forming astraei-form heads. Septa well developed, radially arranged, the larger extending to the center, where they are twisted into a pseudo-columella. Costa? absent. Tabulae present, but only in the center of the visceral chamber, the outer area being- filled with vesicular dissepiments. Ex- terior covered with an epitheca. Asexual re- production by calicinal or lateral gemmation. Cyathophyklum conatum. Hall. ( Fig. 10B.) (111. Dev. Foss., PI. XXXI.. 1876.) Distinguishing Characters.— Irregular, cylin- drical or conico-cylindrical growth, often vari- ously bent; frequent constrictions, leaving the septate rim of the older calice projecting around the base of the newer one; well developed alternating, radiating septa ; rather smoothly fig. iob. Cya- wrinkled epitheca ; numerous closely crowded !/'/;/;/'.^"'Lterai irregular tabulae bending down at the periphery ; and calicinal view -it • • • 1 1 of a smaii sped- well developed dissepiments m peripheral zone. men (after Hall). , __. .. p tt l * ' Found in the Hamilton group oi Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York.) Gents HADROPHYLLUM. E. and H. [Ety. : Hadros, mighty; phyllon, leaf (septum).] (Brit. Foss. Corals, p. lxvii., 1850.) Corallum simple, short, cushion-shaped, with the lower part covered by an epitheca. Calyx superficial, with three septal fossulae, that of the cardinal septum being t he largest . Septa stout, numerous, approaching radial arrangement which is however imperfect. Tabula- and dissepiments wanting. Hadeophyllum woodi. sp. nov.* (Fig. IOC.) (Com- pare Amplexus ( '.') intermittens. ) * Named in honor of Miss Elvira Wood, Instructor in Palaeontology, Mass. Inst. Tech- nology. 129 Distinguishing Characters. — Corallum small, turbinate, regularly expanding from the base. Calyx superficial, sub-circular. Cardinal septum aborted, forming the main fossula, which is very broad. The two septa bounding the car- dinal septum reach the center, and the remain- ing septa of the cardinal quadrants unite with these. Alar septa reach center. Lateral fossn- p^Uum woodi. lae not formed by the abortion of septa, but by Morse creek : nat- ,, ., , -,, , . ., ural size. (Original.) the union, among themselves, of the septa in the counter quadrants, and their separation from the alar septa. Counter septum not reaching the center. A pseudo-columella, is formed by the junction of the longer septa in the center. Found in the lower Moscow shale at Eighteen Mile and Morse creeks (rare). Genus CRASPEDOPHYLLUM. Dybowsky. [Ety. : Krospedos, an edge; phyllon, leaf.] (Beschr., von neuen Devonischen Artea der Zoantharia Rugosa, p. 153.) Corallum simple or fasciculate; corallites commonly cylindrical, each with a moderately-deep calyx and well- developed epitheca. A secondary central wall is present, which is not crossed by the septa, the longer of which join it to the outer wall. Inner area with tabulae, outer with dissepiments. Upper edges of septa carinate. Craspedophyllum abchiaci. Billings. (Not figured.) (Diphyphylhun archiaci. Billings. Canadian Journal, Vol. V., p. 260, Fig. 8.) Distinguishing Characters. — Heads consisting of parallel nearly straight cylindrical corallites, nearly or quite in con- tact with each other; young stems added by lateral or marginal gemmation ; central tube small, apparently want- ing in some corallites; dissepiments numerous; epitheca showing numerous lines of growth, and sharp-edged annula- tions. Some corallites exhibit sudden constrictions of growth. Found in the Hamilton group (Encrinal limestone ?) on the shore of Lake Erie. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York. ) 130 Magazine, London Craspedophyllum subcaespitosum. (Nicholson.) (Fig. 11.) [Heliophyllum subcaespitosum. Nicholson. Geological Dec. II.. Vol. I.. 1874. p. 58, PL IV.. Fig. 9.) Distinguishing Ch a rac- ters. — Cylindrical corallites, which sometimes sliffhtlv expand towards the calyx; simple or compound form, the latter consisting of two or three buds around the par e n t corallite ; parallel ] k tsition of corallites : wrin- kled epitheca ; secondary wall and carinae. Fig. 11. Craspedophyllum subcaespitosum. 1 OUlld 111 the FllCrilial Encrinaljlimestone. (a) Single branch, Eigh- i- , o j.' er teen Mile Creek ; (b) specimen with several limeStOlie, at feeCtlOll • ) ; branches. Morse Creek. Stud. Pal. Coll. Harv. . . , ~ . rniv. cat. 2.34. (Original.; also at Morse Creek. Genus FAYOSITES. Lamark. [ Ety. : Facus, honeycomb.] ( Hist, des An. sans Vert., Tome II., p. 204.) Corallum massive, more rarely branching, commonly forming heads which may be a foot or more in diameter. Corallites prismatic, thin, united by their walls, which are perforated by equi-distant pores. Septa rudimentary or obsolete. Numerous more or less regular tabula1 divide the intrathecal space. Peritheca present. Favosites argus. Hall. (Fig. 12.) (111. Dev. Fobs., PI. XXXIV.) Distinguishing t ha racters. — Hemisphere ■ . pyriform. or snb-globular form: two sizes tea „,. of cell apertures, the larger circular and Sf^d £iS£S with prominent crenulated rims or peri- iii-nt of a portion of tlie , , , . ment surface (after Hall ) stomes, the smaller angular 131 Found in the Demissa bed (?), at Eighteen Mile Creek. Favosites hamiltoni^e. Hall. (Fig. 13.) (111. Dev. Foss., PL XXXIV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Hemispherical heads, often of large size; the base covered by peritheca; slender corallites; somewhat distant mural pores, in two rows ; rather closelv crowded tabulae, some of which are horizontal, others bent down at the angles. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Sec- tion 5, and the Lake Shore; also at Morse pores Creek, at which place heads, afoot or more in diameter, occur Kic. 13. hiiuiiltoniif Favosites A frag- ment of a head slight- ly enlarged, showing the columnar coral- lites and the mural (Fig. 14.) 111. Genus PLEURODICTYUM. Goldfuss. [Ety. : Pleura, side ; dictyon, net.] (Petref. Germ., Vol. I., p. 209.) Corallum depressed, discoidal, lower surface covered by a concentrically wrinkled peritheca. Corallites small, pris- matic, funnel-shaped below ; .septa faint or obsolete, a scanty development of tabulae occurring; mural pores irregularly distributed. Pleurodictyum stylopora. (Eaton.) Dev. Foss., PL XVIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Flat ba se, covered by peritheca; faint septa; cren- ulated margins of calices ; irregular con- vex or concave tabulae ; diameter one to two inches. Found in the Pleurodictyum beds of Avery's Ravine and the Lake Shore (usually abundant). Genus AULOPORA. Goldfuss. [Ety. : Aulos, pipe ; poron, pore.] (Goldf. Petrefact. Germ., p. 82.) Corallum prostrate, the corallites adhering to foreign bodies by the whole of the lower surface. Corallites slender, Fig. 14. Pleurodictyum stylopora (after Hall). 132 joined, the cavity of each communicating with that of the one from which it springs; septa rudimentary or absent; tabulae curved. Aulopora serpens. Goldf. (Fig. I."*.) (Petrefact. Germanise, p. 82, PI. XXIX.) Distinguishing (,'hnracters. — Budding somewhat below the ealices; one or A^ikd&nZtVis two buds from each eorallite; anas- spirif&roides. From Sec • « n*j. r • i„ i s. Eighteen Mile creek, tomosing oi coralhtes, forming enclosed of various sizes and forms. r i< hi From a specimen in the Stu- dent Palseontological Col- meSllCS lection. Harvard University. . _ cat. 835. (Original.) Found on bracniopods m the Dennssa bed. at Section 5, and in the Athyris bed, at Section 7 (rare). Aulopora tub^eformis. Goldf. ( Fig-. 1 (i. ) (Petrefact. Germ., p. 83, PL XXIX.) Distinguish ing Ch u ra c ters . — Large curved corallites, which are enlarged at the mouth, budding from near center of preceding cor- rallite; no intergrowth of coral- «t;u„f^7T;Ss; Htes, but occasionally a lateral Creek. Student Pala?ontoloerical ■■ ,-. , ,. Collection, Harvard University, (at. UUlOll OCCUl'S 1)V tile d'CCt ])OrtlOH 236. (Original.) . , ,, oi the walls. Found in Avery's Ravine, four feet below the Trilobite beds, on brachiopod shells (rare). Gents CERATOPOKA. Grabau. [Ety. : Ceras, horn ; poros, pore.] (1899: Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. History, Vol. XXVIII, No. 16.) Corallum compound, increasing by lateral gemmation; ereci or prostrate, but never attached above the base; septa, absent, or represented merely by vertical ridges or costae seen on the outside of the corallum. Calyx deep, funnel-shaped, thin-walled, and continued downwards in a narrower tube, formed by the thickening of the walls, through the addition, internally, of concentric layers of sclerenchyma. 133 Fig. 17. Ceratopora jacksoni. (a) The type specimen natural size; (/o longitudinal section of a calyx, showing bud, and absence of cysts in the upper part. x2}^ ; (c) cross- section of calyx, and bud, x 2^ ; (d, e) cross-sections of corallites, showing the cysts and the central living chamber, also the spines or trabeculae, x 5 ; (/) longitudinal section of a cor- allite, x5. The dark shading indicates cavities filled with mud, the light shading those rilled by crystalline calcite. (Original.) 134 and through the formation of coarse cysts. Xo true tabulae ai»' known; the polypites in some of the species apparently remained connected throughout the life of the colony, while in others the cavities of the corallites are separated by a spicular partition. Surface formed by a wrinkled epitheca. Ceratopora jacksoni. Grabau. (Fig. 17.) (1899: Proc. Boston So.-. Nat. History, Vol. XXVIII, p. 415, Pis. I.. II.) Distinguishing Characters.— 'Erect, irregular, and fre- quently-branching corallum; cylindrical or trumpet-shaped corallites: coarsely wrinkled epitheca with costal ridges; coarse, irregular internal cysts, arranged semi-concentric- ally, with frequent projecting spine-like processes. 3 /7. Fig. 18. Ceratopora dichotoma. (.a-d Specimens viewed from different positions, show- ing the flattened under side, tin- calyx, cannation, ami lines of growth, x 3; (e> specimen seeD from below, showing t li. - characteristic mode of branching— natural size: . (Original.) 139 individuals appear between the larger eorallites of the mon- ticules, occasionally between those of the interspaces. Cor- allites with fine transverse strife; walls of uniform thickness throughout; tabula? at irregular intervals, remote in older parts of tube, more closely set in outer portions. This coral is almost always found encrusting Aulopora tubceformis, which in turn grows on shells of Spirifer gran- ulosus. These shells when full-grown apparently became free, and rolling over, so as to lie on the pedicle valve, allowed the growth of the Aulopora on the upturned brachial valve — particularly on the mesial fold. No shell with the coral on the pedicle valve has been observed. All the specimens obtained showed the Monotrypa growing on the Aulopora in various stages of development. The specimen (Fig. 22a) shows the most advanced stage, where the Monotrypa has completely enveloped the Aulopora, as well as the greater portion of the shell. It has forced the Aulopora to depart from its normal method of growth (compare Fig. 16), which is prostrate, and bend upward, at right angles, its calices appearing on the surface, like a series of crater-like rims, rising above the monticules of the Monotrypa. The two types probably lived together as commensals, judging from the constant association, although in places the Aulopora becomes completely overgrown by the Monotrypa. This may indicate a choking of the former b}' the latter, or it may mean burial after death. In several parts of the specimen (Fig. 22a) the encrusting corals near the front have grown beyond the edge of the shell, and there assumed the cylin- drical outline of the colony, similar to that of M. fruticosa. Found in the middle and upper Pleurodictyum beds of Averv's Creek and Wanakah Cliff; also in the Calcareous bed, above the Pleurodictyum bed, at Avery's Creek. Class Crinoidea. Miller. The crinoids, or sea-lilies, are marine invertebrates, represented in the modern seas by a number of genera and species, winch range from shal- low water to a maximum depth of about 3,000 fathoms. They are gregarious in habit, and usually of very local distribution. A typical 140 crinoid consists of a dorsal cup or calyx, placed upon a stalk, by means of which it is attached, and bears a fringe of arms, variously divided and furnished with jointed appendages or pinnules. The calyx is composed of a number of plates, which have a definite arrangement, in horizontally disposed series (Fig. 25). The lowest of these arc the basals, though in many forms an additional scries, the infrabasaU, may underlie and alter- nate with the basals. Next above the basals, and alternating with them in position, arc the radials, live in number, so called because they arc in line with the rays or arms. Referring the position of the inferior plates to that of the radials, we find thai the basals are always situated inter radially, while the infrabasals arc situated radially. Above the radials lie the brachials. These vary greatly in number and kind, sometimes articulating directly witli the radials. in which case all the brachials are free, and sometimes having their lower series fixed and immovable, thus forming a part of the calyx. The brachials lying directly upon the radials are the costals ,• of these there may be one or more series, when they are distinguished from below up as primary (cost.1), secondary (cost.-), etc. The uppermost costal of each ray is commonly axillary, i. e., pentagonal in outline, with two upper joint edges inclined from each other. On these rest the disticlials, of which there arc ten in each series. Secondary distichals (dist.-j may rest upon the primary ones (dist,1), and may in turn support the palmar*, of which there would be twenty in a normal series. Above these, on further division, are the post-palmars, which are often very numerous. Two types of arms can be distinguished, those composed throughout of one series of plates ( uniserial), or those made up of a double series (biserial). the plates of which usually interlock to a greater or less extent. These latter are the more specialized, always beginning uniserial 1 v. Between the radials are often found additional plates, the inten-adials, which may vary in number. Between the distichals of one ray may occur the interdistichals, which are situated radially. Between the distichals of adjacent rays may occur the interbrachials, and these will be situated interradially. An anal interradius is present in unsymmetrical forms. The te'gmen forms the cover, or ventral part, of the calyx, and is composed of plates either closely anchylosed, or held together by a leathery membrane. In the Palaeozoic Camerata the plates of the ventral disc fit closely and they are considerably thickened, forming a very rigid, more or less convex, vault, from which may arise the plated anal proboscis. The mouth of Palaeozoic crinoids is usually beneath the tegmen, the ouly external opening in the tegmen being that of the eccentric anus. From the mouth, radiating grooves or canals commonly pass outward to the arms, in which they are continued. These are the ambulacra! grooves, along which the food, caught on the arms, is conveyed to the central mouth. These grooves may be open or covered by plates. Within the cavity of the calyx are the viscera. The stalk, or strut, is composed of a varying number of joints, which are circular, elliptical, or angular in cross-section < Fig. 29). The joint 141 nearest to the calyx is the last formed one. Frequently, a certain Dumber of the joints bear root-like extensions, or cirri. The stem and cirri art- pierced by an axial canal, round or pentagonal in cross-section. The stem was in most cases attached by a root ( Fig. 29, m-o). Note. — For a more detailed account of the structure of the crinoids, and for a discussion of their development and affinities, see Zittel's "Text-book of Palaeontology" (Eastman's translation), pp. 124-1:3:1 The magnificent work of Wachsmuth and Springer, "The Crinoidea Camerata of North America," published by the Museum of Comparative Zoology,* at Cambridge, will be found exhaustive and indispensable to the advanced student of crinoids. Specific descriptions are usually scattered through scientific publi- cations ; those of the division Camerata may, however, be found in the monograph of Wachsmuth and Springer, above referred to. Genus GENN^OCRINUS. W. and S. [Ety. : Oennaios, of noble birth; krition, lily.] (1882: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., p. 334.) Calyx deeply indented at the arm region. Plates thin, ornamented with radiating stria*. Axial canal large, penta- lobate. Basals three, small. Radials and costals similar, the former five, the latter 2x5. Costals hexagonal and heptagonal, respectively. Above the distichals the branch- ing is from alternate sides, arms branching off at one side, and brachials of a higher order at the other. Arms eight. Interradials numerous. Tegmen of small plates; no anal proboscis. Gexn.^ocrinus nyssa. (Hall.) (Fig. 23, a-d. ) (Actinocrinus nyssa. Hall. 1862. loth Rep't N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 129.) Distinguishing Characters. — Calyx wider than high; lobed at arm region; arms given off in clusters; semi-globose calyx; striated plates, a ridge passing to each face of the plate, and another to each angle; ridges of adjoining plates form triangles; ridges of radial plates increase in prom- inence towards distichals, having at the arm bases almost the width of the arms; short flat basals; radials and costals as long as wide, decreasing rapidly in size upwards; second *Mem. Mus. Coinp. Zool., Vol. XXIV. 142 costals less than half the size of the radials. Distichals 2x10, comparatively small, wider than long, the second ones axillarv. X3 Fig. 28, ctr-d. Gennceocrinus nyssa. (a) radial; (6. c) brachial; (6, cost. 1. c, cost. 2); (d) interradial. Fig. 24, e-g. G. eucharis. (e) Plate of unknown position, bearing tubercle or spine; C/, g) interradial (?) plate; (K) tegniinal spine of unknown species; (i) spines of Dorycrinus CO sp. : (k) part of calyx of unknown affinities. (All enlarged. Original.) Found as dissociated plates in the Demissa and Sticto- pora beds of Section 5 (rather rare). Genn.eocrinus eucharis. (Hall.) (Fig. 24, e-g.) (Actinocrinns eucharis. Hall. 15th Rep't, X. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 130.) Distinguishing Cha meters. — Low basals. large radials; cost.1 hexagonal, cost.2 pentagonal, small; ten or eleven interrn dials in each interradins, except the anal interradius, which contains a greater number; strong, radiating snrface- ridges on plates; center of plates nodose. Found in the Demissa bed of Section 5, as detached plates ( rare). 143 Genus DORYCRINUS. Roemer. [Ety. : Dory, spear; krinon, lily.] (1854: Archiv. fur Naturgesch. , Jahr. XIX., Bd. I., p. 207.) This genus seems to be represented in the Hamilton beds of this region by strong tegminal spines, which were found in the Demissa bed. (Fig. 24, i.) The genus, as restricted by Wachsrauth and Springer, has, to my knowledge, not been recorded from so low an horizon. The spinose tegminal plate (Fig. 24, h) and the calyx base (Fig. 24, k) have not been identified. Genus HABROCRINUS. D'Orb. [Ety.: Habros, splendid; krinon, lily.] (1851: Abracrinus D'Orbigny,— Cours elem. de Paleont, Vol. II., Fasc. II., p. 144. Habrocrinus (D'Orb.) Angelin,— Iconographia crinoideorum, p. 3.) Basals three, equal ; costals 2x5, the distichals support- ing the arms. Anal interradial plate very large, heptagonal, and followed by a second between two inter-brachials, above which follow numerous other plates. Arms uniserial, long, heavy, and simple throughout. Habrocrinus pentadactylus. sp. nov. (Fig. 25.) Distinguishing Characters. — Obeonical form, uniformly enlarging from base upwards; rather large basal plates; " large radials and smaller costals ; strong, carinate, rounded Fig. 25. Habrocrinus pentadactylus. Two specimens enlarged, with an analysis of the calyx, (a) Anal interradius. The shaded portion is added from the smaller of the two specimens. (Original.) 144 ridges extending from the base to the ten arms, along the five rajs. Found in the Moscow shale of Section .~,. two feet above the base ( two specimens ). Note.— This species is the first of the genus noted above the Silurian, as well as the first representative of the genus in America; the other species being known from Gotland and England. Gems PLATYCRINUS. Miller. [Ety. : Platys, flat ; krinon, lily. J (Miller, Natural History of Crinoidea, p. I'-i, 1821.) Calyx composed of three unsymmetrical and frequently anchylosed basals. succeeded by five large ra dials, laterally united by close sutures, their upper margins crescent-shaped. The costals are small and axillary, the single series being often entirely hidden. The distichals commonly in two rows, the upper axillary, and bearing the palmars. The first row of interradials is on a level with the arm bases, and is in part inter brachial, and in part interambulacral. The suc- ceeding interradials are all interambulacral. Anal interra- dius of numerous plates. Arms simple, dividing and becom- ing biserial, i. e., composed of a double row of plates. Pro- boscis often present. Stem elliptical and twisted, with a minute axial canal. Platycrixus ekiensis. Hall. (Fig. 26.) I loth Rep't X. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 119, PI. I.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small cup-shaped calyx; comparatively large column facet, bor- dered by a thick rim; anchylosed basals : radi- ;ils wider than high, witli prominent articulat- fig. 26. piaty- ing surface above: first costal quadrangular ; • rin us c r i c a s is ' ° (after Hain. second costal axillary, pentagonal : sub-angular arm joints; strong pinnules ; granulose plates. Found "in the shales of the Hamilton group, near Ham- burgh. Erie County. X. V." (Hall.) 14." Genub TAXOCRLNTS. Phillips. [Ety. : Taxus, ye~w tree; hrinon, lily.] (1843: Morris Cat. Brit. Foss., p. 90.) Calyx with dicyclie base; three infra-basals, small, mi- equal, fused with top stem-joint; five small basals; five radials; costals 2 x 5 to 3x5; interbrachials numerous. On the truncated larger posterior brachial occurs a primary anal, followed by numerous small secondary anals. All the plates, from the radials upwards are united by loose sutures or by muscular articulation. Taxocrintjs nuntius. Hall. (Compare Fig. 27.) (Forbesiocrinus nuntius. Hall, loth Rep't X. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist,, p. 124.) Distinguishing Characters. — Costals 2 x 5, increasing rap- idly in width from the radials; distichals 3 x 10 decreas- ing in width from below upwards; (ds) axillary; palmars four in one branch, seven in the next one, upper palmars axillary; strongly granu- lose or papillose surface; strong- ridge on center of plates; stout obtuse spine on center of axillary plates. Found "in the shales of the Ham- ilton group, associated with Platy- erinus eriense, Spirifer granuliferus, S. mucronatus, Strophodonta de- nrissa, Orthis penelope, and other characteristic Hamilton fossils in Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) This association suggests the Demissa bed . The description here given is con- densed from that of Hall. So far as I am aware, the species has not been Taxocrinus nuntius (1). Calyx and fragments of arms, x •-'. 3. i < (riginal.) 140 (Fig. 27) represents a calyx obtained from the Demissa bed, which is with some hesitation referred to this species. The median ridge, on the center of the plates is strong, but ill defined, and the spine of the bifurcating second costal is represented by a blunt tubercle. A small anal interradial appears on the exposed side of the specimen, and above this primary interradial. appears a secondary one. much smaller. In the original description of T. mm this Hall states . . . . . "interradial and anal plates, apparently none." From the description we may gather that the type specimen was an imperfect one, and it may have been that the azygous side, if present, was not exposed. The specimen figured is somewhat crushed and distorted. What appears to be arms of this, or a closely-related species, were obtained on a slab of shale at Section 7. from between nine and twelve feet below the Encrinal limestone. They are figured herewith. Genus AXCYROCRINUS. Hall. [Ety. : Ankara, grapnel ; Jcrinon, lily.] (15th Rep't X. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 89;) This genus was founded on what appears to be the base of a stem enlarged into a bulb, from which four ascending processes diverge, giving the whole a resemblance to an anchor. From the center the main stem ascends. Fig. 2*. Ancyro- crinus b " Ibos us. (a) Norma] speci- men w i i h spines restored: (b-g) vari- ously deformed in- dividuals: (/'. c i specimen with Hat base and four irreg- ular prongs! ; (fit) specimen with nu- rous prongs di- verging at different levels : i e. /) .speci- men with prolonged base and three prongs: [a) speci- men wi t h broken base, prongs di- verging nearly at right angles, stu- dent PalBBontolog- ical < lollect ion. Har- vard University, ( 'at. ■.':'.; . << Higinal.) 147 Ancyrocrinus bulbosus. Hall, (Fig. 28.) (loth Rep' t N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist,, p. 90. ) Distinguishing Characters.— Bulbiferous lowerend ; oblique ascending processes ; column round below, obtusely quad- rangular above. Found in the Moscow shale, three to five feet above the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 ; and also in the Demissa bed of Section 5 (rare). Crinoid Joints and Stems. (Fig. 29.) These bodies are of common occurrence. The Encrinal limestone is in places almost made up of their fragments (hence the name), though few calices have been found in that Fig. 29. Crinoid Stems, Joints and Roots, (a, b) Stems ornamented with tubercles ; (c. d) stems with ambulations ; (el joint with beveled margin; (/, go joints with three ver- tical expansions or wings : (h) part of stem, with only one joint ornamented by expansions ; u.j) smooth stems, with thick and thin joints respectively ; (fc) fragment of a large joint with a knife-edge bevel, the dotted line shows original size; (Z) a coiled stem : im-o) " roots " attached to shells, etc. (All natural size except n and o which are x 4. Original.) rock. The stems are extremely abundant in the Demissa and Stictopora beds, but are comparatively rare elsewhere. A number of species are represented, but no attempt at identification has been made. Not infrequently nodal joints occur, which have a projecting knife-edge margin (Fig. 29, A- ), and others with three projecting vertical plates. (Fig. 29, f, 148 _<,'•.) Various modes of ornamentation, such as tubercles, rings, and spinous processes, occur, though frequently the stem is quite plain. ( Fi; see. also, Fig. -JO.) Class Annelida. Mac Leay. The annelids, or typical worms, are soft-bodied, marine, fresh-water, or terrestrial animals, whose remains can seldom be preserved in a fossil state. It is only the tube-building order (IktMcola) which leaves any satisfactory remains. In these the tube is either a calcareous secretion of the animal, or it is composed of agglutinated sand and other foreign particles, being, in each case, wholly external. The peculiar bodies known as Oonodonts are supposed to be the jaws of annelids. Worm burrows are often preserved by sand or mud infiltration, a cast of the burrow appearing in the strata. Note. — The anatomy of recent worms is treated of at length in most text-books of zoology, to which the student is referred for further information. The literature on Conodonts is scattered. Pander's Monographic der Fossilen-Fische des Silurischen Systems des Russisch-Baltischen Gouv- ernements (1851), treats of them at length, they being there considered as fish teeth. A paper by Zittel and Rohen entitled " Leber Conodonten," and published in the S/'tzu iifjxht ilrht der Pxii/riscltiit Akmhiuu . U()V. ( Fig. 32.) (Compare Pal. X. Y., Vol. VI.. p. 52, Fig. 12.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters — I nif< irm cur- fig. 32. comuiitea vature of base, which makes nearly or quite hamiltonice. The type . , , . ,, ,, • ,■ c ,i specimen enlarged a- right angle with the mam portion oi the eight diameters. (Or- , igmai.) tube; uniform rounded annulations; attach- ment by whole surface. Found in the Pleurodictyum beds of Avery's ('reck. CONODONTS. Genus PRIONIODUS. Pander. [ Ety. : Priomon, small saw; odous, tooth.] (1851: Monograph, d. Foss. Fische, d. Sil. Syst, p. 28.) "Jaw" with a narrow basal portion, which supports numerous delicate denticles; and an elongated tapering- tooth, which extends below the basal portion. Prioniodus erraticus. Hinde. ( Fig'. 33A.) (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 359, PL XV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Short, narrow, slightly- arched base; larger cylindrical curved main end-tootli. projecting obliquely outward, forming an obtuse angle with base. Denticles five, small, upright. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. ( Hinde.) Prioniodus abbreviatus. Hinde. (Fig.33B.) (Quart., four. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 359, PL XV.) Fig. 33A.. erraticus, x Hinde). i after 151 Fig. 84B. Prioni mills alilut nil Ins, x 18 lal'lrr lliinli'i. Fig. 33C. Prionio- dus clavatus, x 13 (after Hinde). Distinguishing ( 'haracters. — Short, stout base; long, nearly straight, cylindrical, blunted main end-tooth ; denticles 1 \v<>, small, blunt, with knobs at their summits. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. (Hinde.) Prioniodus clavatus. Ilinde. ( Fig. :,,:,,('.) (Quart Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 360, PI. XV. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Arched , nar- row, stout base, convex in section; main central tooth straight, cylindrical, and blunted ; denticles similar to central tooth, four on one side, two on the other. Found in the Conodont bed of the Gene- see, at Section 1. (Hinde.) Upper Moscow shale, Section 1 (rare). Prioniodus angulatus. Hinde. (Fig. 33D.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 360, PI. XV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Narrow, thin, arched base, the two halves meeting at an acute angle ; m a in tooth central, long, straight, compressed, with median longitudi- nal groove; denticles, four on each side, slightly curved ; delicate and brittle. Found in the Genesee shale, at North Evans, Section 1 (?) (Hinde.) Prioniodus acicularis. Hinde. ( Fig. 33E.) Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 360, PI. XV.) I) i s t i n g u i s bin g Characters. — Wide, thin, polished and Fig. 33D. Prio- niodus angulatus, x 13 (after Hinde) (Quart. transparent, straight or slightly arched basal portion. Main I Fig. 33E. Prioniodus acicularis. Two styles of tooth near one end teetb' x 13 ca£ter Hinde)- large, slightly curved, compressed; denticles, two on one 152 side, eleven to Thirteen on t he <>t her. delicate, slender, acutely pointed, and slightly inclined. Found in the Genesee shale, at North Evans, Section 1 (? ). ( Hinde. | Prioniodus ak.matis. Hinde. (Fig. 33F.) (Quart. .lour. Geol. Soc, Vol. xxxv.. p. :;(;o. pi. XV.) Distinguishing ( 'baracters. — Nan* o w . slightly curved basa] portion; main end- tooth large, triangular, depressed convex. aiynotus, ' x l^after its anterior end produced downward into a short spur; denticles, five to eleven, straight, compressed. Found at North Evans, in the Genesee shale. Section 1 (?). (Hinde.) Prioniodus spica/tus. Hinde. (Fig. 33G. ) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Vol. XXXV., p. :\v>l, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters. — X a r - row, straight basal portion; straight or slightly curved main end-tooth, produced below in a spin-; denticles of two sizes, alternate, of variable number. Found in the Genesee shale, at North Evans, probably Section 1. ( Hinde.) Prioniodus panderi. Hinde. (Fig. 33H.) (Quart, .lour. Geol. Soc.. Vol. XXXV.,].. 361, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing ( linracters. — X a r - row base; very large, slightly curved, depressed, convex main end-tooth prolonged below into a stout, long spur, which bears what appears as bases of Four denticles; denticles six. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. (Hinde.) Fig. 33G. Prioniodus spica tus. x 13 (after Hindi'). Fig. 83H. Prioniodus pan rleri, x 13 (after Hinde). 153 Prioniodus (?) ALATU8. Hinde. (Fig. 331.) (Quart. Join-. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 361, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Base narrow, arched; large triangular, depressed, convex main end-tooth, with reentrant base; denticles five, short, blunt, indistinctly marked off from t2^rlV$£ base. , ,li,;lle,• Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. (Hinde.) Genus POLYGNATHUS. Hindi:. [Ety. : Polys, many ; gnathus, jaw.] (Quart. Jour. Geo]. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 361.) This name was proposed by Hinde for animals possessing numerous, variously-formed conodonts, and minute, tuber- culated plates. Polygnathus nrBius. Hinde. ( Fig. 84.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 362, PL XVI. ) The very variable teeth associated by Hinde under the above name (from being- found together in a patch one- fourth inch in diameter) are, by him, divided into pectinate teeth (Fig. 34, a-g), fimbriate teeth ( Fig. 34, h, i), and Fig. 34. Polygnathus dubhts. (a-g) Pectinate teeth: (h, i) fimbriate teeth; f nearly uniform width; one end abruptly contracted; crenulations (denticles) about twenty. ( Fig. 34, k. ) (B) Part of base narrow and thickened, with sometimes a, row of minute crenulations on upper edge; remainder of base small: flattened crest, with five to eight denticles. (Fig. 34, /.) Found in the Genesee shale, at North Evans. Section 1 (?). (Hinde.) Plates. — Small, elliptical, smooth-edged plates, with one surface slightly convex, bearing a longitudinal ridge, mid having a granulose surface on one side and a smooth one on the other, were found associated with the above teeth at North Evans, by Hinde. (Fig. 34, /;/. ) 1" .).) Fig. 35. Polygnathus na- sutus, x 13 (after Hinder. Polygnathus nasutus. Hinde. (Fig. 3.").) (Quart Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 364, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing ( Characters. — Narrow, elongate, straight base ; broad, flattened main tooth, projecting in a line' with the base; spur blunt, with three spines; denticles twenty, of various lengths. Found at North Evans, in the Genesee shale, at Section 1 (?). (Hinde.) Polygnathus pkinceps. Hinde. (Fig. 36.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Yol. XXXV., p. 365, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Relatively large size; narrow, elongated base; teeth similar, eleven, large, robust, some- what oval in sec- tion; longest in the *'■* renter Fig. 36. Polygnathus princeps,x 13 (after Hinde). Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. (Hinde.) Polygnathus solidus. Hinde. (Fig. 37.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 365, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Base short, very thick, wide; teeth sub-equal, short, stout, obtuse, seven to eleven, closely arranged. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. ( Hinde. ) Polygnathus crassus. Hinde. ( Fig. 38.) ( Quart Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 365, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Ch aracte rs. — N a r r o w, curved, and relatively thick base; with a prominent ridge, bearing six obtuse crenu- lations; posterior crest with two stout teeth. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1 . ( Hinde. ) *I3 Fig. 37 solidus. Hinder Polygnathus x 13 (after Fig. 38. Polygna- thus crassus, x 13 (after Hinde). 156 Fig, 39. Polygnathus pennatus, x 1 3 ( a tief Hinde). PLATES. Polygnathus pennatus. Hinde. (Fig. 39.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV.. p. 366, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Elongate, oval out- line: depressed longitudinal furrow: slender cen- tral keel, produced beyond main portion, and bearing tubercles ; lateral ridges. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1 (abundant). (Hinde.) Polygnathus tuberculatum. Hinde. ( Fig. 40.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV.. ]». 366, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing- Characters — I a >bate form: produced and tuberculated cen- tral keel : converging rows of tubercles ; reverse side smooth. c Iiatvi% lflaft^Hin'uM.'''' Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1 . ( Hinde. ) Polygnathus cristatus. Hinde. (Fig. Jl.) (Quart, Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 366, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Characters.— Oval outline, depressed convex expression: prominent cren- ulated keel; two rows of tubercles on either Poiygna- side of keel. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1. (Hinde.) Polygnathus truncatus. Hinde. (Fig. 42.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV.. ]». 366, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-tri- angular outline of plate; median keel, not extended: convex, tuberculated sur- face. Found in the Conodont bed of the Fig. 41 tli us cristatus, x 13 (after Hinde). Fig. 4-.'. Polygnathus truncatus ami /'. trunca- tus, var. x I3(after Hinde). Genesee, at Section 1. (Hinde. ) 157 Polygnathus punctatus. Hinde. (Fig. 43.) (Quart, Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 367, PL XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Flat, thin, unsym- metrical form ; keel produced, but not reaching tip fto.48. i>oiy- of plate, with two or three nodes; surface of plate tatus, x is (at . ter Hinde). minutely tuberculated. Found at North Evans, in the Genesee shale, at Section 1(?). (Hinde.) Polygnathus linguiformis. Hinde. (Fig. 44.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 367, PL XVII.) Dinting uishing Characters. — E 1 o n g a t e form ; tongue-like, deflected, transversely- ridged process; upward curving sides of plate, with central trough between; keel arising from bottom of trough, produced, with crenulated crest; lateral surfaces tuberculated. Found in the Conodont bed of the Genesee, at Section 1 (abundant). (Hinde.) Polygnathus palmatus. Hinde. (Fig. 45.) (Quart- Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 367, PL XVII.) Fig. 44. Polygna- thus linguiformis, x 13 (after Hinde). Distinguishing Characters. — U n - symmetrical, lobed outline; depressed central portion ; longitudinal and sometimes transverse keel, extending to depressed center; smooth sur- face. Found at North Evans, in the Gene- see shale (very abundant). (Hinde.) Fig. 45. Polygnathus palma- tus, x 18 (after Hinde i. Polygnathus (?) simplex. Hinde. (Fig. 46.) (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. XXXV., p. 367. PL XVII.) 158 FlG. 46. Polygnathus simplex, x 13 after Hinde). If is t ing u is h ing ( 'haracters. — Body shaped like a tenter-hook, nearly oval in sec- tion; hook pointed, opposite end smooth, pounded like an articular surface; promi- nent median ridge extending from point to opposite end. Found in the Conodont bed of the Gene- see,at Section 1 (very abundant). (Hinde.) Class Bryozoa. Ehrenberg. The Bryozoa, or Polyzoa, arc marine or fresh- water invertebrates, almost always occurring in colonies, which increase by gemmation. Each eooid of the colony is- enclosed in a membranaceous, or calcareous, double-walled sac, the zocecium, into which it can withdraw. The ani- mal possesses a mouth, an alimentary canal, and an anal opening, and, in addition to these, a fringe of respiratory tentacles — the lophophore. The colony is commonly attached to foreign bodies, which it either in- crusts or from which it arises as an independent frond. In the Paheozoic genera the cell apertures are often surrounded by elevated rims, or peristomes. In many forms a portion of the posterior wall of the tube is more or less thickened, and curved to a shorter radius, projecting often above the plane of the aperture. This forms the lunaria, and their ends may project into the tubes as pseudo-septa. In the inter- apertural space may occur angular or irregular cells, the mesopores, while on many portions of the surface, tubular spines (acanthopores), or nodes (rounded, knob-like elevations), may occur. At intervals, in many genera, rounded elevations, or monticules, are found, which may, or may not, be destitute of cells. Macula or irregular blotches, destitute of cells, also occur in many forms. Many species bear a superficial resem- blance to certain corals, particularly the Monticuliporoids. Note.— The anatomy of recent Bryozoa (Polyzoa) may be found in the text-books of zoology. An admirable and comprehensive discussion of the structural features of living Bryozoa will be found in the introduction to Simpson's "Hand-book of North American Palaeozoic Bryozoa," pub- lished in the 14th Annual Report of the State Geologist of New York, 1894. In the '•Hand-book" itself, the Palaeozoic genera are described and illustrated. Ulrich's systematic description of the Bryozoa. in Zittel's Text book of Palaeontology (Eastman's translation), will he found of great value, and also his "Palaeozic Bryozoa." (Geol. Surv. 111., Vol. VIII., 1890.) 159 Genus FENESTELLA. Miller. [Ety. : Fenestella, little window.] (1839: Lonsdale in Murchison's Sil. System, I't. II., p. 677.) Bryozoum, consisting- of a calcareous brandling frond, forming cup-shaped or funnel-shaped expansions. The branches fork, and are connected by transverse bars or dis- sepiments, thus enclosing spaces or fenestrules. The cell apertures occur on one side of the branches. They are sur- rounded by rims or peristomes, and are arranged in two parallel rows, while between them occurs a ridge (carina), or a row of nodes. Fenestella emaciata. Hall. (Fig. 47.) (36th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist,, p. 68, 41st Rep't, do., PI. Till.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large, funnel-shaped frond; longitudinal striations of branches on the non-celluliferons face, with thin, oblique dissepiments; angular character of branches, and dissepiments on celluliferous face; closely and regularly disposed cell apertures. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (common). % ""*H Fig. 47. Fenestella emaciata (from Hall), (a) Fragment of frond, reduced ; i/i) an en- largement from the non-celluliferons face, showing the striated granulose branches, and the oblique dissepiments. 4 x : (c) an enlargement from the celluliferous lace, sin .wing the form and disposition of the cell apertures, 4 x : (d) a transverse section of the branches, 4 x : (ei a lateral view of the branches, showing the dissepiments and position of the apertures. 4 x. Fenestella planiramosa. Hall. (Fig. 48.) ('Kith Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 62; Rep't State GeoL, 1887, PL I.) 160 Distinguishing ( haracters. — Apparent flat expansion of the Erond; irregula rly-forki n^- branches; slender, rather distant (2 to 5mm.) dissepiments; stri- ated branches of non-ceUuliferous face; angular branches <>)' cel- luliferous face, with sharp carina, nodes, or spinules; cell apertures in double row. except just below a fork, where three rows occur. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (rare). Fig. 48. Feneatella planiramosa The ni>n-cclliilitVr'>us ami cellulifer ous sides, x 4 Cafter Hall.) Genus LOCULIPORA. Hall. [Ety. : Loeulus, cell; poras, pore.] (1887: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI.. p. 33.) Bryozoum funnel shaped, with sinuous or zig-zag branches, which reunite at intervals, or are connected by very short dissepiments of about the same width as the brandies. The cell apertures completely surround the fenestrules; the center of the branches and dissepiments are marked by a prominent ex- panded ridge, or carina, on the cel- luliferous Face. Loculipora PERFORATA. Hall. (Fig. 41).) (36th Rep't X. V. State Mus. Nat. Hist., Fifi. 4'.t. Loculipora perforata (trow Hall-, <; 4 1 st Ken t growth: (ft) an enlargement from tne non-ceUuliferous face, ' showing the angular, sUghtly-carinated branches connected _\ \ State Mus. iiv dissepiments, 4 \: fcj an enlargement of the celluljfer- < /us face, showing the angular branches and » in- disposition Y.if- Hist I 'I \ I of the cell apertures around the fenestrules, 4 x. * * ' ' ' " '' 161 Distinguishing CIi;nncters.— Uv\ iculated aspect of fronds ; oval fenestrates; nine to ten apertures to each fenestrate, completely surrounding it. (On account of the expansion of the carina to nearly the middle of the branches, this face may appear like the non-celhiliferous face, especially when embedded in rock.) Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (common ). Genus RETEPORINA. D'Ormgny. [Ety. : Rete, net ; poros, pore. ] (1850: Prodome de Pal., T. I., p. 101.) Bryozoum fenestelloid, with sinuous and anastomosing branches. The non-celluliferous side has the appearance of a net-work, with oval fenestrates; while the celluliferous side shows sinuous branches, with a double row of apertures on each. RETEPORINA striata. (Hall.) (Fig. 50.) (6th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., p. 45, PL III. 1886.) Distinguishing Cha racters. — Reticulated appearance of frond; frequently a prominent node at point of junction of branches ; sinuous branches of celluliferous face, apparently con- nected by wide, depressed dissepiments; thin, Fl»- so. Rete- " x L port no striata. elevated and crenulated carina between aper- and "cellnitfCToua 4-,-n -oo sides, enlarged, x luleB- 4 (after Hall). Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5. Genes UN1TRYPA. Hael. [Ety.: Unus, one; try pa, perforation.] ( 1885: Rep't N. Y. State Geologist for 1884, p. 36.) Bryozoum consisting of fenestelloid fronds, with two rows of apertures, separated by a carina on the celluliferous face of each branch. The carina? are prominent, high, thick- ened near the top, and those of adjacent branches are connected by thin obliquely-placed, or abruptly-bent, trans- verse plates or sc&lae. 162 Dkitrypa bcalaris. Hall. (Fig. 51.) (6th Ann. Rep't N. V. State Geol., ]>. 60, 1886; Report of 1897. PL XI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Straight parallel and rigid branches; ladder-like appearance of carinae and scalae, the former projecting above the latter: very oblique scalae, with their summits nearest the base of the frond. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section ."> (rare). Fig. 51. Unitrypa scalar in. (a) A fragment of the carinae and scala? ; (/<> an enlargement of t tie summits of the carinae and scala?. showing nodes on the carinae. x-4 : (c) an enlargement showing very thin carinae and scalae. x 4 ; id) an enlargement, showing the under side of the carinae and scalae, x 4 : <-./ i trans- verse sections of different fronds, x X : (gri a transverse section further enlarged, showing the rhomboidal form of the branches, in section at the base, where they are connected by the tranverse dissepiment: the branches are continued upward into' the carina-, which are expanded at the summit, and connected by the transverse " scala?" from Hall. > Genus P0LYP0RA. McCoy. [Ety. : Polys, many; jwros, pore.] (1845: Carb. Foss. Ireland, p. 206.) "Bryozonm having the same manner of growth and genera] aspect as Fenestella, but having the cell apertures disposed in three or more ranges, entirely covering the cel- lnliferous face of the branches, which are without a median keel or carina." (Simpson, Pal. Bryoz., p. 502.) Polvpora multiplex. Hall. (Fig. 51A.) ( Rep't State Geol. for 1886, p. 00, ibid. 1887. PI. XL) Distinguishing Characters. — Large infundibulif< >rm fronds, with frequent longitudinal folds or undulations. Xon-celln- Hferous face; moderately slender, sharply angular, straight and rigid, or more or less zig-zag branches, with a slight carina : comparatively strong, sharply angular dissepiments, 1G3 on a plane with the branches, and slightly expanding at their junction, with a slight carina .similar to and uniting with that of the branches; elongate to broadly oval fenes- trnles; cellnliferons face; rounded character of branches t JLKJLA A 3 rm i.-ia -z3 •-■'9' ' , tz - - *^ - — ' r -*- 'j —^ ' ~ *f -1 W W" :T '-TV •K7p : ,'j - -fit., 5 " ? Fig 51A. Polypora multiplex. Portion of a frond natural size: enlargement of the non- celluliferous face, showing angular branches connected by slender dissepiments, xti; en- largement of celluliferous face, showing form and disposition of cell apertures, and the stria? or ridges between the ranges of apertures, x t> ; transverse sections of different fronds, showing variation, x 6 (from Hallj. and dissepiments, the latter slender and much depressed, obscure, and sometimes obsolete ; narrow fenestrules, adja- cent branches frequently almost or quite in contact; cell aper- tures in two to four ranges, circular or oval, closely arranged; smooth interspaces; strong elevated peristomes. Found in the Hamilton group at Alden, Erie Co. (Hall), and at Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mas. Nat. Hist., New- York.) 104 Genus RHOMBOPORA. Meek. [Syn : Orthopora. Hall. Kty. : Rhombus, rhomb; poros, pore.] (1872 Meek, Pal. Eastern Nebraska, p. 141.) Bryozoum consisting of solid branches, with cylindrical cells, which pass outward from ;ui imaginary axis ; cells with transverse plates or tabulae; apertures separated by ridges, which are often broad, and either continuous or unite to form rhombic or polygonal cell spaces. Ridges bearing short spines or nodes, and containing tubuli near the surface, from the growth of the nodes. Rhombopora (?) transversa. (Hall.) (Fig. 52.) (Pal. \. V.. Vol. VI., p. 1ST. Pis. LY., LYI.) (Simpson uses this species to illustrate the genus. See Hand-book Pal. Bryo- zoa, PI. XIX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Diameter of branches about 1.75 mm. ; oval cell apertures in longitu- dinal rows, diagonal rows, or irregularly disposed; flat or slightly concave inter- apertural space, with small, prominent nodes or granules surrounding the aper- tures; peristome prominent. Found in the "Hamilton group, at West Hamburg, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) Rhombopora polygona. (Hall.) (Not figured.) (Pal. N. V.. Vol. VI., p. 176.) Distinguishing ( naracters. — Infrequent b if urcations ; widely diverging branches with diameter of 1.25 to 1.50 mm. : oval cell apertures, alternating in adjacent rows, so as to make diagonal series at forty-five degrees to the axis; angular or rounded, granulose interspaces, with conical nodes at t he angles. Found in the "Hamilton group, West Hamburg, Erie County, \. Y." | Hall); also four to five feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 6, Eighteen Mile Creek ( pare i. Rhombopora hexagona. (Hall.) (Fig. 53.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 178, Pis. LV.. LYI. Simpson, PI. XIX., Fig. 12.) Fig. 52. Rhombopora (?) transversa. A fragment natural sizi'. and a portion of a branch enlarged, x 12 i after I [all and Simpson). 1 65 I Fig. 53. hexagona Rhombopora Fragment natural size, and a por- tion enlarged, x 12 (after Hall and Simpson). N. Y. (Hall.) ) (Pal. Distinguishing Characters. — Rhombic or hexagonal outline of the cell spaces; areas surrounding the cell apertures (vestibular area) smaller than in preceding species; nodes at angles absent ; granules fewer and more prominent than in preceding species. Found in the "Hamilton group, Eighteen Mile Creek, Shore of Lake Erie, Erie County Rhombopora reticulata. (Hall.) ( Fig N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 179, Pis. LY., LYI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Infrequent bifurcations; rhomboidal cell spaces ; oval apertures; rather small vestibular areas; dividing ridge angular, with a row of minute granules along the crest and prominent spin- ules at the intersections. Found in the "Hamilton group, West Hamburg, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) Rhombopora tortalinea. (Hall.) (Fig. N. Y., Vol. YI., p. 180, PI. LVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Somewhat sinu- ous growth ; infrequent bifurcations ; branches with diameter of .60 to .75 mm., and frequently diverging at an angle of ninety degrees; oval 1 . , _ . _ . . Fig. 55. Rhom- apertures more or less regularly disposed m nine bopom tortau- r . o J I nea^ x vz (after or ten longitudinal rows, separated by rounded, Han and simP- sinuous, or twisted ridges, bearing small nodes. Found in the "Hamilton group, Hamburg-on-the-Lake, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) Rhombopora lineata. (Hall.) (Fig. 56.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 181, Pis. LY., LVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Branches often diverging at angles of ninety degrees, diameter about .6 mm.; elongate, oval, distant, cell apertures, disposed in eight or nine longitu- dinal and parallel rows; thin, scarcely ele- vated, peristome; prominent granulose ridges between the Fig. 54. Rhombopora reticulata. Fragment natural size, and a por- tion enlarged, x 12 (af- ter Hall and Simpson). 55.) (Pal. Fig. 56. Rhom- bopora lineata. Natural size, and enlarged, x 12 (after Hall and Simpson). m 166 rows; ridges more prominent and straight than in the preceding. Found in the "Hamilton group, West Hamburg, Erie County. X. V." (Hall, explanation of plates. ) Rhombopora [MMErsa. Hall. (Fig. 57.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VI.. p. is.!. PI. LVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — < )val. alternat- ing apertures, disposed in longitudinal rows; obsolete peristomes; prominent longitudinal f it* ridges, slightly narrower than cell apertures; i •■„. 57. Rhombo- comparatively prominent node, and shallow i.ihii ,1,1,11, is, I . X ., / v ,. ■■ ia (after Mali and pit at base of each aperture. Found in the " Hamilton group, West Ham- burg, ErieCounty, X. V." (Hall, explanation of plates.) Genus ACAXTHOCLEMA. Hall. ( Kiv. : Acantha, spine: klema, twig.] (1887: Pal. X. Y., Vol. VI.. p. 72.) Bryozoum consisting of slender branches, with cylindrical cells arising from a filiform axis at the center of the branch. The oval cell apertures are in longitudinal or diagonally intersecting rows, with ridges between. Xodes or spines commonly occur. When hollow spines occur between the apertures, the space below is occupied by tubuli. ACANTHOCLEMA SCUTULATUM. Hall. (Fig. 58.) (Pal.X.Y.. Vol. VI.. p. 190, Pis. LY.. LVI.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters. — Ridges unite between cell apertures; vestibular area rhomboided; at intersections of ridges are prominent conical hollow nodes: when worn or macerated, a crescentic opening appears at baseofeach aperture; branches :/^J""i.>;;:/;;;;; diverging at angle of sixty to ninety de- of tin- natural size; en- ■• i r-/-. ,,.-nt of a perfect grees; diameter about . <0 mm. upecimen.and of a slight- f, , . . IT .. »»T If macerated si imen, round 111 the "Hamilton gTOUp, W est showing nodes and pits between the apertures Hamburg, Erie County. X. I. (Hall.CX- (after Hall and Simp & planation of plates. ) 167 Genus STREBLOTRYPA. Ulrich. [Ety. : Strebhs, turned about; trypa, opening.] (1890: Geo. Surv. 111., Vol. VIII., p. 403.) Bryozoum resembling Rhombopora in structure and form, but having angular pits between the ends of the apertures, and irregular cells, or mesopores, in the inter-apertural spaces. Streblotryfa hamiltonense. (Nicholson.) (Fig. 59.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 191, PI. LV.) Distinguishing Characters. — "Cells tubular, arising from a filiform axis at the center of the branch . . . ' [This char- acter would place the species under Acan- thoclema (Hall), under which genus it was described in Vol. VI., Pal. N. Y.] ; oval cell apertures in longitudinal parallel rows, often alternating, separated by prominent longi- tudinal ridges ; ridges usually slightly sinu- ous; two angular pits between apertures. Found in the "Hamilton group, West Hamburg, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) Found also at Avery's Creek, in the shale below the Trilobite beds (rare). Fig. 59. Streblotrypa hamiltonense. Natu- ral size, and fragment enlarged, x 12 (after Hall and Simpson). Genus FISTULICELLA. Simpson. [Ety.: Fistula, pipe; cella, cell.] (1894: 14th Rep't N. Y. State Geol., p. 606.) "The manner of growth and general appearance is the same as that of Lichenalia, but the cells are circular and without pseudosepta or lunaria." (Type F. plana. Hall.) Fistulicella plana. Hall. ( Fig. 60. ) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 215, PI. LVI1I.) Distinguishing Characters. — Thin, lam- ellate expansions, incrusting or free; cir- cular apertures, regularly or irregularly disposed ; circular or elongate, depressed maculae, without cells; adjacent apertures slightly larger than those on genera 1 surface. x/2 Fig. 60. Fistulicella planet. Enlargement of a portion ol the sur- face, x 12 (after Hall and Simpson). 168 A single fragmenl of ;i free frond was found in the Demissa bed of Sec1 ion 5, a1 Eighteen Mile Creek. Genus FISTULIPORINA. Simpson. [ Ety. : Fistula, pipe ; p&ros, pore.] (1894: 14ili Rep'l X Y. State Geol., p. 555, PI. XXI.) Bryozoum consistingof Free or incrusting flat and spreading fronds, or of masses made up of successive layers. The cells are tubular and open by circular or oval apertures, which are furnished with granular or spinulose rims or peristomes, and are irregularly disposed. The space between the cells is eupied below by irregular vesicles and near the top by irregularly superimposed • vesicles, or by mesopores with tabulae. Space between apertures occupied by angular pits, and often, also, by nodes or spines. Base covered by strong epitheca. The genus differs from Fistulipora in its circular cell apertures, 'and in the absence of pseudosepta and lunaria." Dlrich's genus Cyclotrypa, published in Zittel's Pal.eon- tology (Eastman's translation), p. 2(59, is a synonym. Simpson's name having priority according to the date on the title page. FlSTULlPOBINA SCROBICULATA. (Hall.) (Fig. 61.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. VI.. p. 212, Pi. LVIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Cell apertures distant from each other something more than their diameter; strong granulose peristomes; large mesospores, frequently equal to cell- apertures, with slightly elevated margins; huge sterile ( poreless I blotches or maculae, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, occur at intervals: FlO. 61. Fistulipo- rtno scrobicuiata. adjacent apertures not larger than others. A portion '>f ill'- sur- i tr o • ,"M^'a!;;i ^imii" Found in the "Hamilton group. Eighteen MileCreek, ErieCounty, X. V." ( Ball.) FlSTULIPORINA SEGREGATA. (Hall.) (Fig. 62.) (Pal. \. V.. Vol. VII.. p. 219, PI. LIX.) x/t 169 X/2 Fig. 62. Fistulipo- rina segregate. A por- tion of the surface en- larged, x 12 i after Hall and Simpson). Distinguishing Characters.— T 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 ; 1 1 i icl- late expansion of fronds; under surface with thin epitheca; broadly oval or circu- lar, irregularly disposed, cell apertures; interspaces equal to or greaterthan diame- ter of aperture; strong, distinct, smooth peristome; comparatively large mesoporcs in two or three series between apertures, their margins lower than the peristomes; low. rounded monticules, destitute of cell apertures in their center. Found in the "'Hamilton group, at Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County, X. Y.," also "West Hamburg, Erie County, N.Y." (Hall.) Fistuliporina micropora. (Hall.) (Fig. 63.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. VI., p. 220, Pis. LVIL, LIX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Thin, lamellate expansion of frond, incrusting crinoid stems, etc.; vesiculose intercellular tissue; broadly oval to nearly circular irregularly disposed cell apertures, with thin, smooth peristomes, ranging from con- tact to a cell-diameter apart ; minute meso- pores (about ten in space of 1 mm.) in one, rarely two, series between apertures, their margins equal in elevation to the peri- stomes; general delicate appearance of surface of frond. Found in the " Hamilton group, at Eight- een Mile Creek, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall); and also in the "Hamilton group, at West Hamburg, Erie County, X. Y." (Explanation of plates.) Fistdliporina minuta. (Rominger.) (Fig. (54.) (Pal. N. Y, Vol. VI., p. 222, PL LIX.) Distinguishing Characters.— Thin, lamellate expansion of frond, which is free or incrusting; very thin, concentrically wrinkled epitheca; irregularly disposed, comparatively large vesicles occupying the intercellular space; oval to obscurely Fig. 63. Fistulipo- rina micropora. Part of surface enlarged, x 12 (after Hall and Simp- son;. 170 Bub-polygonal irregularly disposed cell apertures, with moderately strong nodose or spinulose peri- stomes; mesopores with marginsof same height asthe peristomes, with km: ci FixtvMporina minvta. minute nodes at the angles; low Portion of surfa alargea, x is <=> (aft.-r naii and Simpson) rounded monticules, witli apertures and mesopores like those on the rest of the frond. Found in the •■Hamilton group, at West Hamburg, Erie County. X. Y." ( Hall, explanation of pjates. ) FlSTULIPORINA DIGITATA. ( Hall. ) ( Fig. 65. ) ( Pal. X. '*. .. Vol. VL.p. 229, PI. LIX.) Distinguishing Characters— Thin, lamellate expansion of incrusthui- frond: finger-like growth (digitate expansion): V..^^^>i closely and irregularly (sometimes qtoseil oval Dth, slightly minute mesopores. ■if :■&¥!$* '. usually in a single series between aper- Fl(i. 85. Fixtxlipiiruta iliqi . , , tote. Portion of the surface tares: numerous strong conical nodes. enlarged, x i* (after Hall ami Simpson). occupying places oi mesopores. Found in the ••Hamilton group, at West Hamburg, Erie County, X. V." (Hall.) Genus PALESCHARA. Hall. [Ety. : Paiaios, ancient; escluira, scar; Eschara, a genus of Bryozoa.] (1872: 26th Ann. Rep't X. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 107.) "Zoarium consisting of thin expansions incrusting other bodies. Cells polygonal, in contact, with frequent maculae (or monticules) of larger cells." (Hall. Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VI.. p. xviii.) Paleschara [NTERCELLA. Hall. (Notfigured.) (3d Ann. Rep'1 X. Y. State Geol., p. 5.) Distinguishing Characters.— Extremely thin, incrusting corals, etc.: cells in contact, irregularly or diagonally dis- posed : quadrangular, square, or oblong, smaller interstitial cells; broad, slightly elevated monticules, with larger cells 171 in the center; triangular spinules at angles of cell rims. sometimes on sides. Found in the Demissa and Sfcictopora beds, at Section 5. Paleschara reticulata. Hall. (Fig. 66.) (3d Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geo!., p. 6. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Thin incrustation ; pentagonal, hexago- nal, or quadrangular cells, .35 mm. in diameter, in contact, and vari- ously disposed ; general appearance „£ r„ „tv x* l x x Fig. 66. Paleschara reticulata. OI Surface Often retlClllate; llimute A frond encrusting a coral; natural ....i n x-i a i* size, and a portion of the surface interstitial Cells ; mOlltlCUleS 4 OI* O enlarged, showing the monticules. From the Demissa bed. (Original.) mm. distant; central space with cells .45 or .50 mm. in diameter; marginal spinules in well- preserved specimens. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5. Paleschara amplectens. Hall. (Not figured.) (3d Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., p. 7. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Extremely thin incrustation, commonly on crinoid stems; quadrangular to hexagonal cells, 2 mm. in diameter; minute marginal nodes or spin- ules ; no monticules or maculae, but cells all of same size. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (rare). Genus LICHENALIA. Hall. [Ety. : From resemblance to a lichen.] (1852: Pal. N. Y., Vol. II., p. 171.) Zoarium massive, or growing in circular or flabellate expansions, eelluliferous on one side, the other covered with an epitheca. Cells arising from the epitheca, with transverse tabulae, and circular or trilobate, sometimes operculate, apertures, which are often denticulate, and have the pos- terior portion of the peristome arched and elevated. Space between apertures smooth. Intercellular spaces vesicular. Lichexalia stellata. Hall. (Fig. 66A.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. VI., p. 195, PL LVIII.) 172 Distinguishing Characters. — Free or Lncrusting lamellate expansions, or masses, formed by superposition of successive Cr t layers of growth; tubular cells, «& e «->. C%'.&%± recumbent for a short distance, but chiefly al right angles or oblique to 1 or nearly circular , usually a little ob- que to me surface; prominent f"$&^& rounded monticules, bearing an elongate depression m the center, which is destitute of cells ; large cell apertures adjacent to the depres- sions; radiating rows of apertures, '","'"« giving the monticules a stellate surface enlarged, xo & o appearance. Found in the Demissa bed of Section-") (massivespecimens). mm ^tPk Fig. 66A. Portion of the l.'itt.-r Hall and Simpson), Genus STICTOPORA. Hall. (1847: Pal. N. Y., Vol. I., p. TS.) [Ety. : 8ticto8, punctured ; poi'os, pore.] Bryozoum consisting of thin, flat branches with a lenticu- lar cross-section, and attached by a spreading base to for- eign objects. Cells in two series, separated by a median wall or mesotheca, each series having its apertures on one of the flat sides. Margin without cells. Stictopoka incisurata. Hall. (Fig. 67.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VI., p. 241, PL LX.) Distinguishing Ch arac- ters. — Elongate oval to nearly circular apertures in longitudinal diverging lines, increasing by interstitial ad- ditions; marginal apertures largest; peristomes strong; I H. 67. Stictopora incisurata. Natural Size and a portion i-nlaiK,,'l latter Hall and Bimpson 173 Fio. 68. Stictopora sinuosa. Portion of surface enlarged, x 18 (after Hall and Simpson). ranges of apertures separated by longitudinal ridges, which often continue out on the non-eelluliferous spaces. Found in the Enerinal limestone (rare); in the Stictopora bed, at Section 5, etc. (abundant) ; in the Demissa bed (com- mon) ; in the shale down to and in the Plenrodictium beds and the shales below, at Sections 5 to 8; and on the Lake Shore and in Avery's Creek (often abundant). Stictopora. sinuosa. Hall. (Fig. 68.) ( Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 247, PI. LXI.) Distinguish ing Chara cters. — Broad- ly oval to nearly circular, distant, apertures; strong peristomes, more elevated on posterior part; strong, sinuous interrupted ridges between the apertures. Found two feet below lowest Trilo- bite bed, in Avery's Creek (one specimen). Stictopora kecta. Hall. (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 253.) (Not figured. ) Distinguishing Ch a r a c - ters. — Width of branches from 1 to 1.25 mm.; paral- lel margins ; no expansion before bifurcating; narrow or obsolete non-cellulif- erous space; bifurcations at intervals of about 6 mm., branches diverging at angle of forty-five degrees; oval apertures in five or six paral- lel longitudinal rows, sepa- rated by less than length of apertures; prominent gran- ulose or nodulose ridges separating rows, equal in width to apertures, and fre- quently obscuring them; numerous irregularly disposed granules. m,m IP* ■fp^'Sr- r # .v Fig. 69. Stictopora palmipes. Natural size, and a portion enlarged, x 18 (after Hall and Simpson). 174 Found in the "Hamilton group, at West Hamburg, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) Stictopora palmipes. Hall. (Fig. 69.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 255, PI. LX.) Distinguishing Characters— SmaX] size; intermediate, lat- eral, palmate branches orlobed expansions between regular bifurcations, not over 1.50 mm. long by 1 mm. wide; oval apertures; slight peristomes; strongly nodose longitudinal i idges. Found in the "shales of Hamilton group, at West Ham- burg, ErieCounty, X. V." (Hall, type.) Stictopora permarginata. Hall. (Fig. 70.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. VI.. p. 258, PL LXIII.) Dis ( inguish ing ( 'hara cters — Xa rro w or obsolete non-celluliferous margins; oval cross-section; thick peristomes of* irregularly scattered apertures; absence of ridges. Found in the ''Hamilton group, at Fig. 70. Stictopora per- West Hamburg, Erie CoUlltv, X. V." margtnata. Portion en o» * > larged, x 18 (after Hall and |I4.,U fVnp 1 Simpson). I11'"1' l.N llcv Gems TiENIOPORA. Nicholson. [Ety. : Tairda, ribbon: poros, pore.] (1874: Geol. Mag. Loud. N. S., Vol. I., p. 120.) Brvozoum consisting of narrow flattened branches, which are often rhombic in cross-section. Cells on both sides, with pounded apertures. In the center there is usually a promi- nent longitudinal keel, while the cell apertures are more prominenl than in Stictopora. T.KMoroiiA exigua. Xicholson. (Fig. 71.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. VI., p. 263, PI. LXII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Comparatively wide non- celluliferous margin; strong central, and similar lateral (branch) ridges: minute circular apertures; prominent peri- ls tomi it: Found at "West Hamburg, Erie County." (Hall.) Found also in the Stictopora and De- missa beds, at Sec- tion 5, Eighteen Mile Creek (rare). Kate " Fig. 71. Tceniopora exigua. Natural size, and a portion enlarged, x 0 (after Hall and Simpson.). Genus ACROGENIA. Hall. [Ety. : Akros, sharp; genea, growth.] (1881: Trans. Albany Inst., Vol. X., p. 193.) "Zoarium" (Bryozoum) ''ramose, proliferous; consisting of flattened branches, two proceeding from the truncate termination of the previous one, and continuing growth in the same manner. Branches striated below, flattened and cell ulifer ous above. Inter- cellular structure vesiculosa Apertures arranged in longi- tudinal rows." (Hall, Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. xx.) ACROGENIA PRO LIFER A. Hall. (Fig. 72.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 267, PI. LXIII.) Bis tinguish ing Ch a ra cters — Peculiar growth and jointage ; small circular apertures; weak peristomes; prominent luna- ria ; continuous ridges separat- ing apertures. Found in the " Hamilton group, Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall, explanation of plates. ) Fig. "i~. Acrogenia prolifera. Natural size, and a portion enlarged, x 6 (after Hall and Simpson). 17G I ii. ;:', Ptilodictya plumen Nat- oral si/.i'. and portion of Burface ftn- larged i after Hall and Simpson;. 73. (Pal. X. V., Genus PTILODICTYA. Lonsdale. [Ki'v. : Ptilon, feather; dictyon, net.] (1839: Murchison's Silurian System, p. 676.) "Zoarium" (Bryozoum) "pointed below, articulating into a spreading base; above, ;i leaf-like expansion, which is sometimes lobed at the distal extremity, celluliferous on both faces, divided by a mesial lamina. Margin without cells. Apertures circular or subquadrate. No in- tercellular tissue although some species show minute interaper- tural pits or tubuli on the sur- fa,ce of the stipe." (Hall. Pal. \". V.. Vol. VI.. pp. xix.. xx.) Ptilodictya plumea. Hall. ( Fi; Vol. VI.. p. 271. PL LXI.) Distinguishing Characters.— Flattened wedge-shaped form ; circular or broadly oval apertures; obsolete peristomes ; ele- vated, granulose, interapertural space: low convex monti- cules, with somewhat larger apertures; striated cylindrical basal portion. Found at " Hamburg -on -the -Lake, Erie County, X. V.*' (Hall): and in the Demissa bed, ;it Section 5, in Eighteen Mile ('reek (rare). Genus GLAUCONOME. Goldfuss. [Ety. : Mythological name. ] dS-,'6: Petrefacta Germanic, Vol. I., p. 100.) " Zoarium consisting of a main stem orrachis, from which proceed simple lateral branches at regular intervals, and occasionally branches hav- ing the same manner of growth as the primary „„ pachis; celluliferous on one side, (ell apertures s Fie. 74. Gl , onome i "> nm ta Eniwged, xfl m t wo ranges, oiten separated bya longitudinal er Hall aud .. TT .. , . .. .. .. . frT . Simpson). carina. ( Hall. \K,\\. .\. l .. vol. V I., p. xxiv. ) 177 Glauconome carinata. Hall. (Fig. 74.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 278, PI. LXVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; broad central rachis; thin, short, lateral branches; flattened, non-cellulif- erons face, with three prominent ridges or carina-; circular apertures; comparatively strong peristomes; prominent carina between ranges of apertures. Found in the "Hamilton Group, in Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall, type. ) Genus BOTRYLLOPORA. Nicholson. [Ety. : Botryllos, cluster; poros, pore.] (1874: Geol. Mag. N. S., Vol. I., p. 160.) Bryozoum consisting of small discoidal bodies, which occur either singly or in clusters, and adhere to foreign bodies by their under surface, which is covered by a con- centrically wrinkled epitheca. The cells are tubular and rectangular to the surface, in double rows, forming radi- ating ridges. Central de- pressed space of the body non-celluliferous. BoTRYLLOPORA SOCIALIS. Nicholson. (Fig. 75.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI., p. 282, PI. LXIY.) Distinguishing C 'h a rac- ters. — Alternate ridges ex- tending to central area, others one-half to two-thirds that distance; minute circular apertures often in contact or inosculating. Found in the shale below the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Creek, and on the Lake Shore (not common). Bemissa bed, at Section 5 (rare). Fig. 75. Botryllopora social is. Portion of a colouy enlarged (afttr Hall and Simpson). ITS Genus REPTAR1A. Rolle. I Ivi'v. : Eepto, to creep.] (1851: Leonhard and Bronn, Neues Jahrbuch, p. 180.) Bryozoum creeping and adher- ing to foreign bodies. A central stem or rachis gives off lateral tabes, and at irregular intervals, branches. The lubes are slightly sinuous and nearly parallel with the rachis below, but farther up they diverge more and more. Rep t a r i a s t o l o n i f e r a . Iiolle. (Fig. 7<>.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI, p. 274, PI. LXV.) Distinguishing- Characters. — Incrusting habit; equal lateral tubes, of similar length; slight annulations of tubes; last cell terminal. Found in the Demissa bed, at Fig. 76. Reptaria stolonifera. Frond Section 5, attached to ail Ol'tho- incruBting Orthoceras, natural siz^- ; and a portion enlarged, x (i (after Hall ceras ( Olie specimen ). ami Simpson). Genus HEDERELLA. Hall. [Ety. : Hedera, ivy.] (1881: Trans. Albany Inst.. Vol. X., p. 1!)4.) "Zoarium parasitic, consisting of a, filiform tubular axis, with opposite or alternate lateral budding of simple tubular cells; also of lateral extensions, continuing in the same manner of growth ;is the initial axis." Hedebella canadensis. (Nicholson.) (Fig. 77.) (Pal. N. V.. Vol. VI.. p. 277, PI. LXV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Sub-cylindrical cell tubes, transverse section oval; lubes usually alternating; tubes either in contacl with main axis, or diverging from it; general prolific development of tubes. 170 Found incrusting brachio- pods, in the shale four feet below the lowest Trilo- bate bed, in Avery's Ravine (rare). Hederella filiformis. (Billings.) (Fig-. 77 A.) (Au- lopora filiformis. Billings, Can. Journ., Vol. IV., p. 119. Pal. N. Y., Vol. VI.. p. 278, PL LXV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Parasitic p r o c u m bent habit ; attached for its entire length ; elongate sub-cylin- drical primary axis, with lat- eral simple tubular cells, and occasionally tubular branches; sinuous or tortuous character of cells, with apertures abruptly turned outwards; cell tubes of greater diameter and less length than H. cana- densis. Found the Hamilton Creek. (Coll. Am. Mas. Nat. Hist, New York.) Fig. 77. Hederella canadensis. A frond natural size, and a portion enlarged, x 12 (after Hall and Simpson). incrusting shells and corals in group of Eighteen Mile Fig 77A. Hederella filiformis. Natural size and enlarged, x 6 ( after Hall and Simpson). Class Brachiopoda. Cuvier. The Brachiopoda are marine animals, sparingly represented in the modern seas, but most prolifically developed in the Palaeozoic and early Mesozoic waters. The soft parts are enclosed in a bivalve shell, for which reason they are often, though erroneously, classed with the Mol- lusca, their true affinities being decidedly with the worms and Polyzoa. The valves of the brachiopod shell are dorsal and ventral, and not right and left as in the lamellibranch Mollusca ; they are unequal, and each one is symmetrical with reference to a median line ( longitudinal axis) drawn through its apex. The larger valve (in most species) has its beak variously truncated, or furnished with an opening or foramen, for the ISO emission of the fleshy "pedicle" by means of which the animal fixes Itself in rocks, shells, or other substances. * Certain genera, such as Crania, do not conform to this general method of fixation, but cement their shell directly to the foreign object, while others, e. g., Pholidops, appear to have led a free existence. In many of t lie discinoid <_rcnera. such as Orbiculoidea, etc., the pedicle passed through an opening in the lower valve; while in Lingula, the pedicle protruded between the two very nearly equal valves. In all cases the valve giving emission to the pedicle is spoken of as the pedicle valve (ventral valve of many authors, dorsal valve of some). The opposite valve in the more specialized genera bears on its interior two short processes, or crura, which arise from the hinge plate. To these may be attached a calcareous " brachidium," which functions as a support for the delicate flesh}' "arms." In a large number of forms this brachidium is absent, and the fleshy arms are directly supported by the crura, but their relation to the valve in question is similar to that obtain- ing in the brachidium-bearing forms. This valve is designated the "brachial" valve (dorsal valve of many authors, ventral valve of some). In all the forms in which the valves are articulated with each other (Brachiopoda articulata) such articulation is produced by teeth arising from the pedicle valve, and lodged in .sockets in the brachial valve. The beak of the brachial valve is commonly furnished with a more or less pronounced " cnriUiuil proas*," which, at its free end, presents a surface for the attachment of the diductor, or opening muscles, the opposite ends of which are attached near the center of the pedicle valve, where they often leave pronounced scars. A contraction of these muscles pulls on the cardinal process, which pull, as it is exerted behind the plane of articulation, will draw the beak of the brachial valve toward the interior of the pedicle valve, and thus cause a separation of the valves at the front or opposite end from the beak. Adductor muscles passing from valve to valve, and also commonly leaving scars, close the valves again. f Below the cardinal process, and often merged with it, is an elevated hinge- plate, whose surface often serves for muscular attachment. Beneath the beak of each valve frequently occurs a Hat "cardinal iirm," bounded above by the cardinal slopes, and below by the articulating margin or 7iingt line. This area is commonly divided in the center by a triangular fissure (delthyrium in the pedicle valve, and cliilyrium in the brachial valve). This occurs also in genera where no "area" is present, e. ".'., Cryptonella, Athyris, etc. It is commonly covered either by a Bingle plate, or by two plates which join in the center. These are the deltidium or pedicle plate in the pedicle valve, when single, or the deltidial plates, when double, and the chilidium in the brachial valve.} ' This Foramen frequently becomes obsolete in mature or old shells by the deposition ot ndarj calcareous material below it. * In the Inarticulate genera, i. e., Lingula, Orbiculoidea, etc., a more complicated muscu- lystem exists, by means of which the valves can be partially rotated, and thus separated. J in Orbiculoidea the triangular Assure is a feature of early growth only, being in the later stages closed below by the growth of the shell. A secondary plate, or " Itsfriuin," ale vers the aperture beneath tin- beak 181 -D The important surface features of the shell are: the lines of growth, the radiating plications or striatimis, Wwfolil or medial elevation, and the sinttH or medial depression, the fold commonly occurring in the brachial, and the sinus in the pedicle, valve. The following diagram represents the principal features of the shell, and gives its orientation. Note. — For an account of the anatomy of the ani- mal, any text-book of zoology may be consulted. Zittel's text-book of Pahe- ontology (Eastman's trans- lation) is standard. For the best account of the animal and the shell, as well as detailed descrip- tions of the genera, the student is referred to the .,],„.• ol.i. .,„ i i.„„i. „f Fig. 78. Diagram of Spirifer. (A, B) Longitudi- aumirauie uauu-uooK. oi nai axjs marking the height :( C\ Z> ) Transverse axis the Brachiopoda, by Hall marking the width: ( B) anterior (front )end; (A J pos- . terior or beak end ; ( ar. \ cardinal area ; ( b ) beak and Clarke, entitled "An i or umbo i ; (Br.) brachial valve ; ( car. si. ) cardinal intrnrliiftimi tr, Hie Qtn.lv slopes ;( ce > cardinal extremities ;( del.) delthy riura ; introduction to tne siuuj ( /c/. , mesial fold of brachial valve ; ( hg. ) hinge-line : of the Brachiopoda," and ( Ped.) pedicle valve ; (pi.) plications;, [si.) mesial sinus of pedicle valve. (^Original.) published in the reports of the State Geologist of New York, for 1891 and 1893. Vol. VIII. , Pts. I. and II., of the Palaeontology of New York, should also be w-ithin the reach of the student. The specific descriptions will nearly all be found in Vol. IV. of the Palaeontology of New York, and for a more detailed study that volume should be consulted. For classification, synouomy, and distribution consult "A Synopsis of American Fossil Brachiopoda," by Charles Schuchert. Bull. 87, U. S. G. S. In the preparation of the following brief descriptions the above-named sources have largely been drawn upon. BRACHIOPODA INARTICULATA. Genus LINGULA. Bruguiere. [Ety. : Lincjula, a little tongue.] (1789: Hist. Natur. des Vers Testaces. 1892: Vol. VIII., Pt. I., p. 2.) Pal. N. Y., Shell with the valves nearly equal, and varying in outline from elongate-ovate to sub-triangular, always longer than wide. Valves arched. Animal attached by a long, muscular pedicle, which protrudes from between the beaks of the two Aralves. 182 Fk; :u L nijula leano Ventral valve, Datura sizi- i from Mali >. Lingula (Glossina) leana. Hall. (Fig. 79.) (Pal. \. Y.. Vol. IN'., p. (.». PI. II. i Distinguishing Characters.— Size: robust cha meter; pointed posterior (beak) end, with sides gradually sloping outward for two-thirds the length; rounded anterior end; Rome- what greater convexity near the beak than near the front; fine concentric growth lines and occasionally faint radiat- ing lines. This species was found at Section 7. between eight and fourteen feet, and at twenty feet, below the Encrinal limestone. Measurements. — 12 by 9 mm., also 13 mm. bv 10 mm. in greatesl length and width. Lingula delia. Hall. ( Fig. 80.) ( Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV.. ].. 12, PI. II.) Distinguishing Characters. — Length about twice the width; abruptly sloping cardinal margins; gently curving sides: rounded front; fine lines of growth, and ^-"- '■■-''' occasionally coarser concentric lines: a Pra.w. unmdafciia. median longitudinal depression appears in Natural size From Hall). to i I ' one valve, marking the position of a septum. Found in the Demissa bed. at Section 5 : ten feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7: and twenty-five feet below the Encrinal limestone, in Idlewood Ravine. Lingula spatul ata. Vanuxem. (Fig. 81.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 13, PI. I.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size, spatu- late Form; general form and proportions similar to preceding, but very much smaller; outline somewhat variable: occasionally acutely pointed ; fine concentric growth-lines; occasional faint radiat ing stria1. Found in the Upper Naples (Gardeau) shales on Hie Lake Shore: in the Lower Naples I ig 81 Lm- ipih, i„it ni, ,/,, . Enlarged, x i. Genesee shale. '< iriginal. i 18 Q (Cashaqua) shales, at Section 1 ; in the Genesee shale, at Sections 1 and 2, and on the Lake Shore; in the Styliolina band, at Sections 1, 2, 3; in the Demissa bed, ;ii Sect ion 5; and between twelve and fourteen feet below the Fncrinal limestone, at Section 7. Measurements of a very large individual were 6 mm. long- and 3.5 mm. wide. Usually they are much smaller. Genus ORBICULOIDEA. D'Orbigny. [Ety. : Orbicula, a genus; aides, like.] (1850: Prodr. de Paleont, T. I., p. 44. 1893: Pal. X. V., Vol. VIII., Pt. L, p. 120.) Shell varying from nearly circular to almost elliptical in outline, the valves unequal; apices eccentric; lower (pedicle) valve hat, or nearly so; a narrow pedicle furrow passes backward from just behind the beak, and ends near the margin in a short tubular sipho, which penetrates the shell and emerges on the inner sides, near the margin ; upper (brachial) valve conical, apex directed backwards; surface marked by concentric lines of growth; shell substance partly corneous. Orbiculoidea media. Hall. (Fig. 82.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. IV., p. 20, PI. II. Discinn media,. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Size; broadly elliptical or nearly circular outline ; depressed brachial valve, with apex at one-third the distance from the pos- terior margin; pedicle furrow commonly ,. in the longitudinal axis; fine regular Surface Stride. FiG, g2 Orbiculoidea Found in the upper Moscow shales ^;nBtfg (transition shales), at Section 3; in the HallK middle Moscow (0. media) bed, at Sections 4 and 5; at ten feet below, and between fourteen and seventeen feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7; and in the Modiomor- pha subalata bed, on the Lake Shore. Orbiculoidea doria. Hall. (Fig. 83.) ( Pal. X. Y.. Vol. IV., p. 19, PI. II.) 184 (Fig. 84.) (Pal. Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-circu- lar or oblate outline; greater transverse diameter; convex brachial valve, with apex near the margin; Hat or concave pedicle valve with large oval pedicle groove; and Hue concentric striae, with f..;. bs orhir,,!,,,,!,,, occasionally coarser wrinkles. dona. Several attached shells cfrom Hull). Found in the middle Moscow (Orbicu- loidea ) bed. al Sections 4 and 5. ORBICULOIDEA lodiensis. Vanuxem. \. V.. Vol. IV.. p. -2-2. PI. II.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters — -Broadly oval-ovate outline : narrower posterior end; low brachial valve, with minute eccentric apex: linear pedicle groove extending more than half way from apex to margin in pedicle valve: concentric stria*. and faintradiat- ing folds or undulations on the anterior half of the shell. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5; the Pleurodictyum bed, at Wanakah Cliff; the Nautilus bed, in Avery's Ravine. It is rare in all. Measurements: <"> mm. by 5 mm. in length and width. Flo. 84. Orbicu- loidea lodiensis. Brachial valve, Demissa bed, x 2%. (Original/) Genus SCHIZOBOLUS. Ulrich. [Ety. : Schiza, a cleft ; obobix, a genus.] (1886: Contributions \<> American Palaeontology, Vol. I., p. 25, PI. III. Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VIII.. Pt. I., p. 87.) Shell oval, valves slightly unequal, margins thickened; pedicle valve with a notch in the posterior margin; shell substance largely corneous. Muscular callosities of pedicle valve on each side of a median ridge with narrow curved lateral se.-irs. brachial valve without the scars, but with thickened bund just within posterior margin. SCHIZOBOLl s TRUNCATUB. Hall. ( Fig. 85. I ( Discina tl'UIl- cata. Ball. Pal. X. V., Vol. IV.. p. 2:\. Pis. I. and II.) Distinguishing Characters. — Abruptly rounded or trun- cate posterior margin; apices of both valves near posterior 185 margin ; marginal Fig. 85. Schizobolus truncatus. Interiors of pedicle and notch in pedicle (lower) valve; and concentric striae. Found i n t h e fig. «5. Schizobolus truncatus. Interiors or pecli black X('ll)leS Shales brachial valves, showing median septum Hanked by callosity 1 ' in each; exterior of pedicle valve, x 2%, upper Moscow o +• Stur2"eOn Point * (transition) Shales; eighteen Mile Creek. (Original.) in the upper Moscow shales (transition beds) and down to four feet from the top, at Sections 1, 2, 3, 4; and in the Orbieuloidea media bed of the middle Moscow shale, at Sec- tions 4 and 5. Measurements. — Length G.2 mm.; width 5.7 mm. average. Genus CRANIA. Retzius. [Ety. : Kranion, upper part of a skull.] (1781 : Scbriften der Berliner Gesellschaft Nfaturforschender Freunde. Bd. II., p. 72. 1892: Pal. K Y., Vol. VIII. , Pt. I., p. 145.) Shell with valves unequal, not articulated, and without perforation for the pedicle; attached by the apex or the entire surface of the lower valve; lower (attached) valve with apex slightly elevated if not conforming to surface to which it is attached ; upper valve conical, with apex near the center; often strongly marked muscular impres- sions. Crania crenistriata. Hall. (Fig. 86.) Pal. N. Y., Vol. IX., p. 28, PL III.) Distinguishing Characters. — Nearly circular outline; low conical form; smooth apex; sharp, elevated and crenulated striae, which \ radiate from the apex, and are increased in number by the appearance of new ones ' - between the diverging older ones. fig. 86. crania ° ° crenistriata. Later- Found in the "Hamilton group, in Eight- ai and top views of an & l ° elliptical dorsal een Mile Creek." (Hall, type.) The shell is vaive(fromHaU). attached to Cystiphyllum in the Demissa bed, at Sec- tion 5. ■'*■•■■../:>.£ J 80 Genus CRANIELLA. Oehlert. I Ety.: Diminutive of crania.] 1888: Bull, de la Soc. d'Etudes Scientif. d'Angers, p. 37. 1892: Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VIII., Pt. I., pp. L58, 170.) Shell somewhal Irregular, with ;m outline varying from nearly circular to almost quadrangular; no pedicle opening, hut lower valve cemented, by its whole surface, to rocks or other shells; upper valve more or less elevated, apex behind the center; four large adductor muscle impressions, one pair near the center; outside of these lie S-shaped vas- cular impressions. Craniella iia.mii.tom.e. Hall. (Fig. 87.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 27, PI. III.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large size; adaptation to surface on which ifc is attached ; irregularly rounded outline: and concentric lines of growth about an eccentric apex. Fra. 87. Craniella hamiltonice. Top and lateral views of a dorsal valve ; a group of ventral valves attached to a valve of Cypricardella bellistriata; enlargement of the interior ■ •i a ventral valve (from Hall i. Found in the coral layer of the Moscow shale, at Section 5 i?) and just above it; also in the Stictopora and Demissa beds,a1 Section 5; in the shale below the A. spiriferoides bed and two feet below the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Creek. Genus PHOLIDOPS. Hall. | Ety. : PhoKdoa, a scale] (1859: Pal. X. Y., Vol. III., p. 489. 1892: Pal. N. Y.. Vol. VIII., I't. I., p. 15.-,.) Shells small, with equal valves, patella-like in outline; they are inarticulate and unattached, without pedicle 187 opening; position of apex variable; the edges of the valves are flattened where they join, and on the interior are elevated areas for the attachment of the muscles, etc. In molds of the interior, a strongly-marked impression of this callosity appears. Pholidops hamiltoxl-e. Hall. (Fig. 88.) ( Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 32.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; ovate outline; broader posterior end; eccentric, elevated apex, inclined backwards; lamellose lines of growth closely arranged. twfil* Fig. 88. Pholidops hamiltonice. Interior of ventral valve, x 8; impressions of interiors of ventral and dorsal valves, x 8; exterior of shell, x 4 (from Hall). width, 3 mm. (Fig. 89.) (Pal. N. Y., Found as single valves, molds, etc., and is common throughout the Hamilton shales, from the Trilobite beds upward. It occurs in the lower Moscow shale, at Sections 4 and 5. Measurements. — Length, 4 mm. Pholidops lixguloides. Hall. Vol. IV., p. 414.) Distinguishing Characters. — Linguloid outline; projecting apex, with flattened "area," stri- ated by lines of growth. Found in theEncrinal limestone and the Demissa bed, at Section 5. Measurements. — Two speci- mens: length, 7 and 7.7 mill.; ™lve, showing form, false area, and ° muscular callosities, Encrioal lnne- width, 5.2 and 6.9 mm. Fig. 89. Pholidops linguloides. In- terior and exterior of a ventral (:-) stone, x 2%. (Original ) Pholidops oblata. IV., p. 414, PL III.) Hall. (Fig. 90.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. 188 Distinguishing Characters,— Nearly round outline; de- pressed convex form; small muscular areas, divided by longitudinal median septum. Specimens referred to this species, showing the exterior with beak subterminal, and con- centric stria-, are found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5. Measurements. — Two speci- FlG. 00. Phoh'dops Oblata. Impres- sion of interior of valve in shale, showing ■ lotiule callosity: exterior of exfoliated ,,,_,,„. l,-......^ 7 QTW1 G K ,-,,,„ . Bpecimen, showing submarginal beak, and mens . length, i ami D.O mm., a tew lines of growth, Encrinal lime- Motie, x 2%. (Original.; width. 0.G and 6.3 mm. BRACHIOPODA ARTICULATA. Genus RHIP1D0MELLA. Oehlert. [Ety. : Ripid, a fan; ella, diminutive.] (Orthis in part.) (1891 : Journal de Conchyliologie, p. 372. 1892: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. I., p. 209.) Shell almost circular in outline: both valves con vex, brach- ial valve more so than the pedicle valve. Hinge area narrow and short on the brachial valve, higher on the pedicle valve. A slight median depression in each valve. Surface covered with fine, rounded, hollow, tubular stria-, which frequently open upon the surface. On the interior of the pedicle valve appear two strong diverging teeth. Muscular area large, and deeply impressed, consisting of the large fluted diductor impressions, enclosing the small central adductors. The pedi- cle scar fills the cavity of the beak. Outside of the muscular area are commonly deeply-pitted ovarian markings. The interior of the brachial valve shows deep and narrow dental sockets, with prominent projecting crural plates. In the <-'nter is a strong cardinal process, below which is the indis- tinct small muscular area. biiirmoMEi.LA vamxkui. Hall. (Fig. 91.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 47, PI. VI.) 1S<) Distinguishing Characters.— Sub-circula r < >r transversely sub-oval outline; nearly flat or slightly-concave pedicle valve, becoming moderately convex near the beak: convex brachial valve; large muscular area in the pedicle valve. /'. Fig. 91. Bhipidomella vanuxemi. Enlargement of surface striae: mold of interior of pedicle valve : dorsal, ventral, lateral and cardinal views of a large and characteristic specimen : interior of pedicle valve (from Hall ). A series of specimens shows considerable variation in out- line, convexity, and character of muscular impressions between the young and adult. Found in the lower live feet of Moscow shales, at Sections 4 and 5; in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5, etc.; in the Demissa bed and most of the beds below, at Sections ."i, 6, 7, 8. It is rare in the Trilobite beds, at. Section 8. It is found in the shales down to the Pleurodictyum beds, on the Lake Shore and in Avery's Creek. Rhipidomella leucosia. Hall. (Fig. 92.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV., p. 48, PL VII.) 190 Distinguishing Characters. — Broadly ovate outline, with greatest width below the middle; pointed beak; convex brachial and pedicle valves, the latter the less convex, and flattened inward the front; small areas: depression in the center of the brachial valve. Readily distinguished from R. vanuxemi by its more pointed posterior end. FlG. !i2. Tthipidomella leucosia. Lateral and cardinal view: pedicle valve of another Bpecimen : impression and interim- of pedicle valves : ventral view of first specimen (from llalh. Found in the Encrinal limestone (rare), at Section 5; in the shale below the Trilobite beds, on the Lake Shore and in Avery's Ravine. Rhipidomella penelope. Hall. (Fig. 93.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 50, PL VI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large size; width greater than length; plano-convex transverse section; regularly convex brachial valve; fi;il or slightly concave pedicle valve, which becomes somewhat convex near the beak; stria- Btrongly arched upwards on the cardinal margin; muscular area smaller ami more rounded than R. vanuxemi. Found in the Encrinal limestone (fairly common), at. Section 5; Stictopora and Demissa beds (young?), at Section 5; in the shale below the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Ravine. 191 I . Fig. 93. Rhipidomella penelope. Dorsal, lateral and cardinal view of a large specimen : a small pedicle valve ; a larger brachial valve ; interior of pedicle valve ; enlargement of striae/ a young specimen, dorsal view (from Hall). Measurements. — Large specimen: length, one and seven- sixteenths inches (36 mm.); width, one and nine-sixteenths inches (40 mm.). Rhipidomella idonea. Hall. (Fig. 94.) (Pal. N. Y., Yol. IV., p. 52, PL LXIII.) •* IsS^S&v Fig. 94. Rhipidomella idonea. Ventral, lateral, cardinal and dorsal views of a charac- teristic specimen (from Hallj. 192 Distinguishing Characters. — More nearly circular than R. vaim.xt'iiii : valves more nearly equal ; pedicle valve flat- tened only near the front; brachial valve but slightly more convex. Found rarely in the lower five feet of the Moscow shale, at Sections 4 and 5 ; in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5, where it is also rare. Rhipidomella cyclas. Hall. (Fig. 95.) (Pal. \. Y.. Vol. IV.. p. 52, 1M. VII.) Distinguishing Characters.— Small size of adult; long car- dinal line, equaling nearly half the width of the shell; ap- pressed beaks; sharply promi- nent radiating stria1, which increase by bifurcation and implantation, and have afas- fig. 05. Rhipidomella eyOas Central ciculate appearance near the and dorsal views, x ',' (from Hall ). front. Found in the Hamilton shales, about a foot below the Trilobite layers, in Avery's Ravine (one specimen). Measurements. — La rgest specimen (Hall): length, five- tenths of an inch + ; width, six-tenths of an inch + ; length of area, thirty-three hundredths of an inch ( + ). Genus ORTHOTHETES. Fischer de Waldheim. [Etv. : Ortltos, straighs ; theta, the Greek letter 0.] (1830: Bull. SOC. Imp. Nat ml. d. Moscow. T. I., p. 375. 1892: Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VIII., Pt. I., p. 253.) Shell varying From plano-convex to bi-convex, sometimes becoming concavo-convex with age. Pedicle valve most convex about the beak, which often tends towards irregular growth; cardinal area well developed, with a thick, more or less convex deltidinni covering: the del thy rium. Teeth not supported by dental plates. Brachial valve most convex near the middle, with a narrow hinge area. Cardinal pro- cess quadrilobate as seen from above. Surface covered by slender radiating striae, which are crenulated bv concentric lines. ii I -v \ brachial valve; pedicle valve (from '., p. IZ, ± 1. J A. ) Hall). ■:>.- w 194 Distinguishing Characters. — Hinge line shorter than the grea.tes1 width of the shell ; extremities rounded ; length and width about as two to three; surface striae distant. Found in ili«- StiGtopora and Demissa beds, at Section f> (rare); in t lie shale below the Athyris spiriferoides bed. at Section 7 (rare); and in the Pleurodictyum beds, in Avery's Ravine i rare). Genus STROPHEODONTA. Hall. I Kty : Stropli&u*, hinge ; odous, tooth.] (1852: Pal. X. Y., Vol. II., p. 63. 1892: Pal. X. Y.. Vol. VIII., Pt. I., p. 284.) Shell concavo-convex, the convex valve being the pedicle valve. Outline varying from semi-circular to semi-elliptical, with the hinge line usually equal to or greater than the greatest width of the shell. Areaof the pedicle valve higher than that of the brachial valve, both margins furnished with project- ing: denticulations. which interlock and form articulations. Muscular areas well marked and variously bounded. A strongly marked, commonly bifid, cardinal process occurs in the brachial valve. A number of sub-genera are recognized. Stroimikodonta demissa. Conrad. (Fig. 98.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. IV. ; p. 101, PL XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Medium size: pedicle valve strongly con vex ; concavity of the brachial valve less: length and width nearly equal; surface stria" numerous, stronger and more elevated near the beak, increasing by intercalation and bifurcation towards the front; muscular impressions of the pedicle valve consist of large Habellate divaricntors, separated towards the front and distinctly lobed. and small adductors lying between them separated from each other by a depression : in the brachial valve the adductor impressions are divided longitudinally by a narrow ridge, and often limited in front by elevated ridges. Found in the Enerinal limestone, at Section 5 (one speci- men): the Stictopora bed, a1 Sections 5 and 6 (rare); the 1 95 Fig 98. Stropheodonta demissa. Ventral and dorsal views ; interior of pedicle and brachial valves ; ventral, dorsal and lateral views of a large specimen (from Hall). Demissa bed, Sections 5, 6, etc. (abundant); eighteen inches below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 6 (two specimens). Stropheodonta co ncav a. Hall. (Fig. 99.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, p. 96, PL XVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large size; great convexity of pedicle valve; high areas almost at right angles to each other; surface of pedicle valve bearing coarse, sharp, crenu- lated stria?, with commonly one or two between, which are less elevated ; surface of brachial valve bearing distant strong- stria?, with a number of finer ones between, all crenulated bv concentric striae; large, spreading divaricator muscular im- pressions occur in the pedicle valve; in the brachial valve the 196 adductor impressions are divided above by a rounded ridge, which supports the quadrilobed cardinal process. ft m ( t *i Fit;. 99. Stropheodonta concava. Lateral and dorsal views of a complete specimen. showing depth of pedicle valve and hinge areas of both valves: side and front view of interim' of brachial valve, showing depth, muscular impressions, and cardinal process : also the socket and the rreimlations on the hinge area (from Hallj. Found in the Encrinal limestone, on the Lake Shore (rare) ; in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (common); between the Trilobite and Pleurodictyum beds (common). Stropheodonta ( Leptostrophia | perplana. Conrad. (Fig. 100.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. IV., p. 98, Pis., XI., XII., XVII., XIX.) 197 Distinguishing Characters. — Sinn 11 to medium size : slightly convex, often almost flat; extremities of the hinge line usually prolonged; shells very thin; surface bearing fine, nearly equal striae, increased by intercalation and bifurca- tion, and crenulated bv fine concentric striae; muscular i\,& Fig. 100. Stropheodonta perplana'. Three pedicle valves ; interiors of pedicle and bra- chial valves, showing muscular impressions, crenulated hinge areas, and cardinal process ; longitudinal section ; enlargement of surface stria? (from Hall). impressions of pedicle valve consist of large flabellate divar- icators, spreading in front and extending more than half the length of the shell, and small adductors between ; in the brachial valve strong, rounded ridges, curve forward and outward from the bifid cardinal process, limiting the muscular impressions, while a similar ridge divides them ; interior strongly pustulose. 198 Found in the lower Moscow shales, ;it Sections 4 and .~> (common); Encrinal limestone at Section .*> (common); Stictopora and Demissa beds, at Section 5 (common); shales between the Demissa and Trilobite beds, at Sections (> and 7 i Frequeul ) ; Trilobite beds, at Section 8, and in Avery's Creek (rare); shales below the Trilobite beds, on the Lake Shore and in Avery's Creek ( occasionally) ; Pleurodictyum beds, in Avery's Ravine (rare); shale below the Nautilus bed (not uncommon). STROPHEODONTA I DONVILLINA ) INJEQUISTRIATA. (Conrad. ) (Fie. KH.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. IV.. p. 106, PI. XVIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; considerable con- vexity of pedicle valve; extended hinge line with acute, sometimes auriculate, extremities ; surface marked by distant I'i<;. in]. 8trppheodonta incequistriata. Lateral and dorsal views of two specimens: three pedicle valves; interior of a brachial valve, showing cardinal process and muscular impressions I from Hall I. stria-, with finer, almost invisible, striae between: in the brachial valve the bifid cardinal process is supported by a ridge, which divides anteriorly and encloses a muscular area. For I he a1 tachmenl of the anterior adductors. Found in the Moscow shales, three to five feet above the base, a1 Sections 4 and 5 (common); Encrinal limestone, at Section •"> (rather rare): Stictopora bed, at Section 5 (fre- quenl I: Demissa bed.. -it Section 5 (very common) ; Trilobite beds. ;it Section 8, and on the Lake Shore (occasionally): shale and limestones bet ween the Trilobite and Strophalosia \n-i\s. on the Lake Shore and in Averv's Creek (occasionally). 191) Stropheodonta (Pholidostrophia) xacrka. (Hal (Pig. 102.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 104, PI. XVIII.) Dis tinguishing Charac- ters.— Small size; convex character; smooth and na- creous surface; interior of the brachial valve with three diverging ridges in front of the muscular area. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (common); in the ModlO- Fig. 102. Stropheodonta nacrea. Dorsal, , , 7 . , , profile and ventral views of a specimen; in- niOrj)hnSUbahltclOea[Vi\W); teriors of pedicle and brachial valves (from m . ' . , n • ,1 Hall). I rilobite beds (especially the lower), at Section 8, on the Lake Shore and in Avery's Creek (frequent); shale below the Trilobite beds, in Avery "s Creek (rare). Schuchert refers this species to S. (P.) iowamsis. (Owen.) (Bull. 87, U. S. G. S.) Stropheodonta (Leptostrophia) junia. Hall. (Fig. 103.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 108, PI. XVIII., S. textilis.) Fig. 10.3. Stropheodonta junia. Dorsal view of a large individual, showing the cardinal area of the ventral (pedicle) valve; enlargement of the surface striae (from Hall). 200 Distinguishing Characters. — Medium to large size: slight convex it v : surface striae distant, increased by intercalation, and between these are very fine stria?, crossed by fine con- centric stria?; muscular area in brachial valve defined by thickened rounded ridges, divided by central rounded ridge extending From the bifid cardinal process, and dividing ante- riorly. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (a few specimens only ). Stropheodonta plicata. Hall. (Fig. 104.) (13th Ann. Rep't X. V. State Cab. Nat. Hint... p. 90. Pal. \. V.. Vol. IV.. PI. LXIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size ; strong rounded or sub-angular plications, which increase in number towards the front Fi<;. 104. Strophe- odonta pjicota in by implantation. These readilv distinguish tenor "t brachial .1 ~ nS^p'SSsfbroS this species from S: demissa. its nearest ally. SS&fromagut^ Foilnd only in the Demissa bed. at Section percha cast. < Drigi- _ / , nai.i .) (not common ). Genus CHONETES. Fischer de Waldheim. [Ety. : ('hone, a funnel.] (1837: Oryctographie du Gouv. de Moscow. Pt. II., p. 134 1892: Pal. X. V.. Vnl. VIII., Pt. L, p. 303.) Shells concavo-convex (in our species), with the pedicle valve convex. Outline varying from semi-circular to semi- ox ;d: hinge line straight, making the greatest diameter of the shell. Areas narrow: the triangular opening (delthy- rium) in the area of the pedicle valve covered by a convex pedicle plate (del tidium). The upper margin of the area bears a single row of hollow spines. Area of brachial valve without spines. Cardinal process appearing quadrilobate. Interior of shell strongly papillose in the pallia! region. A low median ridge divides the muscular area of the pedicle valve. A similar ridge occurs in the brachial valve. Exter- nal surface usually covered by radiating stria?. 201 Chonetes mucronatus. Hall. (Fig. 105.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 125, Pis. XX., XXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; semi-oval outline; moderately convex character; rather distant and strong, radiating, rounded or sub-angular strife, which are not as P '*«../ y',v Fig. 105. Chonetes mucronatus. Pedicle valve, natural size and enlarged, with profile of same; enlargement of another specimen, dorsal view (from Hall). wide as the spaces between them (or are more or less closely crowded) : abruptly outward-curving cardinal spines, of which there are two, or rarely three, on each side. Found rarely in the upper Moscow shale, below the tran- sition beds; in the lower Moscow shale, at Sections 4- and 5 (not very common) ; Encrinal limestone ( var. laticosta), at Section 5 (rare) ; shale below the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Creek (rare); Pleurodictyum beds (rare); Transition shales, in Erie and Athol Springs Cliffs (rare) ; Marcellus shales, in Athol Springs and Bay View Cliffs (rare). Chonetes vicinus. (Castelnau.) (Fig. 106.) (Chonetes defiectus. Hall. Pal. X. Y., Vol. IV., p. 126, PI. XXI. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Semi-elliptical outline ; strong convexitv; deflected cardinal margins (as seen from the con- Fig. 106. Chonetes vicinus (deflectus). Ventral, dorsal and profile views of a charac- teristic specimen, natural size: enlargement of interior of a brachial valve, showing cardi- nal process and muscular impressions (from Hall). vex side) ; abruptly outward-curving cardinal spines ; finer, more numerous, and more closely crowded stria than occur in C. mucronatus. 202 Pound in the lower Moscow shale, jit Sections 4 and 5 (common); Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (rare); between the Trilobite and StrophaJosia beds, in Avery's Creek, and on the Lake Shore (rare). Chonetes setigerus. (Hall.) (Fig. 107.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. IV.. ].. li>l). PI. XXI.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters. — Semi-elliptical outline; moderate convexity ; moderate num- ber of rounded surface striae and vertical s, ',!/'- ,,'v' ventral cardinal spines, of which three occur on each valve, x2(fromHall). side f)f the beak. Found in the Hamilton shales, at Section 6, two to three feet below the Encrinal limestone (very rare); seventeen to twenty-one feet below the Encrinal. at Section 7 (rare); Pleurodictyum beds, in Avery's Creek (occasionally); Transi- tion shales and Marcellus shales, in Lake Shore Cliffs (not very common ). Chonetes scitulus. Hall. (Fig. 108.) ( Pal. X. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 130, PL XXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Semi-oval outline ; somewhat gibbous character; numerous surface stria*; numerouscardi- nal spines (as many as twelve or fourteen being sometimes Fio. 108. Chonetes scitulus. Ventral (pedicle) and dorsal (brachial* views of a speci- men, natural size : interior of pedicle and of brachial valves, enlarged (from Hall). indicated), which pass obliquely outward; interior of bra- chial valve strongly pnstnlose, with abroad depression along- tin' center, from which rises a slender median ridge; a similar median ridge occurs in the interior of the pedicle valve. Found in the lower two feet of the Moscow shales, at Sec- tions 4 and .1 (rare); in the Encrinal limestone (rare); throughout the Lower (Hamilton) shales, at Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, and on the Lake Shore and in Avery's ('reek (often abun- dant i : Transition shales, on the Lake Shore (rare). 203 Measurements. — Large specimen : width, 11 mm.; height, 8 mm. Chonetes lepidus. Hall. (Fig. 109.) ( Pal. N. V., Vol. IV., p. 132, PL XXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; Semi-elliptical in outline; sub-hemispherical in convexity; slender, angular, Fig. 109. Chonetes lepidus. Ventral and dorsal views of a specimen, natural size, and the former enlarged ; enlargement of interior of brachial valve, with cardinal process broken away (from Hall). bifurcating surface striae, of which there are ten or twelve near the umbo, and twice as many, or more, near the front; sinus outlined by two stronger striae near the center, with finer ones between them in a depressed area; cardinal spines, sometimes as many as ten. Found in the Goniatite bed of the Naples shales, at Sec- tions 1 and 2 (rare); Styliolina band, at Section 1 (rare); lower Moscow shales, at Sections 4 and 5 (rare) ; Hamilton shales, everywhere associated with the preceding, but usually more abundant; also in the Transition shales, on the Lake Shore. Chonetes coronatus. (Conrad.) (Fig. 110.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 133, PL XXI.) Distinguisliing Characters. — Large size; moderate convex- ity, with occasionally a shallow undefined sinus in the pedi- cle valve; numerous closely-arranged surface striae; five or six oblique tubular spines on each side of the beak ; interior of the pedicle valve shows diverging dental lamellae, a narrow median ridge, and wide-spreading adductor impressions, out- side of which the shell is strongly pustulose ; in the brachial valve a median ridge runs forward from the cardinal pro- Cess; the muscular impressions are faintly marked. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5; Stictopora and Demissa beds, and immediately below, at Sections 5 LMM Fig. Hi*. < "honetes coronatus Profile of the pedicle valve, shown in full view below it : ventral and profile virus of another specimen: two interiors of brachial valves, showing differences in cardinal process, strength of muscular impressions, etc. (from Hall). and 6: Creek. Pleurodictyum beds and shale above, in Avery's Genus PK()DTXTP:LLA. Hall. [Ety. : Diminutive of Product us.] (1867: Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 153. 1892: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. I., p. 328.) Shells small: concavo-convex, the pedicle valve strongly convex, and produced anteriorly. The beak of the pedicle valve is overarching, and the hinge line straight, with a nar- row cardinal area, a deltidhim and small teeth. Brachial valve small, concave operculiform, with a straight hinge line, dental sockets, and crural plates. Surface marked by radiating ridges, which bear spines at intervals. Productella navicella. Hall. (Fig. 111.) (Pal.N.Y., Vol. [V.,p. 150, PI. XXIII.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters.- Small size; great length, which exceeds the width ; hinge line less than width of shell : pedicle valve verygib- Fio.lll. Productella navicella. Dorsal, ventral and b()US, With the beak profile views ..t an elongated specimen of the variety t • i rurrlng in the Encrinal limestone (fr Hall). vei'V lUUCll incurved. 1 20") and projecting belowthe hinge line, the shell extending about one-third its length above the hinge line; surface marked by fine spines above and coarse spine-bearing ridges below. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5. Productella spinulicosta. Hall. (Fig. 11 2.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 160, PL XXIII.) Fig. 112. Productella spinulicosta. Part of brachial valve enlarged, x 3, to show cardi- nal process ; a small pedicle valve ; ventral, lateral, and cardinal views of a gibbous pedicle valve, natural size (from Hall). Distinguishing Characters. — Broad, semi-elliptical, or some- what orbicular, outline; strong- ly incurved beak of pedicle valve, which does not project belowthe hinge line ; strongly - wrinkled ears, bearing spines ; several rows of interrupted spine bases, and concentric striae or wrinkles. Found in the upper Moscow shales, at Section 3 ; the Encrinal limestone, Stictopora and De- missa beds and shales below, to the Strophalosia bed, at Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, in Eighteen Mile Creek and Lake Shore Sections ; Transition and Marcellus shales, on the Lake Shore. Note. — Productella shumardiana, Hall, described on p. 157, et seq., of Vol. IV., as occurring in the Marcellus and Hamilton beds on the Lake Shore, is probably identical with P. spinulicosta. Fig. 112A. A fragment of shale with crushed specimens of Productella spinulicosta, preserving the slender spines (from Hall). (Specimens of this character are found near the anticline, at Section 3, upper Moscow shale.) 206 (Ii.m 8 STROPHALOSIA. King. [lvrv. : 8trophe, bending: . 4 (rare); Enerinal limestone, ;it Section 5 (rare); Hamilton shales, at Sections 5 to 8, and on the Lake Shore (everywhere abun- ' Fig. 115. Spirifer tullius. Ventral and cardinal views of pedicle valve and brachial valv of the normal form, as it occurs in the center of the State ; the Eighteen Mile Creek specimens are much smaller (from Hall;. marked fold, which is wide at the bottom and narrow at top; comparatively high cardinal area of pedicle valve: low, round and rather flattened surface plications; and fine, uniform radiating stria;, which are especially well visible be- tween the plications, on the fold and in the sinus; faint concentric striae also occur. Found in the Styliolina band, at Section 1 ; upper Moscow shales, between one and one-half and three feet below the Styliolina limestone, at Sections 2, ■'>, 4 (common). Measurements.— Average specimen in this region: width. 8 niiii.: heighl . ~> mm. Spibifeb (Delthybis) sculptilis. (Hall.) (Fig. 116.) (Pal. \. V.. Vol. IV.. p. 221, PI. XXXV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Medium size; gibbous char- acter; serai-elliptical to sub-triangular outline; extended hinge line; sub-angular sinus, and strongly elevated fold. 209 Fig. 116. Spirifer sculptilis. (from Hall). Brachial and pedicle valves with the su ra- ni i t flattened or grooved; small number of sharp and abrupt angular plications, and zigzag laraellose lines of growth. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5, etc. Spirifer (Delthyris) consobrints. D'Orbigny. (Fig. 117.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 222, PI. XXXV., S. zig- zag. ) Distinguishing Characters.— General appearance like a short- winged, bulging and robust S. mucronatus ; high con- cave cardinal area of pedicle valve; incurved beak; sharply defined sinus, bounded by strong plications; abruptly Fig. 117. Spirifer consobrinus. Dorsal, ventral, cardinal, profile, and front views of a large and well-preserved specimen (from Hall). elevated mesial fold on the brachial valve, flattened or grooved along the top ; few (sixteen to twenty-four on each valve) strong, elevated, angular plications, which are crossed by concentric zigzag lamellose lines of growth, with finer lines between; radiating striae occasionally observed. Found in the lower Moscow shales, two to five feet above the Encrinal limestone, at Sections 4, 5, etc. 210 S. clio, Hall (Pal. N. V.. Vol. IV.. PI. XXXV.. Figs. 13, ]4), is a variety of S. consobrinus, showing characters inter- mediate between that species and S. sculptilis. Spirifek granulosus. (Conrad.) (Fig. 118.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV.. p. 223, Pis. XXXVI.. XXXVII.) w ./ Ts Kif. ns. Spirifer gromuloauB. Ventral, dorsal, profile, and cardinal views of a large and perfecl Bpc rapidly narrowing towards the beak; low, rounded fold, broad below, narrow- ing rapidly towards the beak; fine, low and rounded surface plications and gran- ulose character of the whole exterior of the shell. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5. Spirifer (Reticularia) fimbriatus. (Conrad.) (Fig. 123.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 214, PI. XXXIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Transverse- ly sub-elliptical outline; hinge line less than rounded cardinal extremities; gibbous and vex valves; rounded sinus; well-marked Fig. 122. Spirifer asper. Cardinal and ventral views of a char- acteristic pedicle valve. from the Demissa bed, at Section 5, natural size. (Original.) width of shell ; regularly con- fold, abruptly Fig. 123. Spirifer fimbriatus. Profile, front, dorsal, and ventral views of a lai'Kf and well-preserved specimen (from Hall). elevated in front, low near the beak ; high and concave pedi- cle area; few (six to eighteen on each valve) low, rounded, often obscure, plications ; concentric lamellose and imbricat- ing growth lines, studded with elongated tubercles or spines (fimbria?), which in perfect specimens show lateral fringes or spinules. 216 Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5; the Sticto- pora and Demissa beds, at Section 5 (abundant) ; shales be- low the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Ravine (rather common) ; Pleurodictyum and Calcareous beds above (very rare). Spirifer (Martinia) subumbonus. Hall. (Fig. 124.) ( Pal. X. V., Vol. IV.. p. 231, PI. XXXII.) DistinguishingCharacters. — Very small size (for a Spirifer) ; vmw '/p gibbous character; rounded c a r d i n a 1 extremities; smooth or concentrically- striated surface; highcardi- Fig. 124. Spirifer subumbonus. Dorsal and . ... . profile views of a specimen, enlarged; en- nal area 111 pedicle Valve, largement of the surface to show the pits (after Hail). with rounded margins; ab- ruptly incurved beak of pedicle valve; narrow, almost obso- lete, and never pronounced, sinus; absence of fold, an im- pressed line occasionally marking the center of the brachial valve: in well-preserved and partly exfoliated specimens numerous puiictse or pits appear, probably marking the former position of spines. Found in the Styliolina band, at Section 1 ; Moscow shale (upper four feet), at Sections 2, 8, 1 (rare); Hamilton shales, about two feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Sec- tion 6 (one specimen); also in the shale between the Nauti- lus and Strophalosia beds, in Avery's Creek. Genus AMBOCCELIA. Hall. [Ety. : Ambon, umbo; koilos, belly.] (1860: I3tli Ami. Rep't N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 167. 1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 54.) Shell of small size; piano-, eoncavo-, or gently bi-convex, the pedicle valve always deepest, and commonly extremely convex, with a strongly marked, arched and incurved umbo. A narrow median groove,more or less profound, is commonly present. Thr cardinal area is arched, its margins are well defined, and it is divided by an open delthyrium, with incom- plete deltidial plates. Strong articulating teeth, and a- 217 well-marked muscular area occur. The brachial valve is always convex at the beak, below which it becomes flattened or slightly concave, or else continues with more or less uni- form arcuation. Area narrow; cardinal process long and narrow, bifurcated at the tree end. Brachidium consists of loosely coiled spirals, similar to Spirifer. Amboccelia umbonata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 125.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 259, PI. XLIV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Plano-convex, almost hemi- spherical contour; strong, distinct and continuous mesial r^v Fig. 125. Amboccelia umbonata. Dorsal, ventral, profile, and cardinal views of a large and well-preserved specimen of normal form ; interior of a brachial valve enlarged, show- ing muscular impressions, sockets, etc. ; interior of pedicle valve enlarged, showing area, delthyrium, teeth, etc. ; mold of interior, with spiral brachidium embedded in it, enlarged (from Hall). sinus in the pedicle valve, which is very gibbous ; semi-ellip- tical brachial valve, which is faintly convex at the umbo, and concave below the middle and at the sides; shell slightly wider than long. Found in the Moscow shales (very rare in the upper, but common in the lower two or three feet, extremely abundant in the lower foot), at Sections 4 and 5; Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (rare) ; Lower shales, at Sections 5 to 8, and on the Lake Shore (more or less abundant throughout) ; Transi- tion shales, on the Lake Shore (frequent) ; Marcellus shale, in Bay View Cliff (not uncommon). Amboccelia nana. Grabau. (Fig. 126.) (1898: Ambocoe- lia umbonata, var. nana. Grabau. Report of N. Y. State 218 Geologisl and Palaeontologist for 1896. Faunas of the Hamilton Group, etc., p. 276. 1 Distinguishing < 'haracters. —Small size: transverse out line, the pedicle valve being much broader than long; convex brachial valve, usually bear- ing a shallow depression along the center; numerous elongated pits covering the surface, showing spine bases Fk; 126 Ambocaelia nana. Cardinal and . •,, j • , dorsal views of ;i characteristic specimen. m well-preserved specimens. from the Nautilus bed, enlarged (after Gra- i-.ixTi.-i 1 i bau). Found m the Nautilus lied a1 the base of the Hamilton shales, on the Lake Shore and in Avrrv's Creek (abundant); Strophalosia bed, on the Lake Shore (very rare). Amhohelia i'i;,i:rMBO.\A. Hall. (Fig. 127.) (Pal. X. Y., .Vol. IV., p. 262, PI. XL1V.) Distinguishing Characters— Large size; sub-globose char- acter: short hinge line: length greater than width: ventri- Fig. 127. Amboccelia prceumbona. Two brachial valves; pedicle valve and profile of same (from Hall). cose pedicle valve, with narrow depression along center; moderately convex brachial valve, occasionally bearing a median depressed line. Found in the upper Moscow shale down to four feet from 1h«' top, at Sections 1 to 5 (abundant). A.MBOCCELIA bpinosa. Clarke. (Fig. 128.) (13th Ann. Rep'1 State Geol. X. Y.. Vol. I., p. 177. PL IV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Rather large size; hinge line equal to width of shell: brachial valve concave anteriorly, with upturned margins; low median elevation, indistinct and disappearing towards the front: elongate surface pits, probably marking positions of spinules. 219 Measuremen ts. — Original specimen (Clarke): length, 7 mm.; width on the hinge line, 9 mm. The original specimen comes from the Livonia Salt Shaft (Hamilton shales). Specimens showing the pits, but other- fig. m Ambocceiia spinoxa. Brachial valve wise not differing much from A. umhoiinta, of the tvPe specimen, ° ' much enlarged (alter have been found at Eighteen Mile Creek, ciarke). and are referred to this species. They were found in the following positions: Moscow shales, two feet below Stylio- lina band, at Section 3 ; Hamilton shales, nine to twenty- five feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7. Genus CYRTINA. Davidson. [Ety. : Kyrtia, a fishing basket.] (1858: Monogr. British Carbonif. Brachiopoda, p. 66. 1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 43.) Shells Spirifer-like ; usually small; valves very unequal; pedicle valve elevated, with a high cardinal area, the del- thyrium of which is covered by an elongate, convex pseudo- del tidium, which is perforated below the apex. Surface plicate. Dental lamellae strong, converging rapidly, and meeting a, median septum. Cardinal process a double apophysis. Brachidium an extroverted spire. Cyrtina hamiltonensis. Hall. (Fig. 129.) (Pal. N. Y '., Vol. IV., p. 268, Pis. XXVII., XLIV. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; pyramidal char- acter of pedicle valve ; slightly convex brachial valve; high, ^3- ^'TC.- 0 Fig. 129. Cyrtina hamiltonensis. Dorsal, ventral, cardinal, and profile views (from Hall). triangular, commonly arcuate, area; incurved, frequently distorted, beak; strong mesial sinus; broad fold; six to eight plications on each side of fold and sinus. 220 Found in the lower Moscow shale (?); Stictopora and DemisBa beds, at Section 5 (common) ; four to five feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section (> (very rare); nine to twelve feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 (very rare); shale below the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Creek (rare); Pleurodictyum beds and Calcareous bed above them, in Avery's Creek (rare). Cyrtina hamiltonensis, var. recta. Hall. (Fig. 130.) (Pal.N. V.. Vol. IV.. p. 270, PI. XLIX.) Distinguishing Char- acters.— Plane flat ^ area; angular plica- Fio. 130. Cyrtina hamiltonensis, var. recta. Dorsal, tioilS ; beak IlOt ill- ventral, and cardinal views (from Hall). curved. Found in the upper Pleurodictyum bed (rare). Genus PARAZYGA. Hall and Clarke. [Ety. : Para, beside; zygos, yoke.] (1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII, Pt. II., p. 127.) Shells transverse, biconvex; valves nearly equal, with median fold and sinus. Umbo of pedicle valve closely in- curved. No hinge area. Surface covered with numerous fine, rounded, simple ribs, extending alike over median fold and sinus, and bearing short hair-like spines, which are commonly broken off, leaving only their bases. Brachidium a s | lire. Hill' ' ''' /'"'" '""" /'"'s"'" '»orsal, ventral, profile, cardinal, and front views (from 221 Parazyga hirsuta. Hall. (Fig. 131.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 274.) Distinguishing Characters.— Length and breadth as three to four; well-marked mesial fold and sinus, the sides of which are not strongly defined ; grannlose surface, from breaking off of spines. Found at Eighteen Mile Creek, in the Hamilton shales (Hall), position not determined. Genus TREMATOSPIRA. Hall. [Ety. : Trema, foramen; spira, spire.] (1859: 12tkRep't N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., p. 27. 1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII. , Pt. II., p. 124.) Shells transverse, with sub-equally convex valves. Sur- face radially plicate. Hinge line straight, cardinal extremi- ties abruptly rounded. Anterior margin sinuate. Pedicle valve with a median sinus and an incurved beak, truncated by a circular foramen. Delthyrium covered by two short incurved plates, which are usually closely anchylosed, and appear continuous, with a narrow flattened false area on either side. Lower half of the delthyrium open, for the reception of the beak of the brachial valve. Teeth promi- nent, arising from the bottom of the valve; above the hinge line they curve backwards and towards each other, thus making a very firm articulation. Muscular area well de- fined. Brachial valve with median fold, and minute beak. Hinge plate greatly elevated, with a small chilidium resting against it; upper face of plate deeply divided by median longitudinal groove, and more faintly by transverse groove. Dental sockets small and deep, crura broad, thin and com- paratively short. Brachidium of two spiral cones set base to base, as in Spirifer. Trematospira gibbosa. (Fig. 131 A.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 273, PL XLV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Abrupt sinus and fold, especi- ally in old shell ; nine or ten angular plications on surface ; three small plications on fold, and two small ones in mesial •>■>•) In.. 181A. Trematospira gibbosa. Dorsal, central, cardinal, profile, and front views of a characteristic individual (from Hall.) sinus: zigzag lines, formed by concentric lamellae of growth, in crossing plications; granulose character of surface. Found in the Bamilton group, at Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York.) Gems NUCLEOSPIRA. Hall. [Ety. : Nudeits, kernel ; spira, spire.] (1859: 12th Kept X. V. State Cab. Xat. Hist., p. 24. 1893: Pal. X. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 142.) Shells usually small: sub-circular in outline: biconvex, with The valves nearly equal often gibbous. A small area is present on the pedicle valve, but it is obscured by the incurv- ,i t ure of the beak. Strong teeth, and a median septum occur in the pedicle valve. Surface in perfect specimens covered with numerous long, slender spines, smooth in worn or mac- erated specimens. Brachidium a double spire. Nucleospira coNCiNNA. Hall. (Fig. 132.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 270. PI. XIV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Nearly circular outline; sub- equally convex valves: median septum (or its impression in the internal mold): surface spines. <' A fill, '__:__ 182 Nudeospira concinna. Dorsal, ventral, profile, and cardinal views: beak of pedicle valve enlarged, Bhowing teeth and false area ; portion of surface enlarged, showing spin."- : cardinal process "f brachial valve enlarged (from Hall). 223 Found in the lower Moscow shales, at Sections 4 and 5 (rare); Encrinal limestone (?), at Section 5; Stictopora and Demissa beds, at Section 5, etc. (abundant); Lower shales, occasionally down to the Nautilus bed, at Sections ."> to 8; and on the Lake Shore. Genus ATHYRIS. McCoy. [Ety. : A, without; tliyris, small door, i. e., absence of deltidial plates; erroneously applied.] (1844 : Synopsis Carbon. Foss. Ireland, p. 128. 1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 83.) Shell biconvex, with the valves nearly equal ; outline vary- ing- from sub-circular to transversely elliptical. Pedicle valve with the beak incurved, the pedicle opening and deltidial plates usually concealed. Teeth prominent, recurved at the tips, and supported by stout dental lamellae. Strongly- marked muscular impressions. Brachial valve with the beak small, the dental sockets broad and deep, and the hinge plate strong, and perforated by a "visceral foramen." Brachidinm consisting of spiral cones placed base to base. Surface lamellose, the pedicle valve marked by a shallow sinus, and the brachial by a corresponding gentle elevation. Athyris spiriferoiues. (Eaton.) (Fig. 133.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. IV., p. 285. PI. XLVI.) ^^ ... • W. -^ ■ Fig. 133. Athyris spiriferoides. Dorsal, ventral, cardinal, and front views of a charac- teristic specimen (from Hall). 224 Distinguishing Characters. — Robust character; size; '•shouldered" expression; greater convexity of brachial valve; " nasute " front, caused by deep sinus ; coarse surface lamellae; outline of muscular impressions. Found iu the upper Moscow shale, two feet below the Styliolina band, at Section 3 (very rare); lower Moscow shale, at Sections \ and 5 (common); Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (common); Lower shales (fairly common below the Demissa bed, abundant nine feet below the Encrinal lime- stOHe — A spiriferoides bed); also twenty feet below the Encrinal ; also in the Modiomorpha subalata bed ; it is again abundant intheshale between the lower and middle Trilobite la vers; and occurs as low as the Nautilus bed, and the shales below it. Genus MERISTELLA. Haul. [Ety. : Diminutive of Merista ; meros, apartment (chamber).] (1860 : 13th Rep't N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 74. 1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 73.) Shell unequally biconvex, often inflated, varying from transverse to elongate in outline; cardinal areas obscure. Anterior margin sinuate, caused by sinus and fol.d, which appear only near the front of the shell. Umbo of the pedicle valve incurved at maturity, concealing most, if not all, of the foramen. Teeth strong, supported by lamellae; deep, sub-triangular muscular impression in pedicle cavity. In the brachial valve a median septum supports the hinge plate, and extends for somewhat more than one-third the length of the shell. Brachidium a spire. Fie 184. Meristella huskiusi. Dorsal, profile, and ventral views of a specimen (from Hall). 225 Meristella haskinsi. Hall. (Fig. 134.) (Pal. N. V., Vol. IV., p. 30(3, PI. XLIX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Broadly ovate outline with greatest width anterior to the middle; length and width about equal ; slight sinuation in front; anchylosed deltidial plates; fine, thread-like, concentric surface stria1, and occa- sionally faint radiating stria?. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 ( rather rare). Meristella rostrata. Hall. (Fig. 135.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. IV., p. 307, Pis. L., LXIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; greater length than width, rounded below and often subattenu- ate above; shallow, rounded sinus in pedicle valve; fine concentric stria?, and, in exfoliated specimens, slender, distant, radiating stria?. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at FlG 135 Meristella rostrata. q ,. p» / \ Profile, dorsal, ventral, and front feeC LlOn < ) ( rare ) . views of a specimen (from Hall). »>"^ Fig. 135A. Meristella barrisi. Dorsal, lateral, and cardinal views of an elongated individual ; dorsal views of two other individuals (from Haiti. 226 Meristella barrisi. Hall. (Fig. 1 *I~> A. ) (Pal. N. V.. Vol. IV.. p. 304, PI. LXIX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Gibbous form; rather closely incurved beak of pedicle valve, which overarches that of brachial valves: pedicle valve depressed in front, and in old shells produced into a short, linguiform extension: abrupt elevation near anterior margin of brachial valve: smooth or concentrically striate surface. Found in the Hamilton group of Erie County. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York. ) Genus ATRYPA. Dalman. [Ety. : A, without ; trypa, foramen ; erroneously applied.] (1828: Kongl. Veteuskaps. Akad. Haudlingar., p. 127. 1893: Pal. N. Y.. Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 163.) Shell varying' in outline from nearly circular to longitudi- nally sub-oval. Valves very unequal, brachial valve being strongly convex or gibbous, while the pedicle valve is gently convex or almost flat or sometimes slightly concave, from the strongly-marked sinus. Beak of the pedicle valve small and incurved over that of the brachial. Large widely-sepa- rated and doubly -grooved teeth are present, unsupported by lamellae. Strong muscular impressions. Spirals of the brachidium, with their bases parallel to the inner surface of the pedicle valve, and the apices directed towards the deepest point of the opposite valve. Surface radially plicate. Atrypa reticularis. (Linnaeus.) (Fig. 136.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. IV., p. 316, Pis. LI.-LIII.A.) Distinguishing Characters. — Great convexity of brachial and slight convexity of pedicle valve; rounded bifurcating surface plications, reticulated by concentric striations. Found in the lower Moscow shale, especially in the coral layer, ;it Sections 4 and 5 (common): Stictopora and Demiss.-i beds, at Section 5 (abundant); shale down to nine feet below the Encrinal limestone (rare). 227 Fig. 136. Atrypa reticularis. Interior of brachial and pedicle valves ; ventral (pedicle), dorsal (brachial), and lateral views of the exterior of a specimen ; views of interior, with pedicle valve removed, with brachial valve removed, showing the position and characters of the spiral brachidia (from Hall). Atrypa spinosa. Hall. (Fig. 137.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 322, PI. LIII.A.) (= A. aspera of American authors. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Greater equality of valves, which are, in some specimens, almost equally convex; coarse Fig. 137. Atrypa spinosa. Dorsal, ventral, and profile views of a specimen which has lost its spines (from Hall). 2*^8 plications, which end roughly, or in perfect specimens are produeed into spines projecting beyond the growth lines. Found in the coral layer of the lower Moscow shale, at - ction •"> ( abundant ; one specimen wns found above this |. Genus VITULINA. Hall. [Ety. : Mythological name.] 0: L3th Rep't X. V. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 72. 1898: Pal. N. V.. Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 138.) Shell rather small, plano-convex, transverse, the hinge line making the greatest diameter of the valve. Pedicle valve convex, with a well-developed cardinal area, divided in the center by an open delthvrium. Blunt, thick teeth, unsup- ported by lamellae, are present. Brachial valve flat or very gently convex, with a narrow area divided as in the pedicle valve. Cardinal process straight and simple. Surface cov- ered with a few coarse plications. Brachidium consists of loose spirals, the apices of which are directed towards the lateral margins of the shell. Vitulixa pustulosa. Hall. (Fig. 138. ) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. IV.. p. 410, Pl.LXII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Size; rounded plications; ele- vated fold, with depression in thecenter on the pedicle valve; corresponding sinus with a simple or double low plication in * Fio. 188. VUulinti jmatulosa. Dorsal, ventral, profile, and cardinal views, and interiors >.f iodide and brachial valves, enlarged, x 2 (from Hall). 229 the center in the brachial valve; interrupted radiating lines, which form rows of elongated, Lachrymiform pustules. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section ."> (common ). Genus CAMAROTCECH1A. Hall and Clarke. [Ety. : Samara, arched chamber.] (1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 189.) Shell rhynchonelloid, trihedral in contour, with shallow pedicle and convex brachial valve. No hinge area. Beak of pedicle valve projecting and incurved. Surface radially pli- cate, sinus and fold in pedicle and brachial valves respectively. Distinctive internal characters (separating this genus from other "Rhynchonellas") are: a median septum in the brach- ial valve, which divides posteriorly, so as to form an elongate cavity, which does not extend to the bottom of the valve. No cardinal process. In the pedicle valve slender vertical lamellae support the teeth. Camaeotcechia horsfordi. Hall. (Fig. 139.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. IV., p. 339, Pl.LIV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Transversely sub-elliptical outline; nearly straight or broadly rounded front: length Fig. 139. Camorotcechia horsfordi. Cardinal, front, dorsal, ventral, and profile views (from Hall). and width about as five to six or seven; sinus of pedicle valve appearing first at about the middle of the shell, abruptly curved upwards in front; mesial elevation of brach- ial valve defined below the middle; fifteen to twenty-four 230 angular plications on each valve, of which four to .seven mark the fold or sinus; concentric undulating stria?. Found iii the lower Moscow shale, at Sections 4 and 5 (rare); Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (rare); Stictopora bed, at Section ~> (rare); Nautilus bed, in Erie Cliff (?), (very rare). Camarotggchia sappho. Hall. (Fig. 140.) ( Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV.. ].. 340, PL LIV.) Fie. 140. Camarotcechia sappho. Front, cardinal, dorsal (brachial), ventral (pedicle), and lateral views of a characteristic specimen (from Hall). Distinguishing Characters.— Rather large size; robust character; broader than long; shallow pedicle valve, which is prominently convex only at the umbo, and is depressed tow aids the front into a sinus, which first becomes percepti- ble near the middle of the length ; more or less incurved beak of pedicle valve ; gibbous brachial valve, with the fold con- spicuous only near the front; coarse plications, twenty to twenty-four on each valve in mature specimens, all incised towards the front, for the reception of the opposite plica- tion; sinus and fold with four to six plications each. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (frequent); Lower shales, down to three feet below the Encrinal lime- stone, a1 Sections 5 and 6; seventeen to twenty-one feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 (common); mid- dleTrilobite bed (very rare); also in the Pleurodictyum beds, in Averv's < 'reck. 231 Camarotcechia dotis. Hall. (Fig. 141.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV., p. 344, PL LI V.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-triangula i-ly ovate out- line; rounded or .semi-truncate front; shallow sinus and moderate fold ; plica- tions rounded or sub-angular, about eighteen in number (in full-grown speci- mens), those of the gibbous brachial valve abruptly curved down to the pedi- cle valve; plications, commonly three or J£; 1 %STSSS "tf* I ,..,-,. . n j. ,i characteristic specimen. tour in the sinus and tour or five on the from the Nautilus bed. x j. ,. , ^ (Original.) told. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (rare) ; Nau- tilus bed, in Avery's Creek and north shore sections (abun- dant) ; Strophalosia bed (?), in Erie Cliff. Camarotcechia congregata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 141 A.) (Pal. N. Y, Vol. IV., p. 341, PL LIV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Robust character; abrupt curvature of sides; moderate fold and sinus; conspicuous Fig. 141 A. Camarotcechia congregata. Profile, cardinal, front, dorsal, and ventral views of an individual (from Hall.) character of sinus at the front ; three or four plications in sinus and four or five on mesial fold. Found in a Calcareous band in the Hamilton group, at Alden, Erie Co. (Hall); and at Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Xew York.) 232 Genus LEIORHYNCHUS. Hall. [Ety. : l.i ios, smooth ; rhynchos, beak.] (1860: 13th Aim. Rep't X. V. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 75. 1893: Pal. X. V., Vol. VIII.. Pt. II.. p. 193.) Ethynchonelloid shells, with the plications on the median fold and sinus highly developed, but those on the lateral slopes usually slightly developed. Other external features as in Camarotoechia. Leiorhynchus multicostus. Hall. (Fig. 142.) (Pal. N. V.. Vol. IV.. p. 358, P1.LVI.) Distinguishing Characters.— Ovate outline; length and greatest width nearly equal (except in compressed sped- .,* Fir;. 142. Leiorhynchus multicostus. Cardinal view of a gibbous specimen: two brach- ial valves of different ages; three pedicle valves, one much distorted (from Hall I. mens I ; 1 hree to seven rounded plications in the sinus and on the fold, all bifurcating: obscurely bifurcating lateral plica- tions, which become obsolete near the beak; concentric striae. This species is considered identical with L. Iaura < Billings). Found in the upper and lower Moscow shales, at Sections 1 to 8, and on Hie Lake Shore (especially abundant in the Schizobolus beds): Lower shales, five feet below, and from Fourteen Feel below the Encrinal limestone down, at Sec- tions 7 and 8, and on the Lake Shore ( often abundant ). _■ >• I Leiorhynchus quadricostatum. (Vanuxera.) (Fig. 14-"..) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. IV.. p. 357. PI. LVI. ) Distinguishing Characters — Broadly ovate outline : almost smooth lateral slopes, the plications being very faint: small - Fig. 143. Leiorhynchus quadricostatum. Two brachial valves and one pedicle valve, natural size, all much distorted - : interior of a brachial valve, showing the cardinal process and strong callosities to which the crura are attached. slightly arched; beak truncated by the foramen; small brachial valve, flattened or sometimes sharply depressed along the center, with the front produced and curved 235 downward to fill the sinuosity in the front of the pedicle valve; fine concentric surface striae and almost obsolete faint radiating striae. Found in the upper layers of the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5, in Eighteen Mile Creek ( rather common ). Genus TRIGERIA. Bayle. (1875: Explic. Carte Geol. de France, Atlas, PI. XIII. L893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII., Ft. II., p. 272.) "Plicated centronellids with plano-convex valves. In the' brachial valve the hinge plate is tripartite, the median division being perforated by a visceral foramen. Brachidium as in Centronella, though with a smaller anterior plate." (Hall and Clarke. Hand-book Brach., Pt. II., p. 108.) Tkigeria (?) lepida. Hall. (Fig. 146A.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IY.,p. 276, Pl.XLY.) Distinguishing Characters.— Small size; sub-equally con- vex valves; much elevated beak of pedicle valve; elongate Fig. 146A. Trigeria lepida. Ventral view of a specimen, natural size. Dorsal, ven- tral, and profile views of a specimen, enlarged, x 2. Dorsal view of an individual with unusually strongly marked sinus (from Hall). oval opening, communicating with foramen above, and flanked below by two convex deltidial plates; simple regular surface plications, gradually enlarging towards the margins of the valves; shallow sinus on brachial valve, formed by depression of two or three central plications. Genus CRYPTOXELLA. Hael. [Ety. : Signifying a small cavity.] (1861: 14th Annual Rep't, N Y. State Cab. Nat, Hist., p. 102. 1893: Pal. N. Y., Vol. VIII, Pt. II., p. 286.) Shell terebratuloid, with the valves of somewhat similar convexity. Beak of pedicle valve erect or slightly incurved 236 and prominent; foramen limited below by well-developed del- lidijil plates. Brachidium consisting of ;i loop bent back upon itself, the juncture of the branches occurring a little below the plane of their origin. Cryptonella planirostris. Hall. ( Fig. 147.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV.. v. 395, PI. LXI.) Distinguishing Characters— Great convexity of valves; large size of adult ; often truncate front and consequent sub- w W Fig. m: Cryptonella planirostris. Dorsal, ventral, and profile views of a large, strongly- marked individual ; enlargement of beak of pedicle valve ; dorsal, ventral, and profile views of a smaller and less strongly-marked individual (from Hall I. pentagonal outline of valves; angular umbonal margins of pedicle valve, with Hat or concave faces on either side of the deltidial plates. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (common i. Doubtful specimens have been found in the shale between the Encrinal and Pleurodictvum beds. Cryptonella rectirostris. Hall. (Fig. 148.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. IV.. p. :;(.)4. PI. LXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Usuallv small size: sub-rhom- boidal outline: frequently trun- cated front: erect beak, with inflected cardinal margins. Found in the Pleurodictvum Fia.148. Cryptonella rectirostris. Dor- beds, ill Avery's Creek, and Oil sal, ventral, ana profile views of a speci- , T 1 .,1 men (from Hail). the Lake Shore (common). a 0 0 237 Gems DIELASMA. King. [Ety. : I)i, two; elaama, lamella.] (1859 : Proc. Dublin Univ. Bot. Zool. Assoc, Vol. I., p. 260. 1893: Pal N. Y., Vol. VIII., p. 293.) Terebratuloid shells, with frequently a median sinus in both valves. A large foramen and deltidial plates are pres- ent, though these latter may be obscured by the incurvature of the beak. A large hinge plate, raised but little above the bottom of the valve, and sometimes actually adhering to it, and a relatively short brachidium, with a rather short recurvature of the ascending lamella?, are characteristic internal features. The sub-genus Cranama ( Hall), was erected to receive such forms as Terebratula romingeri (Hall), in which the brachi- dium is that of a Dielasma, but the hinge plate resembles that of Cryptonella. Dielasma (Cran^na) romingeri. Hall. (Fig. 149.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV., p. 389, PI. LX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; ovate outline; trun- cated or slightly sinuate front; rounded cardinal slopes ; concentric Fig. 149. Dielasma romingeri. Stria*, which are Often Crowded into Dorsal ventral, and profile views (from Hall). wrinkles near the front. Found in the Pleurodictyum beds and the Calcareous bed above, on the Lake Shore, and in Avery's Ravine. Genus TROP1DOLEPTUS. Hall. [Ety. : Tropis, keel ; leptos, slender. ] (1857: 10th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 151. 1893: Pal. K Y., Vol. VIII., Pt. II., p. 302.) Shell concavo or plano-convex, with the hinge line much extended and straight, the whole aspect of the shell being " Strophomenoid " (compare Stropheodonta). In young- shells the hinge line equals or exceeds in length the greatest width of the shell, but in mature shells it is shorter. Pedicle } J J 238 valve convex, with ;i moderately high area, divided by an open delthyrium. The teeth arise from the bottom of the valve as two erect divergenl crests. Brachial valve slightly concave, or nearly flat, with ;i low area, a prominent convex chilidium, and a large cardinal process bilobed at, the sum- mit. The brachidium consists of two slender descending lamellae, which unite near the middle of the valve with a sharp, thin median septum, which, towards the beak, passes into ;i low median ridge. Surface of both valves plicated. Tropidoleptus carinatus. (Conrad.) (Fig. 150.) (Pal. \. V.. Vol. IV., p. 407. PI. LXII.) Dist inguishing Characters.— Strophomenoid outline; broad, simple, rounded plications, wider than the inter- spaces; broadly sub-carinate center of pedicle valve, caused by the greater width and prominence of the central plica- tion: longitudinally striated, convex chilidium of brachial valve; hue undulating concentric surface striae, and occa- sional coarser imbricating lamella?. dlvllwi .';!!ll.1,.'/:'"'""/V/"/','"s':"- '""''.''■ J*ntra*} Proflle- and (lf>rsal view of a normal in- dividual, enlargements ol intenorsof pedicle and brachial valves (from Hall). Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (common); four Feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section G (one specimen); seventeen to twenty-one feet below the Encrinal 239 limestone, at Section 7; between the Trilobite beds ;in shorter than the greatest antero-posterior diameter (length), and the surface is ornamented with rays. Aviculopecten princeps. (Conrad.) (Fig. 152.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. V.. Pt. I., Pis. 1., V.. VI., XXIV., LXXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large size, obliquely broad- ovate outline with axis inclined more than sixty degrees to the hinge line; nearly equal length and height; straight posterior slope from the beak to the middle of the posterior end: large ear and wing: regular alternating rays, crossed by fine, sharp growth-lines. s 241 Fig. 153. Aviculopecten princeps. A large left valve, much extended posteriorly (from Hall J. Found in the Enerinal limestone, at Section 5 (rare) ; in the shale down to and in the Trilobite beds, at Sections 6, 7, 8, and on the Lake Shore (rare) ; also in the shale below the Trilobite beds, in Avery's Creek. Aviculopecten exacutus. Hall. (Fig. 153.) (Pal.N.Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 8, PI. III.) Distinguishing Characters. — Beak more acute than in the preceding species ; proportionally larger wing; concave pos- terior margin; sharp alternating rays, with broad concave interspaces, extending into the ear and wing. Fig. 153. Aviculopecten exacutus. Right and left valves, from Hamburg. Erie Co., N. Y.; the figure of the left valve does not show the concentric lamellae, and the beak is represented as too acute (from Hall). li-ili Found in the Stictopora and Demissa beds, at Section 5 I rare) ; in the shale nine to seventeen feet below the Encrinal limestone. a1 Section 7 (rare); and at "Hamburg, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall.) A.VICULOPECTEN insignis. Hall. (Fig. 154.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. V.. Pt. I., p. 34, Pis. I.. III.. LXXXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size: moderate ob- Fig. 1-V1. Avicvlojwcten insignia. A left valve: interior of a right valve, from Ham- burg. Erie ('<>.. N. Y.. the specimen "being embedded in shale shows the ornamentation on the interior (from Hall). liquity; hinge nearly equal to the length of the shell: nearly central beak : strong radiating costa?. Found at " Hamburg. Erie County, N. Y." (Hall. ) Genus LYRIOPECTEN. Hall. [Etv. : Lyrion, 13-re — Pecten.] (1884: Pal. X. Y., Vol. V, Pt. L. p. xii.) Shell like Aviculopecten, but differing from that genus in its short hinge line and very small anterior ear. Lyriopecten orbicularis. Hall. (Fig. 155.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. V., Pt. L, p. 42, Pis. IV.. LXXXIL) Distinguishing Characters. — Large size: orbicular outline; convex left valve; concave, flat. or slightly convex right valve: numerous strong, rounded radii crossed by concentric sharp lines. and separated by broader con- cave spaces. V* Fiq. l">. Lyriopecten orbiculatus. The type specimen from the Encrinal limestone, on the shore <>f hake Erie. N. V (from Hall). 243 Found in the "shale and Enerinal limestone, along Lake Erie Shore, Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County. X. V." ( Hall. ) Genus PTEMNOPECTEX. Hall. [Ety. : From Pterinea and Pecten.] (1884: Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. xii.) "Hinge line long; ears not well denned, being simple ex- pansions or extensions of the upper lateral margins to the hinge line. Test ornamented with rays." Pterinopecten conspectus. Hall. (Fig. 156.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 66, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Length and height nearly equal ; regularly rounded base ; sharp constricted anterior ear; gently concave posterior margin of wing, with almost rectangular ex- tremity; alternating radii of left valve, and sub-equal radii of right valve. Found in the lower Moscow shale, at Section 4 (rare) ; in the shales of fig. ise. pterinopecten con- spectus. An exfoliated left valve the Demissa bed and down to seven- inomHaiii. teen feet below the Enerinal limestone, at Sections 6 and 7 ; also in the upper Pleurodictyum bed, and the shale below the Nautilus bed, in Averv's Ravine. Pterinopecten hermes. Hall. (Fig. 157. ) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 64, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Longer than high; hinge line extended, forming acute angle with posterior slope; regular rounded surface stria?, with wider interspaces. *^.,..^ Fig. 157. Pterinopecten hermes. Two exterior views and one interior view of left valves — the ear of the first specimen is represented too acute (from Hall). 244 Found four feel below the base of the Trilobite beds, in Avery's ("reek (rare) : and veryrarelyin the shale between the Nautilus and Strophalosia beds. Pterinopecten undosus. Hall. I Fig. 158.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 72, Pis. II., LXXXII.) Distinguishing Characters.— Lengi 1 i greater than height; short hinge line; concave margins of ears and wing; sharp, crenulated striae; concentric un- dulations; deep byssal notch of right Fig. 158. Pterinopecten un dosus. Small specimen, pre- iv serving both valves, and show- \ 3. Blethomytilus oviformis. Left valve, showing striated hinge area; right valve, with attenuated beak (from Hall). with small fissure for the passage of the byssus; widelig;i- mental ;n-ea. Found only in the upper part of the Encrinal limestone, at the lower end of Section 5 (common). 249 Gems GOSSELETTIA. Barrois. [Ety. : Proper name.] (1881: Ann. Soe. Geol. du Nord, Vol. VIII.. p. 170.] Shell sub-triangular, truncate on the anterior side, sub-alate on the posterior side. Ligamental area wide, longitudinally striate. Cardinal teeth strong, situated under the beak. Lateral teeth elongate. Surface marked by concentric stria-. GOSSELETTIA RETUSA. Hall. (Fig. 104.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 266, PI. XXXIII.) Distinguishing Characters .— Oblique rhomboidal outline; "anterior margin nearly straight for two-thirds of the length, inflated at the byssal opening, and concave below." Fig. 164. Oosselettia retusa. Left andantero-cardinal view of the t3'pe specimen, from Eighteen Mile Creek (from Hall). Found "in the Hamilton group, at Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County, X. Y." (Hall, type.) Genus MODIOMORPHA. Hall. [Ety. : Modiola, a genus ; morplie, form.] (1870 : Preliminaiy Notice Lamellibranehiata, 2. p. 72.) Shells with equal but very inequilateral valves, which are sub-ovate in outline, largest posteriorly, and with a rounded, projecting anterior end. A depression, or "cincture," passes 250 obliquely from beak to base, and the surface is marked by rugose, or undulating, concentric lines. The hinge bears a strong tooth in the lefl valve, which fits into a cavity in the right valve. The ligament is external and is attached to the thickened margin of the shell, which is often longitudinally grooved for its reception. Modiomorpha concentrica. (Conrad.) (Fig.165.) (Pal. \. V.. Vol. V.. Pt. I.. p. 27o. Pis. XXXIV.. XXXV.. XXXVI.) Distinguishing Clianatrrs—Qynte outline: straight or slightly concave basal margin; arcuate to straight cardinal Fig. 165. Modiomorpha concentrica. Right side of a large individual, showing the arcuate form characteristic of old individuals (from Hall . margin; rounded, projecting, well-defined, anterior end; strong, regular concentric lines. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (common); in the shale, at twenty-five feet below the Encrinal and be- low the Trilobite beds, and in the Pleurodictyum beds, on the Lake Shore l rare). Modiomorpha rub-alata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 166.) (Pal. V V.. Vol. V.. Pt. I., p. 283, Pis. XXXV.. XXXIX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-quadrangular to sub- ovate outline; sub-alate posterio-dorsal portion: well- marked umbonal ridge, passing from beak to base; large, but ill-defined, anterior end; sub-truncate posterior end. Found in the shale below the Demissa bed and below the Athyris bed (rare); also in the Modiomorpha sub-alata bed, in Idlewood Ravine, and on the Lake Shore (in great 251 Fig. 166. Modiomorpha sub-alata. Three right valves and one left valve, showing variations (from Hall). abundance); in the Trildbite beds and the shales above, at Section 8, and on the Lake Shore (common); and in the Pleurodictyum beds (rare). Modiomorpha alta. (Conrad.) (Fig. 167.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 278, Pis. XXXVII., LXXX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Broad rhomboid-ovate out- line; curved posterior margin; elevated posterio-dorsal Fig. 167. Modiomorpha alta. Right and left valves of different individuals (from Hall >. portion ; produced, rounded, but ill-defined, anterior portion : irregular surface stria?. Found only in the middle Pleurodictyum bed, in Avery's Ravine (rare). Genus GOXIOPHORA. Phillips. [Ety. : Gonia, an angle; phoros, bearing.] (1848: Memoirs Geol. Surv. Gt, Britain, Vol. II., Pt. I., p. 264.) Shells with equal, but very inequilateral, valves, rhom- boidal or trapezoidal in outline, obliquely truncate behind. 2.-.L' and rounded in front. Cardinal line usually straight, and not oblique. Umbonal slope a strong angular ridge, from the beak to the post-inferior margin. A broad, undefined cincture separates off the anterior portion. A strong car- dinal tooth in the leftvalve fits into a depression in the right valve. Ligament external. Goniophora Momo.MORPHOiDEs. Grabau. (Fig. 168.) (1898: Rep't X. Y. State Geol. 1896: Faun. Ham. (Jr., p. 254.) Distinguishing Characters. — Arcuate cardinal line: pro- nounced arcuate umbonal ridge, with the surface above the ridge flat or slightly concave; small anterior end, scarcely extending beyond the beaks; numerous strong, regular lines of growth. Found in the Encrinal lime- Fio. 168. Goniophora modiomorphoides A characteristic right valve. (Original.) stone, at Section 5 (where it is common ). Genits CYPRICARDELLA. Hall. | Ivpy. : Diminutive from Cyprieardia, Cyprina and Canlinm.] (18.16: Trans. Albany Inst.. Vol. IV.) Shells with equal, inequilateral valves, which are trans- versely sub-elliptical or sub-quadrate in outline. The car- dinal line is straight or arcuate, the anterior end narrowed mid rounded, and the posterior end broad and truncate. A more or less defined umbonal ridge extends from the small pointed beak to the posterior basal angle. Ligament ex- ternal ; cardinal teeth, one in each valve. Cypricardella bellistriata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 169.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. Y.. Pt. 1.. p. 308, Pis. XLIL. LXXIII., LXXIV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Projecting rounded anterior end, with a distinct depression, or lunule. below the beak; 253 almost vertically-truncate posterior end; well-marked angular mnl to- nal ridge; strong, even, uniform, angular concentric striae. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (very rare); nine to twelve feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 ; twenty- five feet below the Encrinal lime- stone, in Idlewood Ravine ; and in the Pleurodictyum beds, and the shales just above, and down to and in the Strophalosia bed, in Avery's ('reek, and on the Lake Shore. Fig. 100. CypricardeUa belli- striata. A specimen retaining both valves in conjunction if'roin Hall). Genus NDCULA. Lamarck. [Ety. : Nucula, a little nut.] (1801: Syst. An. Sans. Vert., p. 87.) ''Shell small, inequilateral, trigonal or transversely ellip- tical or sub-circular. Anterior or posterior extremity some- times produced, usually rounded. Beaks anterior or posterior to the middle of the length, often sub-central. Cardinal line arcuate. Escutcheon marked. Surface marked by concentric striae, which, in some species, are regular and rugose. Hinge furnished with a triangular, spoon-shaped cartilage-pit beneath the beaks, with a series of small trans- verse teeth on each side. There are two principal muscular impressions on each valve, with usually a smaller retractor scar adjacent, and also the cavity of the beaks often shows several pits for the attachment, of umbonal muscles. Pallia) line simple." (Hall, Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt, I., p. xxvi.) Nucula corbuliformis. Hall. (Fig. 169A.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. V, Pt, I., p. 319, PI. XLVI. ) Distinguishing Characters.— Broadly triangular, sub- ovate outline; length about one-fourth greater than height ; longer, more pointed posterior end; broad and slightly in- curved beaks, from which the cardinal line declines in both f 254 directions: not dis- tinctly defined umbo- V n ;il slope; fineconcen- ^ m trie lines, and irreg- ^B ular concentric var- ices. !9A. Nucula corbttliformis. Left valve, natural rOlllld 111 tlie Xitllll- size and enlarged ; right valve enlarged (after Hall). QtOIl "TOllD Oil the shore of Lake Erie. (Coll. Am. Mns. Nat. Hist. New York. ) Gems NUCULITES. Conrad. [Ety. : From Nucula, a genus; nucula, a little nut.] (1841: Geol. Surv. N. Y. Ann. Rep't, p. 49.) Shells with equal inequilateral valves, longer than high; with the anterior end rounded, and the posterior end some- times obliquely truncate and pointed. The beaks are anterior, and the cardinal line arcuate. The hinge bears a row of transverse narrow teeth, which extend from the anterior to the posterior muscular scar. The ligament is external, a narrow groove serving as its receptacle. The anterior muscular scar is separated from the shell by a vertical, or slightly oblique, partition (clavicle). Surface concentrically striate. Nucdlites oblongatus. Conrad. (Fig. 170.) (Pal.N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. L, p. 324, PI. XL VII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Elongate ovate outline, widest ;it the anterior end: rounded umbonal ridge; strong vertical clavicle, <>r (in the internal mold) its impression. Fio. 170. tfuculites oblongatus. Three internal molds, showing the impression of the clavicle and the hinge crenulations (from Hallj. 255 % £ Found four feet below the Encrinal limestone, .it Section 6 (rare), also in the Strophalosia bed, <>n the Lake Shore. Nuculites nyssa. Hall. (Fig. 171.) ( Pal. N. V.. Vol. V.. Pt. L,.p. 328, PI. XLVII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Broadly ovate outline, widest at the anterior end; oblique posterior margin, sub-truncate above and rounded below : narrow forward-CUr vino' claV- Fig. 171. Nuculites nyssa. Left and ° right valves, Eighteen Mile Creek (from icular ridge. Hall>- Found in the Strophalosia bed, on the Lake Shore; "in con- cretionary layers in the shales of the Hamilton group, on the shore of Lake Erie." (Hall, type). Nuculites triquetek. Conrad. (Fig. 172.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. V., Pt, I., p. 326, Pis. XLYIL, XCIII. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Short trigonal outline; ob- liquely truncate posterior margin ; arcuate cardinal margin : / Fig. 172. Nuculites triqueter. A right valve ; a left valve ; both valves ; the shell is exfoliated, showing impression of clavicle in internal mold (from Hall). sub-angular, distinct umbonal ridge; strong, sharply-defined and curved clavicular ridge. Found in Transition shales and the upper Marcellus shales, on the Lake Shore (rare). Genus SCHIZODUS. King. [Ety. : Schizo, split ; odous, tooth.] (1850 : Monograph of the Permian Fossils of England, p. is.!) Shell equivalve, inequilateral, with the posterior side the longest. Anterior outline rounded, posterior tapering. Right valve with two, left valve with three, cardinal teeth. Central tooth of left valve more or less bifid. Pallial line entire. Surface smooth or ornamented with fine raised con- centric lines. 256 SCHIZODUS APPRES- srs. (Conrad.) (Fig. 172A.) (Pal. N. V.. Vol. V.. Pt. I., p. 449, PL LXXV.) Distinguishing Char- a cters— Sub-r h o m - boidal-ovate outline; length greater than height : short cardinal line; obliquely trun- cate posterior extremity; sub-angular umbonal slope; fine concentric stri.e. Found in the Hamilton group of Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York. ) Fig. 172A. Schizodus appressua both valves conjoined (from Halli. Specimen with Genus PALjEONEILO. Hall. [Ety. : Palaios, ancient; neilo, a genus.] (1870 : Preliminary Notice Lamellibranclriata, 2, p. 6. I Nncula-like shells, with equal, inequilateral valves, trans- versely ovate or sub-elliptical in outline; the posterior end extended, with a more or less well-defined sulcus along the umbonal slope. The cardinal line is arcuate, and the hinge furnished with a row of regular, small, transverse teeth, which change their direction under the beak, or are inter- rupted by several oblique teeth. Ligament external, lodged in a narrow and shallow groove. I'al.lonlilo coxstrkta. (Conrad.) (Fig. 173.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. V., Pt. I., p. :::::i. Pis. XLVIII., LI. I Distinguishing Characters.— ( loustricted and projecting posterior end; ovate-cuneate outline; abruptly declining > Fig. 178. Palceoneilo constricta. Two right valves and one left valve, showing varia- tion from Hall i. anterior portion of cardinal margin; fine, regular and even, thread-like stria?, which become obsolete in the furrow and on the post-cardinal slope. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (rare) ; and in I he shale below at three feet and twenty-one feet Ik 'low the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 (rare); also in the shale above the Pleurodictyum beds, in Avery's Ravine Pal^eoneilo tenuistriata. Hall. (Fig. 174.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 336, Pis. XLIX, XCIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Ovate elliptical outline; doubly-truncate posterior end ; slight depression extending Fig. 174. Palceoneilo tenuistriata. A specimen retaining both valves ; a right valve (from Hall). from posterior to the beak, to the post-inferior margin, where it causes a slight constriction in the margin; very fine con- centric striae, often crowded on the posterior portion of the shell. Found in the lower Moscow shale, at Sections 4 and 5 ; in the Lower shale, down to and in the shale below the Trilobite beds, a,t Sections 5 to 8; and in the Strophalosia bed, on the Lake Shore (where it is very rare). Palceoneilo fecunda. Hall. (Fig. 175.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 336, PL XLIX.) Distinguishing Characters— Elongate ovate outline; length nearly twice the height; obtusely rounded, or doubly- truncate, posterior margin; fine concentric striae, which become elevated into sharp lamella?, alternating in size on the posterior slopes. 258 Fig. 175. PalaeoneOo fecunda. Right and left valves of different individuals of the usual form ifrom Hall). Found in tht lower Moscow shale, at Sections 4 and •"> (rare); and in the Lower shale, down to twenty-one feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Sections 5 to 7. Pal.eo\i;ii.o\muta. Hall. (Fig. 176.) ( Pal. X. Y., Vol. V.} Pt. L, p. 337, PL LXIX.) Distinguishing Characters.— Like the preceding in outline and proportions, but entire surface marked by strong, regu- Fig. 176. Palceoneilo muta. Two left valves and one right valve of different sizes (from Hall i. lar, lamellose, elevated stria?, with very fine intermediate stri;e. Found in the lowest two feet of the Moscow shale, at Sec- tions 4 and 5 : and in the shales down to and in the Stropha- losia bed (very rare and at great intervals). Palceoneilo emarginata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 177.) (Pal. X. Y.. Vol. Y.. Pt. L, p. 338, PI. L.) < ■ ' "^ 1 n.. 177. Palceoneilo e>i>( i rt/ in ata. Two right and two left valves, showing variations (from Hall). 259 Distinguishing Characters.— Deeply sinuate or eraarginate posterior margin; strong umbonal ridge, with depression above it; produced post-cardinal extremity; strong, ele- vated, distant, lamellose, concentric ridges, with finer stria? between. Found in the Lower shales, down to twenty-five feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Sections 5 to 7 (common); also in the shale below the Nautilus bed, in Avery's Creek. Genus MACRODON. Lycett. [Ety. : Macros, long ; odous, tooth.] (1845: Murch. Geol. Chelt.) Shells with equal inequilateral valves, which are trans- versely sub-elliptical, or sub-ovate, in outline. The anterior end is angular at the cardinal line and rounded below. The posterior end is rounded or obliquely sub-truncate. Beaks anterior to the middle; cardinal line long and straight. Ligament external. Cardinal teeth several; lateral teeth two to four, situated near the extremity of the cardinal line. Surface marked by concentric stria?, which are often lamellose, and in some species by tine radiating lines. Macrodon hamilton:le. Hall. (Fig. 178.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt, I., p. 349, PL LI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Obtusely sub-angular ends of hinge line ; rounded post-inferior end ; strong, distant Fig. 178. Macrodon hamiltonice. A right valve ; a specimen retaining both valves, the shell exfoliated (from Hall;. lamellose concentric lines; fine interrupted radii, strongest on the posterior part of the shell. 260 Found nine to twelve feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 (very rare). Genus GRAMMYSIA. DeVekneuil. [Ety. : Gramme, a line of writing; mys, a mussel shell.] (1847: Bull. Soc. Geo. France, 2d Ser., Tome IV., p. 696.) Shell with equal inequilateral valves, which are trans- versely elliptical or sub-ovate. The beaks are prominent and incurved, and in front of them is a strong, heart-shaped depression, or "lunule," while behind them a similar, but somewhat elongate, impression, or "escutcheon,'' occurs. Usually an oblique cincture and fold traverse the shell from beak to base. The surface is marked bv concentric striae and frequently by concentric undulations. Ligament external. Grammysia arcuata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 179.) (Pal. X.Y.. Vol. V.. Pt. 1.. p. 373, Pis. LXI., LXIII, XCT1I.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-anterior beaks ; uniformly rounded anterior and posterior ends ; strong, uniform con- centric undulations, which pass around the shell from lunule Fir;. 179. Grammysia arcuata. Left and right valves (from Hall). to escutcheon; fine, close, concentric stria?; cincture a mere flattening. Found nine to twelve feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 (a fragment, the identification of which is questionable). Note . — Although the genus Grammysia is well rep- resented in iln- Hamilton group in central and eastern New York, it appears to be almost unrepresented in this portion of the State. 261 Genes SPHEXOTUS. Hall. [Ety.: Sphen, wedge; ous, ear.] (1884: Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. xxxiii.) Shells with equal, very inequilateral, valves, elongate sub- trapezoidal or cylindrical in outline. The anterior end is short, and the posterior end usually obliquely truncate. A long, straight hinge^line; a well-marked umbonal ridge, with a secondary ridge usually occurring on the slope above it; a more or less defined oblique cincture; two short cardi- nal, and two slender lateral, teeth ; external ligament, lodged in a slender groove, and concentric surface stria1, character- ize this genus. Sphexotes truncates. (Conrad.) (Fig. 180.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. Y., Pt. I., p. 394, PL LXV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; straight base, slightly constricted anterior to the middle; angular umbonal Fig. 180. Sphenotus truncatus. Specimen retaining both valves, x 2 ; left and right valves (from Hall). ridge; obscure umbonal fold; shallow cincture; very fine radiating stria?. Found in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (very rare). Genus CONOCARDIUM. Bronx. [Ety.: Konos, cone; kardia, heart.] (1835: Lethsea Geognostica, Vol. I., p. 92.) Shells with equal inequilateral valves of a trigonal or spindle-shaped outline. The anterior* end is obliquely trun- cated, and along the cardinal line it is produced into a tube, which is often broken away, leaving an opening. The * I follow Zittel in regarding the truncated end as the anterior one. 262 posterior end is conical and gaping behind. A crenulated ventral margin; a straight cardinal line; prominent and strongly-incurved beaks; prominent nmbonal ridge, orna- mented with an expansion of the test in continuation of the truncated anterior end; external ligament: concentric stria> and strong radii.— are characteristic features of this genus. Conocardium normale. Hall. (Pig. 181.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. VII.. p. 41^ PL LXVIII.) D is t in g u ishing ( naracters. — Large size; trigonal out- line; tapering pos- terior end ; short, distant radii, with fine stri;e in the interspaces ; concentric, undulating stria?. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section .*> la frag- ment). Conocardium eboraceum. Hall. (Fig. 182.) (Pal.N.Y., Vol. VII., p. 412, PI. LXVIII.) Distinguishing Characters.— Small size, sub-ovate outline; gently curving basal margin; slightly concave truncated Fig. 181. Conocardium normale. large specimen (from Hall). The left side of a ^i/IG'.182-a £onoc(?Ird,»lm eboraceum. Right and ventral views of a small specimen enlarged, x 2 (from Hall). ^ end; abruptly -contracted and nasute tapering end; con- centric lamellose striae, and radiating plications, obscure on the perfect test; radii continued bevond the concentric laminae at the margin as strong interlocking denticulations. i'i;:: Found in the EncrinaJ limestone, at Section ."> (several fragments, probably of this species, though the characters are very much obliterated). ( JONOCABDIUM CRASSIFRONS. ( ( ' ( ) 11 r ;l (1 . ) (Fig. 182A.) (Pleurorhynchus crassifrons. Conrad: Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Vol. YIIL, Pt. I., p. 252, PL XIII., 1839.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; short valves; broad truncated anterior end; narrow posterior (winged) end; elevated distant beaks; five or six convex radiating lines on each valve. Fig. 182A. Conocar- Found in the Hamilton group of Eighteen SSiSaSSS^J^ Mile Creek. (Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York.) gL*i oSSSSSBS" *'"'" Genus LUNULICARDIUM. Munster. [Ety. : Lunula, a little moon; cardium, a genus.] (1840: Beitrage zur Petrefactenkunde, 3tes Heft., s. 69.) Shells with equal inequilateral valves, transversely sub- elliptical, sub-circular, or trigonal in outline. From the terminal beaks a sharp angular ridge runs downward, delimiting a flattened, heart-shaped anterior area or lunule, which has a central byssal opening. Surface marked by con- centric stria?, and often by strong radii. LUNULICARDIUM FRAGILE. Hall. (Fig. 183.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. Y, Pt. I., p. 434, PL LXXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; fragile condition; smooth surface, which shows only fine concentric lines, and rarely very fine radiating lines; lunule with a thin expansion Fig. 183. Lunulicardium fragile. Four specimens, illustrating variations, enlawl x 2 (from Hall). 204 of the shell, visible only in the most perfectly preserved specimens. Found in the black Naples (Gardeau) shales of the Lake Shore; in the gray Naples (Cashaqua) shales, at Section 1; in the Genesee shales (especially abundant in the lower black bands of Section 1, etc.); and on the Lake Shore; in the Stvliolina layer (rare); in the lower Hamilton shales, be- tween nine and twelve feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7 (one specimen); also in the Transition shales, on the Lake Shore; and in the Mar- cellus shales, on the Lake Shore (where the species is common). LUNULICAEDIUM ORXATUM. Hall. (Fig. 184.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. Y., Ft, I., p. 437, PI. LXXI.) Bis t in g u is h in g Characters. — Large size; broadly obovate out- line: forty-five to sixty regular flattened radiating plications, with Fio. 184. Lunulicardium orna- . -, _ n turn, a right vahe, from the narrow interspaces, and crossed Chemung group (from Hall). . -. ■, . by closely-arranged, undulating, lamellose, concentric striae. Found (?) in the lower Genesee shale, at Section 1 (very rare). Lunulicardium curtum. Hall. (Fig. 185.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. 1., p. 437, PI. LXXI.) Distinguishing Characters.— Sub-trigonal outline; long truncated end, with a thickening along the margin; twenty-five to thirty narrow rounded, or sub-angu- lar plications, with wider interspaces, crossed bv fine lamellose concentric v striae. Found "in the Marcellus shale, at Alden, Erie County, N. Y\, and in the Hamilton shales * * * at * * * Hamburg, N. Y." (Hall.) Fio. 185. I/unulicardium curt inn. Right valve, from tin- Marcellus shale of Alden, Erie Co., N. V. I from Hall). 2G5 Gems PAKACYCLAS. Hall. [Ety. : Para, allied to; cyclas, a genus.] (1843: Geol. Surv. N. Y., Report, 4th Dist., p. 171.) Shells with equal, nearly equilateral, valves, sub-orbicular or broadly sub-elliptical. The anterior end is regularly rounded, the posterior end rounded or sub-truncate. Small low beaks, short hinge line, concentric stria-, and often con- centric ridges, further characterize this genus. Paracyclas lirata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 186.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt, I., p. 441, Pis. LXXIL, XCV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Nearly circular outline ; medium size; strong concentric ridges. Found in the hard layer of Mar- cellus age, ten feet above the base, at the northern end of Athol Springs Cfg£ H8aio Po Cliff (very rare). Genus TELLINOPSIS. Hall. [Ety. : Resembling a Tellina.] (1880: Preliminary notice Lamellibranchiata, 2, p. 80.) Shells with equal, nearly equilateral valves, sub-elliptical in outline. The anterior end is rounded and the posterior end sub-truncate or emarginate. Small beaks, gently curving cardinal line, prominent umbonal slopes, small external ligament, concentric stria?, and radiating stria? (sometimes obsolete), are other characteristic features. Tellinopsis sub-emarginata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 187.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 464, PL LXXY1.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-em arginate posterior end ; large rounded anterior end; oblique depression extending from the beak to the posterior margin, or below ; flattened space, limited on each side by a ridge and extending from the beak to the antero-basal margin ; fine concentric and fine radiating stria?. 2(>(> ^■M Fio. is;. TeUinopsu sub-emarginata. Two valves, showing variation in size and form (from Hall). Found in the Strophalosia bed, in Avery's Creek, and the shale just above it ( very rare). Genus PHOLADELLA. Hall. [Ety. : Diminutive of the modern genus Pholas.] (1870: Preliminary Notice Lamellibranchiata, 2, p. 63 i Shells with equal inequilateral valves, elongated, varying in outline. Anterior end rounded or obliquely truncate; posterior end truncate. Incurved anterior beaks: straight cardinal line; prominent rounded or sub-angular umbonal slopes; a deep, sharply -defined lunule; a well-marked escutcheon ; concentric striae and undulations, and distinct radii, covering all but the anterior and cardinal slopes, — mark this genus. Pholadella radiata. (Conrad.) (Fig. 188.) (Pal. X. V., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 469, Pis. LXXYIII., XCVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; cuneate outline; regularly rounded basal margin ; obliquely to vertically Fio. 188. Pholadella radiata. Two right and two left valves (from Hall). truncate posterior end; anterior end obliquely truncate above, by the deep lunule; cincture extending from beak to base; fine concentric striae, and strong radii. Found ten feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7; in the Modiomorpha sub-alata bed, in Idlewood Ravine, and on the Lake Shore. 267 Genus ORTHONOTA. Conrad. [Ety. : Orthos, straight ; notos, back. ] (1841 : Annual Report Geol. Surv. N. Y., p. 50.) Shells extremely elongate and inequilateral; anterior end rounded, posterior truncate. Beaks near the anterior end. Cardinal line straight, or sometimes slightly concave, extend- ing nearly the entire length of the shell. Dmbonal slopes rounded or angular, and denned by one or more distinct folds. which extend to the post-basal extremity. Surface marked by fine lines of growth, and often by strong undulations, which are least conspicuous on the anterior end. Two or more rounded or angular oblique folds extend from the beaks to the posterior and post-basal margins. Cardinal margin with a long linear fold embracing the ligament, which is apparently internal. Okthonota (?) parvula. Hall. (Fig. 189.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 482, Pis. LXV., LXXVIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Elongate sub-trapezoidal form ; straight ventral and dorsal margins; angular umbonal slope; - ■ •- - flat or slightly concave post-cardinal slope ; fine surface stria?, and absence of undulations. %kk*^t**M |jl Found in the shale between the FlG. 189. orthonota w par- vr j_-i i cu ii'ii • vula. Specimen retaining both JNailtllllS aild StrOphalOSia beds, 111 valves hi conjunction, x 2 (from Avery's Creek (one specimen). Genus CARDIOLA. Broderip. [Ety. : Kardia, the heart.] (1884: Trans. Geol. Soc.) Shells with equal inequilateral valves, obliquely oval or sub-circular; with large prominent obliquely incurved beaks. Hinge line with a flattened cardinal area, which is widest between the beaks, and extends for its whole length. Surface radially plicated. 268 Cardiola retrostriata. von Buch. (Fig. 190.) {Glyp- tocardia speciosa. Hall: Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 426, Pis. LXX, LXXX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size, nearly circular out- line: oblique truncation from beak to posterior extremity: Fig. 100. Cardiola retrostriata. From the Genesee slate, enlarged to four diameters (from Hall I. broad, fiat, rounded plications, with very narrow inter- spaces; arching lamellose concentric stria?. Found in the lower gray Naples shales and Goniatite layer, at Sections 1 to 4 (common): also in the Strophalosia bed, on the Lake Shore ( one fragment of a large specimen ). Gems CYPRICARDINIA. Hall. [Ety. : Resembling the genus Ci/print rfJia.] (1859 : Pal. N. Y., Vol. III., text, p. 266.) Shells with unequal valves, the right valve more convex. Outline varying from obovate to trapezoidal, with a short rounded anterior end and a wider obliquely truncate poste- rior end. Sub-anterior incurved beaks; straight or arcuate cardinal line, which arises from the beak ; external ligament ; one long lateral tooth; concentric lamellose undulations and finer stria-, and in some specimens radiating stria3, charac- terize this genus. Cypricardinia indenta. (Conrad.) (Fig. 191.) (Pal. X. V.. Vol. V.. Pt. I., p. 485, PI. LXXIX.) Distinguishing I 'haracters. — Slightly sinuate basal margin ; straight cardinal line; distinct cincture on right valve, less 269 Fig. 191. Cypricardinia indenta. Left and right valves, enlarged to three diameters. distinct on left valve; rounded umbonal slope of right valve, and sub-angular umbonal slope of left valve; strong, une- qually distant concentric undulations and finer stri.i- : radiating stria3, and a second set of stria' vertical to the concentric lamellae. Found in the lower two feet of the Moscow shale, at Sec- tions 4 and 5 (one specimen) ; in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 (abundant) ; also in the shale and limestone beds between the Trilobite and Strophalosia beds (fairly common ). Genus ELYMELLA. Hall. [Ety. : Elymos, a case.] (1885 : Pal. K Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 1.) Shells with equal inequilateral valves, ovate-elliptical in outline. The anterior end is short and rounded, the poste- rior end narrower and rounded at the extremity. Closely incurved beaks ; prominent umbones ; a short cardinal line : and concentric lines of growth, which are sometimes lamel- lose, — mark this genus. Elymella nuculoides. Hall. (Fig. 192.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 503, PL XL.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size ; obliquely ovate outline ; regularly curving margins; hinge line straight, a little less than half " Fig. 192. Elt/mrlhi uucirfoidrs. the length Of the Shell ; fine COllCeil- Specimen, retaining both valves in ° conjunction, from Hamilton gi trie stria?, fasciculate on the surface (from Hal1)- of the shell, giving rise to strong undulations. group 270 Found "in the Hamilton shales, at Hamburg-on-the-Lake, Erie County. X. Y." (Hall, type.) Genus MODIELLA. Hall. [Ety. : .Von Jus, a measure ; ellus, diminutive, ditnin. of genus Modiola.] (1870 : Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. I., p. 54.) • Shells with equal, very inequilateral, valves, obovate in outline. Anterior end short, posterior broad and curved, or obliquely sub-truncate, at the extremity. Anterior beaks and arcuate cardinal line; hinge with elongate groove and fold ; linear ligament ; fine concentric striae, and faint, curv- ing, radiating striae, — are characteristic of this genus. Modiella PYGMiEA. (Conrad.) (Fig. 193.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt, I.. i>. 514, PI. LXXVI.) Distinguishing Characters.— Small size; obliquely obovate outline, resembling Modiola; broadly curved to obliquely truncate posterior margin ; a u r i c u 1 a t e anterior margin, the ear defined by a dis- tinct sulcus ; curved Fig. 103. Modiella pygmcea. Two left valves, en- radiating Stria?. larged to two diameters (from Hall). Foillld tweiltv-five feet below the Encrinal limestone, in Idlewood Ravine (very rare) ; also in the Strophalosia bed on the Lake Shore (rare). Class Gastropoda. Cuvier. The gastropods, or snails, are molluscs, with a distinct head, a mus- cular foot, and a mantle consisting of a single lobe. They are terrestrial, marine, or fresh-water animals, and are commonly protected by a conical or spirally-coiled shell, which is secreted by the mantle. The apical portion of the shell usually consists of a simple coiled embryonic shell, or protoconch. Succeeding this is the shell proper, which, when coiled, comprises few or many whorls, the latter overlapping the earlier ones to a greater or less extent. The suture at the junction of the overlapping whorls may be faintly or strongly impressed. The whorls may coil closely, forming a compact central columella; or they may be loosely coiled, leaving a hollow columella, opening below in the umbilicus. The body-whorl opens in the aperture, the rim or peristome of which consists 271 •of an outer, and an inner ox columella/)' lip. The peristome is complete when both inner and outer lip are present, and incomplete when the place of the inner lip is taken by the preceding whorl. In a great many species the peristome is notched anteriorly, or produced into a straight, or more or less flexed, canal. A posterior notch is also frequently found. The columellar lip, and in its absence the columella, may be smooth or furnished with one or more plications. Similarly, the outer lip may be smooth on its iuner side or furnished with plications or lira. Among the external features of importance are the transverse lines of growth, winch mark the successive increments; varices or rows of spines, parallel to the lines of growth, and marking periodic resting stages during the growth of the shell; and revolving longitudinal lines or ridges, which may be uniform or alternating, or may show a gradation in size. When the varix is reduced to a single spine, this usually marks the angle between a shoulder and the body of the whorl. The shell will thus come to be ornamented by a revolving row of spines set at regular intervals on the shoulder-angle. In place of the spines, simple nodes may occur. When transverse and longitudinal lines cross each other, a reticulated surface ornamentation is produced ; and when the shell is covered by an epider- mis, or periostracum, hair-like spines not infrequently arise from the points of crossing. In Pleurotomaria and related gastropods, a siphonal notch occurs in the outer lip, and its progressive closure from behind leaves a marked revolving band, commonly visible only on the body- whorl. Many species, especially of marine gastropods, secrete a horny or calcareous operculum, which is attached to the foot, and closes the aperture of the shell when the animal is withdrawn. This is seldom pre- served in fossils. Note. — The anatomy of gastropods is treated of in the text-books on zoology. The various manuals of conchology describe the recent as well as the fossil genera, with especial reference to the shells. For a modern classification, Zittel's text-book (Eastman's translation) should be consulted. The species described beyond are nearly all more fully de- scribed and illustrated in Vol. V., Pt. II., Pal. N. Y., to which reference is made in the text. Genus PLATYCERAS. Conrad. [Ety. : Platys, flat; keras, horn.] (1840: Ann. Rep. N. Y., p. 205.) Shell conical, irregular, with or without the apex inrolled. Aperture expanded, often reflexed; peristome entire, often sinuous. Surface variously striated, sometimes bearing spines. 272 Fig. 194. Platyceras erection (after Hall). Platyceras erectum. Hall. (Fig.ly4.) (Pal.N.Y.,Vol. . Pt. II.. p. 5, PI. II.) Distinguishing Characters. — Closely in rolled apex, for one and one-half volutions; rapidly expanding lower portion; outer surface regularly arcuate to the inrolled spire; concentric laniellose striae, arched abruptly over nar- row bands, marking former sinuosities in the peristome. Found in the Demissa beds, at Section 5 (where small individuals, probably of this species, are com- mon). Platyceras carinatum. Hall. (Fig. 195.) (Pal. N. Y.. Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 5, PI. II.) Distinguishing Characters.— Oblique, sub-conical or sub- pyramidal form; minute apex. making one or one and one-half volutions ; rapid expansion below ; strong cari- nation on outside of body-whorl, with commonly a depression on either side; obscure plications; oblique aperture; sinuous peristome; undu- lating concentric striae. Found in the Encrinal limestone, and in the Demissa bed, at Section 5 ( rather rare ) ; also, rarely, in the middle Trilobite bed. Platyceras thetis. Hall. (Fig. 196.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. Y.. Pt. II., p. 8, PI. III.) Distinguishing Characters. —Arcuate outer surface; closely inrolled apex, making one volution; gradually ex- panding lower portion; nearly round aperture; sinuous peristome; lateral tSclSwffii).1" longitudinal folds; closely arranged lamellose concentric striae. Found in the Demissa bed. at Section 5; and in the middle Pleurodictyum bed, in Avery's Creek. Fig. 195. Platyceras cari- inttum (after Hallj. '21'.\ Platyceras bucculentum. Hall. ( Fig. P.>7. ) (Pal.N.Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 10, PI. III.) Distinguishing Characters.— I rregu lar form; closely inrolled spire, making one or two volutions; rapidly and unequally expanding- lower portion ; rounded longi- tudinal folds or semi-plications; faint re- volving striae. Fig. 191 Platycercu bueculentum \ a f I e r Ball). Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (doubt- fur Hall. (Fig. 198.) (Pal.N.Y., and obscure longitudinal Fig. 198. Platyceras symmet- ricum. A characteristic specimen — the lower part is too strongly differentiated from the upper i from Hall). Platyceras SYMMETRIC !1 m Vol. V., Pt, II., p. 9, PI. III.) D is t in g u is h i n g Characters. — Strongly arcuate and incurved form, with one or one and one-half volutions coiled in the same plane, last volution free; equally spread- ing lower portion; oblique, sub- quadrate to rhomboidal aperture; sinuate peristome; concentric striae ; ridges. Found in the middle Pleurodictyum bed, in Avery's Creek (rare). Platyceras (Orthonychia) attenuatum. Hall. 199.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 6, PI. III.) Dist in g u is h in g Characters. — Conical form ; minute and slightly inrolled apex, making from one to one and one-half volu- tions; abrupt expansion of body-whorl; very oblique peristome ; crowded, undulat- FlG 199 piatycenu ing concentric striae; irregular, undefined SaiiT'" "''"'' longitudinal folds ; sinuous peristome. Found in the Encrinal limestone, and the Stictopora and Demissa beds, at Section 5; in the Trilobite beds, at Section 8 (rare). ( Fig. 274 Gems PLATYOSTOMA. Conrad. [Ety. : Platy8,* broad ; stoma, mouth.] (1842 : Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. VIII., p. 275.) Shell with a short, depressed spire, a large, dilated aper- ture, and with the inner lip lying close against the body- whorl. Platyostoma lineata. Conrad. (Fig. 200.) (Pal.N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II.. p. 21, PL X.) Distinguishing Characters.— -Volutions, four or five; large ventricose body-whorl, which is regularly con vex. and a little depressed below the su- ture line; sub-orbicular peristome; thin outer lip, with sharp entire margin ; thickened inner lip. folded and reflexed over the um- bilicus, which in ad nil Fig. 200. Platyostoma lineata. views (after Hall). Side and top s] >< 'cimens is entirely covered ; fine, nearly equidistant, thread- like revolving strire, cancelled by similar concentric striae. Found in the lower Moscow shale, at Sections 4 and 5 (rare) : in the Encrinal limestone, at Section 5 (common) ; in the Stictopora and Demissa beds, at Section 5 (common, but small); in the lower Trilobite bed, at Section 8 (rare); between the Trilobite and Strophalosia beds, in Avery's Creek ( rather common). Platyostoma lineata, var. sinuosa, Hall, has a deep sinus in the peristome, near the umbilicus. Found at " Hamburg, on the shore of Lake Erie." ( Hall.) Platyostoma lineata, var. emajrginata n. var. (Fig. 200A.) (Compare Pal. X. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II.. PI. X.. Fig. 1.) Distinguishing Characters. — Spire and volutions similar to /'. lineata; bodv-whorl less ventricose: the last whorl *Tln- correel orthography for this name is Flatystoma, but this name was preoccupied for a Bhell by Klein, in 1753 : for an insect by Meigen, in 1808 ; and for a fish by Agassiz, in 1829. Paul Fisher, in 18^5, proposed the name Diaphorostoma, in his "'Manuel deUoncuyli- ologie.'' 'I lii- lias been adopted by some authors. !'<•> +J? shows a distinct revolving band formed by the backward bendingof the lines of growth near the suture, the lip thus having a deep ; vt*ftviy',' emargination or sinus, as in Pleurotomaria ; the earl}' stages of the shell are typical of the species; surface reticulate by revolving- stria? crossed by the lines of growth. 5 Fiti. anOA. Platyoa to m ii I i n e '• tii, var. riuiiri/iiiiiiii. Summit round associated with Stictopora and view- (OriginaL) Spirorbis, in the Demissa (?) bed (one specimen). Genus LOXONEMA. Phillips. [Ety. : Loxos, oblique ; nema, thread.] (1841 : Pal. Foss. Cornwall, etc., p. 98.) Shell elongate, with a tall spire composed of many whorls. The aperture is simple, narrow above, ample below. The lines of growth are doubly curved, and there is no umbilicus. LOXONEMA HAMILTONIvE. Hall. (Fig. 201.) (Pal. N. Y, Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 45, PI. XIII.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large number (about thirteen) of volutions, gradually increasing in size; ventricose body-whorl; ovate aperture, narrowing below; distant curving stria?, which bend gently backward from the suture, and forward from the base of the volution, with the greatest curve in the middle. Found * * * "at Eighteen Mile Creek" * * * (Hall), in the Strophalosia bed wherever exposed (common). LOXONEMA DELPHICOLA. Hall. (Fig. 202.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V, Pt. II., p. 47, Pis. XIII., XIV.) Distinguishing Characters . — Smaller number of volutions than preceding (about eight); flattening of whorls; strong stria?, bent slightly back for a short distance JilhicZhi' (af(er' hX" Fig. 201. Loxone- mti hamiltonice (af- ter Hall). ^m*£& 276 below the suture, continuing in nearly a direct or slightly curving line almost to the base of the volution, and then bending forward to the suture; suture banded. Found in the Strophalosia bed, in Avery's Creek. Loxonema (?) coapta. Hall. (Fig. 203.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II.. p. 44. PL XIII.) Distinguishing ( 'baracters. — About six volutions to a fragment a little over three- fourths inch long; close, very gradually ascending and slightly convex volutions. fig. 203. Loxonema ■ Erie County, X. Y." ( Hall, type. ) Loxonema breviculum. Hall. ( Fig. 204. ) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II., p. 132, PI. XXVIII. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Abruptly turriculate spire, with five or six moderately convex volu- tions; somewhat rapid expansion of spire below the apex; more gradual expansion below, the last volution scarcely more ven- tricose than the preceding; broadly sub- elliptical aperture. Found "in calcareous concretions in the Fig. 204. Loxonema shales of the Hamilton group, at Hamburg, breviculum. Longitud- ° x inai section (after Ham on the Shore of Lake Erie." (Hall, type.) Genus ECCYLIOMPHALUS. Portloch. [£ty. : Eccyliomphalus, unrolled umbilicus.] (1843 : Geol. Rep. Lond., p. 411.) Shell consisting of a few tapering, widely-disconnected whorls, the upper surface of which is usually flattened in our plane, and the lower surface of the whorls round. Eccyliomphalus laxus. (Hall.) (Fig. 205.) (Pal.N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II.. p. 60. PI. XVI.) * Encrinal. 277 Difitingu is h ing Characters.— Four volutions, the inner ones rising mod- erately above the plane of the outer ones; gradually and regularly expand- ing whorls, with circular cross-section; crowded concentric striae. Fig. 205. Eccyliomphalus Found in the Encrinal limestone, at team* (after Hail). Section 5 (rare); in the Transition beds and the Uppm the Hamilton group are commonly much distorted (after Hall;. 279 fine concentric striae ; band limited by linear carina <»n either side, the concentric striae making an abrupl retral curve within. Found in the Pleurodictyum beds, chiefly as casts. Pleurotomaria itys, var. tenuispira, Hall, differs in tli«> greater number of volutions (seven or more): greater ro- tundity of the last two volutions; strong revolving striae, coarser crenulations, and absence of revolving carina limit- ing the "band." Found " in the shales of the Hamilton group, ai Hamburg, shore of Lake Erie." ( Hall, type. ) Pleurotomaria capillaria. Conrad. (Fig. 209.) (Pal. N. Y, Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 77, PL XX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Tur- reted spire, with four or more volu- tions, rapidly increasing in size; ventricose body-whorl, an angular- ity on its upper side caused by two or three prominent revolving ca- rina1; revolving and concentric Fig. S09. Pleurotomaria capO- ° laria (after Hall.). striae. Found in the Strophalosia bed, on the Lake Shore (rare). Pleurotomaria planidorsalis. Hall. (Fig. 210.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt, II., p. 82, PL XXI.) Distinguishing Characters. — De- pressed trochiform, sub-discoidal spire ; su b-angular volutions, rounded below; aperture straight on upper side, somewhat rounded below; strong revolving carina, two-thirds distant from suture to peripheral band ; similar carina on the lower side; simple band; strong concentric striae. Fig. 810. Pleurotomaria plant- dorsalis. An obliquely compressed specimen, with spiral band ararly obliterated (after Ball) 280 Found "'in the Calcareous shales of the Hamilton group, at Hamburg, ou the Shore of Lake Erie." ( Hall. ) Pleurotomaria rugulata. Hall. (Fig. 210A.) (Pal. N. V.. Vol. V.. Pt.II.,p. 75, PI. XX.) Distinguishing Characters. — Low spire, rapidly expand- ing volutions, the body-whorl forming almost the entire bulk of the shell; broadly banded periphery; very convex lower side, abruptly compressed to the umbilical area ; fine surface stria'. Usu- ally occurs as internal molds. Found in the Hamilton group of Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Fig. 210A. Pleurotoma ria rugulata (after Halh. Nat. Hist. Xew York.) Genus BELLEROPHON. Montfort. [Ety. : Mythological name.] (1808: Conch. Syst, Vol. I., p. 50.) Shell symmetrically coiled in a single plane, with a flaring- mouth, which bears a notch or sinus in the center of the outer lip. This notch is continued backwards in a revolving band, of varying strength, while the concentric growth-lines make a sharp reentrant. The inner lip is thickened and ex- panded on the inrolled spire. Bellerophon patulus. Hall. (Fig. 211.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II., p. 100, Pis. XXII., XXIV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-globose, ventricose form ; small umbilicus, closed before reaching center; abruptly and widely dilated aperture, semi-circular in outline: flat- tened, broadly sinuate lip; reflexed inner lip, which extends over and partly covers the preceding volutions, forming ;i thickened pustulose "callus*': con- centric striae; strong concentric costse on the inrolled por- tion of the shell. I'n. '.'i! Bellerophon natulus I 'orsal \ iew . re duced '.ill. -I- Hall . L'Sl Found"* * * in the soft Calcareous shales, on the Shore of Lake Erie, at Eighteen Mile Creek ." (Hall. ) Bellerophon leda. Hall. (Fig. 212.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 110, PI. XXIII.) Distinguishing ( haracters.— Sub-glob< >se outline, si igh 1 1 v flattened on back; rapidly expanding body-whorl ; wide aperture ; abruptly spreading peristome, broadly sinuate and notched in front; reflexed inner lip, extending- in a callus over the pre- ceding whorl ; strong revolving striae, alternating in size; finer, sub-equal, thread-like, cancellating, concentric fig. 212. Beiierophon ie.) I Pal. N. Y.. Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 169, Pis. XXXI., XXXI. A.) Distinguishing Characters. — Elongate conical form, becoming cylindrical towards the mouth; apex attenuate, with close acute annulations, the extreme portion apparently smooth; annulations acute, interspace rounded, with concentric striae. Found in the upper Moscow shales, at Section 2 (?); in the Stictopora and De- missa beds, at Section 5 (rare); five to fig. 215. Tentacu* P c j 1 1 , 1 T-i -it bellulus. Enlarged (after fourteen feet below the Encrmal limestone, Hail), at Section 7. Tentaculites gracilistriatus. Hall. (Fig. 216.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 173, Pis. XXXI., XXXI.A.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; general resem- blance to S. fissurella; sub-equidistant annulations, with wider interspaces ; smooth apical portion ; continuous fine longitudinal stria?, invisible to the unaided eve. Found in the upper Moscow shale ; especi- ally abundant two feet below the Styliolina, at Section 3 ; rarely in the Demissa bed four feet below Styliolina, at Section 6 ; in the upper Trilobite beds and associate shales (rare) ; in the Transition and upper Marcel- ^ eSaSd^SftS lus beds, on the Lake Shore (common). Genus COLEOLUS. Hall. [Ety. : Koleos, sheath.] (1879 : Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 184.) "Shell tubiform, extremely elongate conical, straight or slightly curved, comparatively thick; inner walls smooth. Fig. 216. Tentacu 284 Fig. 217. Coleolus tenuicincbum (after Hall). Fig. 218. Coleolus (?) gracilis A speci- men from the Demissa bed. natural size. (Ori- ginal. ) Surface marked by annulating stria' or rings, which are more or less oblique, or sometimes rectangular to the axis; sometimes longitudi- nally striated." Coleolus tenuicinctum. Hall. (Fig. 217.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 185, Pis. XXXII., XXXII.A.) Distinguishing Characters. — Long, taper- ing, conical outline, with the diameter of mouth 6 mm. in a specimen 75 ram. long; concentric or oblique striae, sinuate on one side; interrupted longitudinal stria1. Found in the Nautilus bed, on the Lake Shore (rare). Coleolus (?) gracilis. Hall. (Fig. 218.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 190, PI. XXXII.A.) Distinguishing Characters. — "Form ex- tremely attenuate, slightly curving, elongate, cylindro-conical, tubular; shell compara- tively thick; surface unknown, but ap- parently transversely striate." A specimen agreeing with this descrip- tion was found in the Demissa bed, at Sec- tion 5. Genus CONULARIA. Miller. [Ety. : Conulus, little cone.] (1821: Sowerby's Mineral Conchology, Vol. III., p. 107.) Shell elongated pyramidal, with the transverse section varying from quadrangular to octagonal. Angles indented by longitudinal m-ooves. The surface is variously orna- raented by transverse or reticulating striaj. Near the apex the shell is furnished with a transverse septum. Conularia undulata. Conrad. (Fig. 219.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II., p. 208, Pis. XXXIIL, XXXIV.) 285 Fig. 219. Conularia undulata. Distinguish- ing Charac- ters.— Quad- rangular basal section ; shal- low groove in FIG-„219-S Enlargement of " part of surface of Conularia tliA ppntpr nf undulata, showing crenulate Liie ceil lci ui cnaracter of strise< x 6 (att,.r each face; fine Hall)" transverse surface striae, slightly deflected at the median groove, and crossing the angles ; pnstnlose or crenulate character of stria?; smooth interstriate spaces, which are about twice as wide as the stria?. In external molds the striae will be represented by narrow grooves, in which the pustnlose or crenulate character appears, sep- arated by Wide flat ridges, which Natural size (after Hall,. represent the wider smooth interstriate spaces. A fragment of an external mold was found between four- teen and twenty-three feet below the Encrinal limestone, at Section 7. Class Cephalopoda. Cuvier. The cephalopods are the most highly developed molluscs, possessing si distinct, well-defined head, a circle of eight or more arms surrounding the mouth and generally furnished with suckers or hooks, a funnel-like " hyponome" or swimming organ, and a highly-developed nervous system. The majority of modern genera are naked, or with only a rudi- mentary internal shell (squids, cuttle-fish, etc.). Nautilus is the only modern genus with a typical external shell. The shells of cephalopods are chambered, i. e., divided, by a series of transverse floors or septa, into air chambers. The last or living chamber lodges the animal. The septa are pierced by a corresponding series of holes, which are often prolonged backwards or forwards into siplwnal funnels, the whole constituting the siphuncle. The line of junction be- tween the septum and the shell (the suture) is either simple or complex, and is best shown when the shell has been removed, after the chambers have been filled up by foreign material, a condition commonly realized in fossil forms. 286 In the Nautiloedea, t ho sutures are, as a rule, simple or but slightly lobed. and the siphuncle is commonly central or excentric, but seldom marginal, with the funnels generally directed backwards. The embryonic shell, or protoconch, is rarely retained. In the A.MMONOIDEA, the sutures are lobate to highly complex, with for- ward-bending saddles and backward-bending lobes, both often highly compound, usually with a ventral or siphoned lobe marking the position of the marginal siphuncle. The siphonal funnels are commonly directed for- wards. A globular or egg-shaped embryonic chamber, or protoconch, is generally retained. The position of the hyponome variously influences the form nf the aperture and the character of the ornamentation in the Ammonoids as well as in the Nautiloids. The shells of cephalopods are either straight (more or less conical) or variously curved and coiled to close involution. Note. — The anatomy of modern cephalopods is treated of in text- books of zoology. A detailed description of fossil genera will be found in Hyatt's "Genera of Fossil Cephalopods" (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXII., 1888). A detailed classification and synopsis of families is given in Hyatt's article on Cephalopods, in Zittel's "Handbook of Palaeontology " (Eastman's translation). All the Ammonoids noted below are described in great detail, and with especial reference to their stages of development, in Clarke's " Naples Fauna" (16th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1898). References to the Palaeontology of New York are made in the text. NAUTILOIDEA. Genus ORTHOCERAS. Breynius. [Ety. : Orthos, straight; keras, horn.] (1732: Dissertatio Physica de Polythalamiis.) Shell ;i straight conical tube, with a large body chamber and numerous air chambers, separated by convex septa. Sutures simple, at right angles to the long axis of the shell : siphuncle central, sub-central, or excentric, cylindrical or sometimes widening in the chambers. Surface smooth or variously ornamented by transverse or longitudinal striae, or by annulations. Orthoceras eriense. Hall. ( Fig. 220. ) | Pal. X. Y.. Vol. Y.. Pt. II.. p. 274. PI. XL.) Distinguishing Characters. — Large size; straight, robust form, regularly enlarging to the slightly contracted aper- ture; circular cross section; apical angle, eight degrees; 287 ^% :,->;•:■ ^ t (-•• '&■''-■■■ ■-"-■■ :C%MM Fk;. 22i fc- *1 . '-""if ■■,, m jJ^ *fci --*?' t Fig. 221. Ortho- Fig. 888. o/7/.o- Fig. 220. Orthoceras eriense, x ^>. The ceras subiUatum. A ceroa exile. Portion living chamber and septa, and a basal specimen with of a specimen (after view, showing position of siphuncle (after crushed living Cham- Ball). Hall). ber (after Hall). 2ss living chamber twice as long as its median diameter; nu- merous regular air chambers; thin, smooth septa, concavity equal to an arc of 116 degrees: large straight central cylin- drical siphuncle; concentric and longitud- inal stria1. Found "in the Hamilton group, on Lake Erie Shore * V (Hall, type. ) Orthoceras bubulatum. Hall. ( Fig. 221.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. V, Pt. II.. p. 283, Pis. XXXYIIL, LXXXIV., LXXXYI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Straight, regularly expanding subulate form : circular cross -section : sub -cen- tral siphuncle: living chamber three times as long as its basal diame- ter: thin, smooth septa, with concavity equal to an arc of about 125 de- grees. Found in the upper Moscow shale, two feet from the top, at Section 2 (rare) ; in the Encri- nal limestone, at Sec- tion 5 (rare): three feet below the Encrinal lime- stone, at Section G (rare) : and in the Stro- phalosia bed, in Avery's Creek (common ). Orthoceras exile. Hall. (Fig. 222.) (Pal. \. V.. Vol. V.. Pt. II., p. 290, Pis. XXXIX.. LXXXIV.. LXXXV.) Distinguishing < 'haracters.— St raight, slender, regularly enlarging form, with circular cross-section, and apical angle of five degrees; concavity of septa equal to depth of <&m mm* W Fig. 233. Orthoce- ras tela man. The living chamber, with one air chamber at- tached, and basal view of same, show- ing position of si- phuncle (after Hallj. Fig. 224. Orthoceras au- lax. A fragmentary speci- men, from Hamburg on- the- Lake (after Hall). ■$M&$fc: W 289 chamber; living chamber more than thru- times as long as its basal diameter; siphuncle one-third the diameter <>f tin- shell from the margin. Found in the "Hamilton group, on the south Shore of Lake Erie" (Hall); doubtfully in and above the Modiomorpha bed. 0 E T HOCE R A S T E L AMI! N . Hall. (Fig. 223.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 291, PI. LXXXV.) Distinguishing ( Characters. — Regularly and gradually enlarg- ing tube ; circular cross-section : apical angle four degrees; cylin- drical living chamber about three times as long as its basal diameter; depth of air cham- bers 5 mm., where diameter of shell is 9 mm.; concavity of septa equal to an arc of about 110 degrees; large excentric siphuncle, less than one-third diameter from the margin. Found in the Encrinal lime- stone, at Section 5 (rare, and Fig. 225. Orthoce- gomewliat doubtful ). ras nuntium. Natu- ^n^thfsSrCe OrTHOCEBAB AULAX. Hall. enlarged (after Hall). ^pig. 224:.) ( Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., iJjiftS&i WWr ,ii»!lfltotW&, jiitiStasWiIs . i Hi ; M Pt. II., p. 293, PL LXXXIV.) Distinguishing Characters.— Slen der, v e r y -,,■,,. i .1 .. Fk; 886A. Ortho- gradually enlarging tube; numerous regular, <.,.,„, .,„„,„, ■„,„,„. f -. ■, j! -i ij- The type species low, rounded, transverse surface ridges, about from LokeEflecaJ twelve in the space of 10 mm., with regularly concave interspaces, equal in width to the ridges; fine, sharp longitudinal striae. •' • ■ -. ■ V 290 Founded upon a compressed fragment "from the shales of the Hamilton group, at Hamburg, Erie County, N.Y." (Hall. ) Obthoceras nuntium. Hall. (Fig. 225. ) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Ft. II., p. 299, Pis. XLIII., LXXXII.) Distinguishing ( 'haracters. — Regu- larly and rapidly enlarging tube : sub-circular transverse section; api- cal angle about nine degrees; nu- merous regular air chambers, 2 mm. deep, where diameter is 10 mm.; septal concavity greater than depth of chambers ; sub-central siphuncle : numerous regular horizontal annu- lations; regular longitudinal stria*, and concentric lines of growth. Found in the Tri- lobite beds, at Sec- tion 8, on the Lake Shore, and in Avery's Creek ; also in the shales, two to four feet below the Trilobite beds, in Averv's Creek (very rare). Orthoceras ema- CERATUM. Hall. (Fig. 225 A.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II., p. 292, PL XXXIX. ) Distinguishing ( haracters. — Sub-circular transverse section; apical angle four and fio. 225c Ortho- , , . . . . , , ceras constrictum. one-nnn degrees; regular air cnam bers, grad- Living chamber, . . showing constriction, uallv increasingin depth towards the living and several air cham- 1 ^ bers (after Hall). chamber: straight and horizontal sutures. Found in the Hamilton shales, on the south Shore of Lake Erie. (Hall.) Fio. 225 B. 0 rthoce ra s sp Eighteen ^lilc Creek (after Hall). 291 Orthoceras sp. (Fig. 225B.) (Pal, X. Y.. Vol. \ '.. PI. LXXXVII.) A macerated specimen of an undetermined species, from Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake Erie Shore, showing the effect of compression in the soft shales. The figure is reproduced from Hall. Orthoceras constrictum. Vanuxem. i Pig. 225C. ) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. Y., Pt. II., p. 2883 Pis. LXXXIV., LXXXV. ) Distinguishing Characters.— Straight, regularly enlarging shell, with apical angle six degrees ; circular transverse sec- tion; living chamber broadly constricted anterior to the middle; numerous regular air chambers with a depth of from 2 to 3 mm.; smooth, thin septa; central siphnncle. Distinguished from 0. exile by its more closely placed septa, and its central siphuncle. Found in the Hamilton group of Eighteen Mile Creek. (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. New York.) Genus GOMPHOCERAS. Sowerby. [Ett. : Oomphos, club ; keras, horn. ] (1839: Murch. Sil. Syst,, p. 620.) Shell straight or curved, pear-shaped, greatest diameter in front of the middle; cross-section circular. Mouth con- tracted, opening by a T-shaped aperture. Siphuncle cen- tral or excentric, sub-cylindrical or expanding between the septa* (moniliform). Gomphoceras manes. Hall. (Fig. 226.) (Pal. N. Y.. Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 339, PI. CXXIII. Supplement.) Distinguishing Characters.— Large size; fusiform out- line; greatest gibbosity at last septum; regularly tapering towards both ends; large aperture, with entire margins: nearlv smooth surface. Found * * " in the dark Carbonaceous beds of the Gen- esee slate, south of Alden, Erie County, N. Y." (Hall, type.) 292 GOM PHOCE HAS LUNATUM. Hall. (Fig. 227.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. V.. Pt. II., p. 341, PI. XCV.) Distinguish inn; I 'hara cters. — Large size; regularly arcuate form ; broadly oval cross- section, the lateral diameter longest; one side (dorsal) is concave, and the others are convex, the longitudinal sec- tion being lunate; large liv- ing chamber, with the great- est expansion anterior to the last septum; siphuncle ex- panded between the septa; lamellose lines of growth, and distinct longitudinal striae. Found in the shales of the Hamilton group, at Hamburg, Fig. 226. Gomphoceros manes, x ^ (after Erie CoUlltv, N. Y. (Hall.) Hall). - ' Genus NAUTILUS. Breymus. [Ety. : Nautilos, sailor or navigator.] (1732: Dissert, Polyth., p. 11.) Shell with numerous volutions, coiled in a single plane, the volutions contiguous, the later ones indented by the preced- ing ones. The septa are simple, concave upwards, with simple, arched or waved sutures. Siphuncle central or sub- central ; lips sinuous; surface smooth or variously orna- mented. • Nautilus magister. Hall. (PI. XXVIII.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 422, Pis. LXIL, CVIL, (Till. ) Distinguishing Characters— Large size; transverse and ventro-dorsal diameter about as eleven to twelve: volutions embracing to one-third the diameter of the inner contiguous di mi. and Pal., Eighteen Mii.e Cheek. ^ NAUTIJ Hambubgb-on-tj Plate XXVIII. S MAGISTER. Lake, Erie Co., N. Y. 293 1 - u I 1 q — i o -9 = I I ■I. I 6 294 volution; narrow and profound umbilicus ; large ventricose living chamber ; very concave septa; large, abruptly expand- ing siphuncle; concentric and radiating lines, and obscure low rounded nodes. Found only in the Nautilus bed, near the base of the Hamilton group, in Avery's Creek, and in Erie Clin'. Nautilus (Centroceras*) marcellensis. (Yanuxem.) (Fig. 228.) (Pal. N, Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 428, Pis. LXV., CIX.) Distinguishing Characters.— Discoid, somewhat com- pressed . form; contiguous, but not embracing, volutions: wide and deep umbili- cus, exposing en- tire lateral faces of the inner volu- tions; angularity of m argi ns of Fig. 228. Nautilus marcellensis. A young specimen on stone natural size (original) ; adult (after Hall) reduced to VOllltlOllS glVUlg one-fourth natural size. a sub-quadrangu- lar cross-section ; septal sutures forming a distinct angular saddle on the umbilical margin, a broad shallow lobe on the lateral face of the volution, a distinct angular saddle on the outer margin, and a rounded lobe on the outer face of the volution; siphuncle near the outer margin of the volutions. Found in the impure limestone band, which forms the dividing line bet ween the upper Marcellus and the Transition shales in Erie Cliff. Note — This species has heretofore been recorded only from the Goniatite limestone, which forms the dividing line ♦Centroceras, Hyatt, "includes Devonian species, with much compressed whorls, abdomen often hollow, sometimes narrow, with one row of tubercles along the edge of the abdomen on either side; the sutures have deep V-shaped ventral lobes, deep lateral and dorsal lobes ; no annular lobes in species observed. The dorsum is frequently gibbous, and has an impressed zone only in the more compressed and more involute species/ Type, C. Marcellense. (Gen. Foss. Ceph., p. 283.) 1".).-, between the lower and upper Marcellus shales in Central New York. The present specimen measures ;i little over an inch in greatest diameter. AMMONOIDEA. Genus BACTRITES. Sandberger. [Ety. : Ba hi ron, ;i staff.] (1841 : Leonh. und Bronn's Jalirbuch, p. 240.) Shell long, straight, slender, gradually tapering, round or elliptical in cross-section. The siphuncle is thin and near the margin. The sutures have very gentle lateral curves and a funnel-shaped siphonal lobe. Theprotoconch isegg-shaped and erect. B act rites gracilior. Clarke. (Fig. 229.) (1898: Naples Fauna, p. 124, PI. IX. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Section of uncompressed specimen sub-circular ; depth of air chambers decreases relatively from the older to the newer parts; septa quite regularly concave, considerably oblique, sloping toward the dorsum ; fine, con- centric, oblique, closely crowded surface lines on the young, and obscure, broad, and low oblique ribs on the adult shell, all sloping backward to the dorsum ; fine vertical sub-equal lines on the body cham- ber, seen only on well-preserved specimens. t-, -,. . c , i i i i Fig. ~-.>,.i. Bactritea lor dlSCUSSlOll OI the development and gracilior. Internal mold, . showing septa and si- relations of this species, see ( larke s mono- phonal i .-niarged L (afl<-r Clarke). graph, referred to. This species occurs in the black shale of the Styliolina band, at Section 1 (replaced by iron pyrites ). Baotrites aciculum. (Hall.) (Fig. 230.) (Coleolus aciculmn. Hall. Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II.. p. 187, PI. XXXII.A.) 1 296 Distinguishing Characters. — " Fossil ex- tremely elongate cylindro-conical, having in the larger specimens a diameter at the base (in its flattened condition ) of about 7 mm.. with a length of more than three inches, becoming extremely slender and attenuate towards the apex." Found in the Goniatite limestone of the lower Naples shale, usually in a compressed condition, at Sections 1 to 3 (rare); lower Genesee shale, at Section 1 ( rare ). The section of this species is more ellip- Fig. 230. Brtctrites . . , acicuiwn. a crushed tical than in the preceding species, and the and flattened speci- 1 l men reduced (after protoCOlldl IS Smaller. Hall). l Gems GONIATITES. De Haax. [Ety. : Gonia, an angle; lithos, stone.] (1825: Monographic Ammoniteorum et Goniatiteorum, p. 159.) Shell coiled in a single plane, the whorls embracing, and sometimes closing, the umbilicus ; sutures zigzag, with for- ward-bending saddles and backward-bending lobes. Living chamber long, never expanded; siphuncle on the outer side of the volutions (venter) marked by siphonal lobes and sometimes saddles in the suture. Gonia tites (Tornoceras*) uniangularis. Conrad. (Fig. 231.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II. , p. 444, Pis. LXXI., LXXII.. LXXIV. Clarke: Naples Fauna, p. Ill, et seq. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Closed umbilicus; sutures with a prominent saddle occupying the inner half of the disc, thence abruptly recurving, and describing a some- what semi-elliptical curve, which limits the deep lateral lobe; in the ventral curve, upon the peripheral margin, ♦Tornoceras (Hyatt i "includes species which * * * have compressed whorls, and annular lobes : the sutures have rounded Baddies on the venter, and rounded lateral lobes with the typical magno-seuarian saddles of the family. The first pair of saddles have no corresponding saddles on the dorsum, and the annular lobes are situated immediately between tin- large dorsal saddles, corresponding to the ma^nosellarian saddles The ventral loins and sutures in the larval stages are similar to the adults of Anarcestes. The Stage at which the ventral saddles are in a primitive condition has close resemblance to the older stages "f Parodiceras " dienera of Foss. Cephalopoda, p. 320.) 207 Fig. 231. GoniatiteaunianuuUi ris, anilsutiiiv (after Hall). is included a distinct saddle of semi-elliptical form, some- times with a sub-acute apex : ventral lobe narrow- ly triangular, penetrating about one-third the depth of the preceding air chamber. Found in the Pleurodic- t}rum beds of Wanakah Cliff (rare). The variety obesum, Clarke, characterized by "much greater thickness and tumidity of the whorls," and the variety compression, Clarke, "laterally compressed shells, with a sub-angular periphery," are cited by Clarke from Erie County. (Naples Fauna, p. 116. ) The former occurs on the Lake Shore, and the latter in the Hamilton shales, at Wende Station. (See C. E. Beecher, Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. XL., pp. 71-75, PI. I., 1890. ) Goxiatites (Torxoceras) bicostatus. Hall. (Fig. 232.) (Pal. N. Y., Vol. Y., Pt. II., p. 450, Pis. LXXIL, LXXIV. Clarke: Naples Fauna, p. 118. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Discoidal form of adult: b r o a d 1 y c o n v e x or flat venter ; closed umbilicus (only in last volution); "about the ventral periph- ery runs a pair of low re- volving grooves, one on either side, without which are rather low hyponomic ridges'"; surface ornamen- tation of concentric lines, curving broadly backward over the lateral slopes, sharply forward on the hyponomic grooves, and backward, "in a deep linguiform festoon," on the venter; lateral lobe of suture more prominent and more isolated than in preceding Fig. 232. Gonicitites bicostatus. Ventral and lateral views of immature Individuals, Naples shales, Erie Count v, N. Y. (after Clarke). 298 species. (For discussion of the immature stages, see < Luke's Naples Fauna.) Found in the Naples shales of Big Sister and Farnum creeks ; and on the Lake Shore, near Angola. (Cla rke. ) Goniatites (Probeloceras*) lutheri. Clarke. (Fig. 233.) (Bull. 16th U. S. Geol. Surv., p. 50, PI. II. Clarke: Naples Fauna, pp. 90-102.) Distinguishing diameters. — - Shell widely umbilicated, more so than any species with which it is associated * * *. Septa numerous and closely appressed * *; the sutures are characterized by their acute lobes and saddles; ventral saddle very small, short, and very slightly rounded, the two lateral lobes strong and acute ; the lateral saddle very strong and acute, Fig. 233. Goniatites " n (afte7i''iark»'MVing sutures with its sides somewhat rounding; the dorsal saddle well defined and rounded, with a slight, sharp carinal lobe * * *; the septa are so closely crowded together that they are very nearly parallel to each other except at the apices of the lateral saddles. where the distance between them is somewhat greater than elsewhere; surface markings * * * finely incised, equi- distant lines, curving gently forward as they near the dorsal surface * *." ( For a discussion of the immature stages, etc., see Clarke's Naples Fauna.) Found in the Goniatite concretions of the lower Naples shale, at Sections 1 to 4. Goniatites complanatus. Hall. ( Fig. 234. ) ( Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. IF, p. 455, Fl. LXX.) This species was originally described in the Report on the Fourth Geological District, from a, compressed specimen from the Naples shales of Cashaqua Creek. {Clymenia (?) ♦Probeloceras, Clarke, 1898, Naples Fauna, p. 90, has the following diagnostic characters, differentiating it from other Qomatites: "DiscoidaJ, laterally compressed, umbilicated shells, with a narrow peripheral hand, concave and with raised edges in immature stages, convex in the adult. Suture with a single large and acutely-angled lateral saddle, and two acute lol.es ; ventral and sub-lateral lobes rounded. Early stages show a gradual derivation of the suture from a manticoceran outline by the sharpening of the principal saddle and sub-lateral lobe." Fig. 234. Goniatites complanatus • lutheri (?) —(after Hall). 290 complanata. ) No sutures were shown in the original speci- men, which was lost. Sub- sequently the species was re- described in Vol. V. of the Palaeontology of N. Y., and a number of specimens, which Clarke has since shown to belong to different species, were referred to it. The gen- eral characteristics of these specimens were discoidal form, wide umbilication and fine concentric surface striation, features characteristic, accord- ing to Clarke, of the exterior of at least three well-defined species in these shales. The specimen from the "Portage Group, Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake Erie Shore, N. Y.," figured on PI. LXX., Fig. 10, Vol. V., Pal. N. Y., and here repro- duced, probably represents a G. lutheri. Goniatites (Manticoceras*) intumescexs. Beyrich. (Figs. 235, 236.) G. patersoni. Hall. (Pal. N. Y., Vol. V., Pt. II., p. 464, Pis. LXXIL, LXXIV. Clarke : Naples Fauna, p. 42.) Distinguishing Characters. — About four volutions, the outer embracing the inner to one-half or more of their dorso- ventral diameter; moderately large umbilicus, exposing all the inner volutions; suture forming a narrow acute lobe near the inner margin, then a broad, oblique semi-elliptical saddle, a second narrow, elongate acute lobe, near the outer margin, and a narrow obtuse saddle on the periphery, with one side extremely elongate, and the other very short, forming * Manticoceras, Hyatt, "includes species with compressed and often very involute whorls, which are, however, directly traceable by the closest gradations into forms with broad whorls, open umbilici, and an aspect similar to that of Anarcestes. The young are invariably less discoidal than in Gephyroceras, the abdomens rounded, and the sides divergent outwardly. * * The adult sutures have the same general aspect as those of Gephyroceras, but the septa in the compressed involute forms become more decidedly con- vex. The lobes remain rounded until later stages of the growth, the funnel lobes are gen- erally smaller, the larger lateral saddles are also more persistent and retain their forms unchanged even in the extreme old age of the largest specimens.'' (Genera of Fossil Cephalopods, p. 3l~.) .",00 with its mate from the oppo- site side a short acute siphonal lobe. ( For de- velopment and detailed discus- sion, see Clarke's Naples Fauna.) Found in the Goniatite con- cretions of the lower Naples shale. (The identification is not without Fig. 235. Goniatites intumescens (patersoni), and suture en- rlmilit \ larged (after Hall). uuuul'v Fh;. :.'3T. Qoniatitea (Manticoceroa) rhynchostoma. Outline of the type specimen from Big Bister Creek, one-third natural size (after Clarke). 301 Goniatites (Manticoceras) rhynchostoma. Clarke. (Figs. 237, 238.) (Clarke: Naples Fauna, 16th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1898, pp. 65, 69, Pis. IV., V.) Distinguishing Characters. — Greater size than in preceding species at any corresponding stage in development ; lateral slopes more convex, venter sharper at its periphery. Sutures as in G. intumescens. Note.— The following figures (236, 238, 240), reproduced from Professor Clarke's monograph, and representing Fig. 236. Fig. 238. Fig. 240. Figs. 236, 238, 240. Vertical sections through shells of M. intumescens, M. rhynchostoma and M. sororium (after Clarke). vertical sections through adult shells, will show the char- acteristic differences in outline between this species and that preceding and that following it. The remarkable specimen figured by Clarke on Plate V. of his Naples Fauna, and an outline of which is here reproduced, was found with others (depicted on Plate IV.) in the Naples shales of Big Sister Creek, near Angola, N. Y. Goniatites (Manticoceras) sororium. Clarke. (Figs. 239, 240.) (Clarke: Naples Fauna, 16th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1898, pp. 75, 76, PL IV.) 302 Fig. 239. Goniatites .<.<> /•(/ r i a in . Young specimen from the Naples shales of Big Sister Creek. Erie Co., N. Y. (after Clarke). Distinguishing Characters. — Ornamental lines; these begin in the young shell as strong simple varices, retaining their strength through the third and part of the fourth volution, and be- coming obsolescent on the latter part of the fourth volution; on the ventral side they form a deep and narrow backward loop, curving forward on the hyponomic ridges, and backward with a broad curve on the lateral slopes ; the difference in whorl-section is shown by a comparison of the cross-sections (Figs. 240, 238, 236); suture and umbilication as in M. intumescens. This species * * "has been found only in the vicinity of Angola, on the Lake Erie Shore, and along Big Sister and Fariiham creeks, Erie Countv.*' (Clarke. ) The species occurs in the Naples shales. Goniatites (Gephyro c e - RAS*) holzapfeli. Clarke. (Fig. 241.) (Naples Fauna, 16th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., p. 87, PI. VII. ) Distinguishing Characters.— Re- sembles P.lutherim its compressed, discoidal whorls and flattened, grooved periphery ; differs from it in being more widely umbilicated, and in having the lateral saddles and sublateral lobes obtuse, a con- Copy of Clarke's figure of the type -■•,• i • .. r. ,1 specimen, from the Naples shales of dition characteristic of the younger Eighteen Mile Creek : suture of one .. 7-, , . , side enlarged (after Clarke). StagCS Of F. lutlWri. * Gephyroceras, Hyatt, •• * * includes species with discoidal .young whorls, with broad and more or less flattened abdomens in the adolescent stages, and the side divergent as in Manticoceras. * * The adult whorls become compressed and sub-acute in several species, but retain their open umbilici, except in the most involute species. * * The depth of the ventral lubes causes the septa to assume a convex aspect, but the median line remains con- cave until a late stage of growth. The large lateral saddles when first formed, and until a comparatively late stage in radical species, have no corresponding dorsal saddles; these arise later as two minute saddles in the dorsal lobe, on either side of the annular lobe." (Ilyatt : The Genera of Fossil Cephalopoda, p. 316.) :;<>:; A single specimen was found by Dr. D. F. Lincoln, at Sec- tion 1, Eighteen Mile Creek. It probably came from the lower Naples shales. Class Crustacea. Lamarck. Order Ostracoda. Latr. The ostracods are small Crustacea, with a bivalve calcareous or horny shell covering the entire body. The valves are joined dorsally by a membrane, and open along the ventral side. The body is indistinctly segmented, and bears seven pairs of appendages, two pairs of which represent the trunk limbs. The shell corresponds to the carapace of the higher crustaceans. These organisms are minute and will ordinarily be overlooked, unless search is made for them, with a lens, on the surfaces of the shale lamina?. They are especially abundant in the finer-grained shales. Note. — The anatomy of modern Ostracoda should be studied with the aid of the current text-books of zoology or anatomy. Genus PRIMITIA. Jones and Hall. [Ety. : Primitia, first of the kind.] (1865: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., Vol. XVI., p. 415.) Carapace minute with the valves equal, convex and oblong ; hinge line straight ; surface of each valve impressed dorsally, either at or anterior to the middle, by a vertical sulcus of variable size. Primitia seminulum. Jones. (Fig. 242.) (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. V., Vol. XYIL, p. 413, PL XIV.) Distinguishing- Characters. — Convex, almost symmetrically semi-circular outline; dorsal sulcus almost central, extending across one- third the width of the valve, or more ; surface clearlv and elegant! v reticu- lated. Found in the Encrinal limestone, at Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake Erie FlG m Primiua semtnu- cm / t r\ t„ ri „ ,1 lum. Left valve, broken in the Shore. (Jones: Quart. Journ. beol. middie,x 25 (after Jones). Soc, Vol. XLVL, p. 5.) 304 Genus PRIMITIOPSIS. Jones. [Ety. : Derived from Primitia.] (1887: Notes on some Silurian Ostracoda, from Gothland, p. 5.) Carapace bivalved, resembling' Primitia externally, except that tlie anterior end has a specially smooth area cor- responding to an internal portion, which is partitioned off from the rest of the cavity by a cross-wall. Primitiopsis punctulifera. (Hall.) (Fig. 243.) \Lej>rr- ditia ymnrtulifern. Hall: 13th Ann. Rep't X. Y. State Mas. Nat. Hist., p. 92.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-cylindrical outline: snb- equal rounded extremi- ties : surface with three small smooth tubercles, and a reticulated mesh- work, which gives the appea ranee of minute pits, and dies out at the ends ; meshes more dis- tinct around central tu- ieft vX? bercle. Found commonlv in * the Lower shales, at Sections 5 to 8 ; and on the Lake Shore. Fig. 243. Primitiopsis punctulifera. left valve ; lateral and edge views of a x 25 (after Jones). Gems EXTOMIS. Jones. [Ety. : Entoma, cut in two.] (1873: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. IV., Vol. XL, p. 413.) Carapace ovato-oblong, bean shaped, rounded at both ends. Valves equal, indented by a vertical sulcus, which begins at about one-third the length of the valve from the front, and extends about half wav across the valve. There is often a spine or tubercle in front of the furrow. Entomis iuiOMBoiDEA. Jones. (Fig. 244.) (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. XLVL, p. 10, 1890. ) 305 Distinguishing ( 'ha meters. — Rhoin- boidal outline; straight upper and lower margin; obliquely rounded ends; flat- tish surface; numerous strong, longi- tudinal, inosculating, raised striae, or thin wrinkles with a, tendency to be- come concentric. Found at "Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake ftoidea. .Utenu and edge ~ views of a left valve, x 85 Erie Shore, N. Y." (Jones.) <; Distingu ish ing ( 1m ra < •- ters. — Somewha 1 sole- shaped outline; semi-cir- cular in front, obliquely rounded behind : broad hinder end, with thin flat lip-like margin, bearing about ten obscure shallow pits; narrow front end. with six strong out- standing marginal denticles : surface with tortuous branch- ing ridge. Found in the ''Hamilton group, at Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake Erie, N. Y." (Jones.) Genus BEYRICHIA. McCoy. [Ety. : Proper name.] (1844: Synop. Sil. Foss. Ireland, p. 57.) Carapace with equal oblong convex valves, their extrem- ities rounded, their ventral border semi-circular, and dorsal border straight. Valves wider posteriorly than anteriorly, and impressed with transverse sulci, with raised lobes between. Beyrichia iiamiltoxexsis. Jones. (Fig. 247.) (1890: Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. XLVL, p. 19. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Multi-lobed with middle lobe isolated and oblique; anterior lobe forked by vertical sulcus : posterior lobe similarly, but less deeply, furcate, con- tinuing downward and forward to a swollen portion just at the middle of the ventral region: granulose surface, with some of the granules sharp and prickly at the dorsal region. Found in the Hamilton group, Eighteen Mile Creek. Lake Erie Shore. (Jones. ) Beyrichia tricollina. Ulrich. (Fig. 248.) (Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.. Vol. XIII., p. 189, PI. XII. ) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-oblong, semi-ovate, mod- erately convex valves, with a long straight hinge line, and Fig. 247. Beyrichia ham- Utonensis. A left valve, x 15 (after Jones). 307 wide marginal frill; surface with three rounded tubercles, one near the posterio-cardinal angle, an- other, perhaps twice as large, near the center of the dorsal margin, the third, smaller than either, between Fig. 248. Beyrichia tricollina. and a little beneath them; addi- a left valve, with the rrm broken away at the anterior end, x 20 tional slight swellings in the pos- (after uirich). terio-ventral fourth; moderate depression between largest and smallest tubercles. Found in the "shales of the Hamilton group, in Eighteen Mile Creek, N. Y." (Ulrich, type.) Genus ISOCHILINA. Jones. [Ety. : Isos, equal ; cheilos, lip. ] (1858: Can. Org. Remains, Decade 3, p. 197.) Carapace with equal valves, whose margins meet uni- formly and do not overlap. Greatest convexity central, or towards the anterior end ; anterior tubercle present. Isochilina (?) fabacea. Jones. (Fig. 249.) (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. XLYL, p. 22, PL II.) Distinguishing Characters. — "Narrow, oblong, bean- shaped, straight above, gently curved below, semi-circular in front, obliquely rounded behind ; faintly impressed in the middle of the dorsal region ; sloping gently dorsally, and more abruptly on the free margins; surface apparently punctate, but in reality delicately reticulate, all over." Found in the "Hamilton group, Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake Erie Shore, N. Y." (Jones. ) Genus LEPERDITIA. Eonault. [Ety.: Lepis, scale; dittos, double.] (1851: Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 2d Ser., T. VIII., p. 377.) Carapace with unequal valves, the right valve the larger and overlapping the left valve, along the ventral and, to Fig. 249. Isochilina (?) fabacea. Left valve, x 25 (after Jones). :;<>s some extent, along- the anterior and posterior ends. Valves smooth, oblong, and horny. Leperditia hudsonica. Hall. (Fig. 250.) (Pal. X. Y., Vol. III.,. 1859, p. 375.) Distinguishing Characters. — Symmet- rical, very convex (sub-globular) form, almost as thick as high; straight dorsal border, with the anterior cardinal angle more developed than the posterior; well-rounded free margins, with anterior extremity less truly rounded than the posterior. Found in the Encrinal limestone (?), at "Eighteen Mile Creek, Lake Erie Shore. New York State." (Jones.) Fig. 250. Leperditia hud- sonica. Lateral edge and end views of a right valve. x 25 (after Jones). Genus jECHIMIXA. Jones and Hole. [Ety. : Aichme, a sharp point.] (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. IV., Vol. III., p. 217.) Carapace with thick valves, straight at hinge line, rounded at the ends, and convex at the ventral border. Surface drawn out into a broad-based and sharp-pointed hollow cone, which either involves the whole surface, or rises from the posterio-dorsal or centro-dorsal region. JEchimixa marginata. Ulrich. (Fig. 251.) (Joum. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIIL, p. 184, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing ( 'h a racters . — Small size: elongate form ; narrowed anterior- ly; straight and long dorsal margin. with obtuse angles ; nearly semi-circular free margin, with a slightly elevated marginal rim ; very long and slender spine. Found in the "shales of the Hamilton group, in Eighteen Mile Creek, N. Y." (Ulrich.) Fifi. 251. A>li i in inn marginata. Left valve, x 20 (after Ulrich). 309 Genus CTEXOBOLBIXA. Ulrich. [Ety. : Ktenos, comb; bolbos, bulb.] (1890: Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII. , p. 108.) Carapace small, elongate, sub-oval, strongly convex. The posterior two-fifths more or less decidedly bulbous, or sub-globular, and separated from the remainder by a deep narrow sulcus, extending; in a gentle curve from the dorsal margin more than half the distance across the valves towards the posterio-ventral border. The anterior three- fifths, often with another oblique, but less impressed, sulcus. Valves equal, the dorsal margin straight, hingement simple, the ventral edge thick, and the true contact margins gen- erally with a row of small spines on each side; in a lateral view both are concealed by a "frill'" or flattened border, usually mistaken for the true contact edges. Surface gen- erally granulose. Ctenobolbina minima. Ulrich. (Fig. 252.) (Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat, Hist., Vol. XIII., p. 188, PI. XV.) Distinguishing Characters. — Small size; strong oblique sulcus ; ventral spine posteriorly ; dorsal spine wanting, or represented by a \\y miuute tubercle on the posterior side of 1 Fig. 252. Ctenobolbina the sulcus; smooth, moderatelv convex, ™i?i™a- TTA .ri£ht valve> x •/ 20 (after Ulrich). surface. Found in the "Hamilton shales, at Eighteen Mile Creek, near Buffalo, N. Y." (Ulrich, type.) Genus MOOREA. Jones and Kirby. [Ety. : Proper name.] (1869: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. IV., Vol. III., p. 225.) Carapace with simple, thick, flattened valves, longer on the dorsal than the ventral margin, without any sub-central pit, and ornamented with narrow, rounded ridges, follow- ing more or less closely and completely the marginal con- tour. 310 Moorea bicorndta. Ulrich. (Fig. 253.) (Joum. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII., p. 191, PI. XVI.) Distinguishing Characters. — Sub-ob- long, elliptical, rather strongly con- vex valves; strongly rounded, nearly equal ends; straight hinge line occu- pying the two central fourths of the length; gently convex ventral edge; two blunt spines near anterior margin ; prominent posterior eres- centic ridge. Found in the ''Hamilton group, at Eighteen Mile Creek, N. Y." (Ulrich, type.) Fig. 253. Moorea bicornuta. Side, end, and ventral views of a right valve, x 20 (after Ulrich). Genus BAIRDIA. McCoy. [Ety. : Proper name.] (1846: Synop. Carb. Foss. Ireland, p. 164.) Carapace varying in form from broadly triangular to nar- rowly elongate sub-triangular: extremities more or less acute; surface smooth, finely punctate or setiferous. Left valve overlapping the right. Interior of marginal borders, except on the dorsal edge, cased with a narrow lamelliform plate, as in Cypris, except frequenth^ for a slight fold or notch at the angles of the hinge line. Bairdia legemixoides. Ulrich. (Fig. 254.) Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 197, PI. XVII.) Distinguishing ( 1 invaders. — Acu- minate sub-equal ends, the posterior a little more blunt; dorsal edge arched in the middle, concave on the sides; regularly curving ventral border ; thick overlapping edge of left valve; J^s^J"^1 JSSS faintly marked central spot of right and anterior views of a perfect i carapace, x 20 (after Ulrich I. ValVC (Journ. XIII.. p. 311 Found in the "shales of the Hamilton group, at Eighteen Mile Creek, N. Y." (Uh-ich, type.) Order Trilobit.k. Burmeister. The trilobites are extinct Crustacea, wholly confined to the Palaeozoic sea. The body was covered with a carapace, longitudinally divisible into three parts. The anterior portion comprises the head-shield or cephalon, which is usually semi-circular, with a straight posterior border. The central of the three cephalic lobes is the glabella, which is the most prominent part of the cephalon. It is of varying outline, and more or less divided by transverse furrows or pairs of furrows. The last furrow is the occipital furrow, and delimits the occipital ring, which is just anterior to the first segment of the thorax. On either side of the glabella is a pair of cheeks, divided by the facial suture into fixed cheeks (those next to the glabella) and free cheeks (the outermost portion). The latter are often prolonged into genal spines. The compound eyes are situated on the free cheeks, and they are overshadowed by more or less prominent eyelids or palpebral lobes, which are lateral lobes from the fixed cheeks. The facial suture thus passes between the eyes and the palpebral lobes, and when, as is often the case, the free cheeks become separated after the death of the animal, only the palpebral lobes remain on the central por- tion of the cephalon. The border of the cephalon is often distinctly marked, and is spoken of as the cephalic limb. At the margin it is folded down and back, making the doublure, which, continued backwards, often produces hollow or solid genal spines. To the anterior lower portion of the doublure is attached the lower lip, or hypostoma, which is often found separate. The thorax consists of a varying number of segments or rings, articu- lated with each other, and commonly permitting enrollment. They con- sist of a central annulus and lateral pleura). The tail, or pygidium, consists of a single piece, comprising a central axis and lateral lobes. The axis and the lobes commonly show transverse furrows, corresponding to the divisions of the thorax, and they are often so strongly marked that a line of division between thorax and pygidium is difficult to determine. Great advances have recently been made in our knowledge of the ventral side of Trilobites. Probably all of them had jointed appendages, which included antennae, mouth parts, and legs, comparable in a general way to those of modern Crustacea. Note. — For a fuller account, and for a bibliography, the student is re- ferred to Zittel's Text-book of Palaeontology. Of special interest are the recent papers by Walcott, Beecher, Matthew, and others, on the append- ages and development of Trilobites, published in the American Journal of Science, the American Geologist, and other periodicals. 312 Genus HGMALONOTUS. Kcenio. [ Iyiy. : Homalo8, on the same level; notos, back.] (1825: Icones Foss. Sectiles, p. 4.) Body usually large, depressed above, with abruptly slop- ing: sides. The axial furrows are indistinct or obsolete. Cephalon depressed-convex, wider than long, with rounded g e n a 1 angles, a n d somewhat produced anterior margin. Gla- bella almost rectangu- lar, smooth, or with faint lateral furrows. S m a 1 1 eyes situated behind the middle, and converging facial su- tures are characteris- tic. Thorax of thir- t een deeply grooved segments. P3^gidium smaller than the ceph- alon, elongate-triangu- lar, rounded or pro- duced posteriorly. Axis with ten to four- teen annulations; lat- eral lobes smooth or with posteriorly slop- ing ribs. HoMALOXOTUS DE- kayi. (Green.) (Fig. 255.) (Pal. N.Y., Vol. VII., p. 7, Pis. II., III., IV., V.) Distinguishing Cli;i meters— Elongate linguiform outline : sub-triangular cephalon, aearly equilateral in perfect speci- mens : flattened, abruptly deflected movable cheeks; broad Fig. 255, Homalonotus () cm. in diameter. (Walther, '97, p. 211.) While some of the larger animals of I follow Walther rather than Ortmann in the definition of the term plankton. The latti-r employs it in a sense which I consider synonymous with pelagic as here defined. The distinction between Plankton and Nekton seems an important one, even though inter- mediate types are common. 331 this group have power to propel themselves through the water, they nevertheless are subject to the force of strong- waves or currents, which will render them helpless. The ma- rine, or halo-planktonic organisms, are wholly pelagic, and are characterized by a more or less transparent body, and by the absence of opaque skeletal structures, only a few forms retaining delicate calcareous shells inherited from their ben- thonic ancestors. In their horizontal distribution the halo- planktonic organisms are dependent chiefly upon the marine currents, as they are practically unable to undertake inde- pendent migrations, though many of them can dart about in quiet water. They hence fall an easy prey to actively predaceous animals. The occurrence of these animals in swarms is also accounted for by their lack of independent locomotion, for the eggs, liberated by the floating parent, commonly develop without separating far from the parent, with whom they are carried along by the currents of the sea. These animals have, however, the power to rise and descend in the water, and during the hours of the day many of them live at a depth of from fifty to one hundred and fifty fath- oms, coining to the surface only on quiet nights. The ani- mals of this class also occur in the abysso-pelagic district.* The halo-plankton forms one of the chief sources of food for many marine animals, and is commonly devoured in vast quantities. The dead organisms which sink to the sea floor in an incomplete state of decomposition form the chief ele- ment of the organic oozes, which furnish food to many littoral, as well as abyssal, animals. The skeletal portions of the dead plankton will often accumulate in vast quantities on the bottom ; and in the greater depths, where terrigenous sediments are absent, thev commonly form diatomaceous, radiolarian, globigerina, pteropod and other oozes. The purity of such oozes, i. e., their freedom from clastic sedi- ment, is usually an index of the purity of the water in which they were deposited, but from this we cannot always decide * Fresh-water plankton, or limno-plankton, is to be met with in almost all waters. Prob- ably no permanent aerial or geo-plankton exists, though bacteria and other micro-organisms may float about in the atmosphere for an indefinite period of time. 332 thai Buch oozes, when found in a fossil state,* indicate deep sea. The absence of clastic sedimenl maybe due to the low relief of the land, which may have been worn down to base level, thus allowing water of moderate depth near shore to he free from detrital material. The term nekton, derived from theGreek vvx'»- to swim, was introduced by Haeckelin 1890,f for those animals which lend an actively swimming life. The group is typified bythe class of fishes.:i: A torpedo-like form, terminating anteriorly in a head, and perfect bilateral symmetry, are the chief character- istics of these animals. A strong musculature for propul- sion is commonly situated in the posterior portion of the body, while appendages for balancing and steering are usually present. The body is non-transparent, and a cal- careous supporting skeleton is ordinarily developed. Typ- ical nektonic animals of the modern sea are: the squids, the fish, and the degenerate mammals, i. e.. whales, por- poises, etc. The term benthos, from fiivOos. the depths of the sen. was likewise introduced by Hyecke] in 1890. It covers those organisms which inhabit the sea-bo ttom.§ We may divide the benthos into sedentary and vagrant ( vagile) benthos, the former attached to the bottom, the lat- ter moving over it. Living in such intimate relation to tin ■ sea bottom, halo-benthonic organisms are to a high degree dependent upon its fades, and their remains, moreover, are generally entombed in the region where the}' have lived, instead of being deposited anywhere, as is the case with planktonic and nektonic organisms. The sedentary benthos ♦Styliolina limestone of the Geneee. + P]aiiktoiist\idie]i — to vtKTov, that which swims. ; Fish are typical halo nektonic ami limno-nektonic animals, Geo-nektonic animals are represented by flying insects, reptiles, birds, ami mammals. None of these lead a perma- nently nektonic iit'e in the air, tor all return more or less frequently to the substratum. Nevertheless, during their period of flight —which often is very long — they must be consid- ered as nekton of the air. JTo speak of fluvial or limno-benthos, ami terrestrial or geo-benthos, is certainly a stretching of the word beyond its original significance, but the value of the term in that connection more than counterbalances the ety logical defects. The limno-benthos con- tains comparatively few sedentary animals, of the classes of Protozoa, sponges, Hydrozoa, and Bryozoa, but a much larger number of plants. Tbegeo benthos is pretty sharply divided into ragranl geo-benthos, or animals, and sedentary geo-benthos, or plants, excepting some ol til.- lowest of the latter. 333 is to a large degree dependent for food on those organisms which are swept within its reach by the cm-rents, while the vagrant benthos becomes more actively engaged in seeking out its food. A large number of sedentary benthonic ani- mals have assumed a radial structure — especially well typi- fied in corals and crinoids, and also shown in the corona of the barnacle; while others, such as brachiopods, have a bilateral symmetry of high degree. Some of the lower vagrant benthonic animals, e. g., echinoderms, are also built on the radial plan, but the majority of free benthonic ani- mals are bilaterally symmetrical. Among the vagrant ben- thos the struggle for existence is most intense, and, as a result, the variety of adaptations and the wealth of form and color is almost unlimited. Transitions from the vagrant benthos to the nekton are numerous, and it becomes some- times difficult to decide if an animal belongs to the vagrant benthonic or to the neytonic type. The gradation is just as complete as between nekton and plankton. In general a radial form may be said to be characteristic of the sedentary benthos, while a bilaterally symmetrical form is as charac- teristic of the vagrant benthos. Examples of change of form with change of habit occur in many classes. The term mero-plankton, from [xepos, a part, was also in- troduced by Haeckel, and is applicable to the larvae of ben- thonic animals which lead, during the larval stages, a truly planktonic existence, and which occur with, and suffer the same vicissitudes as, the true or holo-plankton. The upper strata of the ocean are commonly crowded with such mero-planktonic organisms, and to them is due the hori- zontal distribution of benthonic species. Floating about in the sea, in perfect clouds or swarms, these mero-plank- tonic organisms pass their short existence, a sport of the waves and currents. Sooner or later, however, they will sink to the bottom, a veritable rain of seedling organisms. and if they fall upon a fertile soil, in other words, if they reach the proper fades of the substratum, they will develop into the benthonic adult; but if they fall upon an 334 unfavorable bottom, or it' food supply is scarce, they will perish. Thus, other things being favorable, wherever the facies of sea bottom normal to a particular species of ben- thonic organism exists, that bottom maybe peopled with that species by the larvae which reach it from the upper waters, where they are carried by waves and currents dur- ing their mero-planktonic wanderings. As Walther says. should unfavorable circumstances temporarily destroy a whole fauna, its depopulated home will at once be sur- rounded by swarms of delicate larvae, and as soon as the old conditions are reestablished, this fauna will again appear with countless individuals. This explains the sudden reap- pearance, in later strata, of the fauna of an earlier bed, even though absent from the intervening strata." From a geological point of view, the mero-plankton is of vast importance, for to it are due the wide dispersal and mi- gration of the benthonic organisms, which of all marine organisms are the best indices of the physical conditions of the sea bottom. It is during the larval period that benthonic marine invertebrates undertake their wanderings, and that migration to distant regions occurs. v The term pseudo-plankton was introduced by Schiittl for such organisms, which, like the Sargassum, are norm- ally, or in early life, benthonic, but continue their later exist- ence as planktonic organisms. Walther has extended the meaning of the term so as to include those organisms which are carried about by floating objects, to which they are either attached as sedentarv benthos or which serves them as a substratum on which they lead a vagrant benthonic existence. Such organisms are the algae, hydroids. and * An example of this in the Hamilton group of Eighteen Mile Creek is the fauna of the Demises lied, near the top of the Hamilton shales, which is in many respects the fauna of the Pleurodictyum beds and associated shales near the base of the Hamilton shales, the modifications being chiefiy in the form of additions. (See the author's paper on Faunas of th>- Hamilton Group, etc., p. 312.) Other examples an- the frequent recurrence of beds crowded with Liorhynchus mvlticostus, and others crowded with Ambocoelia umbonata. at intervals separated by thicknesses of greater or less extent, in which they are rare or wanting. + The mero-plankton of the fluvial realm belongs in general to the same classes as that of the marine realm. In the terrestrial realm, the mero-plankton is typically represented by the spores and seeds of plants, and perhaps by the spores or larval stages of some lowly aquatic or parasitic animals. J Das Pflanzenleben der Hochsee — Plankton expedition, I. 335 bryozoante attached to the floating Sargassum and other alga?, and the Crustacea, molluscs and other animals living among their branches. A large number of alga?, especially the shallow-water forms, have attached to them sedentarv animals us well as other species of alga?. Among the animals hvdroids and bry- ozoans are the most common, though other sedentary ani- mals, such as Spirorbis, are frequently very abundant. Ani- mals belonging to the vagrant type of the benthos are by no means rare. The large fronds of the Laminaria, cast up on our northern shores during every storm, are frequently veri- table menageries of invertebrate life, — which under favorable conditions may float about for days. These fronds, for ex- ample, are commonly covered with a dense growth of the deli- cate littoral hydroid Ohelia geniculate, while Bugula and other Bryozoa, and Spirorbis are usually common. The hol- low stem is commonly surrounded by an extensive growth of Membranipora, while not infrequently tubularian and other hvdroids find this a suitable resting place. The root-like base of the stem not uncommonlv embraces a shell of Modiola or Cyprina, which, in turn, is overgrown with coral- line alga?. Sponges are also common among the "roots" of the Laminaria, and Acmea, Chiton, Crepidula, Anomia, and other molluscs are attached to the shell, or the stone, which frequently takes its place. Finally, worms and crusta- ceans are not uncommon inhabitants of the sheltering space between the branches of the "roots"; and sea-anemones, small star-fish, brittle stars, and sea-urchins also occur, both on the basal portion of the stem and on the frond itself. Such floating menageries may be carried far out to sea, or, what is perhaps more frequent, they are driven on shore. Not infrequently they are carried far up into estu- aries, and, becoming stranded, are buried in the mud ; or else they are thrown upon mud-flats, behind some shelter- ing bar or ledge. While these cases illustrate a pseudo-planktonic existence due to accident, the cirriped Lepas illustrates an habitually 336 pseudo-planktonic existence, this barnacle rarely occurring except as attached to floating objects. Many of the animals found on the Sargassum seem to be characteristic of it in its floating condition, not occurring on it in its native haunts. (Ortmann.) Walther has adduced evidence which goes to show conclusively that many of the larger fossil Pentacrini, and perhaps other crinoids, occurred with their stems wound around floating timbers, and he explains the occurrence of these marine animals in fresh-water coal strata as due to stranding in estuaries of species leading a pseudo-plank- tonic existence. Bionomic Characteristics of the Classes of Marine Invertebrates Important from a Pal^eon- tological Point of View. Foraminifera,. — The Foraminifera are typically marine organisms, though a considerable number of species have become adapted to brackish water, living in estuaries and near the mouths of streams, while a number of species, com- monly placed in this class, live entirely in fresh water. Their distribution is so great that scarcely any marine sediments a in' wholly free from the shells of these animals. Most Fora- minifera belong to the va-grant benthos, though sedentary ben- thonic forms also occur. Only something over twenty living planktonic species are known, these belonging chiefly to the genera Globigerina, Orbulina, and Pulvinulina (Haeckel), the first predominating. The small number of species is. however, counterbalanced by the enormous number of indi- viduals. The benthonic Foraminifera arc confined chiefly to thf littoral district, where the character of the bottom and t he temperal ure of the water exerts important influences on t lie distribution of these organisms. A muddy fades of the sea bottom seems to be conducive to the existence of a large number of species, but the rocky bottoms are not without their types: while algae and sea*grasses commonly form the home of vast numbers of these organisms. The coa.rse, 337 sandy and gravelly bottoms are not generally inhabited by these animals, though their de id shells are, not uncommon in the sands along our beaches; while along some shores they are so abundant as to constitute the greater portion, if not the whole, of the deposit.* The vertical range of the benthonic Foraminifera is very great, species sometimes passing through a range of several thousand fathoms. In such cases there is often a change in the size or thickness of the shell with the change in depth. Although the planktonic Foraminifera comprise so few species, the number of their individuals is enormous. From their shells the Globigerina oozes form in deep water, where no sediment is carried ; but it is evident that in a region where the land is reduced to near base level, so that little or no sediment is carried into the sea, pure accumulations tiff such shells will occur near shore, thus forming a foraminiieral ooze in shallow water. But not only planktonic shells but the benthonic species as well would form a pure accumulation of foraminiferal shells, as has been the ease in the ehalk, in which the plank- tonic species are practically wanting. ( Walther, '97, p. 215.) Reproduction of the Foraminifera is carried on by fission, budding, and spore forma tin;;. In the first two cases, the resulting part and the buds have the characteristics of the parent, except its size, and ;i; >re are no special structures which serve fo'r ^M -"greater1 •''distribution of the species. When sporCs"J%Teiffbfrmed, th'e# Way' %e provided with a fla'gelluin. #l^bP%Hg%i^8tegiaS ¥>&ss through a mero-plank- ^biiic sta^e. 'itudrrtaifc While the geogi^rical distention of the benthonic spe- cies'is' ver'f restricted, and influenced by the facies of the sea bottom, the geographical distribution of the pelagic species is3 "prevented from being world wide' dnlf-by 'the changes in tne[[^en1pervatMe";0f the war-r and by the ocean currents. Tfee11 pelagic species are ex trem'etf 'abundant in tropical regions, and;theifrshells fofiA1 v:,si accumulations on the sea *&' ~ ■ -3'^ln TJivml 3fl t io atoof lei ill ■to .^T-tbi" ~t] . *'Dana states, that in the great barrier-reef region the shells of Orbitolites are so abiuulairt ittyat [fe-f f^rttieforseen^n j^soui^tpiaces^/iBfaKp #ft /M r#}vent is found, the most usual substratum chosen being cliffs, boulders, or the stems and "roots" of the larger algEe. In deeper and quieter water, the sandyand gravelly bottoms 339 are inhabited by sponges, and in the great depths they occur on the oozes and other soft deposits. A pseudo- vagrant benthonic habit is assumed by a number of species which attach themselves to the carapaces of Crustacea. Certain sponges bore into shells and other calcareous sub- stances, forming extensive galleries and commonly destroy- ing the shell. Clione sulphurea, common on our Atlantic coast, completely riddles shells, and then forms large irreg- ularly rounded masses of a sulphur yellow color, often entirely enveloping the shell. The reproduction of the sponges is either asexual or sex- ual. In the former case buds are formed, which, growing larger, without detaching themselves put out buds of their own, thus forming a colonial aggregation. Sponges torn into several pieces will frequently form as many new individ- uals, and sponges which were placed in close juxtaposition, by Bowerbank, in a relatively short time united into one. A method of internal gemmation occurs, in which groups of cells, or gemmuhe, become detached and after a time develop into complete sponges. Sexual reproduction, from either hermaphrodite or sexually distinct parents, leads to a free swimming blastula. This develops into a gastrula, which attaches itself and develops into the adult. Thus a mero- planktonic stage occurs in sponges, which serves as a means of extensive distribution. Hydrozoa. — The Hydrozoa are typically marine Ccelente- rates, though a few species occur in fresh water.* Some Scyphomedusa? (Aurelia, Cyanea), according to Moseley, seem to prefer to float near the mouths of fresh-water streams; while in New South Wales these medusae were observed swimming in shoals where the water was pure enough to be drinkable. The majority of species have a sedentary benthonic stage, the hydriform stage, which is generally * To the three fresh-water species of hydroids — Hydra viridis, H. fusca (vulgaris), and Cordilophora lacustris — none of which possess a medusiforni stage, has recently been added the remarkable fresh-water medusa of Lake Tanganyika : Limnocnida tangan- yikce Gunther, which, together with a peculiar molluscan and fish fauna, seems to indicate that Lake Tanganyika is a " cut-off " from the Mesozoic sea, with a fauna which has grad- ually become adapted to lacustrine conditions. 340 colonial, the compound polype stock being attached to rocks, algae, shells, timbers, or other objects of support, by means of a thread like branching rootstock or hydrorhyza, which spreads out over the object of support and from which the individual polyparia arise, each with a distinct stem or hydrocaulus. A few forms, like Hydractinia polyclina and some Podocoryne, lead a pseudo-vagrant benthonic life, being attached to the shells of gastropods carried about by hermit crabs. Some species, like Bovgainviflia fruticosa, prefer a pseudo-planktonic habit, becoming attached to floating timbers, a similar habit being assumed by the hydroids which live attached to the floating Sargassum. A pseudo-nektonic manner of life may perhaps be considered the habit of Hydrichthys, which lives parasitic upon a fish. Corymorpha pendula, though not attached, lives partly buried in the mud of the shallow sea ; while Hydra leads, a1 limes at least, a kind of vagrant benthonic life, though its journeyings are perhaps never very great. A large number of Hydrozoa have a distinct medusiform person, which, when perfect, is perhaps the best type of aholo- planktonic organism. In a few Hydrozoa — Hydra. Sertu- laria (?)— the medusiform stage is wanting, in others it is degenerate, never becoming tree (Clava): but in a large number of species it is a free individual. Again, in the Xarco- and Tracho-Medusae, as well as in some others, only the medusa occurs, the hydroid being suppressed. Compound medusae occur as well as compound hydroids. The former are the Siphonophora, in which, by budding from the parent medusa, a compound colony is formed which leads a liolo- planktonic existence. Lucernaria is an example of an attached medusa. The medusa, whether free or attached, produce the sexual products which give rise to new hydroid colonies or directly to new medusa". The e^g develops into a ciliated pi; inula which lends a mero-planktonic existence before it settles down to become a benthonic hydroid, or before it develops into the medusa. A number of hydroids -row attached to rocks ami seaweeds, or to bridge piles, in *41 • • such a position as to become regularly exposed for several hours each day during ebb tide. Even the delicate and unprotected Clava of our northern shores delights to live under such conditions, and is rarely found in deeper water or in tide pools. Most hydroids, however, can not with- stand such exposure, and hence they are found only in the deeper waters or the deeper tide pools. The majority of hydroids are inhabitants of the littoral district, and they usually occur in the more moderate depths. The tubularian hvdroids probablv never extend to any con- siderable depths, the deep-water forms belonging chiefly to the PlumularidaB.* One of the abyssal Plumularians was obtained by the" Blake"' at a depth of 1,240 fathoms, which exceeded by more than 300 fathoms that at which Plumul- arians were obtained by the " Challenger." i The Pakeozoic class of graptolites is the most important group of the Hydrozoa from a stratigraphist's point of view, for it constitutes one of the most important classes of index fossils known. The bionomic characters of this class have been most thoroughly discussed by Professor Lap worth, a synopsis of whose views will here be given. % Two distinct groups of Graptolites are generally recog- nized, viz: Cladophora, or dendroid graptolites, in which the polyparium is more or less tree-like with a distinct hydrocaulus, and Rhabdophora, or virgulate graptolites, without a hydrocaulus, but with a horny axis, the virgula, which is prolonged beyond the end of the colony. To the former group belongs Dyctyonema, to the latter the true graptolites (Monograptus, Diplograptus, etc.). The major- ity of the dendroid graptolites undoubtedly grew attached to sea-weeds, rocks, or other supports, in the manner of most modern hydroids, but some were attached to floating algre, leading a pseudo-planktonic existence. Cases of such attachment have actually been observed among these fossils. * Agassiz, '88, n., 35. + Agassiz, loc. cit. X Walther, '97. 342 The true graptolite colony ( Rhabdophora ) begins with a small conical cup or hydrotheca, which is known as the sicula. The base of this cup is prolonged into a slender thread, the nema,, which in many forms serves as an organ for attachment. In the earlier genera, the second and succeed- ing hydrothecae continue to grow in the same direction as the sicula, so that if the colony was attached to floating objects by the nema, the openings of the hydrothecae all pointed downwards. In later genera the second and suc- ceeding hydrotheca? open in the opposite direction from the sicula, having attained this condition through intermedi- ate stages, and as a result of the permanent attachment of the colony to floating objects. The nema in these grapto- lites becomes prolonged, and constitutes the virgula or axial supporting rod, the tip end of which is fastened to the supporting object. Thus, the new hydrotheca? come in, suc- cessive! v. Viet ween the sicula and the attached end of the prolonged nema, ranging themselves along this prolonged nema for support. Some graptolites appear to have led a holo-planktonic existence, the nema being attached to a central organ or disk, which probably served as a float. This was long ago demonstrated in a number of species by Professor Hall, and lately has been shown in great detail in Diplograptus by Ruedemann. Whether holo-planktonic or pseudo-planktonic, either method of life accounts for the wide distribution of the graptolites. The fact that they are almost universally found in carbonaceous shales suggests that floating alga' may have been the principal carriers of these organisms, the decaying vegetable furnishing the carbon for coloring the muds in which the organisms were buried. On the other hand, it is not improbable that much of the carbonaceous material was derived from the graptolites themselves. The general slight thickness of these beds, and the fact that in successive \^W the species change, indicate a slow accumu- lation of the deposits in relatively quiet water. 343 According,- to Ruedemann's* observations 1 be young Diplo- graptus upon leaving- the gonophore has already advanced! into the sicula stage, so that a free-swimming- planula stage appears not to exist. It is probablethat this is 1 ruebf most,; if not all, graptolites, and that hence the distribution of these animals is such as will be accounted for by the vicissi- tudes which thev met with while a floating: colon v. Anthozoa. — The Anthozoa are typically marine sedentary1 benthonic animals, inhabiting chiefly the warmer waters of the oceans. A large number are without hard supporting parts, and, consequently, leave no remains; while others* probably the majority of Anthozoa, secrete a calcareous or horny corallum, which is capable of preservation. Among the Actinaria, or fleshy polyps, a certain amount of locomo- tion of a creeping or gliding nature is often observable (Metridium, etc.), the individuals possessing this ability thus passing from a normal sedentary to a vagrant ben- thonic life. A few forms are also met with among the plank1 ton. Occasionally, pseudo-planktonic individuals are Met with attached to floating algte or timbers, and pseudo- vagrant benthonic individuals attached to moving crusta- ceans are not unknown. The Madreporaria, or stone corals, are normally seden- tary forms, though they are not necessarily attached, but may rest upon the sands. (Fungia, some Porites.) Though the normal medium of the Anthozoa is salt water, a few are known in brackish and even in tolerably fresh water. • Cilicid rubeola, is reported by the "Challenger"! in the river Thames1 in New Zealand ; and Dana$ states that " * * * upon the reefs enclosing the harbor of Rewa (Viti Lebu), where a large river, three hundred yards wide, empties, which during' freshets enables vessels at anchor two and a half miles off its mouth to dip up fresh water alongside, there is a single porous species of Madrepora (M. erihripora), growing here ■ ' ! . . , ! *Ruedemann, R., Development and Mode of Growth of Diplograptus. McCoy. 14th Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Geol., 1895, pp. 219-249, Pis. I.-V. + Report, Vol. XVI., H., p. 36. ^ . X Corals and Coral Islands, 1872, p. 120. and there in patches over a surface of dead coral rock or sand. In similar places about other regions species of Pontes are most common." 8 vera] species of corals grow at the month of the Rio della Plata. Pontes limosa flourishes in muddy water and Astrsea b&werbanki does not seem to mind mud or sediment, or even muddy brackish water, growing on. and incrusting the stones at the mouth of the Mangrove Creek. Australia, these stones being covered with mud and slime, and washed over twice in the twenty-four hours by muddy, brackish water. (Tenison- Woods.) A common Red Sea coral. Stylophora pistillatR, is recorded by Milne Edwards and Haime from the intensely salt and dense waters of the Dead Sea. The simple corals (Caryophyllia, etc.) are chiefly found on muddy bottoms, often attached to a shell or other object resting on the mud. The bathvmetric distribution varies from shallow water to a thousand fathoms or more. This method of life corresponds well with what is known of the Palaeozoic Tetracoralla, which commonly lived on a muddy bottom, with their bases not infrequently showing signs of attachment to shells or other foreign objects. The com- pound corals build heads or stocks often of great size and weight. They are commonly attached to stones, shells, or to the rock bottom, and through rapid increase, by budding or division, masses of great size may be formed over a small object of support. Even on muddy bottoms a small object of support may serve as the nucleus around which a coral mass will grow, which, as it increases in size and weight, will sink more or less deeply into the mud on which it rests. The typical compound or reef-corals are very restricted in their bathymetrical distribution. They do not normally occur below fiftv fathoms, and the majority live in less than twentv fathoms of water. Wrv many, indeed, live so close to the surface as to be exposed at the lowest tides. A minimum annual temperature of twenty degrees Centigrade marks the regions in which m< >-t reef-building corals occur. though in a few cases colde] regions are known to be 345 inhabited by true reef-builders. In all seas, however, which are subject to freezing, or are regularly invaded by floating ice, reef-building- corals cannot thrive, and hence the occur- rence of modern or ancient coral reefs is a reliable indication of a minimum winter temperature above freezing. The reproduction of the Anthozoa is both asexual and sexual. The asexual method is carried on by fission and budding, the new-formed corallites commonly remaining united with their parents, thus producing colonial forms. In some cases, however, the buds will become free and begin an independent life. (Fungia, Balanophyllia, etc.) New colonies, however, are chiefly begun by sexually generated individuals. From the fertilized egg develops a mero- planktonic ciliated embryo, not unlike in appearance to the planula of the Hydrozoa. After attachment, this develops into the polyp, which early begins to secrete its horny or calcareous corallum. Crinoidea. — The crinoids are without exception marine or- ganisms, though Antedon rosacea has been taken in water containing only 2.5 per cent, of salts, or nearly a third less than in normal sea water. The majority of crinoids belong to the sedentary benthos, being anchored or attached to the sea bottom either by a stem or by the base of the calyx. Antedon must be classed with the vagrant benthos, for although it ordinarily rests on the sea bottom or other sta- tionary objects of support, it is able to walk about on the bottom by means of its arms ; and also to swim with grace- ful movements through the water. Planktonic crinoids ap- pear to have existed in the Mesozoic seas (Saccocoma, Uintacrinus), and, as already noted, Walther has furnished evidence which indicates that some of the stemmed Penta- crini of the Lias lead a pseudo-planktonic life, growing at- tached to floating timbers with which they were carried about, calyx downward. The bathymetrical distribution of the modern crinoids ranges from shallow water to 2,000 fathoms, rarely more. One species of Antedon (A. abjssicola Carp.) has been obtained at a depth of 2,900 fathoms, but 346 most of the species of this genus live in shallow water, A. loveni Beel occurring in three to four fathoms. This genus is perhaps the most cosmopolitan of modern crinoids, its geographic range being between eighty degrees northern and fifty-two degrees southern latitude. The following- modern stalked crinoids have been obtained in less -than ninetv fathoms of water : * Eudiocrinus indivisus Semp., 30 fathoms. Metacrinus rotundus Car])., TO fathoms. Pentacrinus asterius L., 80 fathoms. P. decorus Wy. Th.. 84 fathoms. P. n i i) lleri Oerst, 84 fathoms. Promachocrinus kerguelensis Carp., 28 fathoms. Rhizocrinus lofotensis Sars, 80 fathoms. R. rawsoni Pourt., 73 fathoms. The egg of Antedon develops into an egg-shaped mero- planktonic larva, which has a tuft of long flagella on the anterior end, and five ciliated rings surrounding it, No month or anus is present. The embryo swims about for a length of time, varying from a few hours to several days, and, on settling down to a benthonic life, attaches itself at a point on the ventral side between the first and second ciliated rings. The whole anterior part, as far as the third ciliated ring, becomes the stalk, the posterior part developing into the calvx. In Antedon the stem is retained only during the earlier stages of development, the adult animal being free. Asteroidea, Ophiuroidea — These belong to the marine vagrant benthos, living mainly in shallow water or in mod- crate depths, though some species descend to depths of 2.000 fathoms or over. Some littoral starfish can undergo an exposure for several hours in regions laid bare by the tide. A sandy or muddy bottom seems to be the most character- istic facies for these animals, and from such bottoms thousands are often brought up in a single haul of the dredge. Their relative scarcity in beds in which they are * From list given by Walther in '94, pp. 298—300. 347 known to occur is probably due to the fact that after the death of the animal the skeleton quickly falls apart into its component plates, which become separately embedded in the sediments. In the majority of the Astn-ozoa mero-plank- tonic, bilaterally symmetric, ciliated larvae occur, which in the Asteroidea are known as Bipinnaria and Brachiolaria, and in the OphiUroidea as Platens. These are often found in great numbers in the pelagic fauna. Echinoidea. — The Echinoids, or Sea Urchins, arc without exception marine vagrant benthonic animals, living usually in large numbers in moderate depths. A few species descend to depths between 2,000 and 3,000 fathoms, but the majority prefer the shallow portions of the littoral districts. On the coast of Maine thousands of Strongylocen- trotus drobachiensis are exposed at very low tides, lying among stones and covered with fragments of shells and with small pebbles. The Echinoidea delight in a sandy bot- tom, from which they are brought up in vast numbers at each haul of the dredge. Some species prefer tine mud. in which they are often buried to some extent. When living on rocks, they commonlv bore holes for themselves, and even the solid granite has been known to be thus attacked by the animal. If corners and crannies are available, these are often occupied by the animal in preference to a drilled hole. The larva of Echinoidea is known as a Pluteus, and is a mero-planktonic, bilaterally symmetrical, commonly more or less ciliated organism, with a number of processes or arms. It is often carried by marine currents to great dis- tances, remaining in some cases afloat for several weeks be- fore settling down. Holothuroidea .—The Holothurians are, like the Echinoidea . marine benthonic organisms, but their habit of life is often more sedentary than vagrant, the animals being buried in the sand and mud, though never attached. Their bathy- metric range is from the shore zone, where they may be dug out of the sand at low tide, to the depths of the abyssal district. Sandy or muddy bottom is usually preferred by 348 these animals, though many live among coarse blocks, and vast numbers occur among 1 he coral masses of every coral reef. The ciliated larva, or Auricularia, of the Holothurians is a mero-planktonic organism, with definite mouth and anal opening. From the fact that only isolated plates occur in the skin of the Holothurians, they do not constitute any important part of marine deposits. Nemathelminthes, Gephjrea, Annelida.— These worms are marine, fresh-water, or terrestrial animals, with theexcepl ion of theGephyrea, which are wholly marine. They belong chiefly to the benthos, though some marine forms lead a partially nektonic existence, while others are typically planktonic. Among the benthonic species all grades of a sedentary life are observable, from the tube-building orders, which live permanently in attached tubes, to those which only tem- porarily occupy a given area. Tubicolar worms, which, like Spirorbis. attach their tubes chiefly to algae, may often lend a pseudo-planktonic existence when such alga' are torn from their anchorage and drifted away by currents. Muddy bottom seems to be the favorite haunt of the littoral species, except such forms as build attached tubes (e.g., Serpulidce, etc.). which occupy stony and shelly bot- toms. These latter often build extensive reefs of interwoven calcareous tubes. Besides calcareous tubes, many worms build tubes of agglutinated sand grains or shell particles, and worms liv- ing in the shells of dead mollusca are frequently met with. These agglutinated sand tubes are often very resistant, sometimes, with the castings, covering the mud flats and beaches in great numbers, and not infrequently being heaped together in windrows. The dredge often brings large num- bers of these tubes, together with numerous castings, from the deeper water. The bathymetric distribution of the worms is varied. The majority are undoubtedly littoral species, but deep-sea forms are also common. Beyond the hundred fathom line, the tubicolar Annelids are the most Q 49 characteristic, specimens having been obtained from a depth of 4,000 fathoms off Teneriffe. ("Challenger.") Otherworms also occur. Even species of the same genus have a widely varying distribution in depth. Thus, the tubicoloid genus Spirorbis has its littoral species growing within the shore zone; while another species. S. n;iutUoides, has been dredged at a depth of 700 fathoms. Similarly, the Gepkyrean Phas- colosoma is represented along our northern shores by a species living in the mud and sand above low tide, while the "Blake" brought up a species in a Dentalium shell from a depth of 1,568 fathoms.* Among the Annelids the family Eunicidae is of particular interest, in that its several members are characteristic of different bathymetric zones, thus furnishing, in a measure, an index to the bathymetric po.sition of the fanna which they characterize. This family is well represented in the litho- graphic shales of Bavaria. (Ehlers.) Among the worms, regeneration of lost parts, and generation of new individu- als from fragments of old ones, is not uncommon. Thus in one of our common pelagic worms — Autolytus — swimming buds carrying the sexual products are periodically con- stricted off, each regenerating a new head, with highly developed eyes, at the anterior end. The earth worm — Lumbriusc — falls into pieces in autumn, all of which are able to regenerate into complete animals.f A mero-planktonic ciliated larva, the Trochophore, is characteristic of worms, this being the product of a sexual mode of reproduction. These larvae are often obtained in vast numbers in the tow-net, together with other mero- planktonic and many holo-planktonic forms. Bryozoa. — The Bryozoa are marine or fresh water, chiefly colonial, benthonic animals. A few occur parasitic on a living substratum, but the majority of species are epiphy- tically attached to organic or inorganic objects, either basally or in an encrusting manner. The majority of species *Agassiz, '88, II., 53. t Lang, A.— Text book of Comparative Anatomy. 350 are marine, and their bathymetric distribution ranges from the shore zone, where they are exposed at low tide, to the abyssal depths, a species of Bifaxia having been obtained below 3,000 fathoms. The majority of species, however. live in moderate depths. While the Bryozoa normally lead a strictly sedentary benthonic life, a few species may drift about with the seaweed to which the}^ are attached, thus assuming a pseudo-planktonic habit. The egg of the bryozoan develops into a mero-plank- tonic, ciliated larva, which later on settles down, becomes attached, and develops into a full-grown individual, which, by budding, produces the colony. Brachiopoda. — The Brachiopoda are marine benthonic organisms, of exceptional stratigraphic importance, since they are to a high degree dependent on the facies of the sea bottom. While typically marine, some species can become adapted to brackish and even fresh water. Thus Davidson* states that at Trias Cove whole colonies of Terebratulina septentrionalis were discovered on stony bottom in clear fresh water. Some species of Terebratula and Lingula can withstand .a considerable exposure, the former having been noted out of water for hours together at low tide. Lingula is buried, by means of its long fleshy peduncle, in the sand near shore; Crania is attached to rocks and shells by its shell; while the majority of bachiopods are attached by their fleshy pedicles to rocks, shells, corals, or to one an- other. They seldom live on muddy or sand}' bottoms, but are readily embedded in these, by becoming detached after death from the rocks or other objects to which they adhered. The bathymetric distribution of the Brachiopoda ranges from shallow water to 2,900 fathoms (in one case), the majority of species occurring above the hundred fathom line, while quite a number have been obtained in depths of ten fathoms or less. A number of species have an individual range of several hundred fathoms, this range in one or two cases being nearly 800 fathoms. * Mon. Rec. Brach., I., p. 28. 351 The mero-planktonic larva of braehiopods is known as the Cephalnla, and consists of a ciliated umbrella-like an- terior end, carrying- four eyes, a middle portion carrying I he mantle lobes, and a posterior portion. When the larva becomes attached by the posterior end, which develops into the pedicle of the adult, the anterior end becomes enveloped by the forward turning mantle lobes and develops into the body of the brachiopod. Pelecypoda. — The pelecypods are marine or fluvial ben- thonic molluscs, which lead either a sedentary or a vagrant life. The majority of species live in the sea, but of these some can adapt themselves to brackish or even fresh water. Thus, species of Cardium, Solen, Mya, and other marine pelecypods have been obtained in fresh, or nearly fresh, water. A number of pelecypods inhabit the shore-zone, but the majority of these live buried in the sands and muds, and so are protected from dessication at low tide. Mytilus edulis, however, is a good example of a shore pelecypod, for it habitually grows in positions where it will be periodically exposed at low tide. The closely related Modiola modiolus, which occurs on our northern shores associated with the preceding, is, however, seldom exposed, growing either in deep water or in tide pools which are never drained. Ostrea arborea is another striking shore mollusc, grow- ing in vast quantities on the free roots of the mangrove, and withstanding a periodic exposure under a tropical sun. Ostrea borealis, on the other hand, is at home only in water of several fathoms depth. The bathymetric range of the Pelecypoda is very great, and even a single species may have a range of considerable magnitude. Thus, while Mytilus edulis does not occur below fifty fathoms, another species, M. phascolinus, ranges from the shore to a depth of 3,000 fathoms. In the greater depths, the pelecypods are commonly characterized by ex- ceeding delicacy of shell and sculpture, the shell being often quite transparent. Some deep-water species show bright 352 colors, but the majority are pale. Altogether there are to be found among these deep-water forms "innumerable illustrations of beauty, adaptation, or unusual character- istics. . . ." (Agassiz.) In the littoral district, on the other band, the thick-shelled pelecypods predominate, and this is especially true of the shore zone. Pelecypods, like brachiopods, are excellent facies indica- tors, for. though they live on all kinds of sea bottom, the species, or at least the fauna! combinations, are dependent on, and characteristic of, the particular facies on which they live. The majority of pelecypods are free animals, a few. such as the oyster, mussel, and the like, being attached io foreign objects — either by direct cementation or by a bvssus. The free pelecypods have frequently the power of locomo- tion, Unio Mactra and others traveling occasionally for con- siderable distances. Generally, however, these molluscs lie buried wholly or partially in the sand, and never change their location except when disturbed by storm waves. Some few pelecypods (Peeten, Lima) have the power of swimming short distances by the opening and closing, in rapid succes- sion, of their valves, and the forcible ejection of water. E\ fi a Solen, though normally a burrowing animal, will swim for some distances in search of the proper bottom, and it may often be seen circling around in an aquarium1, by a series of jerks, due to the periodic ejection of the water from the siphons. A number of pelecypods bore into wood or stone (Teredo, Lithodomus. Saxicava, etc.), leading a sedemary life within the habitation thus formed. The bivalve molluscs have many enemies which prey upon them. Not the least of these are the carnivorous gastro- pods, whose depredations are usually marked by the vast number of shells with round holes bored into them which are scattered along our beaches. Boring sponges will riddle the shells of littoral species, and corallines. ihyozoa, worms, and hydroids will attach themselves to the shells. There is abundant evidence in the riddled and punctured shells, that the Palaeozoic molluscs were subject to similar 353 attacks of boring sponges and carnivorous gastropods. When the animals die, their valves commonly fall apart, and from their position, and the character and direct ion of the waves and currents, one valve may be carried shoreward, the other seaward. This explains the frequent predomi- nance, along the shore and in certain local portions of fossil- iferous beds, of one valve, the other being often entirely absent or at least very rare. The marine pelecypod normally passes through a mero- planktonic larval stage — the Trochophore — in which the young is provided with a velum, furnished with vibratory cilia* (veliger stage). At certain seasons of the year these ciliated embryos swarm in the pelagic district, especially in the neighborhood of the shores, where they become the sport of the currents, which distribute them far and wide. When the}* finally settle down on the sea bottom, upon the loss of the velum, they will develop further if they reach the proper substratum, other conditions being favorable. Vast num- bers of the larvae are destroved before thev reach the bot- torn, serving as food for all kinds of animals, or succumbing to unfavorable conditions, and va.st numbers of others die from falling on an unfavorable bottom. That most species, nevertheless, develop to the fullest extent is due to the enor- mous fecundity of most pelecypods. As an extreme exam- ple, may perhaps be mentioned our common northern oyster. Ostrea virginiana,, which, according to Brooks,* produces nine millions of eggs. In fresh-water pelecypods the mero- planktonic veliger larva exists in one species only (Dreissen- sia, polymorph;}), which is said to have migrated from salt to fresh water in recent geologic times. (Lang. ) In the other fresh-water pelecypods the development proceeds in a different maimer — special adaptations to special modes of life being met with. In some cases ( Pidium, Cyclas ) the eggs develop in special brood-capsules in the gills of the mother, leaving these with shell fully formed, as young bivalves. In these genera the velum remains rudimentary, the animal * Arch. Zool. Experim., IX.. p. 28. Q 54 passing through the Trochophore stage within the gills of the mother. In the Unionidae the embryo passes through its several stages in the gill of the mother, leaving it with a bivalve shell, which is. however, furnished with a triangular process on the ventral border of each valve, by means of which the embryo attaches itself to the tins (Anodonta) or gills (Lnio) of fishes. In this manner the animal leads a pseudo-nektonic existence, becoming enclosed by the rapid growth of the epithelium of the part where the embryo is attached, and leading thus a truly endo-parasitic life. After several weeks the embryo has become transformed into a young mussel, which, breaking through the enclosing tissue of its nest, falls to the bottom of the water, there to develop into the adult. Scaphopoda, and Amphineura. — The first of these classes is represented by the Dentalidae, the second by the Chitonidae, which alone are important palgeontologically. Both are marine, being of a sedentary benthonic habit, though not permanently attached. Dentalium lies buried in the mud and sands usually at great depths, while Chiton and its allies cling to stones, shells, etc., and are rare in deep water, where only their more archaic representatives occur. A feu- species of Dentalium occur in moderately shallow water, but most of them live below the hundred-fathom line, some reaching a depth of 2,000 fathoms or more. Chiton seldom extends below 500 fathoms. In both groups a mero-plank- tonic larva occurs. Gastropoda. — The gastropods are typical benthonic. ani- mals, inhabiting the sea. fresh water, and the land. They almost invariably belong to the vagrant benthos, though the degree of locomotion varies greatly among different species. Among the exceptions to the general vagrant habit, are Vermetus and some other genera, which live a truly sedentary benthonic life, being attached to rocks or shells. Some genera, like Capulus, adhere continually to shells and the tests of Echinoderms and Crustacea; while the limpets, though adhering powerfully to rocks and shells by )~ 355 the muscular foot, are, nevertheless, in the habil of crawling about in .search of food. Swimming and floating gastro- pods are also known, the latter (Janthina, Glaucus, etc.) belonging to the true plankton. The number of species living on land and in fresh water is relatively small, though the individuals often occur in great numbers. The sea, however, is the home of most gastro- pods, though some marine forms can live in fresh water as well. The variety of form and coloration is exceedingly great among the gastropods, a fact which can easily be cor- related with their high degree of cephalization and actively vagrant life. They occupy all parts of the sea, being- much less dependent on the facies of the sea bottom than the pelecypods are. The division into carnivorous and herbivorous forms is also much more strongly emphasized than in the pelecypods, which live largely upon the plank- ton. The shore zone is occupied by a number of species which can withstand periodic exposure. Many of them require this exposure, and will invariably crawl to the surface if kept in confinement, even if the water is kept cool and well aerated. Others live in shallow water, even if stagnant, and will not stand a long exposure. The majority of gastropods are shallow-water forms, though a number of them range to depths of between 1,000 and 2,000 fathoms. The deep-sea gastropods are character- ized by faint colors, though often this is counterbalanced by the brilliancy and beauty of the iridescence, and even the non-iridescent abyssal species give out " a sort of sheen which is wanting in their shallow-water allies." (Agassiz, '88, II., p. 63.) The coarse ornamentation by knobs, spines, etc., so common in shallow-water species, does not occur in the deep- sea forms, where the ornamentation is more delicate, though often of exquisite richness and beauty. Gastropods feed- ing on vegetable matter are wanting in the deep sea, where no vegetable matter occurs, except what is brought 356 down as Rediment. The food of deep-sea molluscs is largely confined to soft-tissued animals, since thick shells and other hard armors are generally absent in these depths. Agassiz states that the Pleurotomidse outnumber any other group of molluscs in the abyssal fauna. These gastropods are char- acterized by a notch in the outer lip near the suture, this serving for the discharge of the refuse, thus preventing foul- ing of the water used for respiration. Some of these are provided with hollow barbed teeth and poison fangs, which they use to kill their prey. This apparatus "is even more fully and generally developed in the related group of the Conida?, few of which reach any great depth."* A few gastropods are viviparous (Paludina vivipara, Littorina rudis), producing their young in an advanced state of development. In nearly all the marine gastropods a veliger larva occurs, the velum being commonly large, wing-like, and fringed with cilia. This velum maybe retained until the shell is long past the protoconch stage. While in most marinegast ropods the veliger larva leads a mero-planktonic existence, some marine forms ( Fulgur, Sycotypus) and the oviparous land and fresh- water gastropods pass through their veliger stage within the egg capsule, losing the velum and other larval organs before passing from the capsule, which they leave as young gastropods with well-developed shells. In the case of the marine forms cited, the velum, though of no use as a locomotor organ to the animal, is vi-vy large, and is lost only just before the embryo leaves the egg-cap- sule. In terrestrial and fresh-water forms, on the other hand, the velum is reduced to a single ring of cilia or to two lateral ciliated streaks (Lang, II., p. 257); while in some terrestrial species it is wanting entirely. It is obvious that the distribution of species I hus deprived of a temporary pela- gic life must be more restricted, other things being equal, than thai of species having a free veliger stage of greater or less dural ion. * Agassiz, '88, II.. p. 66. 357 Pteropods,. — The pteropods are marine planktonic mol- luscs, which live in vast numbers in the pelagic district, usually at some distance from shore. While able bo swim about in the water, they are nevertheless al the mercv of waves and currents. Their food consists of pelagic organisms, and not uncommonly one species of pteropod will prey upon another. They slum the light, descending during the day to the regions of perpetual fcwilighl or even darkness, some descending as low as 700 fathoms. Nearly all the shelled pteropods of the present time are confined to the warmer waters, and they are especially abundant in the warm ocean currents. A veliger larva similar to that of gastropods occurs. Cephalopoda. — The cephalopods are marine nektonic or benthonic molluscs, inhabiting water of moderate depths. Swimming is accomplished by the forcible ejection of water from the hyponome, and probably also by the use of the arms. Among the Dibranchiata the majority of Decapoda (Squids. Calamaries) are active swimmers, usually inhabiting the open sea., but appearing periodically on the coasts in great shoals. They live mostly on small fish. The Octopoda are less adapted to active swimming, lying usually in wait for their prey on the sea bottom or in crevices and hollows. The Argonauta is, however, a partial exception to this, for though it crawls about on the sea bottom, like other octo- pods, it is often met with swimming near or at the surface. by the ejection of the water from its hyponome. Argonauta is, therefore, like other cephalopods, at times a vagrant benthos, at others a nekton — inclining perhaps more to the latter, as do most of the decapods ; while other octopods are more commonly benthonic. Among the less active deca- pods, Sepia may be mentioned as more normally a vagrant benthonic form, crawling about on the sea bottom, though able to swim as well. A sedentary benthonic cephalopod is also known. This is Spirilla, which attaches itself to rocks like an Actinia (Agassiz, Walther), or lies partly buried in the mud with its beautiful coiled and chambered shell wholly 358 concealed by the fleshy parts. A perfect specimen was dredged off Grenada in the Caribbean by the "Blake/" from a depth of 950 fathoms."1" Spirula would seem to be a widely distributed form, judg- ing from the occurrence of its shell in almost all parts of the tropical and temperate seas. The animal, however, is very rare, only one specimen with soft tissues preserved having been obtained by the "Challenger" expedition, this being taken close to the island of Banda, in 360 fathoms ("Chal- lenger" Narrative). Altogether, perhaps, only about half a dozen animals with the soft parts preserved have been ob- tained. The wide distribution of the shell of Spirula is due to the fact, that after the death of the animal the shell ascends to the surface, owing to the air-filled chambers, and then becomes a part of the plankton. It is carried hither and thither bv the currents and waves, and finally mav reach the sea bottom in regions remote from its original home, and be buried in sediments of every description, and under conditions under which the animal never existed. Thus the shell of Spirula will become an excellent index-fossil, being widely distributed and buried in all kinds of sedi- ment. To a more restricted degree this method of distribution of the shell, after the death of the animal, occurs also in Nauti- lus, the only modern representative of the tetrabranchiate cephalopods. The animal belongs to the benthos, living in shallow water in the tropics. Occasionally, it swims near the surface, but before long it returns to the bottom, where it crawls about with its shell uppermost, feeding on Crusta- cea and other animals. On the death of the animal, the shell mayfloal for a considerable time on the surface, buoyed up by the air in the chambers, and thus it will be carried to a greater or less distance before it settles to the bottom, where it will be buried in all kinds of sediment. What is true of the shells of Nautilus and Spirula is true of the shell of Sepia, and was undoubtedly true of the shells of * Agassiz, '88, II., p. Gl. 359 Ammonites as well.* In fact, we may even believe that the shells of the Ammonites were better floaters than either those of Spirnla or Nautilus, for these two genera are retrosiphonate, the siphonal funnels passing backward ami thus giving more easy access to the water; while the shells of the Ammonites were prosiphonatc. their siphonal funnels bending forward like the neck of a bottle, and thus making the entrance of water more difficult. This conception of the planktonic wanderings of the shells of cephalopods after the death of the animal furnishes a satisfactory explanation of manv anomalies observed in the occurrence of these animals in the geologic series. It accounts especially for the sudden appearance and disappearance of the same species in widely separated localities, irrespective of the character of the rock , or its normal faunal contents. This wide-spread distribution of these shells makes them excellent index-fossils, so that even small formations can readily be correlated by their species of Ammonites, even though widely separated. It does not follow, of course, that Ammonoid shells must always be regarded as strangers which have drifted to their present position. In fact, it is often easy to see that such has not been the case in any particular locality, from an examination of the shells themselves, as well as from extraneous evidence. Thus Clarke f says that the Ammo- noids of the Naples beds of Western New York " bear sufficient demonstration in themselves that they have lived and died in these sediments." Many of the most delicate shells retain their apertures unbroken, and their surface ornamentation uninjured, a fact which is not consistent with wave and current transportation. The presence of the young in all stages of development further argues for an indigenous occurrence. "On the other hand," says Clarke, ''there are excellent reasons for regarding the prenuncial Intumescens fauna, that of the Styliola (Styliolina) lime- stone, as due to transportation from some adjoining * Walther, '94, p. 509 ; '97, p. 258, et seq. + Naples Fauna, p. 135, et seq. .•500 province not yet known to us."' The Goniatites of this fauna are associated with the millions of planktonic Stylio- lina, with floated logs, and probably other pelagic organisms, and the sediment in which they were embedded was such as probably was not conducive to the well-being- of such animals, so that their occurrence is best explained by the hypothesis of flotation. ( )f the embryology of Nautilus, and hence the whole group of Tetrabranchiata. nothing is known. The Dibranchiata develop directly within the egg capsule, no veliger stage occurring. Cirripedia. — The cirripeds, or barnacles, are marine seden- tary benthonic Crustacea which have degenerated much from the true type of crustacean, owing no doubt to their at- tached mode of life. The body is covered with calcareous plates variously arranged, which fall apart after the death of the animal, after which, from single pieces, it becomes quite impossible to determine the species, owing to the great variation of the skeletal parts (Darwin). Balanns and its congeners are sessile, being attached to the rocks and other solid supports along the shore, seldom venturing into water < >f great depths. Some species areexposed periodically at low tide for many hours at a time, some, in fact, being never covered more than one or two hours at flood tide, s<> high up on the shore do they attach themselves. Balanns has been found at a depth of 500 fathoms, but it usually lives in lesser depths. Balaam improvisus occurs also in brackish water. Coronnla, diadema leads a pseudo-nektonic life, attaching itself to the body of whales. Verruca ineerta, a common West Indian type, occurs in the Globigerina ooze. Lepas and its congeners are pedunculate, attaching them- selves by a fleshy peduncle, which represents the elongated headend. The majority of the Lepadidae are pelagic, lead- ing a pseudo-planktonic existence, attached to floating logs, pumice, or other objects. Three species of Lepas were found by the "Challenger" attached to theSargassum. Somemem- bers of this family descend into desp water, Scalpellum 361 regium, having been dredged by the "Challenger" From nearly 3,000 fathoms. These abyssal cirripeds are usually at- tached to nodules, dead or living shells, corals, large Crus- tacea, to spines of sea-urchins and other objects.* The cirri- peds, upon hatching from the egg, pass through several larval stages, the first of which is the Nauplius stage. In this the bodv is unsegmented with median frontal eve. dorsal shield, frontal sensory organs, and three pairs of limbs. After a series of moults the Cypris singe is reached, in which the larva is enclosed in a bivalve shell, like that of the Ostracoda. During these stages the larva belongs to the mero-plankton. When it settles down and becomes ;it- tached, it passes through a pupa stage, during which the transformation of the larva into the cirriped takes place. Ostracoda. — The ostracods are marine or fresh-water planktonic or vagrant benthonic Crustacea, whose imper- fectly segmented body is enclosed in a bivalve shell. The majority of the marine forms are planktonic, living in shallow water or moderate depths, though a few species were found by the ''Challenger" at depths exceeding 2,000 fathoms. Some species are cosmopolitan, and the order is represented in nearly all waters. Their shells occur in nearly all the bottom deposits. The animals are also abundant on alg.e, over which they crawl slowly. The fresh-water Cypris swims about, subject, however, to the influences to which other members of the plankton are subject, or era wis about over the vegetation. Cypris is also represented in brackish and salt-water. The larva of Ostracoda is n pelagic Nauplius. Xiphosura. — The xiphosurans are represented by the single living genus Limulus, which is a marine vagrant benthonic animal, though often swimming on the back when voung. The usual habitat of this animal is in shallow water, where it is often partly buried in the mini or sand. Portions of the coast are often strewn with the cast-off exoskeletons of Limulus, which commonly lie on their back, * Agassiz, '88, n., p. 50. 362 a position which these structures will naturally take on sinking to the bottom. The young Limulus on hatching is a trilobiti-form, free swimming, commonly mero-planktonie organism, without a caudal spine. (J. S. Kingsley. ) Gigantostraca. — These I !rus1 acea are entirely extinct, being represented by Eurypterus and Pterygotus. They were undoubtedly marine, and probably belonged to both nekton and vagrant benthos. Trilobitae. — The trilobites are extinct Palaeozoic Crustacea of an undoubted marine habitat, probably able to swim as well as crawl, and so belonging at one time to the nekton, at another to the vagrant benthos. Whether or not a mero- planktonic larva existed is not known, but this might be assumed from the wide distribution of some species. As trilo- bites cast off their exoskeleton like Limulus. some of these may have been floated for some distances, coming to lodge where trilobites never lived. It is certain that from the num- ber of fossil trilobites we can not judge the number of indi- viduals existing at a given place, since a number of specimens may represent the cast-off exoskeletons of one individual. Decapoda.—The decapods belong chiefly to the benthos, inhabiting either fresh or salt water, rarely the land. Pelagic species also occur, some of which are good swimmers. They commonlv feed on living or dead animal matter. The bathy metric distribution varies greatly, though the major- ity of species are confined to comparatively shallow water. generally not exceeding fifty fathoms. The range of indi- vidual species is often great, AJpheus avarus, for example, ranging on the Australian coast, from less than ten to about 2,500 fathoms. Among the hermit crabs occur some forms which have left their native element, and have taken to the land. The "Challenger" found some of them in the moun- tains of the Antilles, up to -'500 meters. They sometimes inhabit the shells of land snails and have been observed climbing trees. Among the true crabs, or I'raehyura. shallow-water species predominate, comparatively few 363 occurring below 400 fathoms. A number of species live in fresh water or on land. The majority of decapods leave the egg in the Zoea stage, in which the abdominal region is perfectly segmented, though still without appendages, except perhaps the rudiments of the sixth pair. The com- pound eyes are stalked. Other larval stages follow until the adult is reached. These larva* often occur in vast quantities in the plankton. Migration of Marine Invertebrates. Whatever the present distribution of animal life in the sea, it is clear that it has not always been so. Even the most cosmopolitan species had its circumscribed center of origin, it being extremely unlikely that the same species originated in more than one locality. From this locality the species dispersed to occupy whatever territory was available. "The species," says Wagner,* " which originate in isolated areas, seek every opportunity to occupy new regions, and migrate from their place of origin to other localities.*' However, as Ortmann insists, species can only occupy areas the fades of which correspond to those of regions where they originated, in the degree in which the species is depend- ent upon the fades. Thus, while emigration from the orig- inal home of the species may take place on a large scale, immigration and settlement of this species in other regions is only possible under certain circumstances. It must not be forgotten in this connection, that, as al- ready pointed out, the organic factor is of foremost impor- tance in determining whether or not an area is to be per- manently occupied by a new immigrant. If the food supply is insufficient, or if contending species hold the ground, the new arrivals maybe prevented from occupying the territory, even though the facies is well adapted to their needs. Continuity of the conditions of existence, in space, favors dispersion, for in a continuous area there are no barriers to surmount. On the other hand, discontinuity of the * Ortmann, '95, p. 33. 364 conditions of existence hinders or prevents dispersion, for the barriers separating the localil ies wit h similar, or but slightly different, conditions may be insurmountable. Under bar- riers to migration we may place topographical barriers first, especially the northward and southward stretching continents, as already pointed out. But topographical barriers are not the only ones, nor in many eases the most important. Differences in temperature, character and direc- tion of ocean currents, improper facies of the sea bottom and insufficient food supply, ns well as hostile species, consti- tute some of the chief barriers to emigration. If by some means or other a barrier is surmounted, and a new colony • established, this new colony may become more or less isolated, the barrier proving too effective for all but a few individuals. "Migration," says Ortmann ('96, II., p. 186), "is often slow or only possible under peculiar circumstances, often it is accidental, and only a few individuals can transgress the original limits on rare occasions; then even migration acts as a means of separation. The few individuals occupying a new locality are afterwards practically separated from the original stock remaining in their native country, and thus they may develop separately into a different species, even in the case that immigration from the original stock is not altogether impossible, since any rare individuals of the latter reaching the new colony from time to time are soon absorbed by the new form and their characters disappear by the continuous crossing with the modified individuals and by the transforming power of the external conditions." The fauna of any area may be considered as belonging to one or more of the following groups: endemic species, im- migrants, or relicts. Endemic species are those which originated in the localitv in which thev are found. Immi- grants have invaded the region, and established themselves in it. Relicts are remnants, in favored places, of a once widely distributed fauna, which, by the breaking up of the area which thev occupied, became resolved into a number of local remnants, which remain separated. 365 The following are the marine zoogeographical areas of the present geologic epoch, as given by I )rtinnnn | '{.)(\, I., p. 66 ) : I. Littoral life-district. 1. Arctic region. 2. [ndo-Pacific region. •*!. Wes1 American region. 4. East American region, 5. West African region. 6. Antarctic region. II. Pelagic life-district. 1. Arctic region. 2. Indo-Pacific region. -\. Atlantic region. 4. Antarctic region. III., IV. Abyssal life-districts. No regions distinguishable. LITERATURE. Agassiz, A., '88 — Three Cruises of the "Blake." 2 Vols. (Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool., Vols. XIV.. XV.) Chamberlin, T. C, '98.— A Systematic Source of Evolution of Provincial Faunas. (Jonrn. Geol., Vol. VI., p. 597. ) Chun, Carl, '86.— Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der pelagisch lebenden Seethiere. (Zoolog. Anzeiger, Nr. 214, 215.) Chun, Carl '88.— Die pelagische Thierwelt in grosseren Meerestiefen und ihre Beziehungen zu der Oberflachen- Faima. (Bibliotheca Zoologica, Heft I.) Chun, Carl. '00.— Die pelagische Thierwelt in grossen Tiefen. (Verhandl. d. Gesellschaft deutsch. Naturfr. und Aerzte. Bremen, 1890.) Conn, H. IF., '85.— Marine Larvae and Their Relation to Adults. (Stud. Biol. Lab.. Johns Hopkins I'niv.. Vol. III., pp. 165-192, Pis. VI II. and IX. I Dall William H.. '00.— Deep Sea Molluscs and the Condi- tion Under Which They Live. (Pres. Addr. Biol. Soc, Wash. Proceed., Vol. V., pp. 1-27.) 366 Fuclis. Th.. '82. — Ueber die pelagische Flora und Fauna. ( Verhandl. d. k. k. Geolog. Reichsanstalt in Wien, 4 Febr., 1882, pp. 49-55.) Hseckel, Ernst. '90. — Planktonstudien. Vergleichende Un- tersuchungen liber die Bedeutung und Zusammensetz- ung der pelagischen Fauna und Flora. (Jena, 1890. | Hseckel, Ernst. '93. — Plank tonic Studies. Translated from the German by George W. Field. ( Kept. U.S. Fish Com.. 1889-1891, pp. 565-641.) Heilprin, A.. '87. — The Geographical and Geological Distri- bution of Animals. ( International Scientific Series, Vol. LVII.) Hensen, Victor. '87. — Ueber die Bestimmung des Planktons, oder des im Meere treibenden Materials an Pfianzen und Thieren. (V. Berieht der Commission zur Wissensehaft- lichen Untersuehung der deutschen Meere.) Hensen. Victor, '90 — Einige Ergebnisse der Plankton-Ex- pedition der Humboldt Stiftung. (Sitzungsberichte der Berliner Akademie der Wissenschaften. vom 18 Marz, 1890, pp. 243-253.) Kirehhoff, Alfred, '99.— Pflanzen und Tierverbreitung. (Hann, Hoehstetter u. Pokony, Algemeine Erdkunde, 5th ed., Vol. III. Leipzig.) Moseley, H. N., '82.— Pelagic Life. Address at the South- ampton Meeting Brit. Assoc. (Nature, Vol. XXVI., No. (575. ]». 559.) Moseley, H. X. '85— The Fauna of the Sea Shore. (Nature Vol. XXXII., p. 417.) Murray. John. '85.— Narrative of Cruise of H. M. S. "Chal- lenger.'" with a General Account of the Scientific Results of the Expedition. ("Challenger" Report, Vols. I., II.) Ortman, Arnold E., '95.— Grundziige der Marinen Tiergeo- graphie. (Jena, G. Fischer.) Q 3G7 Ortman, Arnold E., '.96, 1. — On Separation and its Bearing on Geology and Zoogeography. (Am. Journ. Sci. IV.. Vol. II., pp. 63-69.) Ortman, Arnold E., '9(>. 2. — On Natural Selection and Sepa- ration. (Proc.Am. Phil. Soc, Vol. XXXV, pp. 175-192.) Schimper, A. F. W., '98. — Pflanzengeographie auf physi- ologischer Grundlage. (Jena, G. Fischer. ) Semper, Karl, '81. — Animal Life as Affected by the Natural Conditions of Existence. (Intern. Scientific Series, Vol. XXX.) Smith, J. P., '95. — Geologic Study of Migration of Marine Invertebrates. (Journ. Geol., Vol. III., 1895, pp. 481- 495.) Thompson, Wyville, To.— The Depths of the Sea. An Ac- count of the General Results of the Dredging Cruises of H. M. S. S. "Porcupine" and "Lightning." Wallace, Alfred Russell, TO'.— The Geographical Distribution of Animals. (London, 1876.) Walther, Johannes, '94.— Einleitung in die Geologie als historische Wissenschaft. I. Bionomie des Meeres. II. Die Lebensweise der Meeresthiere. III. Lithogenesis der Gegenwart. (Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1893-1894.) Walther, Johannes, '97.— Ueber die Lebensweise fossiler Meeresthiere. (Zeitschrift d. Deutschen Geol. Gesellsch. Bd. XLIX, Heft II., pp. 209-273.) Weller, Stuart, '.95.— A Circum-insular Paheozoic Fauna. (Journ. Geol., Vol. III., pp. 903-927.) Weller, Stuart, '98.— The Silurian Fauna Interpreted on the Epicontinental Basis. (Journ. Geol., Vol. VI., pp. 692- 703.) White, Charles A., '84.— The Application of Biology to Geo- logical History. Presidential Address. (Proc. Biol. Soc, Washington, Vol. III., 1884-1886, pp. 1-20.) CHAPTER IV. Glossary of Paljeontological Terms. Aberrant — differing from the type. Acanthopores — hollow spines occurring between the aper- tures, on the frond of a Bryozoan. Adductor muscles — the closing- muscles in bivalve shells. Agglutinate — firmly united. Air-chambers— the chambers below the living chamber in the shells of Cephalopods. Alar — pertaining to wings: the lateral primary septa of the Tetracoralla. Alate — having wing-like expansions. Ambulacral areas — the perforated areas in the test of an Echinoderm, through which the tubed feet project. Anastomosing — uniting so as to form a net work. Anchylosed — firmly united; grown together. Annulus — a ring: a segment of the thorax of a Trilobite. Anterior — front. Apophysis— a calcareous process ( in interior of shells, etc. ). Appressed — pressed closely against . Arcuate — arched; bent like a bow. Articulated — joined by interlocking processes, or by teeth and sockets. Auricle — the ear, or anterior projection of the hinge of many Pelecypods. Auriculate — eared. Azygous — unpaired; the azygous side of the calyx of ;i erinoid 1ms plates differing from those of the regular sides. Axial furrows — the furrows or depressions delimiting the ;ixis in Trilobites. Axis— the central longitudinal division of the body of a Trilobite. 369 Basals — the lowest cycle or cycles (in forms with dicyclic base) of plates in the Crinoidea. Beak — the area of the apex or initial point of a shell. Biconvex — both valves convex, as in most Brachiopods. Bifid — split in two. Bifurcating — dividing in two, — forking. Biserial — with double series or rows. Brachial — pertaining to the brachia or arms of Brachi- opods or Crinoids ; one of the arm plates of Crinoids. Brachidium — the calcareous support of the arms in Brachi- opods. Branchiae — gills. Bryozoum — the whole compound colony of the Bryozoa. Bulbiform — bulb-shaped. Byssal notch — the notch or opening for the emission of the byssns (supporting-threads spun by the foot) in the Pelecypoda. Callus — the thickened portion of the inner lip of Gastropods, which usually covers portions of the preceding volutions. Calyx — (1) the cup of corals, limited below by the septa; (2) the body, exclusive of the arms, of Crinoids, Cystoids, and Blastoids. Carapace — the hard shield or shell of Crustacea. Cardinal — pertaining to the area of the beak in Brachiopods and Pelecypods. Cardinal process — the process from under the beak of the brachial valve of Brachiopods, to which the diductor (opening) muscles are attached. Cardinal quadrants — the two quadrants of a Tetracorallum which bound the main, or cardinal, septum. Cardinal septum — the first or main of the four primary septa of a Tetracorallum; the cardinal septum has the pinnate arrangement of the secondary septa on both sides. Cardinal teeth— the teeth under the beak in the Pelecypods; the teeth in the pedicle valve of the Brachiopods. 370 Carina— a projecting ridge running down the center of the branches in some Fenestelloid and other Bryozoa; the projecting ridges on the septa of Heliophyllum and other corals. Cartilage — the compressible, elastic substance between the hinge-margins of the valves of Pelecypods. The carti- lage is the internal, the ligament the external, medium for opening the valves. Cast— the impression taken from a mold. Celluliferous— cell bearing. (Bryozoa commonly have a celluliferous and a non-celluliferous side.) Cephalic limb— the anterior border of the cephalon of a Trilobite. Cephalon — the head-shield of Trilobites. Cheeks— the lateral portions of the cephalon of a Trilobite; it is divided into fixed and free cheeks. Cheilyri inn— the triangular opening under the beak of the brachial valve in those Brachiopods in which that valve is furnished with a hinge area,. Chilidi urn— the covering for the cheilyrium. Cicatrix — a scar. Cincture— a depression anterior to the beak in the shell of some Pelecypoda. Cirri— root-like appendages to the stems of Crinoids. Clavicle— a, heavy internal ridge running downward from the beak in some Pelecypods. Columella — a central or axillary rod. Composite corallum — a compound corallnm with coenen- chyma or extrathecal calcareous tissue connecting the corallites. (Ex. Galaxia and many other recent forms.) Comj)ound corallnm — made up of corallites, either separate or closely joined by their walls (Ex. Favosites). Concavo-convex— the shells of Brachiopods are normally concavo-convex, when the brachial valve is concave and the pedicle valve convex ; reversed or resupinate, when the reverse condition obtains. 371 Confluent— blended so that the line of demarcation is not visible. Corallites — the individual tubes of a compound eorallum. Corallum — the calcareous skeleton of a single, or of a colo- nial, coral stock. Corneo us — horny . Costse — the extrathecal extensions of the sepia of the corals. Costals — the first brachial or arm-plates of the Crinoids lving between the radials and the first bifurcation of the arms. Counter quadrants — the quadrants bounding the counter septum of a Tetracorallum. Counter septum — the front primary septum of the Tetraco- ralla, opposite the cardinal septum ; the secondary septa are parallel to it. Crenulated — notched, so as to produce series of teeth. Crura — the apophyses to which the brachidiumof the Brach- iopods is attached. Cuneate — wedge-shaped . Cyathophylloid—m form like Cyathophyllum ; one of the Tetracoralla. Cyst — a closed cavity. Delthyrium — the triangular fissure under the beak of the pedicle valve of the Brachiopoda. Deltidial plates — the two plates which close the delthyrium in the higher Brachiopoda (Telotremata). Deltidium — the single covering plate of the Delthyrium (also called pedicle plate). Dendroid — branching after the manner of a tree. Denticulate — toothed. Denticulation — set of denticles or small teeth. Dicyclic— with two cycles of basals; applied to Crinoids. Diduct or muscles— opening muscles of the Brachiopoda. Discin oid — resem bling Discina . Discoid — disk-like. 372 Dissepiments — partitions; the intrathecal connecting plates between the septa of the corals ; the connecting bars between the branches of a Fenestelloid bryozoum. Distal — situated away from the center of the body. Distic lulls — the second series of arm-} dates or brachials of Crinoids. situated above the axillary costals. Divaricators — the opening muscles of Brachiopoda; also called diduetors. Dorsal — pertaining to the back. Doublure — the infolded margin of the cephalonof a Trilobite. Ear — the anterior cardinal expansion of the Pelecvpod shell. It is usually smaller and more distinctly defined than the posterior expansion or wing. Ectoderm — the outer cellular bodv layer. Emarginate — with a notched margin. Endoderm — the inner cellular body layer. Endothecal — within the theca : intrathecal; used for corals. Epitheca — the extrathecal sheath or covering, usually wrin- kled, found in most Tetracoralla and manv Hexa- coralla . Escutcheon — the depression behind the beak of the Pelecvpod shell. Ex folia te — peeling off. Exothecal — same as extrathecal. Extrathecal — outside of the theca of corals. Extroverted — turned base to base; applied to spirals of Brachiopods. Fast -it- ula te — clu stered . Fenestrule — the open spaces between the branches and dis- sepiments of a Fenestella frond. Filiform — thread-like. Eimhr'ue — the spines or lateral prolongations of the pleurae in Trilobites. Flabellate — fan-shaped. Fold— sun elevation on the surface of a shell (Brachiopoda). 873 Foramen — an opening or pore; specifically the opening for the pedicle in the pedicle valve of the Brachiopoda. Fossula—a groove in the calyx of a coral, usually due to the abortion of a .septum. Frond— the foliaceous or leaf-like expansion of the skeleton of Bryozoa and other organisms. Genal spines— the posterior prolongations, or spines, of the free cheeks of Trilobites. Gibbous — swollen or humped. Glabella — the central, most prominent, portion of the Trilo- bite cephalon, bounded by the fixed cheeks. Gonopolyp — the reproductive polyp of Hydrozoa. Hexacoralla — a class of corals built on the plan of six. Hinge area — the flat area bordering the hinge line of many Brachiopods. Hinge line — the line of articulation. Hydrotheca — the cup enclosing the nutritive polyp in the- caphore Hydrozoa. Hyponome — the water tube, or squirting organ, of squids, cuttlefish, and other Cephalopods. Hypostoma — the underlip of the Trilobites, usually found detached. Imbricate — overlapping serially. Implantation — planting between, as a new plication sud- denly appearing between two older ones. Inarticulate — not articulating by teeth and sockets; of Brachiopoda. Incised — cut into. Infrabasals — the lower cycle of basal plates in the Crinoids with dicyclic base. Infun dib uliform — f unnel-shaped . Inosculating— connecting, so as to have intercommunica- tion . Interambulacral — between the ambulacra. 374 Interapertural — between the apertures. Interbrachials — the plates in the calyx of a Crinoid, lying be- tween the brachials. Intercalation — irregular interposition. Intercellular — between the cells or meshes. Interdistichalu — the plates in the calyx of a Crinoid, lying between the distichals. Interradials — the plates in the calyx of a Crinoid, lying between the radials. Interstitial— pertaining to an intervening space; between lines, plications, etc. Intrathecal — within the theca ; endo-thecal. Introverted — turned apex to apex ; applied to the spirals of Brachiopods. Keel — a strong central carina or ridge (Taeniopora). Lacrymiform — tear-form ; drop - shaped — pear-shaped in form, but without the lateral contractions. Lamellose — made up of lamella3. Lateral gemmation — a budding from the sides, as in some corals. Ligament — the external structure for opening the valves in the Pelecypoda. Limb — the lateral area or marginal band of the cephalon of Trilobites on either side of the glabella, corresponding to a pleuron of the thoracic region. Lingniform — tongue-shapet 1 . Linguloid — tongue-shaped; like Lingula. Lip — the margins of the aperture of univalve shells. Listrium — the depressed area surrounding the pedicle open- ing in the pedicle valve of Orbiculoidea and other discinoid Brachiopods. Lobes — the backward bending portions of the suture of Cephalopod shells. Lophophore — the ciliated, or tentaculated oval disk of Bry- ozoa; the oval disk and brachia of Brachiopods. 375 Lunarium — a more or less thickened portion of the posterior wall of the cell in many Palaeozoic Bryozoa, which is lnnateor curved to a shorter radius, and usually projects above the plane of the cell aperture. Lunule — the depression in front of the beak of Pelecypod shells. Macerate — softening and disintegrating by immersion in water. Maculae — irregular, usually depressed, areas on the cellulif- erous face of a Bryozoan frond, which are free from cells. or otherwise differentiated. Mesial — central . MesoQ-lcea — the central, non-cellular laver in the bodv of Ccelenterates. Meso-pores — irregular meshes, or cysts, on the intercellular spaces of certain Bryozoa. Mesotheca—a median wall separating opposed cells in cer- tain Bn^ozoan fronds. Mold— Any impression of a fossil, in rock matrix, whether external or internal. Moniliform — resembling a necklace or string of beads. Monticules — elevated areas on the surface of certain coral and Bryozoan colonies, commonly carrying larger apertures. Mucronate — produced into a long pointed extension. Mural pores— the pores in the walls of the corallites of the Favositidse. Nacreo us— pearly; the nacreous layer of shells is the inner smooth pearly layer. Nasute — projecting, nose-like. Node— a knob; usually considered as ornamental. Nodose — bearing nodes or tubercles. Obconical — inversely conical . Occipital— applied to the posterior part of the cephalon of a Trilobite. 376 Occipital furrow — the transverse groove on the cephalon of Trilobites, which separates the last, or occipital, ring- from theresl of the cephalon. Occipital ring — the posterior division of the glabella of a Trilobite cephalon. Operculiform — resembling an operculum. Operculum — a lid or cover. Pallial line — the line on the interior of the shell of molluscs. marking the attachment of the mantle. Pallial sinus — the reentrant angle in the pallial line, usually at the posterior end of the shell of Pelecypods : it marks the attachment of the siphon muscles. Palmars — the third series of brachial plates of the Crinoidea. lying above the axillary distichals. Palmate — palm-shaped. Palpebral lobes — the supra-orbital extensions from the fix^d cheeks of Trilobites. Papillose — covered with papillae or fine projections. Parabasals — the second cycle of basal plates in Oinoids. Pedicle — the fleshy peduncle or stem used for attachment in the Brachiopoda. Periderm — the outer chitinous covering of Hvdrozoa. Periostracum — the epidermis or outer organic coating of shells. Peristome — the margin of an aperture, i. e., the mouth of a univalve molluscan shell, the mouth of a Biwozoan cell. etc Peritlieca — the epithecal covering which surrounds a colony of Corallites. i. e., a compound corallum. Pinules — the finest divisions of the arms of Oinoids. Plano-convex — normally in Brachiopods, with the pedicle valve convex and the brachial valve flat. Pleurae — the lateral portions of the thoracic rings of Trilobites. Polyp — the animal of a simple Coelenterate or Bryozoan. Polypite — the individual polyp of a colony. St < Post-palmars — all the plates superior to the axillary pal- mars in the arms of Crinoids. Proliferous — reproducing buds from the calyx. Protoconch — the embryonic shell of acephalous molluscan. Pseudo-columella — false columella in corals, formed by a twisting of the septa. Pseudo-deltidium — false deltidium ( Spirifer), formed 1 »y union of the two deltidial plates. Pseudo-septa — septa-like ridges of Cluetedes, etc.; the projecting ends of the lunaria in the cells of certain Bryozoa. Pustulose — bearing pustules or projections. Pygidium — the posterior or tail-portion of the carapace of Trilobites. Pyriform — pear-shaped. Quadrifid — cut into four points. Quadrilobate — bearing four lobes. Raehis — the central stem of a frond in Bryozoa. etc. Radials— the main plates of the calyx of a Crinoid, resting on the para-basals, and alternating with them. Radii— the ribs or striations diverging from the beak of a shell. Ramose — branching. Reticulated — like a network. Retral — backward. Rhynchonelloid — resembling Rhynchonella. Rugosa — m\ old name for the Tetracoralla. Saddles— the forward bending portions of the suture in the shells of Cephalopods. Scalse— small transverse plates in the genus Unitrypa of the Bryozoa (which see). Sealariform — stair or ladder-shaped. Sclerenchym a— the calcareous tissue deposited by the coral polyps. .".78 Septum— a partition; in corals, the radiating calcareous plates; in Cephalopoda, the transverse partition between the chambers. Setiferous — bristle-bearing. Sin-moid — curved like the Greek letter s (sigma). Sinuate — wavy, winding. Sinus— an impression in the surface or margin of a shell. Siphonal funnel — the siphonal projection from the septum of a Cephalopod shell. Siphonal lobe — the lobe, in the suture of an Ammonoid shell, corresponding in position to the siphuncle. Siphuncle — the tubular canal, passing through the air- chambers in the shells of Cephalopods. Spatulate — shaped like a spatula; spoon-shaped. Spinulose — spine bearing. Sub — in composition indicates a low degree: sub-angular — rather angular; sub-carinate — somewhat toothed, etc. Sulcus — a furrow. Suture — in Cephalopods — the line of juncture between shell and septum, seen on breaking away the former; in Gastropods — the external line of juncture between the several whorls: in Trilobites — the dividing line between fixed and free cheeks, commonlv called facial suture ; in Crinoids — the line of juncture between adjacent plates. Tabulae — the transverse, continuous partitions or floors in corals, etc. Tegmen — the vault or cover of the calyx in Crinoids. Terebratuloid—\\ke the recent genus Terebratula. Test— shell. Tetrameral — on the plan of four. Theca — the proper wall of the individual corals. Thorax— the central part of the body of the Trilobites. Trabecules — ] trojecting bars. Trigonal— three-angled . Trihedral — with three equal faces. 379 Tripartite — divided into three parts. Turbinate — top-shaped. Umbilicus — the external opening of the hollow axis of ;i loose coiled shell. Umbo — the area about and including the beak in Pelecypods and Brachiopods. Varix — a row of spines, a ridge or other mark, denoting the former position of the lip on the shell of a gastropod (PL varices). Ventral — pertaining to the lower side, or venter. Yentricose — strongly swollen, or bulging. Vesicular — bearing vesicles, or hollow cavities. Vestibular area — the area surrounding the cell apertures of some Brvozoa; often depressed. Whorl — a single volution of a coiled shell. Wing — the posterior larger expansion along the hinge line of a Pelecypod. Zoarium — the aggregates of the polypites of a Bryozoan colony. Zocecium — the Bryozoan cell. Zooid — one of the "persons" or individuals of a zoarium. APPENDIX. A List of Reference Works. (Additional papers have been cited in foot-notes.) A.— Text Books. ELEMENTARY. W. 0. Crosby.— Common Minerals and Rocks. D. C. Heath & Co. Joseph LeConte.— Elements of Geology. D. Appleton & Co. ADVANCED. James D. Dana.— Manual of Geology, 4th edition. Ameri- can Book Co. Archibald Geikie— Text Book of Geology, 3d edition. Mac- millan & Co. H. Alleyne Nicholson and Richard Lydekker — Manual of Palaeontology, 3d edition. William Blackwood & Sons, Edinburgh and London. Karl A. von Zittel— Text Book of Palaeontology. Trans- lated by Charles R. Eastman, Ph. D. Macmillan & Co. B — Books of a General Character. G. F. Wright— The Ice Age in North America. D. Appleton &Co. H. S. Williams— Geological Biology. An introduction to the Geological History of Organisms. Henry Holt & Co., 1895. J. W. Dawson.— The Geological History of Plants, Vol. LXL, International Scientific Series. D. Appleton & Co. Geo. P. Merrill.— Rocks, Roekweathering and Soils. The Macmillan Co., N. V. 381 C. — Government Reports, Etc. New York State Geological Seuvev. James Hall. — Geology of New York. Pari [V., comprising the survey of the Fourth Geological District. Albany, 1843. (Natural History of New York Series.) James Hall. — Annual Reports of the State Geologist (1 to 16). Special papers referred to below. James Hall. — Palaeontology of New YTork, Vol. IV., Brachi- opoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, and Chemung Groups. 1867. James Hall. — Palaeontology of New York. Illustrations of Devonian Fossils. 1876. (Partly republished in later volumes.) James Hall— Palaeontology of New Y7ork, Vol. Y., Part I. (in two volumes). Lamellibranchiata of the Upper Hel- derberg, Hamilton, Portage, and Chemung Groups. 1885. Vol. V., Part II. (in two volumes). Gasteropoda, Ptero- poda, and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamil- ton, Portage, and Chemung Groups. 1879. James Hall and Geo. B. Simpson.— Palaeontology of New York, Vol. VI. Corals and Bryozoa of the Lower Hel- derberg, Upper Helderberg, and Hamilton Groups. 1887. James Hall and John M. Clarke— Paleontology of New York, Vol. VII. Trilobites and other Crustacea of the Oriskany, Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Che- mung, and Catskill Groups. 1888. James Hall and John M. Cla rke.— Palaeontology of New York, Vol. VIII. (in two volumes). An Introduction to the Study of the Genera of Palaeozoic Brachiopoda. 1892 and 1894. :JS2 United States Geological Survey. monographs. ./. S. Newberry. — The Palaeozoic Fishes of North America, Mon. XVI. 1889. BULLETINS. Henry S. Williams. — On the Fossil Faunas of the Upper De- vonian, along the meridian of 76° 30', from Tompkins County, N. Y., to Bradford County, Pa. Bull. 3, 1884. John M. Clarke. — On the Higher Devonian Faunas of Ontario County, N. Y. Bull. 16, 1885. Henry S. Williams. — On the Fossil Faunas of the Upper Devonian — the Genesee Section, N. Y. Bull. 41, 1887. Henry S. Williams. — Correlation Papers — Devonian and Car- boniferous. Bull. 80, 1891. Charles S. Prosser. — The Devonian System of Eastern Penn- sylvania and New York. Bull. 120, 1894. D. — Special Papers in Serial Publications, Etc. Ashburner, C. A. — Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York State. (Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng\, Vol. XVI., pp. 1-54, 1888.) Ashburner. C. A. — The Geology of Buffalo, as related to Nat- ural Gas Explorations along the Niagara River. ( Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng., 1889, pp. 1-9.) Beecher, C. E. — On the Development of the Shell in the Genus Tornoceras. Hyatt. (From Hamilton strata of Wende, Erie County, N. Y.) (Am. Journ. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. XL., pp. 71-75, PI. I., 1890.) Beecher, C. E. — North American Species of Strophalosia. (Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. XL., pp. 240-246, PI. IX., 1890.) Bishop, 1. P.— Salt Wells of Western New York. (5th Ann. Rep't State Geologist, pp. 12-47. ) 383 Bishop, I. P. — The Structural and Economic Geology of Erie County, N. Y. (15th Ann. Etep't State Geologist, pp. 305-392, Pis. I.-XVI., 3 maps. | Clarke, J. 31. — A Brief Outline of the Geological Succession in Ontario County, N. Y. (Ann. Rep't State ( teol. for 1 884, pp. 2-22, map.) Clarke, J. 31. — Devonian Spores. (Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. XXX., pp. 284-290, 1S85.) Clarke, J. 31. — Annelid Teeth, from the lower part of the Hamilton Group and from the Naples Shales of Ontario County, N. Y. (6th Ann. Rep't State Geol., pp. 30-32, PI. L,'l887.) Clarke, J. M. — The Fauna with Goniatites intumescens. Beyrich. (Amer. Geol., Vol. VIII., pp. 86-1 05, 1891 . ) Clarke, J. 31. — Die Fauna mit Goniatites intumescens im Westlichen New York. (Neues Jahrb. fur Min., Bncl. 1.. pp. 161-186.) Clarke, J. 31.— Discovery of Clvmenia in the Fauna of the Intumescens Zone (Naples beds) of Western New York, and its Geological Significance (Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. XLIIL, pp. 57-64, 1892.) Clarke, J. 31.— American Species of Autodetus and some Paramorphic Shells, from the Devonian. (Amer. Geol., Vol. XIII., pp. 327-335, 1894.) Clarke, J. 31.— The Succession of the Fossil Faunas in the Section of the Livonia Salt Shaft. (13th Ann. Rep't, N. Y. State Geol., p. 131, 1894.) Clarke, J. 31.— New or Rare Species of Fossils, from the Horizon of the Livonia Salt Shaft, (13th Ann. Rep"t. N. Y. State Geol., p. 159, 1894.) Clarke, J. M— The Stratigraphic and Faunal Relations of the Oneonta Sandstones and Shales, the Ithaca and Portage Groups in Central New York. ( 15th Ann. Rep't, N. Y. State Geol., 1895, 1897, pp. 27-82. ) 384 Clarke. ./. .1/.— The Naples Fauna (Fauna with Manticoceras intumescens) in Western New York. (16th Ann. Rep't, X. Y. State Geologist, 1898.) Clarke, J. M.— (See Hall and Clarke). Claypole. E. W. — On the Vertical Range of Certain Fossil Species in Pennsylvania and New York. (Amer. Natural- ist, Vol. XIX., pp. 644-054.) Claypole, E. W. — Buffalo and Chicago; or, "What might have been.'* (Amer. Naturalist, Vol. XX.. pp. 856—862. ) Claypole, E. TF. — Same. (Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXV., p. 224. 1887.) Claypole, E. W. — The Ancestry of the Upper Devonian Placodenns of Ohio. (Am. Geol., Vol. XVII., pp. 349- 360, 1896.) Coleman, Arthur P. — Lake Iroquois and its Predecessors at Toronto. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. X., pp. 165-17<'>. ) Crosby, TF. 0. — The Origin of Parallel and Intersecting Joints. (Am. Geol., Vol. XII., pp. 368-37."). Abstract Tech. Quart., Vol. VI.. pp. 230-236.) Dawson, J. TF. — Recent Discoveries in the Erian (Devonian) Flora of the United States. (Amer. Journ. Science, Vol. XXIV., pp. 338-345, 1882.) Dawson, J. TF. — On Rhizocarps in the Palaeozoic Period. (Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXII. , pp. 260-264, 1884.) Dawson, J. IF. and Penhallow, D. P. — Xotes on Specimens of Fossil Wood from the Erian (Devonian) of New YVjrk and Kentucky. (Canad. Record of Science, Vol. IV., Jan., 1801, pp. 242-247, PI. I.) Fairchild, H. L. — Glacial Waters in the Finger Lakes Region of New York. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. X., pp. 27-68, Pis. III. -IX.; also other papers on Glacial Geology of Western New York, in same bulletin.) 385 Gilbert, G. K. — Glacial Sculpture in Western New York. (Bull. Geol. Soc. km., Vol. X., pp. 121-130. 1 Gilbert, G. K— Dislocation at Thirty Mile Point. New York. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am.. Vol. X.. pp. 131-134, PI. XII.) Gilbert, G. A'.— Ripple Marks and Cross-bedding. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. X., pp. 135-140, PI. XIII.) Girty, G. H. — Description of a Fauna found in the Devonian Black Shale of Eastern Kentucky. ( Am. Journ. Sri.. 4th ser., Vol. VI., pp. 884-395, 1898.) Grabau, A. W. — The Faunas of the Hamilton Group of Eighteen Mile Creek and Vicinity, in Western New York. (16th Ann. Kep't X. Y. State Geol. for 1896, 1898, pp. 279-339, Pis. I.-V. ) Grabau, A. W. — Moniloporidae, a new Family of Palaeozoic Corals. (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat, Hist., Vol. XXVIIL, pp. 409-424, Pis. I.-IV., 1899.) Hall, James. — Bryozoa (Fenestellid.e) of the Hamilton Group. (36th Ann. Rep't X. Y. State Mas. Xat. Hist., pp. 57- 72.) Hall, James. — Discussion upon the Manner of Growth, Vari- ation of Form and Characters of the Genus Fenestella, and Its Relations to Hemitrypa, Polypora, Retepora, Cryptopora, etc. (Ann. Rep't State Geol., 1882, pp. 5-16.) Hall, James.— Descriptions of the Bryozoansof the Hamilton Group. (Ann. Rep't State Geol. for 1883, pp. 5-61 . ) Hall, James— On the Mode of Growth and Relations of the Fenestellida?. (Ann. Rep't State Geol., 1884, pp. 35-45. Pis. I., II.) Hall. James.— ^Sote on the Intimate Relations of the Che- mung- Group and Waverly Sandstone, in Northwestern Pennsylvania and Southwestern Xew York. (Proc. AmerfAss. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXIII., pp. 416-419.) 386 Hull. James.— Descriptions of Fenestellidae of the Hamilton Group of New York. (6th Aim. Rep't State Geol., pp. 41-70, Pis. I.-VIL, 1887.) Hall, James. — Description of New Species of Fenestellidae of the Lower Helderberg Group, with Explanations of Plates Illustrating- Species of the Hamilton Group, de- scribed in the Report of the State Geologist for 1886. (Ann. Rep't State Geol., 18873 pp. 391, 392 [41st Mus. Rep't], Pis. VII.-XV.) Hall, James, and Clarke, J. M— Handbook of the Brachio- poda, Pt. I. (11th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol. for 1891, pp. 133-300, Pis. I.-XXIL, 1892.) Hall, James, and Clarke. J. M — Handbook of the Brachio- poda, Pt, II. (13th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol. for 1893, pp. 749-943, Pis. XXIII.-UY, 1894.) Harris, G. D — Notes on the Geology of Southwestern New York. ( Amer. Geol, Vol. VII., pp.' 164-178, PI. IV.. 1891. ) flinde, G. J.— On Conodonts from the Chazy and Cincinnati Groups of the Cambro-Silurian, and from the Hamilton and Genesee Shale Divisions of the Devonian, in Canada and the United States. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Lon- don, Vol. XXXV., pp. 351-369, Pis. XV.-XVIL, 1879.) Johnson, Laurence.— The Parallel Drift Hills of Western New York. (Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. II., pp. 249- 266, PI. XVIII.) Johnson, Laurence. — Same. (Trans. X.Y.Acad. Sci.. Vol. I., pp. 77-80.) Jones, T. Rupert.— On some Devonian and Silurian Ostracoda from North America, France, and the Bosporus. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, London, Vol. XLVL, pp. 534-556, Pis. XX.. XXL, 1890.) .fours. T. Rupert.— On some Palaeozoic Ostracodafrom North America, Wales, and Ireland. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, London, Vol. XLVL, pp. 1-31, Pis. I.-IV., 1890.) 387 Kindle, Edward M— The Relation of the Fauna of the Ithaca Group to the Faunas of the Portage and Che- mung. (Bull, of Am. Pal., No. VI.) Kindle, Edward M. — The Devonian and Lower Carbonifer- ous Faunas of Southern Indiana and Central Kentucky. (Bull. Am. Pal., No. XII., 1899.) Leverett, Frank. — On the Correlation of New York Moraines with Raised Beaches of Lake Erie. (Amer. Journ. Sci.., Vol. L., pp. 1-20, 1895.) Lewis, H. C. — Report on the Terminal Moraine in Pennsyl- vania and Western New York. (Report Z, 2d Geol. Surv. Penn.,pp. 1-300.) Luther, D. D. — Report on the Geology of the Livonia Salt Shaft. (13th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1893, pp. 21-130, 1894.) Luther, D. D — The Stratigraphic Position of the Portage Sandstones in the Naples Valley and the Adjoining Region . (15th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol. for 1895, 1897, pp. 223-23(5.) Pohlmann, Julius — The Life History of Niagara, (Transact. Am. Inst. Min. Eng., Buffalo meeting, pp. 6-17. ) Prosser, C. S — The Upper Hamilton of Chenango and Otsego counties, N. YT. ( Proc, Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXV I . . p. 210, 1888.) Prosser, C. S — The Thickness of the Devonian and Silurian Rocks in Western Central New York. (Amer. Geologist, Vol. VI., pp. 199-211, 1890.) Prosser, C. 8 — Thickness of Devonian and Silurian Rocks of Western New York. ( Proc. Rochester Aca d . Sci . . Vol .11.. pp. 49-104, 1892. ) Prosser, C. S— The Thickness of the Devonian and Silurian Rocks of Central New York. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. IV., pp. 91-118, 1893.) 388 Prosser, C. S. — The Devonian System of Eastern Pennsylva- nia. (Am. Journ. Sci., 3d Ser.,Vol. XLIV.. pp. 210-221, 1893.) Prosser, C. S. — The Upper Hamilton and Portage Stages of I Vntraland Eastern New York. ( Am. Journ. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. XLVL, pp. 217-230, 1893.) Prosser, ('. S— The Classification and Distribution of the Hamilton and Chemung Series of Central and Eastern New York. Part I. (15th Ann. Rep't X. Y. State Geol. for 1895, 1897, pp. 83-222, Pis. I.-XIII.) Randall, F. A. — Report on the Geology of Cattaraugus and Chautauqua counties. (13th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1893, pp. 517-528, 1894.) Ries, Heinrich. — Physical Tests of the Devonian Shales of New York State to Determine Their Value for the Manu- facture of Clay Products. (15th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol. for 1895, 1897, pp. G73-698. ) Ringueberg, E. X. S. — A New Dinicthys from the Portage Group of Western New York. (Amer. Journ. Sci., Vol. XXVII., pp. 476-479, 1884.) Simpson. G. B. — Discussion of the Genera of Fenestellida?. (13th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1893, pp. 085-727, 1894.) Simpson, G. B.— X Handbook of the Genera of North Ameri- can Paheozoic Bryozoa. (14th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol., 1894, pp. 403-608, Pis. A-E, I.-XXV.) Spencer, J. W. — Discovery of the Pre-glacial Outlet of the Basin of Lake Erie into that of Lake Ontario, with Notes on the Origin of our Lower Great Lakes. (Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Vol. XIX., pp. 300-337, 1882.) Spencer, J. W. — Notes on the Origin of the Great Lakes of North America. (Proc. A. A. A. S., Vol. XXXVII. , pp. 197,198,1889.) 389 Spencer, J. W. — High Level Shores in the Region of theGreal Lakes and Their Deformation. (Ainer. Journ. Sci., Vol. XLL, pp. 201-212, 1891.) Spencer, J. W. — Origin of the Basins of the Great Lakes of America, (Amer. Geol., Vol. VII.. pp. 86-97.) Spencer, J. W. — Deformation of the Lundy Beach, and Birth of Lake Erie. (Amer. Journ. Sci., 3d Her., Vol. XLVII.. pp. 207-212, 1894.) Ulrich, E. 0. — New and Little Known American Paheozoic Ostracoda, (Journ. ('inn. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII.. pp. 104-137, 173-211, Pis. VII.-XVIII.) Whiteaves, J. F. — On Some Additional or Imperfectly Under- stood Fossils from the Hamilton Formation of Ontario, with a Revised List of the Species Therefrom. (Cont, Can. Pal., Vol. I., Pt. V., 1898.) Williams, H. S. — The Recurrence of Faunas in the Devonian Rocks of New York. (Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXX., pp. 186-190, 1882.) Williams, H. S. — The Undulations of the Rock Masses Across Central New York State. (Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXI., p. 412.) Williams, H. S. — On the Classification of the Upper Devo- nian. (Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXIV.. pp. 222-234, 1886. ) Williams, H. S — On the Different Types of the Devonian of North America. (Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., Vol. XXXVI.. p. 207, 1888. ) Williams, H. S — Report of the Sub-committee on the Upper Palaeozoic ( Devonic). (Amer. Geol., Vol. II., pp. 225-248, 1888.) Williams, H. S— Different Types of the Devonian System in North America. (Amer. Journ. Sci.. Vol. XXXV., pp. 51-60,1888.) 390 Williams, If. S.—On the Relation of the Devonian Fauna of Iowa. (Amer. Geol.. Vol. III., pp. 230-233, 1889.) Williams, 11. S. — The Cuboides Zone and its Fauna: a Dis- cussion of Methods of Correlation. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. I., pp. 481-501, Pis. XI.-XIIL, 1890.) Williams. 11. S. — Palaeontological Researches, Genesee Slate. (Science, Vol. I., pp. 190, 191. 1880.) Willinms. H. S — Comparative Palaeontology of the Devonian Formation. (Science. Vol. II.. pp. 836, 837, 1883. ) Williams, H. S — On a Remarkable Fauna at the Base of the Chemung Group in New York. (Amer. Journ. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. XXV.. pp. 97-104. 1883. ) Williams. H. &— A Revision of the Cayuga Lake ( New York ) Section of the Devonian. (Amer. Journ. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. XXXII., p. 321, 1886. Abstract.) Willinms. H. $.— The Making of the Geological Time Scale. (Journ. of Geol., Vol. I., pp. 180-197.) Willinms, H. S— The Elements of the Geological Time Scale. (Journ. of Geol., Vol. I., pp. 283-295. ) Willinms. H. S — Dual Nomenclature in Geological Classifica- tion. (Journ. of Geol., Vol. II., pp. 145-160, 1894.) Willinms. H. S — Southern Devonian Formations. (Amer. Journ. Sci., 4th Ser.. Vol. III., pp. 393-403.) Willinms. II. 17— Notes on the Fossil Fishes of the Genesee and Portage Black Shales. ( Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci.. Vol. V.. No. I, pp. 81-84.) Willinms. Samuel ''/.—The Tully Limestone: Its Distribution and Its Known Fossils. (6th Ann. Rep't N. Y. State Geol.. 1S86. pp. 13-29. map, 1887.) Williams, Samuel G. — The Tully Limestone: Its Distribu- tion, Its Irregularities, Its Character, and Its Life. (Proc. A. A. A. S.. Vol. XXXV.. pp. 213, 214, 1887. 1 GENERAL INDEX. Pace. Agassiz, Alexander, on deep-sea shells 352, 355 on distribution of Plumularians 341 on poison fangs of Gastropods 356 on Spirula 358 Agassiz, Louis, and Karl Vogt, on the law of development 100 Amazon River, Devonian of 104 Athol Springs 65 Avery's Creek 65 Baltic, fossils in amber of. 98 Bishop, I. P., on pyrite layer in Moscow shale 21 Black Rock 1 Bolivia, on the Devonian of 104 Bosporus, lower Devonian of 104 Branco, on Cephalopods 106 Brooks, on the eggs of Ostrea 353 Buffalo 1 Cattaraugus Creek, banks of 55 Chamberlin, on Epicontinental seas 323 Clarke, J. M., on fauna of Styliolina band 15 on Ammonoids of the Naples bed 359 on Intumescens fauna 9 on Styliolina limestone 12, 359 Comstock's tavern 44, 66 Concretions 5, 39, 50 of pyrite 21 Conodonts 13, 15, 19, 54 Conodont bed, thinning of 20 Coral layer 27-29 on lake shore 51 Corniferous limestone boulders 3 Crinoids 27 Crinoid stems 31, 33, 59 Crosby, W. O., on joint structure x Dana, on Foraminiferal sand 337 on corals in fresh water 343 Darwin, on the shell of barnacles 360 Daubree, on joint structure x Dawson, Sir Wm., on fossil tree trunks 12 Demissa bed 34 Dibble Point, shales of 54 392 Page. Edwards and Haime, on coral from the Dead Sea 344 Emmens, on oxidization of pyrite 40 Encrinal limestone, as datum plane xx thickness of, at Idlewood cliff 56 undermining of. 47 Fault, definition of vjj in Eighteen Mile Creek 34, 42 on lake shore 50, 53, 55 Fern-brook Ravine 25 Ferric hydrate, origin of. 50 Fish remains of Sturgeon Point 53 Flower, Sir William, on Cetacea 329 Fold, definition of vii in Eighteen Mile Creek 23 monoclinal on lake shore 53 Fossilizat ion 98 Gas springs, in Eighteen Mile Creek 42 Geikie, A., on definition of fossils 98 Genesee shales, thickness of, on lake shore 48 Genesee Valley, Moscow fossils of 104 Geobiotic realm 322 Grabau, P. L., on old gorge of Idlewood River 4 Graptolites as index fossils 341 Gypsum, crystals in shales 18 formation of 50 Hseckel, on bionomic districts 332, 336 Hall, James 44, 47 on lake shore faults 51 on thickness of Genesee slate 48 on thickness of Marcellus shales of Western New York 67 on thickness of Naples shales of Ontario County 9 Halobiotic real m 322 Ilamburg-on-the-Lake 60 Harrison's Point, shales of. 55 Hensen, Victor, on the plankton 330 Hinde, on Conodont bed 14 Hyatt, A., on Cephalopods 106 Icla shales 104 Idlewood 3 Jackson, R. T., on Pelecypods 106 on Palaeozoic Echini 106 Karpinsky, on Cephalopods 106 Lakeside Cemetery 65 Lang, A., 35:5 303 Pace. Lapworth, on Graptolites 341 Limnobiotic realm 322 Lo ven, on the littoral region 32H Mixer, F. K., on fish remains from Sturgeon Point 53 Muddy Creek, shales of 55 Myers, Albert, fish remains found by 58 old gorge on land of. 3 sections on land of. 57 North Boston 4 North Evans 3, 32 Ortmann, Arnold 330, 336 on migration 304 Petroleum in corals 31 Philip's Ravine 4, 7 Pike Creek 46, 17 Genesee shales of 52 mouth of 51 Plant remains in Styliolina limestone 10, 12 Pleurodicty um beds 58 of Avery's Creek 61 Py rite, concretions of 9 nodules of 25 oxidation of 9, 48 Rhine, lower Devonian of 104 Ringueberg, E. N. S., on fish remains of Sturgeon Point 54 Ruedemann, on Graptolites 342, 343 Schimper 322 Schizobolus fauna 18, 22 Schiitt 334 Semper, on air-breathing fish 326 Septaria r>°> 53. 54 origin of ' ' Shenk, on Cordaites 12 Siberia, mammoth of '■ ls Smoke's Creek fifi South Africa, Devonian of. 104 Spirifer consobrinus fauna 29 Spirifer mucronatus fauna 33 Spirifer sculptilis fauna 32 Spirifer tullius fauna 22 Spores l5» 2t) character of I'1 Stack 52 Stictopora bed 33 394 Page. Stony Point, moraine of 90 Strophalosia bed 63 as datum plane - xx of Erie Cliff 64 Sturgeon Point 44 fish remains at ;>:^ shales of. 48 Styliolina band 15 as datum plane xx limestone 48, 324, 332 thinning of 48 Sulphur 48 deposition of. ; ' 1 sulphuretted water 48 Tenison-Woods, on corals in brackish water in Australia 344 Trilobite beds 40 of Avery's Creek 60 of Idlewood Cliff. 55 of Wanakah Cliff 57, 59 Ulrich, on Devonian of South Africa 104 Vogt, Carl, and Agassiz, Louis, on law of development 106 "Wagner, on migration 363 Walther, Johannes 330, 334, 336, 337, 345, 357, 359 Water Valley 4 Williams, H. S., on geological nomenclature xnl Williams, H. U. , on fish remains from Sturgeon Point 54 Wiirt enberger, on Cephalopods •' 1"6 Zittel, Karl A. von, on the definition of fossil 97 INDEX TO SPECIES. Note. — Reference to page where species is described is given in heavy numbers. Acanthoclema scutulatum 1 66 Acrogenia prolifera 175 Actinopteria boydii 246 Actinopteria decussata 35, 240 Actinopteria muricata ■ 72 . Ech minia marginata 808 Aepheus avarus 362 Ambocoelia nana 61, 62, 217 Amboccelia prreumbona 16, 19, 21, 25, 218 Ambocoelia spinosa 62, 218 Amboccelia umbonata 14, 27, 39, 66, 217,334 Ambocoelia umbonata, var. nana (see A. nana) Amplexus hamiltonise 124 Amplexus intermittens 12-1 Anabas scandens 326 Ancyrocrinus bulbosus 147 Antedon loveni 346 Antedon rosacea "J > Ascophy Hum nodosum 327 Astnea bowerbanki 344 Athyris spiriferoides xiii, xvi, xviii, 27, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 46, 57, 66, 7'.', 223 Atrypa aspera 48, 22 7 Atrypa reticularis 27, 30, 226 Aulopora serpens 132 Aulopora tubreformis • 8l Autodetus lindstrcemi • 4.1 Avicula fragilis ^° Aviculopecten exacutus -41 Aviculopecten insignis 24a Aviculopecten princeps 246 Bactrites aciculum s- 1"> 295 Bact rites gracilior - «'•> Bairdia leguminoides 810 Balanus improvisus Bellerophon leda I>,{' -81 Bellerophon palutus - ^" Beyrichia hamiltomensis "00 396 Page. Beyrichia tricollina 300 Birgus latro 327 Botryllopora socialis 177 Bougain villia fruticosa 340 Callognathus serratus 54 Camarotiechia congregata 231 Camarotiechia dotis 62, 76, 231 Camarotc ech ia horsford i 221) Camarotoechia sappho 230 Cardiola ret rostriata 8, 268 Centronella impressa 32, 234 Ceratopora dichotoma 135 Ceratopora jacksoni 134 Chonetes coronata 203 Choneles deflecta 27, 202 Chonetes lepida 8, 39, 66, 203 Chonetes mucronatus 27, 201 Chonetes scitula 202 Cilicia rubeola 343 C 1 ione sul ph u rea 339 Coleolus aciculum (see Bactrites aciculum) Coleolus (?) gracilis 284 Coleolus tenuicinctum 284 Conocardium crassifrons 203 Conocardium eboraceum 262 Conocardium normale 262 Conularia undulata 284 Cordilophora lacustris 339 Coronula diadema 360 Cornulites hamiltonia- 150 Corymorpha pendula 340 Crania crenistriata 185 Craniella hamiltonia; L86 Craspedophyllum archiaci 120 Craspedophyllum subcaespitosuni 130 Crinoid stems and roots 147 Crypheeus boothi ;... 41, 314 Cryphxus boothi, var. callitetes 315 Cryptonella planirostra 32, 236 C ry ptonella rectirostra 236 Ctenobolbina minima 300 Cyathophyllum conatuni 128 Cyphaspis ornata 318 Cypricardella bellistriatus 252 ' \ pricardinia indenta 26S Cyrtena hamiltonensis, var. recta 220 Cyrtina hamiltonensis 210 397 Page. Cystiphyllum americanum 120 Cystiphyllum conifollis 120 Cystiphyllum varians 127 Dictyonema hamiltonise 120 Dielasma romingeri 237 Dinichthys minor .",1 Dinichthys ringuebergi "i I Dorycrinus sp 143 Dreissensia polymorpha 353 Eccyleomphalus laxus 209 Ely mella nuculoides 269 Entomis rhomboidea 304 Eudiocrinus indi visus 346 Fa vosites argus 18(1 Favosites hamiltonue 31, 35, 80, llfl Fenestella emaciata 159 Fenestella planiramosa 159 Fistulicella plana 1 <> 7 Fistuliporina digitata 1 70 Fistuliporina micropora 109 Fistuliporina minuta 1 09 Fistuliporina scrobiculata 108 Fistuliporina segregata 1 OH F ucus vesiculosus 32 1 Gennreocrinus eucharis 142 Gennreocrin us nyssa 141 Glauconome carinata 177 Gomphoceras lunatum 292 Gomphoceras manes 291 Goniatites bicostatus 297 Goniatites complanatus 298 Goniatites holzapfeli 302 Goniatites intumescens 8, 85, 105, 299 Goniatites lutheri 8, L0, 298 Goniatites rhyncostoma 301 Goniatites sororium 30 1 Goniatites uniangulare 58, 290 Goniophora modiomorphoides -51 Gosselettia retusa -49 Grammysia arcuata -00 Habrocrinus pentadactylus 143 Hadrophyllum woodi 1-8 Hederella canadensis 1 78 Hederella filiformis. . . 1 79 398 Page. Heliophyllum confluens 59, 126 Heliophyllum halli 30, 124 Hipparionyx proximus xix Homalonotus dekayi 60, 61, 312 1 I ydractinia polyc) ina 340 Hydra fusca 339 Hydra viridis :i:i'» I lydra vulgaris 330 Isoch ilina (?) fabacea 30 Leiopter ia conradi 247 Leiopteria rafinesquii 247 Leperdi tia hudsonica 30 S Leptocrelia flabellites 104 Lichenalia stellata 171 Limnocnida tanganyikx 339 Lingula concentrica 5-4 Lingula delia 1 s2 Lingula leana 182 Lingula spatulata 8, 10, 11, 54, 1*2 Liorhynchus dubius 233 Liorhynchus limitaris 64, 66, 67, 233 Liorhynchus multicostus 16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 25, 39, 232, 334 Liorhynchus quadricostatus 17, 19, 233 Littorina rudis 356 Loculipora perforata 160 Loxonema breviculum 276 Loxonema (?) coapta 276 Loxonema delphicola 63, 275 Loxonema hamil tonire 63, 275 Lunul icardi um curtum 264 Lunulicardium fragile 8, 9, 10, 20, 48, 64, 65, 66, 72, 263 Lunulicardium ornatum 264 Lyriopecten orbiculatus 242 Macrodon hamil tonia- 259 Madrepora cribripora 243 Meristella barri si 226 Meristella haskinsi 225 Meristella rostrata 225 Metacrinus rotundus 346 Modiella pygmrca 270 Modiola modiolus 351 MuHiomorpha alta 251 Modiomorpha concentrica 250 Modiomorpha subalata 59, 250 Monotrypa amplectens 137 M < tnotrypa fruticosa 136 399 Pac;f. Monotrypa furcata 1 ;{ 7 Moorea bicornuta 810 Mylostoma variabilis ."i | My tilarca oviformis (see Plethomy tilus oviformis) My tilus edulis :{."i 1 My tilus phascolinus 351 Nautilus magister 61, 64, 75, 76, 2!»2 Nautilus (Centroceras) marcellensis 66, 294 Nucleospira concinna 33, 80, 222 Nucula corbuliformis 253 Nuculites nyssa 256 Nuculites oblongat us 254 Nuculites triqueter 255 Obelia geniculata . 335 Orbiculoidea doria 1 S.'{ Orbiculoidea lodensis 1>4 Orbiculoidea media 26, 27, 1S3 Orbiculoidea minuta xviii. , 8 Orthoceras aulax 2 N9 Orthoceras const rictum 2 91 Orthoceras emaceratum 290 Orthoceras eriense 280 Orthoceras exile 63, 288 Orthoceras nuntium 290 Orthoceras sp 291 Orthoceras subulatum 2SS Orthoceras telamon 289 Ort honota (?) parvul a 2<> 7 Orthotetes arctostriata 193 Orthotetes perversa 193 Ostrea arborea 351 Ostrea borealis 351 Ostrea virgineana 353 Palaeoneilo constricta 25(5 Palaeoneilo emarginata 258 Palseoneilo fecunda 257 Palieoneilo muta 258 Palreoneilo tenuistriata 257 Palpeoniscus antiquus 54 Palaeoniscus reticulatus 54 Paleschara amplectens 171 Paleschara intercella 1 70 Paleschara reticulata 171 Pal udina vi vipara 356 Paracyclas lirata 2(>5 Parazyga hirsuta 22 1 400 Pace. Pentacrinus asteri us 346 Pentacrinus decorus 346 Pentacrinus miilleri 346 Phacops rana 23, 26, 27, 37, 39, 40, 41. 313 Phnetonides gemmceus 317 Pholadella radiata 2(56 Pholidops hamiltonia- 27, 39, 187 Pholidops 1 i nguloides 187 Pholidops oblata 187 Platyceras attenuatum 273 Plat yceras bucculentum 273 Platyceras carinatum 272 PI atyceras erectum 272 Platyceras symmetricum 273 Platyceras thetis 272 Platycrinus eriensis 144 Platyostoma lineata 32, 274 Platyostoma lineata, var. sinuosa 274 Plethomytilus oviformis 31, 248 Pleurodictyum stylopora 58, 61, 76, 103, 104, 131 Pleurotomaria capillaria 279 Pleurotomaria i tys 278 Pleurotomaria itys, var. tenuispira 271) Pleurotomaria lucina 278 Pleurotomaria lucina, var. perfasciata 278 Pleurotomaria planidorsalis 279 Pleurotomaria rugulata 280 Polygnathus crassus 155 Polygnathus cristatus 156 Polygnathus dubius 153 Polygnathus linguiformis 157 Polygnathus nasutus 155 Pol ygnath us palmatus 157 Polygnathus pennatus 156 Polygnathus princeps 155 Polygnathus punctatus 157 Polygnath us solidus 155 Polygnathus t runcatus 156 Polygnathus tuberculatus 156 Poly pora multiplex 162 Pori t es limosa 344 Primitia seminulum 303 Primitiopsis punctulifera 36, 304 Prion iodus abbreviatus 150 Prioniodus aciculatus 151 Prioniodus (?) alatus 153 Prioniodus angularis 151 401 Pace. Prioniodus armatus 152 Prioniodus clavatus 151 Prioniodus erraticus 150 Prioniodus panderi 152 Prioniodus spicatus 152 Productella navicella 204 Productella shumardiana 205 Productella spinulicosta "23, 204 Proetus curvimarginatus 316 Proetus macrocephalus 315 Proetus rowi 316 Promachocrinus kerguelensis 346 Pterinea flabella 244 Pterinopecten conspectus 243 Pterinopecten hermes 243 Pterinopecten undosus 244 Ptylodictya plumea 176 Reptaria stolonifera 178 Reteporina striata 161 Rhipidomella cyclas 60, 192 Rhipidomella idoneus 191 Rhipidomella leucosia 60, 1 89 Rhipidomella penelope 60, 190 Rhipidomella vanuxemi 188 Rhizocrinus lofotensis 346 Rhizocrinus rawsoni >46 Rhombopora hexagona 164 Rhombopora immersa 166 Rhombopora lineata 165 Rhombopora polygona 164 Rhombopora reticulata 1 65 Rhombopora tortalinia 165 Rhombopora transversa 1 64 Rhynchonella cuboides 105 Scalpellum regium 360 Schizobolus truncatus , 54, 16, 17, 21, 22, 26, 184 Schizodus appressus 2ob Sphenotus truncatus 261 Spirifer acuminatus xm> xvul Spirifer angustus 213 Spirifer asper '• < -14 Spirifer audaculus 30, 211 Spirifer audaculus, var. eatoni "12 Spirifer consobrinus "09 Spirifer culrij ugatus xi v, x via Spirifer disj uncta 105 402 Page. Spirifer eatoni 212 Spirifer fimbriatus 215 Spirifer granulosus 34, 47, 58, 61, 104, 210 Spirifer granulosus, var. clintoni 211 Spirifer macronatus 214 Spirifer mucronatus 33, 36, 39, 40, 41, 46, 57, 58, 60, 64, 207 Spirifer sculptilis 32, 20S Spi rifer subumbonus 62, 210 Spirifer tullius 10, 21, 22, 23, 25, 208 S] >i rifer zigzag 26 Spirorbis angulatus 140 Spirorbis nautiloides 34'. » Sporangites huronensis 15 Stictopora incisurata 80, 33, 172 Stictopora palmipes 174 Stictopora permarginata 174 S t ic topora recta 173 Stictopora sinuosa 173 Straparollus rudis 277 St reblot rypa hamiltonense 107 Streptelasma rectum 27, 41, 48, 57, 59, 60, 122 St reptelasma ungula 122 St repula plantaris 305 Strepula sigmoidales 305 Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis 346 Strophalosia t runcata 63, 206 Stropheodonta concava 59, 104, 195 Stropheodonta demissa 34, 47, 103, 104, 194 Stropheodonta inequistriata 198 Stropheodonta j unia 199 Stropheodonta nacrea 199 Stropheodonta perplana 27, 196 Stropheodonta plicata 79, 200 Styliola recta 281 Styliolina fissurella 9, 10, 11, 15, 19, 20, 23. 36, 64, 65, 66, 79, 84, 282 S t y liolina spica 282 S'.ylophora pistillata 344 Sy ringoxy) on m irabile 12 Tsen iopora exigua 174 Taxocrin us nunt i us 145 Tellinopsis subemarginata 265 Tentaculites bel lulus 283 Tentaculites gracilistriatus 283 Terebratulina septentrionalis 350 Trachypora limbata 136 Trematospira gibbosa 221 Trigeria lepida 235 403 Page. Tropidoleptus carinatus 104, 238 Unitrypa scalaris 1 <>- Verruca incerta 360 Vitulina postulosa 104, *£ 'J 8 Zaphrentis simplex 123 NOTICK. The Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences has published Volumes I., II., III., and IV., of its Bulletin. Copies of these volumes may be had, complete, at four dollars per volume. All communications for subscriptions should be addressed to DR. W. C. BARRETT, No. 208 Franklin Street, BUFFALO, N. V. CONTENTS. I. New Genera and Species of Fossils from the Niagara II. Shale. E. N. S. Ringueberg 5 Fossils from the Water-lime Group near Buffalo, N. Y. Julius Pohlman 22 III. Nidification of Birds on the St. Clair Flats. J. H. IV. Laxgille 33 40 Nonagria Subcarnea, n. s. D. S. Kellicott V. Hydreomena Traversata, x. s. D. S. Kellicott.... 45 • \ Vol. V. No. 2. TIIT OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES BUFFALO: Baker, Jones & Co., Printers and Binders. 1886. 1BS6-87. OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY. President : PROF. D. S. KELLICOTT. Vice-Presidents : DR. LEON F. HARVEY, DR. LUCIEN HOWE, HENRY CHANDLER, J. H. DAWES, F. PARK LEWIS, WM. H. PITT, PROF. CHAS. LINDEN. Corresponding Secretary : DR. W. C. BARRETT. Recording Secretary : PROF. ADOLF DUSCHAK. Treasurer : DR. LEE H. SMITH. Director of Museum : DR. JULIUS POHLMAN. Managers : JOHN F. COWELL, HENRY P. EMERSON, M. M. MAYCOCK, OTTOMAR REINECKE, Publication Committee : W. C. BARRETT, Chairman, DAVID F. DAY, E. E. FISH, wm. McMillan, h. a. richmond. JNO. F. COWELL, LEON F. HARVEY, HENRY P. EMERSON, MARK M. MAYCOCK. NOTICE. -o- The Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences has published Volumes I., II., III., and IV., of its Bulletin. Copies of these volumes may be had, complete, at four dollars per volume. All communications for subscriptions should be addressed to DR. W. C. BARRETT, No. 208 Franklin Street, BUFFALO, N. V. CONTENTS. o The Gape Worm of Fowls (Syngamus trachealis): The Earth- worm {Lumbricus terrestris), Its Original Host. Also, on the Prevention of the Disease in Fowls Called the Gapes, which is Caused by this Parasite. H. D. Wal- ker, M. D 47 Ventriloquial and Imitative Power of Birds. E. E. Fish... rJ Notes on the Fossil Fishes of the Genesee and Portage Black Shales. Herbert Upham Williams 81 Fish Remains from the Corniferous, near Buffalo. Fred. K. Mixer and Herbert Upham Williams. s4 Native and Naturalized Plants of Buffalo and its Vicinity. (Second Supplement). David F. Day 85 The Thickness of the Onondaga Salt Group at Buffalo, N. Y. Julius Pohlman 97 Vol. V. No. 3. BULLETIN OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. BUFFALO: Reineckk & Zesch, Print, 500 Main Street. 1891. 1K9() = S)1. OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY President . DAVID F. DAY / 'ice-Presidents : HENRY CHANDLER, HENRY A. RICHMOND, OTTOMAR REINECKE. Recording Secretary : WM. C. BARRETT. Corresponding Secretary : F. PARK LEWIS. Treasurer : LEE H. SMITH. Librarian : ADOLF DUSCHAK. Director in Charge of Museum: W. C. BARRETT. Managers : FRANKLIN W. BARROWS. ALVIN A. HUBBELL, IRVING P. BISHOP. WM. McMILLAN. JOHN F. COWELL. MARK M. MAYCOCK, JULIUS H. DAWES, CYRUS K. REMINGTON. HENRY P. EMERSON, MILTON B. STRAIGHT, LUCIEN HOWE. ERNST WENDE. Committee on Publication : OTTOMAR REINECKE, LEE H. SMITH, WM. C. BARRETT, ADOLF DUSCHAK, F. PARK LEWIS, Chairman. 0) The Buffalo Society of Natural Scieni es has pub- lished Volumes I, II, III, IV and three numbers of Volume V, of its Bulletin. Copies of complete volumes may be had, at four dollars per volume^ single numbers one dollar each. All communications for subscriptions should be addressed to Dr. F. PARK LEWIS, No. iSS Franklui Street, BUFFALO, N. V. © CONTENTS. f I. The Mills Collection of Fresh -Water Sponges, by David S. Kellicott, Ph. D. .... 99 II. List of the Macro-Lepidoptera of Buffalo and Vicinity, by Edward P. Van Duzee, . . . . 105 Vol. V. BULLETUsT OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. BUFFALO : Reinecke & Zescii, Print, 296 Ellicott Street. 1-89-4, 1894-95. . OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY. President: WM. H. GLENNY. Vice-Presidents: Dr. LEE H. SMITH, Dr. ERNEST WENDE, HENRY A. RICHMOND. Recording Secretary: EBEN P. DORR. Corresponding Secretary: IRVING P. BISHOP. Treasurer: Dk. LOUIS A. BULL. Librarian: ADOLF DUSCHAK. Board of Managers: DAVID F. DAY, WILLIAM Me MILLAN, Dr. LUCIEN HOWE, FRED K. MIXER, WILLIAM T. HORNADAY, Dk. ROSWELL PARK, HERBERT M. HILL, OTTOMAR REINECKE, HENRY R. HOWLAND, FREDERICK A. VOGT, Dk. F. PARK LEWIS, CHARLES R. WILSON. Committee on Publications: DAVID F. DAY, A. DUSCHAK, OTTOMAR REINECKE, FREDERICK a'. VOGT, F. PARK LEWIS, M. D., Chairman. §) @ ■» ® ®; The Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences has pub- lished Volumes I, II, III, IV and four numbers of Volume V, of its Bulletin. Copies of complete volumes may be had, at four dollars per volume, single numbers one dollar each. All communications for subscriptions should be addressed to Dr. F. PARK LEWIS, No. 188 Franklin Street, BUFFALO, N. V. m CONTENTS. I. A list of the Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity, by Edward P. Van Duzee. II. III. Descriptions of some new North American Homopterous Insects, by E. P. Van Duzer, Buffalo, N. Y. The Pendulum and its Laws of Oscillation. Read before the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Feb. 12th, by Austin M. Edwards Vol. V. No. 5. BULLETIN OK Mil-; BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. BUFFALO Reinecke & Zesch, Print, 296 Ei.i.n < > 1 1 Street. 1897. 1897-98 Officers of tJ^e Society. President, Dr. ROSWELL PARK. First Vice-President, Dr. LEE H. SMITH. Second Vice-President, OTTOMAR REINECKE. . Third Vice-President, IRVING P. BISHOP. . Recording Secretary, EBEN PEARSON DORR. Corresponding Secretary, ADOLF DUSCHAK. Treasurer, CHARLES R. WILSON. Librarian. JOSEPHUS LARNED. MANAGERS. David F. Day, F. K. Mixer, Dr. Lucien Howe, James Savage, W. H. Glenny, Wm. McMillan, Henry R. Rowland, Dr. F. Park Lewis, Dr. Thos. B. Carpenter, Dr. Elmer Starr, Ernest Wende, Henry A. Richmond Vol. VI. No. 1 ...BULLETIN... OK THK BUFFALO SOCIETT OF NATURAL SCIENCES. "THE GEOLOGY OF EIGHTEEN MILE CREEK." BUFFALO, N. Y. Press of C. L. Stern Co., 41, 43, 45 E. Eagle St. 1898. ...OKFICKRS... Dr. ROSWEL PARK, President. Dr. LEE H. SMITH, Vice-President. OTTOMAR REINECKE, Second Vice-President. IRVING P. BISHOP, Third Vice-President. EP.EX PEARSON DORR, Recording Secretary. ADOLPH DUSCHAK, Corresponding Secretary. CHARLES R. WILSON. Treasurer. JOSEPHUS EARNED, Librarian. Dayid F. Day, Dr. Lucien Howe. V\\ H. Glenny, Henry R. Howland, . . . MANAGERS . . Dr. Thos. B. Carpenter, Ernest Wende, F. K. Mixer, James Savage, William McMillan, Dr. F. Park Lewis, Dr. Elmer Starr, Henry A. Richmond. Standing Committee of the Managers OCM897 and 1898.* FINANCE. ROOMS. Ernest Wende, Chairman. Henry R. Howland, Chairman. Ottomar Reinecke, Thos. B. Carpenter, Henry A. Richmond. Fred. K. Mixer. LECTURES. MEMBERSHIP. Irving P. Bishop, Chairman. Lucien Howe, Chnirmnn. Lee H. Smith, W. H. Glenny, Elien P. Dorr. James Savage. PUBLICATIONS. David F. Day, Chnirmnn. P. Park Lew is, Lee H. Smith, Irving P. Bishop Adolph Dusehak. EaL ^"k € ^r ^ ^ ->>• XV' >^cs "' ~jr>. b.3* * ■r^ 2> > X ^*^> ** ■■■»• ^ >>